D375A-5-5001-Up TIER 3 SEN00986-01

SEN00986-01
BULLDOZER
D375A -5E0
SERIAL NUMBERS 50001 and up
SEN00988-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D375A-5E0
Machine model Serial number

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
00 Index and foreword 1

Index
Composition of shop manual................................................................................................................ 2

Table of contents .................................................................................................................................. 3
D375A-5E0 1
SEN00988-01 00 Index and foreword
Composition of shop manual 1

The contents of this shop manual are shown together with Form No. in a list.
Note 1: Always keep the latest version of this manual in accordance with this list and utilize accordingly.
The marks shown to the right of Form No. denote the following:
Q: New issue (to be filed additionally) q: Revision (to be replaced for each Form No.)
Note 2: This shop manual can be supplied for each Form No.
Note 3: To file this shop manual in the special binder for management, handle it as follows:
• Place a divider on the top of each section in the file after matching the Tub No. with No. indicated
next to each Section Name shown in the table below:
• File overview and other materials in sections in the order shown below and utilize them accord-
ingly.
Section Title Form Number
Shop Manual, contents binder, binder label and tabs SEN00986-01
00 Index and foreword SEN00987-01

Index SEN00988-01 q
Foreword and general information SEN00989-00
01 Specification SEN00990-00
Specification and technical data SEN00991-00
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00992-00

Engine and cooling system SEN00993-00
Power train system, Part 1 SEN00994-00
Undercarriage and frame SEN00996-00
Hydraulic system, Part 1 SEN00997-00
Work equipment SEN00999-00
Cab and its attachments SEN01000-00
Electrical system SEN01001-00
20 Standard value table SEN01002-00

Standard service value table SEN01931-00 Q
30 Testing and adjusting SEN01003-00

Testing and adjusting, Part 1 SEN01932-00 Q
40 Troubleshooting SEN01004-00
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN01867-00 Q
General information on troubleshooting SEN01868-00 Q
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 1 SEN01869-00 Q
2 D375A-5E0

Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) SEN01875-00 Q
Troubleshooting of hydraulic, mechanical system (H-mode) SEN01876-00 Q
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode) SEN01877-00 Q
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN01006-00

Hydraulic circuit diagram SEN01007-00
Electrical circuit diagram SEN01008-01 q
D375A-5E0 3
Table of contents 1
00 Index and foreword
Index SEN00988-01
Composition of shop manual ................................................................................................... 2
Table of contents...................................................................................................................... 3
Foreword and general information SEN00989-00

Safety notice ............................................................................................................................ 2
How to read the shop manual.................................................................................................. 6
Explanation of terms for maintenance standard ...................................................................... 8
Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component ........................................................... 10
How to read electric wire code................................................................................................. 18
Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler ........................................... 21
Standard tightening torque table.............................................................................................. 24
Conversion table...................................................................................................................... 28
01 Specification
Specification and technical data SEN00991-00
Specefication drawing.............................................................................................................. 2
Specifications........................................................................................................................... 3
Weight table ............................................................................................................................. 8
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants ........................................................................................ 10
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard

Engine and cooling system SEN00993-00
Engine mount........................................................................................................................... 2
Cooling system ........................................................................................................................ 4
Cooling fan pump..................................................................................................................... 6
Cooling fan motor .................................................................................................................... 22
Power train............................................................................................................................... 2
Overall drawing of power train unit .......................................................................................... 4
Power train hydraulic piping drawing ....................................................................................... 6
Damper, universal joint ............................................................................................................ 8
Torque converter, PTO............................................................................................................. 10
Scavenging pump .................................................................................................................... 17
Torque converter valve ............................................................................................................ 18
Transmission control................................................................................................................ 2
Transmission............................................................................................................................ 7
Transmission ECMV ................................................................................................................ 18
Transmission lubrication relief valve ........................................................................................ 24
Power train pump + lubrication pump ...................................................................................... 25
Steering, brake control............................................................................................................. 26
Transfer, bevel gear shaft, steering ......................................................................................... 29
Steering ECMV ........................................................................................................................ 36
Steering clutch ECMV, Steering brake ECMV ......................................................................... 40
Parking brake valve ................................................................................................................. 47
Sudden stop prevention valve ................................................................................................. 48
Final drive ................................................................................................................................ 49
Undercarriage and frame SEN00996-00
Track frame.............................................................................................................................. 2
Recoil spring ............................................................................................................................ 4
Idler.......................................................................................................................................... 6
Track roller ............................................................................................................................... 8
Carrier roller............................................................................................................................. 10
4 D375A-5E0
Track roller bogie ..................................................................................................................... 11

Track shoe ............................................................................................................................... 12
Main frame............................................................................................................................... 14
Suspension.............................................................................................................................. 16
Work equipment hydraulic piping diagram .............................................................................. 2
PPC control piping diagram..................................................................................................... 6
Work equipment control........................................................................................................... 8
Hydraulic tank .......................................................................................................................... 10
Accumulator............................................................................................................................. 11
PPC lock valve ........................................................................................................................ 12
PPC valve................................................................................................................................ 13
Hydraulic cylinder .................................................................................................................... 26
Piston valve ............................................................................................................................. 29
Quick drop valve...................................................................................................................... 30
Pin puller switch....................................................................................................................... 32
Pin puller solenoid valve.......................................................................................................... 33
Blade control knob................................................................................................................... 35
Pitch, dual tilt solenoid valve ................................................................................................... 36
Work equipment pump ............................................................................................................ 38
Control valve............................................................................................................................ 2
Self pressure reducing valve ................................................................................................... 34
Work equipment SEN00999-00
Cylinder stay ............................................................................................................................ 2
Blade ....................................................................................................................................... 4
Cutting edge, end bit ............................................................................................................... 8
Ripper ...................................................................................................................................... 10
Cab and its attachments SEN01000-00
Cab mount ............................................................................................................................... 2
Cab .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Air conditioner.......................................................................................................................... 5
Electrical system SEN01001-00
Engine control.......................................................................................................................... 2
Engine control system ............................................................................................................. 3
Engine controller...................................................................................................................... 4
Deceleration potentiometer ..................................................................................................... 11
CRI engine control system ...................................................................................................... 12
Monitor system ........................................................................................................................ 14
Monitor panel ........................................................................................................................... 16
Sensors ................................................................................................................................... 20
Mode selection system ............................................................................................................ 22
Electrical equipment ................................................................................................................ 28
Palm Command Control System ............................................................................................. 31
VHMS controller ...................................................................................................................... 33
Communication (ORB: ORBCOMM) terminal system ............................................................. 39
20 Standard value table

Standard service value table SEN01931-00
Standard value table for engine .................................................................................................. 2
Standard value table for machine................................................................................................ 3
30 Testing and adjusting

Testing and adjusting, Part 1 SEN01932-00
Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting ......................................................................... 3
Testing engine speed .................................................................................................................. 6
D375A-5E0 5
Testing intake air pressure (boost pressure) ............................................................................... 9

Testing exhaust temperature ....................................................................................................... 10
Testing exhaust gas color............................................................................................................ 12
Adjusting valve clearance............................................................................................................ 14
Testing compression pressure..................................................................................................... 16
Testing blow-by pressure............................................................................................................. 19
Testing engine oil pressure.......................................................................................................... 20
Handling of fuel system devices.................................................................................................. 21
Releasing residual pressure from fuel system ............................................................................ 21
Testing fuel pressure ................................................................................................................... 22
Handling of reduced cylinder mode operation............................................................................. 23
Handling of no injection cranking operation ................................................................................ 23
Testing leakage from pressure limiter and return rate from injector ............................................ 24
Bleeding air from fuel circuit ........................................................................................................ 27
Testing fuel circuit for leakage ..................................................................................................... 29
Handling controller voltage circuit ............................................................................................... 30
Replacing and adjusting alternator and air conditioner compressor belt..................................... 30
Testing fan motor speed .............................................................................................................. 31
Testing fan circuit oil pressure ..................................................................................................... 32
Bleeding air from fan pump ......................................................................................................... 33
Adjusting fuel control dial and decelerator pedal......................................................................... 34
Testing power train oil pressure................................................................................................... 3
Adjusting transmission speed sensor.......................................................................................... 13
Simple procedure for testing brake performance ........................................................................ 14
Adjusting brake pedal and parking brake lever ........................................................................... 16
Adjusting position of pccs lever console...................................................................................... 19
Emergency escape method when there is failure in power train................................................. 20
Inspecting wear of sprocket......................................................................................................... 22
Testing and adjusting track shoe tension .................................................................................... 23
Testing work equipment oil pressure ........................................................................................... 24
Testing control circuit main pressure ........................................................................................... 27
Testing PPC valve output pressure ............................................................................................. 28
Adjusting play of PPC valve ........................................................................................................ 30
Testing output pressure of ripper pin-puller solenoid valve ......................................................... 31
Checking location of cause of hydraulic drift of blade and ripper ................................................ 32
Testing leakage inside work equipment cylinder ......................................................................... 33
Releasing remaining pressure in work equipment cylinders ....................................................... 34
Bleeding air from work equipment cylinders................................................................................ 34
Adjusting ripper lever position ..................................................................................................... 35
Adjusting work equipment lock lever ........................................................................................... 36
Testing and adjusting operator's cab ........................................................................................... 37
Adjusting blade............................................................................................................................ 41
Special functions of monitor panel (EMMS) ................................................................................ 2
Adjustment method when controller has been replaced ............................................................. 2
Preparation work for troubleshooting for electrical equipment system ........................................ 4
Inspection procedure of diode ..................................................................................................... 7
Handling of optional devices ....................................................................................................... 8
Initialization procedures for VHMS controller .............................................................................. 9
Precautions for replacing VHMS controller ................................................................................. 29
Pm Clinic service......................................................................................................................... 34
6 D375A-5E0
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN01867-00
Failure codes table ...................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations ............................................................................................................................. 12
General information on troubleshooting SEN01868-00
Points to remember when troubleshooting.................................................................................. 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 4
Classification and procedures of troubleshooting ....................................................................... 5
Information in troubleshooting table ............................................................................................ 8
Connection table for connector pin numbers .............................................................................. 10
T-adapter box and T-adapter table .............................................................................................. 40
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 1 SEN01869-00
Failure code [1380MW] Lockup clutch slip.................................................................................. 3
Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch 2 system abnormality.............................................. 4
Failure code [15E0MW] Transmission clutch slip........................................................................ 5
Failure code [15SAL1] When forward clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 6
Failure code [15SALH] When forward clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
fill signal is OFF ................................................................................................................... 8
Failure code [15SBL1] When reverse clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 10
Failure code [15SBLH] When reverse clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [15SEL1] When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 14
Failure code [15SELH] When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
fill signal is OFF .................................................................................................................. 16
Failure code [15SFL1] When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 18
Failure code [15SFLH] When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [15SGL1] When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 22
Failure code [15SGLH] When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [1800MW] Power train clutch slip ........................................................................... 26
Failure code [2201L1] When right steering clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 28
Failure code [2201LH] When right steering clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [2202L1] When left steering clutch oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 32
Failure code [2202LH] When left steering clutch oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [2300NR] Brake thermal load abnormality ............................................................. 36
Failure code [2301L1] When right steering brake oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 38
Failure code [2301LH] When right steering brake oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [2301NR] Right steering brake thermal load abnormality....................................... 42
Failure code [2302L1] When left steering brake oil pressure command current is OFF,
fill signal is ON ..................................................................................................................... 44
Failure code [2302LH] When left steering brake oil pressure command current is ON,
Failure code [2302NR] Left steering brake thermal load abnormality ......................................... 48
Failure code [A000NS] Engine overheat..................................................................................... 49
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [AA10NX] Air cleaner clogging ............................................................................... 50

Failure code [AB00MA] Alternator malfunction ........................................................................... 51
Failure code [B@BAZG] Engine oil pressure reduction .............................................................. 52
Failure code [B@BAZK] Engine oil level reduction ..................................................................... 53
Failure code [B@BCNS] Radiator coolant overheat ................................................................... 54
Failure code [B@BCZK] Radiator coolant level reduction........................................................... 55
Failure code [B@BEBF] Water in engine fuel ............................................................................. 56
Failure code [B@BFZK] Fuel level reduction .............................................................................. 57
Failure code [B@CENS] Power train oil overheat....................................................................... 58
Failure code [B@CHZG] HSS charge oil pressure reduction...................................................... 59
Failure code [B@CHZK] Power train oil level reduction.............................................................. 59
Failure code [B@GAZK] Battery electrolyte level reduction........................................................ 60
Failure code [B@HANS] Hydraulic oil overheat .......................................................................... 60
Failure code [B@HAZK] Hydraulic oil level reduction ................................................................. 61
Failure code [CA111] Engine controller internal abnormality....................................................... 4
Failure code [CA115] Engine Ne/Bkup speed sensor abnormality.............................................. 6
Failure code [CA122] Charge pressure sensor abnormally high level ........................................ 8
Failure code [CA123] Boost pressure sensor abnormally low level ............................................ 10
Failure code [CA131] Throttle sensor abnormally high level....................................................... 12
Failure code [CA132] Throttle sensor abnormally low level ........................................................ 14
Failure code [CA135] Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally high level .................................... 16
Failure code [CA141] Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally low level...................................... 18
Failure code [CA144] Coolant temperature sensor abnormally high level .................................. 20
Failure code [CA145] Coolant temperature sensor abnormally low level.................................... 22
Failure code [CA153] Boost temperature sensor abnormally high level ..................................... 24
Failure code [CA154] Boost temperature sensor abnormally low level....................................... 26
Failure code [CA187] Sensor power supply 2 abnormally low level............................................ 27
Failure code [CA212] Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally high level............................... 28
Failure code [CA213] Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally low level ................................ 30
Failure code [CA221] Ambient temperature sensor abnormally high level ................................. 32
Failure code [CA222] Ambient temperature sensor abnormally low level................................... 34
Failure code [CA227] Sensor power supply 2 abnormally high level .......................................... 36
Failure code [CA234] Engine overspeed..................................................................................... 38
Failure code [CA238] Ne speed sensor power supply abnormality............................................. 40
Failure code [CA263] Fuel temperature sensor abnormally high level........................................ 42
Failure code [CA265] Fuel temperature sensor abnormally low level ......................................... 44
Failure code [CA271] PCV1 short circuit..................................................................................... 46
Failure code [CA272] PCV1 disconnection ................................................................................. 48
Failure code [CA273] PCV2 short circuit..................................................................................... 50
Failure code [CA274] PCV2 disconnection ................................................................................. 52
Failure code [CA322] Injector #1 system disconnection or short circuit...................................... 54
Failure code [CA342] Engine controller data mismatch .............................................................. 66
Failure code [CA351] Injector drive circuit abnormality ............................................................... 68
Failure code [CA352] Sensor power supply 1 abnormally low level............................................ 70
Failure code [CA386] Sensor power supply 1 abnormally high level .......................................... 72
Failure code [CA441] Power supply voltage abnormally low level .............................................. 74
Failure code [CA442] Power supply voltage abnormally high level............................................. 74
Failure code [CA449] Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 2.................................. 75
Failure code [CA451] Common rail pressure sensor abnormally high level................................ 76
Failure code [CA452] Common rail pressure sensor abnormally low level ................................. 78
Failure code [CA553] Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 1.................................. 79
Failure code [CA554] Common rail pressure sensor in-range abnormality................................. 80
8 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA559] Supply pump low pressure 1 .................................................................... 81

Failure code [CA689] Engine Ne speed sensor abnormality ...................................................... 86
Failure code [CA731] Engine Bkup speed sensor phase abnormality ........................................ 88
Failure code [CA757] Engine controller all data loss .................................................................. 89
Failure code [CA778] Engine Bkup speed sensor abnormality................................................... 90
Failure code [CA1228] EGR valve servo abnormality 1.............................................................. 3
Failure code [CA1625] EGR valve servo abnormality 2.............................................................. 4
Failure code [CA1633] CAN communication error (Engine controller)........................................ 6
Failure code [CA2185] Throttle sensor power supply abnormally high level .............................. 8
Failure code [CA2186] Throttle sensor power supply abnormally low level................................ 10
Failure code [CA2249] Supply pump low pressure 2 .................................................................. 11
Failure code [CA2271] EGR valve lift sensor abnormally high level ........................................... 12
Failure code [CA2272] EGR valve lift sensor abnormally low level ............................................ 14
Failure code [CA2351] EGR valve solenoid drive short circuit.................................................... 16
Failure code [CA2352] EGR valve solenoid drive disconnection ................................................ 18
Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay hold line disconnection...................................................... 20
Failure code [D110KB] Battery relay hold line short circuit ......................................................... 22
Failure code [D130KA] Neutral safety relay disconnection ......................................................... 24
Failure code [D130KB] Neutral safety relay short circuit............................................................. 26
Failure code [D161KA] Backup alarm relay disconnection ......................................................... 28
Failure code [D161KB] Backup alarm relay short circuit............................................................. 30
Failure code [D182KZ] Backup alarm relay short circuit ............................................................. 32
Failure code [D190KA] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay disconnection ........................... 34
Failure code [D190KB] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short circuit ............................... 36
Failure code [D5ZRKA] Snap shot switch disconnection ............................................................ 38
Failure code [D5ZRKB] Snap shot switch short circuit................................................................ 39
Failure code [DAFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error......................................... 40
Failure code [daFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error.......................................... 42
Failure code [dAFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error ......................................... 44
Failure code [DAQ0KT] Transmission controller internal abnormality......................................... 46
Failure code [DAQ1KK] Transmission controller main power supply voltage reduction ............. 48
Failure code [DAQ2KK] Transmission controller load power supply voltage reduction .............. 50
Failure code [DAQ5KK] Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (1)
voltage reduction.................................................................................................................. 52
Failure code [DAQ6KK] Transmission controller sensor 24V power supply voltage reduction ... 54
Failure code [DAQ7KK] Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply
(2) voltage reduction ............................................................................................................ 56
Failure code [DAQ9KQ] Transmission controller model selection signal disagreement ............. 58
Failure code [DAQRKR] Transmission controller CAN communication error.............................. 60
Failure code [DAQSKR] Transmission controller S-NET communication error........................... 62
Failure code [DB2RKR] Engine controller CAN communication error ........................................ 4
Failure code [dB2RKR] Engine controller CAN communication error ......................................... 6
Failure code [DB30KT] Steering controller internal abnormality ................................................. 8
Failure code [DB31KK] Steering controller main power supply voltage reduction ...................... 10
Failure code [DB32KK] Steering controller load power supply voltage reduction ....................... 12
Failure code [DB35KK] Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (1) voltage reduction ........ 14
Failure code [DB36KK] Steering controller sensor 24V power supply voltage reduction ............ 16
Failure code [DB37KK] Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (2) voltage reduction ........ 18
Failure code [DB39KQ] Steering controller model selection signal disagreement ...................... 20
Failure code [dB3RKR] Steering controller CAN communication error ....................................... 22
Failure code [DB3SKR] Steering controller S-NET communication error ................................... 24
Failure code [DBB0KK] (or VHMS LED display "n901") VHMS supply voltage abnormality....... 26
Failure code [DBB0KQ] (or VHMS LED display "nF11") VHMS connector connection
abnormality .......................................................................................................................... 28
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [DBB3KK] (or VHMS LED display "n905") VHMS controller battery direct
power supply voltage reduction............................................................................................ 30
Failure code [DBB5KP] (or VHMS LED display "n904") Sensor power supply (5V) system
abnormality........................................................................................................................... 32
disconnection or short circuit................................................................................................ 34
Failure code [DBBQKR] (or VHMS LED display "n802") CAN communication error
(VHMS controller)................................................................................................................. 38
Failure code [dbBRKR] VHMS controller CAN communication error .......................................... 42
Failure code [DD12KA] Shift-up switch disconnection ................................................................ 44
Failure code [DD12KB] Shift-up switch short circuit.................................................................... 46
Failure code [DD13KA] Shift-down switch disconnection............................................................ 48
Failure code [DD13KB] Shift-down switch short circuit ............................................................... 50
Failure code [DD14KA] Parking brake lever switch disconnection.............................................. 52
Failure code [DD14KB] Parking brake lever switch short circuit ................................................. 54
Failure code [DDB9L4] Reverse switch disagreement................................................................ 56
Failure code [DDK3L4] Forward switch signal disagreement...................................................... 58
Failure code [DDK5KA] Shift switch disconnection ..................................................................... 4
Failure code [DDK5KB] Shift switch short circuit......................................................................... 6
Failure code [DDN2LD] Blade tilt right oil pressure switch is held down for long time ................ 8
Failure code [DDN3LD] Blade tilt left oil pressure switch is held down for long time .................. 10
Failure code [DDN7KA] Blade pitch switch disconnection .......................................................... 12
Failure code [DDN7KB] Blade pitch switch short circuit.............................................................. 14
Failure code [DDN9KA] Blade tilt switch disconnection .............................................................. 16
Failure code [DDN9KB] Blade tilt switch short circuit.................................................................. 18
Failure code [DDNALD] Blade lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for long time ............... 20
Failure code [DDNBLD] Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for long time ............. 22
Failure code [DDNCLD] Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for long time ............ 24
Failure code [DDNDLD] Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch is held down for long time .................. 26
Failure code [DDNELD] Ripper tilt back oil pressure switch is held down for long time.............. 28
Failure code [DDNFLD] Blade lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for long time .............. 30
Failure code [DDQ2KA] Parking brake lever switch disconnection............................................. 32
Failure code [DDQ2KB] Parking brake lever switch short circuit ................................................ 34
Failure code [DDQ2L4] Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal disagreement..................... 36
Failure code [dDQ2L4] Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal disagreement ..................... 37
Failure code [DDT5KA] Neutral switch disconnection................................................................. 38
Failure code [DDT5KB] Neutral switch short circuit .................................................................... 40
Failure code [DDT5KQ] Lever specification selection signal disagreement................................ 42
Failure code [DGE5KX] (or VHMS LED display "n40") Ambient temperature sensor system
Failure code [DGS1KX] Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal out of range............................ 46
Failure code [DGT1KA] Power train oil temperature sensor disconnection ................................ 48
Failure code [DGT1KX] Power train oil temperature sensor input signal out of range ................ 50
Failure code [DGT5KA] (or VHMS LED display "n322") Front exhaust temperature sensor
system short circuit .............................................................................................................. 52
Failure code [DGT5KB] (or VHMS LED display "n321") Front exhaust temperature sensor
system disconnection........................................................................................................... 54
Failure code [DGT6KA] (or VHMS LED display "n312") Front exhaust temperature sensor
Failure code [DGT6KB] (or VHMS LED display "n311") Front exhaust temperature sensor
Failure code [DH22KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 disconnection ................. 60
Failure code [DH22KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 short circuit..................... 62
Failure code [DH23KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 disconnection ................. 64
Failure code [DH23KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 short circuit..................... 66
10 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DHE5KB] (or VHMS LED display "n332") Engine blow-by pressure sensor
Failure code [DHE5KY] (or VHMS LED display "n331") Engine blow-by pressure sensor
Failure code [DHT3KX] (or VHMS LED display "n614") Transmission oil pressure sensor
input signal out of range....................................................................................................... 72
Failure code [DK10KA] Fuel control dial disconnection .............................................................. 74
Failure code [DK10KB] Fuel control dial short circuit.................................................................. 76
Failure code [DK30KA] Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection ................................................ 4
Failure code [DK30KB] Steering potentiometer 1 short circuit .................................................... 6
Failure code [DK30KX] Steering potentiometer 1 input signal out of range ................................ 8
Failure code [DK30KZ] Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection or short circuit ......................... 9
Failure code [DK30L8] Steering potentiometer 1 analog signal disagreement ........................... 10
Failure code [DK31KA] Steering potentiometer 2 disconnection ................................................ 12
Failure code [DK31KB] Steering potentiometer 2 short circuit .................................................... 14
Failure code [DK40KA] Brake potentiometer disconnection ....................................................... 16
Failure code [DK40KB] Brake potentiometer short circuit........................................................... 18
Failure code [DK55KX] Direction potentiometer input signal out of range .................................. 20
Failure code [DK55KZ] Direction potentiometer disconnection or short circuit ........................... 21
Failure code [DK55L8] Direction potentiometer analog signal disagreement ............................. 22
Failure code [DK56KA] Direction potentiometer 1 disconnection ............................................... 24
Failure code [DK56KB] Direction potentiometer 1 short circuit ................................................... 26
Failure code [DK57KA] Direction potentiometer 2 disconnection ............................................... 28
Failure code [DK57KB] Direction potentiometer 2 short circuit ................................................... 30
Failure code [DK60KA] Acceleration sensor disconnection ........................................................ 32
Failure code [DK60KB] Acceleration sensor short circuit............................................................ 34
Failure code [DKH1KA] Pitch angle sensor disconnection ......................................................... 36
Failure code [DKH1KB] Pitch angle sensor short circuit ............................................................. 38
Failure code [DKH1KX] Pitch angle sensor input signal out of range ......................................... 39
Failure code [DLF1KA] Torque converter output speed sensor disconnection ........................... 40
Failure code [DLT3KA] Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 1 .............................. 41
Failure code [dLT3KA] Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 2............................... 42
Failure code [DLT3KB] Transmission output speed sensor short circuit ..................................... 43
Failure code [DV00KB] Alarm buzzer short circuit ...................................................................... 44
Failure code [DW59KA] Blade dual selector solenoid disconnection.......................................... 45
Failure code [DW59KB] Blade dual selector solenoid short circuit ............................................. 46
Failure code [DW59KY] Blade dual selector solenoid hot short.................................................. 47
Failure code [DW5AKA] Blade pitch selector solenoid disconnection ........................................ 48
Failure code [DW5AKB] Blade pitch selector solenoid short circuit ............................................ 49
Failure code [DW5AKY] Blade pitch selector solenoid hot short ................................................ 50
Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan reverse solenoid disconnection..................................................... 51
Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan reverse solenoid short circuit ........................................................ 52
Failure code [DW7BKY] Fan reverse solenoid hot short............................................................. 53
Failure code [DWN3KA] Sudden stop prevention solenoid disconnection.................................. 54
Failure code [DWN3KB] Sudden stop prevention solenoid short circuit ..................................... 56
Failure code [DWN3KY] Sudden stop prevention solenoid hot short.......................................... 58
Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pulley solenoid 1 disconnection .................................................... 60
Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pulley solenoid 1 short circuit........................................................ 62
Failure code [DWN5KY] Fan pulley solenoid 1 hot short ............................................................ 64
Failure code [DWNCKA] Fan pulley solenoid 2 disconnection ................................................... 66
Failure code [DWNCKB] Fan pulley solenoid 2 short circuit ....................................................... 68
Failure code [DWNCKY] Fan pulley solenoid 2 hot short ........................................................... 70
Failure code [DXH1KA] Lockup solenoid disconnection ............................................................. 4
Failure code [DXH1KB] Lockup solenoid short circuit................................................................. 6
Failure code [DXH1KY] Lockup solenoid hot short ..................................................................... 8
D375A-5E0 11
Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV disconnection............................................................. 10

Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV short circuit ................................................................ 12
Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV hot short..................................................................... 14
Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV disconnection ........................................................... 16
Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV short circuit ............................................................... 18
Failure code [DXH5KY] 2nd clutch ECMV hot short ................................................................... 20
Failure code [DXH6KA] 3rd clutch ECMV disconnection ............................................................ 22
Failure code [DXH6KB] 3rd clutch ECMV short circuit................................................................ 24
Failure code [DXH6KY] 3rd clutch ECMV hot short .................................................................... 26
Failure code [DXH7KA] Reverse clutch ECMV disconnection .................................................... 28
Failure code [DXH7KB] Reverse clutch ECMV short circuit........................................................ 30
Failure code [DXH7KY] Reverse clutch ECMV hot short ............................................................ 32
Failure code [DXH8KA] Forward clutch ECMV hot short ............................................................ 34
Failure code [DXH8KB] Forward clutch ECMV short circuit........................................................ 36
Failure code [DXH8KY] Forward clutch ECMV hot short ............................................................ 38
Failure code [DXH9KA] Right steering clutch ECMV disconnection ........................................... 40
Failure code [DXH9KB] Right steering clutch ECMV short circuit............................................... 42
Failure code [DXH9KY] Right steering clutch ECMV hot short ................................................... 44
Failure code [DXHAKA] Left steering clutch ECMV disconnection ............................................. 46
Failure code [DXHAKB] Left steering clutch ECMV short circuit ................................................. 48
Failure code [DXHAKY] Left steering clutch ECMV hot short ..................................................... 50
Failure code [DXHBKA] Right brake ECMV disconnection ......................................................... 52
Failure code [DXHBKB] Right brake ECMV short circuit............................................................. 54
Failure code [DXHBKY] Right brake ECMV hot short ................................................................. 56
Failure code [DXHCKA] Left brake ECMV disconnection ........................................................... 58
Failure code [DXHCKB] Left brake ECMV short circuit ............................................................... 60
Failure code [DXHCKY] Left brake ECMV hot short ................................................................... 62
Failure code [F@BBZL] (or VHMS LED display "n338") Engine blow-by pressure
abnormally high level ........................................................................................................... 64
Failure code [F@BYNR] (or VHMS LED display "n362") Front exhaust temperature
abnormally high level (2) ...................................................................................................... 66
Failure code [F@BYNS] (or VHMS LED display "n361") Front exhaust temperature
Failure code [F@BZNR] (or VHMS LED display "n372") Rear exhaust temperature
Failure code [F@BZNS] (or VHMS LED display "n371") Rear exhaust temperature
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) SEN01875-00
E-1 The engine does not start ..................................................................................................... 4
E-2 Preheat does not operate (Manual preheating function) ...................................................... 9
E-3 The ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate .................................................................... 12
E-4 When the starting switch is ON, none of the machine monitor come on .............................. 14
E-5 When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor completely remains lighted
and does not go out ............................................................................................................. 16
E-6 When the starting switch is ON, the basic check item flashes.............................................. 18
E-7 While the engine is operating, any caution item flashes....................................................... 20
E-8 An emergency caution item flashes while the engine is running .......................................... 23
E-9 While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not come on.................... 28
E-10 At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does not come on
(Dual tilt-mounted machine) ................................................................................................ 30
E-11 At the locking-up of the torque converter, the torque converter lock-up display lamp
does not come on................................................................................................................. 30
E-12 The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally ................................... 30
E-13 Indication of the power train (torque converter) temperature gauge is abnormal ............... 31
E-14 The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally ....................................... 32
E-15 Indication of the fuel gauge is abnormal ............................................................................. 33
E-16 Indications of gear speed and engine speed are abnormal................................................ 34
12 D375A-5E0
E-17 Indication of the shift mode service meter is abnormal ...................................................... 34

E-18 The switch module cannot be operated.............................................................................. 35
E-19 The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out.......................................................... 36
E-20 The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop ........................................................... 37
E-21 Auto shift down is not possible or is not released............................................................... 38
E-22 The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled............................................................................... 39
E-23 The operator mode cannot be operated ............................................................................. 40
E-24 The service mode cannot be operated ............................................................................... 42
E-25 The back-up alarm does not sound .................................................................................... 44
E-26 The night light, the headlamp, the working lamp and the rear lamp on the panel do not
come on ............................................................................................................................... 46
E-27 Air conditioner does not operate......................................................................................... 52
E-28 Orbcomm terminal does not operate normally (Data are not transmitted).......................... 56
Troubleshooting of hydraulic, mechanical system (H-mode) SEN01876-00
H-1 No force (no drawbar pull).................................................................................................... 4
H-2 No travel (at 2nd or 3rd speed) ............................................................................................ 6
H-3 No travel at all gear speeds.................................................................................................. 8
H-4 Machine travels only in one direction forward or in reverse ................................................. 10
H-5 Large time lag at gear speed shifting or forward-reverse shifting......................................... 11
H-6 Steering is not possible ........................................................................................................ 12
H-7 Steering is possible only on one side ................................................................................... 13
H-8 Steering overrun occurs ....................................................................................................... 14
H-9 Brake does not work............................................................................................................. 15
H-10 Torque converter is not lock-up .......................................................................................... 16
H-11 Power train oil overheats .................................................................................................... 17
H-12 All work equipment operates slowly ................................................................................... 18
H-13 All work equipment does not operate ................................................................................. 19
H-14 Blade lift speed is slow or lacks power ............................................................................... 20
H-15 Blade tilt speed is slow or lacks power............................................................................... 20
H-16 Ripper lift speed is slow or lacks power ............................................................................. 21
H-17 Ripper tilt speed is slow or lacks power ............................................................................. 21
H-18 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade lift................................................................................... 22
H-19 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade tilt .................................................................................. 23
H-20 Excessive hydraulic drift of ripper lift .................................................................................. 24
H-21 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not work (giant ripper attachment machine)...................... 25
H-22 Blade pitch does not work (dual tilt attachment machine) .................................................. 26
H-23 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump ....................................... 27
H-24 Fan speed is abnormal (Sound and/or vibration are abnormally large or
engine over heats) ............................................................................................................... 28
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode) SEN01877-00
Method of using troubleshooting chart ........................................................................................ 3
S-1 Engine does not start easily ................................................................................................. 6
S-2 Engine does not start............................................................................................................ 8
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor) .......................................................... 12
S-4 Engine stops during operation .............................................................................................. 13
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting) ........................................................................... 14
S-6 Engine lacks output (or lacks power).................................................................................... 15
S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (Incomplete combustion)................................................................ 17
S-8 Oil is consumed much (or exhaust gas color is blue) ........................................................... 19
S-9 Engine oil becomes contaminated quickly............................................................................ 20
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive........................................................................................... 21
S-11 Coolant contains oil (blows back or reduces) ..................................................................... 22
S-12 Oil pressure lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure) ............................................................... 23
S-13 Oil level rises (Water, fuel in oil) ......................................................................................... 24
S-14 Coolant temperature rises too high (Overheating) ............................................................. 26
S-15 Abnormal noise is made ..................................................................................................... 27
S-16 Vibration is excessive ......................................................................................................... 28
D375A-5E0 13
90 Diagrams and drawings

Hydraulic circuit diagram SEN01007-00
Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2) ................................................................................................. 3
Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2) ................................................................................................. 5
Power train hydraulic circuit diagram....................................................................................... 7
Electrical circuit diagram SEN01008-01
Electrical circuit diagram (1/13) ............................................................................................... 3
Electrical circuit diagram (10/13) ............................................................................................. 21
Electrical circuit diagram (11/13).............................................................................................. 23
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab ................................................................................... 29
Air conditioner unit electrical circuit diagram ........................................................................... 31
Connectors table and arrangement drawing............................................................................ 33
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
Form No. SEN00988-01
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 09-06 (02)
16 D375A-5E0
SEN00989-00
D375A-5E0

D375X-5E0 50001 and up
00 Index and foreword 1

Foreword and general information
Safety notice ................................................................................................................................................... 2
How to read the shop manual ......................................................................................................................... 6
Explanation of terms for maintenance standard ............................................................................................. 8
Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component ................................................................................ 10
How to read electric wire code...................................................................................................................... 18
Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler................................................................. 21
Standard tightening torque table ................................................................................................................... 24
Conversion table ........................................................................................................................................... 28
D375A-5E0 1
Foreword and general information (Rev. 2005/11)
Safety notice 1
Important safety notice
Proper service and repair are extremely important for safe machine operation. The service and repair
techniques recommended by Komatsu and described in this manual are both effective and safe.
Some of these techniques require the use of tools specially designed by Komatsu for the specific
purpose.
To prevent injury to workers, the symbol k is used to mark safety precautions in this manual. The
cautions accompanying these symbols should always be followed carefully. If any dangerous situa-
tion arises or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take the necessary actions to deal with
the situation.
1. General precautions 7) If welding repairs are needed, always

k Mistakes in operation are extremely have a trained and experienced welder
dangerous. Read the Operation and carry out the work. When carrying out
Maintenance Manual carefully before welding work, alw ays wear w elding
operating the machine. gloves, apron, shielding goggles, cap and
1) Before carrying out any greasing or other clothes suited for welding work.
repairs, read all the safety plates stuck to 8) Before starting work, warm up your body
the machine. For the locations of the thoroughly to start work under good condi-
safety plates and detailed explanation of tion.
precautions, see the Operation and Main-
tenance Manual. Safety points
2) Decide a place in the repair workshop to 1 Good arrangement
keep tools and removed parts. Always
2 Correct work clothes
keep the tools and parts in their correct
places. Always keep the work area clean 3 Following work standard
and make sure that there is no dirt, water, 4 Making and checking signs
or oil on the floor. Smoke only in the areas Prohibition of operation and handling by
5
provided for smoking. Never smoke while unlicensed workers
working. 6 Safety check before starting work
3) When carrying out any operation, always Wearing protective goggles
wear safety shoes and helmet. Do not 7
(for cleaning or grinding work)
wear loose work clothes, or clothes with
Wearing shielding goggles and protectors
buttons missing. 8
(for welding work)
q Always wear safety glasses when hit-
ting parts with a hammer. 9 Good physical condition and preparation
q Always wear safety glasses when Precautions against work which you are
10
grinding parts with a grinder, etc. not used to or you are used to too much
4) When carrying out any operation with 2 or
more workers, always agree on the oper-
ating procedure before starting. Always 2. Preparations for work
inform your fellow workers before starting 1) Before adding oil or making any repairs,
any step of the operation. Before starting park the machine on hard and level
work, hang UNDER REPAIR signs in the ground, and apply the parking brake and
operator's compartment. block the wheels or tracks to prevent the
5) Only qualified workers must carry out work machine from moving.
and operation which require license or 2) Before starting work, lower the work
qualification. equipment (blade, ripper, bucket, etc.) to
6) Keep all tools in good condition, learn the the ground. If this is not possible, insert
correct way to use them, and use the the lock pin or use blocks to prevent the
proper ones of them. Before starting work, work equipment from falling. In addition,
thoroughly check the tools, machine, fork- be sure to lock all the control levers and
lift, service car, etc. hang warning signs on them.
2 D375A-5E0
3) When disassembling or assembling, sup- 8) When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil
port the machine with blocks, jacks, or from spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips
stands before starting work. onto the floor, wipe it up immediately. Fuel
4) Remove all mud and oil from the steps or or oil on the floor can cause you to slip
other places used to get on and off the and can even start fires.
machine. Always use the handrails, lad- 9) As a general rule, do not use gasoline to
ders or steps when getting on or off the wash parts. Do not use it to clean electri-
m a c h i n e . N e v e r j u m p o n o r o ff t h e cal parts, in particular.
machine. If it is impossible to use the 10) Be sure to assemble all parts again in their
handrails, ladders or steps, use a stand to original places. Replace any damaged
provide safe footing. parts and parts which must not be reused
with new parts. When installing hoses and
3. Precautions during work wires, be sure that they will not be dam-
1) Before disconnecting or removing compo- aged by contact with other parts when the
nents of the oil, water, or air circuits, first machine is operated.
release the pressure completely from the 11) When installing high pressure hoses,
circuit. When removing the oil filler cap, a make sure that they are not twisted. Dam-
drain plug, or an oil pressure pickup plug, aged tubes are dangerous, so be
loosen it slowly to prevent the oil from extremely careful when installing tubes for
spurting out. high pressure circuits. In addition, check
2) The coolant and oil in the circuits are hot t h a t c o n n e c t i n g pa r ts a r e c o r r e c t l y
when the engine is stopped, so be careful installed.
not to get scalded. Wait for the oil and 12) When assembling or installing parts,
coolant to cool before carrying out any always tighten them to the specified
work on the oil or water circuits. torques. When installing protective parts
3) Before starting work, stop the engine. such as guards, or parts which vibrate vio-
When working on or around a rotating lently or rotate at high speed, be particu-
part, in particular, stop the engine. When larly careful to check that they are
checking the machine without stopping installed correctly.
the engine (measuring oil pressure, 13) When aligning 2 holes, never insert your
revolving speed, temperature, etc.), take fingers or hand. Be careful not to get your
extreme care not to get rolled or caught in fingers caught in a hole.
rotating parts or moving parts. 14) When measuring hydraulic pressure,
4) Before starting work, remove the leads check that the measuring tools are cor-
from the battery. Always remove the lead rectly assembled.
from the negative (–) terminal first. 15) Take care when removing or installing the
5) When raising a heavy component (heavier tracks of track-type machines. When
than 25 kg), use a hoist or crane. Before removing the track, the track separates
starting work, check that the slings (wire suddenly, so never let anyone stand at
ropes, chains, and hooks) are free from either end of the track.
damage. Always use slings which have 16) If the engine is operated for a long time in
ample capacity and install them to proper a place which is not ventilated well, you
places. Operate the hoist or crane slowly may suffer from gas poisoning. Accord-
to prevent the component from hitting any ingly, open the windows and doors to ven-
other part. Do not work with any part still tilate well.
raised by the hoist or crane.
6) When removing a cover which is under
internal pressure or under pressure from a
spring, always leave 2 bolts in diagonal
positions. Loosen those bolts gradually
and alternately to release the pressure,
and then remove the cover.
7) When removing components, be careful
not to break or damage the electrical wir-
ing. Damaged wiring may cause electrical
fires.
D375A-5E0 3
4. Precautions for sling work and making

signs
1) Only one appointed worker must make
signs and co-workers must communicate
with each other frequently. The appointed
sign maker must make specified signs
clearly at a place where he is seen well
from the operator's seat and where he can
see the working condition easily. The sign
maker must always stand in front of the
load and guide the operator safely.
q Do not stand under the load.
q Do not step on the load.
2) Check the slings before starting sling
work.
8) When installing wire ropes to an angular
3) Keep putting on gloves during sling work.
load, apply pads to protect the wire ropes.
(Put on leather gloves, if available.)
If the load is slippery, apply proper mate-
4) Measure the weight of the load by the eye
rial to prevent the wire rope from slipping.
and check its center of gravity.
9) Use the specified eyebolts and fix wire
5) Use proper sling according to the weight
ropes, chains, etc. to them with shackles,
of the load and method of slinging. If too
etc.
thick wire ropes are used to sling a light
10) Apply wire ropes to the middle portion of
load, the load may slip and fall.
the hook.
6) Do not sling a load with 1 wire rope alone.
q Slinging near the tip of the hook may
If it is slung so, it may rotate and may slip
cause the rope to slip off the hook
out of the rope. Install 2 or more wire
during hoisting. The hook has the
ropes symmetrically.
k Slinging with one rope may cause
maximum strength at the middle por-
tion.
turning of the load during hoisting,
untwisting of the rope, or slipping
of the rope from its original wind-
ing position on the load, which can
result in a dangerous accident.
7) Limit the hanging angle to 60°, as a rule.
Do not sling a heavy load with ropes form-
ing a wide hanging angle from the hook.
When hoisting a load with 2 or more
ropes, the force subjected to each rope
will increase with the hanging angle. The
table below shows the variation of allow-
able load in kN {kg} when hoisting is made
with 2 ropes, each of which is allowed to
sling up to 9.8 kN {1,000 kg} vertically, at
various hanging angles. When the 2 ropes 11) Do not use twisted or kinked wire ropes.
sling a load vertically, up to 19.6 kN {2,000 12) When lifting up a load, observe the follow-
kg} of total weight can be suspended. ing.
This weight is reduced to 9.8 kN {1,000 q Wind in the crane slowly until wire
kg} when the 2 ropes make a hanging ropes are stretched. When settling
angle of 120°. If the 2 ropes sling a 19.6 the wire ropes with the hand, do not
kN {2,000 kg} load at a lifting angle of grasp them but press them from
150°, each of them is subjected to a force above. If you grasp them, your fingers
as large as 39.2 kN {4,000 kg}. may be caught.
q After the wire ropes are stretched,
stop the crane and check the condi-
tion of the slung load, wire ropes, and
pads.
4 D375A-5E0
q If the load is unstable or the wire rope 13) If the hoist stops because of a power fail-
or chains are twisted, lower the load ure, turn the power switch OFF. When
and lift it up again. turning on a switch which was turned OFF
q Do not lift up the load slantingly. by the electric shock prevention earth
13) When lifting down a load, observe the fol- leakage breaker, check that the devices
lowing. related to that switch are not in operation
q When lifting down a load, stop it tem- state.
porarily at 30 cm above the floor, and 14) If you find an obstacle around the hoist,
then lower it slowly. stop the operation.
q Check that the load is stable, and 15) After finishing the work, stop the hoist at
then remove the sling. the specified position and raise the hook
q Remove kinks and dirt from the wire to at least 2 m above the floor. Do not
ropes and chains used for the sling leave the sling installed to the hook.
work, and put them in the specified
place. 7. Selecting wire ropes
1) Select adequate ropes depending on the
5. Precautions for using mobile crane weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to
a Read the Operation and Maintenance the table below.
Manual of the crane carefully in advance
and operate the crane safely. Wire ropes
(Standard “Z” twist ropes without galvanizing)
6. Precautions for using overhead hoist crane (JIS G3525, No. 6, Type 6X37-A)
k When raising a heavy part (heavier Nominal
Allowable load
than 25 kg), use a hoist, etc. In Disas- diameter of rope
sembly and assembly, the weight of a mm kN ton
part heavier than 25 kg is indicated 10 8.8 0.9
after the mark of 4. 12 12.7 1.3
1) Before starting work, inspect the wire 14 17.3 1.7
ropes, brake, clutch, controller, rails, over 16 22.6 2.3
wind stop device, electric shock preven-
18 28.6 2.9
tion earth leakage breaker, crane collision
20 35.3 3.6
prevention device, and power application
25 55.3 5.6
warning lamp, and check safety.
2) Observe the signs for sling work. 30 79.6 8.1
3) Operate the hoist at a safe place. 40 141.6 14.4
4) Check the direction indicator plates (east, 50 221.6 22.6
west, south, and north) and the directions 60 318.3 32.4
of the control buttons without fail.
5) Do not sling a load slantingly. Do not move a The allowable load is one-sixth of the
the crane while the slung load is swinging. breaking strength of the rope used
6) Do not raise or lower a load while the (Safety coefficient: 6).
crane is moving longitudinally or laterally.
7) Do not drag a sling.
8) When lifting up a load, stop it just after it
leaves the ground and check safety, and
then lift it up.
9) Consider the travel route in advance and
lift up a load to a safe height.
10) Place the control switch on a position
where it will not be an obstacle to work
and passage.
11) After operating the hoist, do not swing the
control switch.
12) Remember the position of the main switch
so that you can turn off the power immedi-
ately in an emergency.
D375A-5E0 5
How to read the shop manual 1
q Some attachments and optional parts in this shop manual may not be delivered to certain areas. If one
of them is required, consult KOMATSU distributors.
q Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.
q Shop manuals are divided into the “Chassis volume” and “Engine volume”. For the engine unit, see the
engine volume of the engine model mounted on the machine.
1. Composition of shop manual

This shop manual contains the necessary technical information for services performed in a workshop.
For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections.
00. Index and foreword

This section explains the shop manuals list, table of contents, safety, and basic information.
01. Specification
This section explains the specifications of the machine.
10. Structure, function and maintenance standard

This section explains the structure, function, and maintenance standard values of each component.
The structure and function sub-section explains the structure and function of each component. It
serves not only to give an understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for
troubleshooting. The maintenance standard sub-section explains the criteria and remedies for dis-
assembly and service.
20. Standard value table

This section explains the standard values for new machine and judgement criteria for testing,
adjusting, and troubleshooting. This standard value table is used to check the standard values in
testing and adjusting and to judge parts in troubleshooting.
30. Testing and adjusting

This section explains measuring instruments and measuring methods for testing and adjusting, and
method of adjusting each part. The standard values and judgement criteria for testing and adjusting
are explained in Testing and adjusting.
40. Troubleshooting
This section explains how to find out failed parts and how to repair them. The troubleshooting is
divided by failure modes. The “S mode” of the troubleshooting related to the engine may be also
explained in the Chassis volume and Engine volume. In this case, see the Chassis volume.
50. Disassembly and assembly

This section explains the special tools and procedures for removing, installing, disassembling, and
assembling each component, as well as precautions for them. In addition, tightening torque and
quantity and weight of coating material, oil, grease, and coolant necessary for the work are also
explained.
90. Diagrams and drawings (chassis volume)/Repair and replacement of parts (engine volume)
q Chassis volume
This section gives hydraulic circuit diagrams and electrical circuit diagrams.
q Engine volume
This section explains the method of reproducing, repairing, and replacing parts.
2. Revision and distribution

Any additions, revisions, or other change of notices will be sent to KOMATSU distributors. Get the most
up-to-date information before you start any work.
6 D375A-5E0
3. Filing method
File by the brochures in the correct order of the form number printed in the shop manual composition
table.
q Revised edition mark

When a manual is revised, the ones and tens digits of the form number of each brochure is
increased by 1. (Example: 00, 01, 02 …)
q Revisions
Revised brochures are shown in the shop manual composition table.
4. Symbols
Important safety and quality portions are marked with the following symbols so that the shop manual will
be used practically.
Symbol Item Remarks
k Safety Special safety precautions are necessary when performing work.
Special technical precautions or other precautions for preserving stan-

a Caution
dards are necessary when performing work.
4
Weight of parts of component or parts. Caution necessary when
Weight
selecting hoisting wire, or when working posture is important, etc.
3
Tightening Places that require special attention for tightening torque during
torque assembly.
2 Coat Places to be coated with adhesives, etc. during assembly.
5
Oil, coolant Places where oil, etc. must be added, and capacity.
6
Drain Places where oil, etc. must be drained, and quantity to be drained.
5. Units
In this shop manual, the units are indicated with International System of units (SI). For reference, con-
ventionally used Gravitational System of units is indicated in parentheses { }.
D375A-5E0 7
Explanation of terms for maintenance standard 1

The maintenance standard values necessary for judgment of products and parts are described by the follow-
ing terms.
1. Standard size and tolerance

q To be accurate, the finishing size of parts
is a little different from one to another.
q To specify a finishing size of a part, a tem-
porary standard size is set and an allow-
able difference from that size is indicated.
q The above size set temporarily is called
the “standard size” and the range of differ-
ence from the standard size is called the
“tolerance”.
q The tolerance with the symbols of + or – is
indicated on the right side of the standard
size.
Example:
Standard size Tolerance
–0.022
120
–0.126
a The tolerance may be indicated in the text

and a table as [standard size (upper limit
of tolerance/lower limit of tolerance)].
Example) 120 (–0.022/–0.126)
q Usually, the size of a hole and the size of

the shaft to be fitted to that hole are indi-
cated by the same standard size and dif-
ferent tolerances of the hole and shaft.
The tightness of fit is decided by the toler-
ance.
q Indication of size of rotating shaft and hole
and relationship drawing of them
Example:
Tolerance
Standard size
Shaft Hole
–0.030 +0.046
60
–0.076 +0
8 D375A-5E0
2. Standard clearance and standard value 5. Clearance limit

q The clearance made when new parts are q Parts can be used until the clearance
assembled is called the “standard clear- between them is increased to a certain
ance“, which is indicated by the range limit. The limit at which those parts cannot
from the minimum clearance to the maxi- be used is called the “clearance limit”.
mum clearance. q If the clearance between the parts
q When some parts are repaired, the clear- exceeds the clearance limit, they must be
ance is generally adjusted to the standard replaced or repaired.
clearance.
q A value of performance and function of 6. Interference limit
new products or equivalent is called the q The allowable maximum interference
“standard value“, which is indicated by a between the hole of a part and the shaft of
range or a target value. another part to be assembled is called the
q When some parts are repaired, the value “interference limit”.
of performance/function is set to the stan- q The interference limit shows the repair
dard value. limit of the part of smaller tolerance.
q If the interference between the parts
3. Standard interference exceeds the interference limit, they must
q When the size of a hole is smaller than the be replaced or repaired.
size of a shaft because of the standard
size and tolerance, the difference between
these sizes is called the “interference”.
q The range (A – B) from the difference (A)
between the minimum size of the shaft
and the maximum size of the hole to the
difference (B) between the maximum size
of the shaft and the minimum size of the
hole is the “standard interference”.
q After repairing or replacing some parts,
measure the size of their hole and shaft
and check that the interference is in the
standard range.
4. Repair limit and allowable value

q The size of a part changes because of
wear and deformation while it is used. The
limit of changed size is called the “repair
limit”.
q If a part is worn to the repair limit must be
replaced or repaired.
q The performance and function of a prod-
uct lowers while it is used. A value below
which the product can be used without
causing a problem is called the “allowable
value”.
q If a product is worn to the allowable value,
it must be checked or repaired. Since the
permissible value is estimated from vari-
ous tests or experiences in most cases,
however, it must be judged after consider-
ing the operating condition and customer's
requirement.
D375A-5E0 9
Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component 1

To maintain the performance of the machine over a long period, and to prevent failures or other troubles
before they occur, correct “operation“, “maintenance and inspection“, “troubleshooting“, and “repairs” must
be carried out. This section deals particularly with correct repair procedures for mechatronics and is aimed at
improving the quality of repairs. For this purpose, it gives sections on “Handling electric equipment” and
“Handling hydraulic equipment” (particularly gear oil and hydraulic oil).
Points to remember when handling electric

equipment
1. Handling wiring harnesses and connectors
Wiring harnesses consist of wiring connecting
one component to another component, con-
nectors used for connecting and disconnecting
one wire from another wire, and protectors or
tubes used for protecting the wiring.
Compared with other electrical components fit-
ted in boxes or cases, wiring harnesses are
more likely to be affected by the direct effects
of rain, water, heat, or vibration. Furthermore,
during inspection and repair operations, they
are frequently removed and installed again, so
they are likely to suffer deformation or damage.
For this reason, it is necessary to be extremely
careful when handling wiring harnesses.
2. Main failures occurring in wiring harness

1) Defective contact of connectors (defec-
tive contact between male and female)
Problems with defective contact are likely
to occur because the male connector is
not properly inserted into the female con-
nector, or because one or both of the con-
nectors is deformed or the position is not
correctly aligned, or because there is cor-
rosion or oxidization of the contact sur-
faces.
2) Defective crimping or soldering of connec-

tors
The pins of the male and female connec-
tors are in contact at the crimped terminal
or soldered portion, but if there is exces-
sive force brought to bear on the wiring,
the plating at the joint will peel and cause
improper connection or breakage.
10 D375A-5E0
3) Disconnections in wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are
pulled apart, or components are lifted with
a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping
of the connector may separate, or the sol-
dering may be damaged, or the wiring
may be broken.
4) High-pressure water entering connector

The connector is designed to make it diffi-
cult for water to enter (drip-proof struc-
ture), but if high-pressure water is sprayed
directly on the connector, water may enter
the connector, depending on the direction
of the water jet. Accordingly, take care not
splash water over the connector. The con-
nector is designed to prevent water from
entering, but at the same time, if water
does enter, it is difficult for it to be drained.
Therefore, if water should get into the con-
nector, the pins will be short-circuited by
the water, so if any water gets in, immedi-
ately dry the connector or take other
appropriate action before passing electric-
ity through it.
5) Oil or dirt stuck to connector

If oil or grease are stuck to the connector
and an oil film is formed on the mating sur-
face between the male and female pins,
the oil will not let the electricity pass, so
there will be defective contact. If there is
oil or grease stuck to the connector, wipe it
off with a dry cloth or blow it dry with com-
pressed air and spray it with a contact
restorer.
a When wiping the mating portion of the
connector, be careful not to use
excessive force or deform the pins.
a If there is oil or water in the com-
pressed air, the contacts will become
even dirtier, so remove the oil and
water from the compressed air com-
pletely before cleaning with com-
pressed air.
D375A-5E0 11
3. Removing, installing, and drying connec-

tors and wiring harnesses
1) Disconnecting connectors
1] Hold the connectors when discon-
necting.
When disconnecting the connectors,
hold the connectors. For connectors
held by a screw, loosen the screw
fully, then hold the male and female
connectors in each hand and pull
apart. For connectors which have a
lock stopper, press down the stopper
with your thumb and pull the connec-
tors apart.
a Never pull with one hand.
2] When removing from clips

q Both of the connector and clip have
stoppers, which are engaged with
each other when the connector is
installed.
q When removing a connector from a

clip, pull the connector in a parallel
direction to the clip for removing stop-
pers.
a If the connector is twisted up and
down or to the left or right, the
housing may break.
3] Action to take after removing connec-

tors
After removing any connector, cover it
with a vinyl bag to prevent any dust,
dirt, oil, or water from getting in the
connector portion.
a If the machine is left disassem-
bled for a long time, it is particu-
larly easy for improper contact to
occur, so always cover the con-
nector.
12 D375A-5E0
2) Connecting connectors
1] Check the connector visually.
Check that there is no oil, dirt, or
water stuck to the connector pins
(mating portion).
Check that there is no deformation,
defective contact, corrosion, or dam-
age to the connector pins.
Check that there is no damage or
breakage to the outside of the con-
nector.
a If there is any oil, water, or dirt
stuck to the connector, wipe it off
with a dry cloth. If any water has
got inside the connector, warm
the inside of the wiring with a
dryer, but be careful not to make
it too hot as this will cause short
circuits.
a If there is any damage or break-
age, replace the connector.
2] Fix the connector securely.
Align the position of the connector
correctly, and then insert it securely.
For connectors with lock stopper,
push in the connector until the stop-
per clicks into position.
3] Correct any protrusion of the boot and
any misalignment of the wiring har-
ness.
For connectors fitted with boots, cor-
rect any protrusion of the boot. In
addition, if the wiring harness is mis-
aligned, or the clamp is out of posi-
tion, adjust it to its correct position.
a If the connector cannot be cor-
rected easily, remove the clamp
and adjust the position.
q If the connector clamp has been
removed, be sure to return it to
its original position. Check also
that there are no loose clamps.
3) Connecting DT connectors
Since the DT 8-pin and 12-pin heavy duty
wire connectors have 2 latches respec-
tively, push them in until they click 2 times.
1. Male connector
2. Female connector
q Normal locking state (Horizontal): a,
b, d
q Incomplete locking state (Diagonal): c
D375A-5E0 13
4) Drying wiring harness

If there is any oil or dirt on the wiring har-
ness, wipe it off with a dry cloth. Avoid
washing it in water or using steam. If the
connector must be washed in water, do
not use high-pressure water or steam
directly on the wiring harness. If water
gets directly on the connector, do as fol-
lows.
1] Disconnect the connector and wipe
off the water with a dry cloth.
a If the connector is blown dry with
compressed air, there is the risk
that oil in the air may cause
defective contact, so remove all
o il an d water from the com-
pressed air before blowing with
air.
2] Dry the inside of the connector with a
dryer.
If water gets inside the connector, use
a dryer to dry the connector.
a Hot air from the dryer can be
used, but regulate the time that
the hot air is used in order not to
make the connector or related
parts too hot, as this will cause
deformation or damage to the
connector.
3] Carry out a continuity test on the con-
nector.
After drying, leave the wiring harness
disconnected and carry out a continu-
ity test to check for any short circuits
between pins caused by water.
a After completely drying the con-
n e c t o r, b l o w i t w i t h c o n ta c t
restorer and reassemble.
14 D375A-5E0
4. Handling controller
1) The controller contains a microcomputer
and electronic control circuits. These con-
trol all of the electronic circuits on the
machine, so be extremely careful when
handling the controller.
2) Do not place objects on top of the control-
ler.
3) Cover the control connectors with tape or
a vinyl bag. Never touch the connector
contacts with your hand.
4) During rainy weather, do not leave the
controller in a place where it is exposed to
rain.
5) Do not place the controller on oil, water, or
soil, or in any hot place, even for a short
time. (Place it on a suitable dry stand).
6) Precautions when carrying out arc welding
When carrying out arc welding on the
body, disconnect all wiring harness con-
nectors connected to the controller. Fit an
arc welding ground close to the welding
point.
5. Points to remember when troubleshooting

electric circuits
1) Always turn the power OFF before discon-
necting or connecting connectors.
2) Before carrying out troubleshooting, check
that all the related connectors are properly
inserted.
a Disconnect and connect the related
connectors several times to check.
3) Always connect any disconnected con-
nectors before going on to the next step.
a If the power is turned ON with the
connectors still disconnected, unnec-
essary abnormality displays will be
generated.
4) When carrying out troubleshooting of cir-
cuits (measuring the voltage, resistance,
continuity, or current), move the related
wiring and connectors several times and
check that there is no change in the read-
ing of the tester.
a If there is any change, there is proba-
bly defective contact in that circuit.
D375A-5E0 15
Points to remember when handling hydraulic equipment

With the increase in pressure and precision of hydraulic equipment, the most common cause of failure is dirt
(foreign material) in the hydraulic circuit. When adding hydraulic oil, or when disassembling or assembling
hydraulic equipment, it is necessary to be particularly careful.
1. Be careful of the operating environment.

Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters, or
repairing the machine in rain or high winds, or
places where there is a lot of dust.
2. Disassembly and maintenance work in the

field
If disassembly or maintenance work is carried
out on hydraulic equipment in the field, there is
danger of dust entering the equipment. It is
also difficult to check the performance after
repairs, so it is desirable to use unit exchange.
Disassembly and maintenance of hydraulic
equipment should be carried out in a specially
prepared dustproof workshop, and the perfor-
mance should be checked with special test
equipment.
3. Sealing openings
After any piping or equipment is removed, the
openings should be sealed with caps, tapes, or
vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from
entering. If the opening is left open or is
blocked with a rag, there is danger of dirt
entering or of the surrounding area being
made dirty by leaking oil so never do this. Do
not simply drain oil out onto the ground, but
collect it and ask the customer to dispose of it,
or take it back with you for disposal.
4. Do not let any dirt or dust get in during

refilling operations
Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in when
refilling with hydraulic oil. Always keep the oil
filler and the area around it clean, and also use
clean pumps and oil containers. If an oil clean-
ing device is used, it is possible to filter out the
dirt that has collected during storage, so this is
an even more effective method.
16 D375A-5E0
5. Change hydraulic oil when the temperature

is high
When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it flows
easily. In addition, the sludge can also be
drained out easily from the circuit together with
the oil, so it is best to change the oil when it is
still warm. When changing the oil, as much as
possible of the old hydraulic oil must be
drained out. (Drain the oil from the hydraulic
tank; also drain the oil from the filter and from
the drain plug in the circuit.) If any old oil is left,
the contaminants and sludge in it will mix with
the new oil and will shorten the life of the
hydraulic oil.
6. Flushing operations
After disassembling and assembling the equip-
ment, or changing the oil, use flushing oil to
remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil
from the hydraulic circuit. Normally, flushing is
carried out twice: primary flushing is carried
out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is
carried out with the specified hydraulic oil.
7. Cleaning operations
After repairing the hydraulic equipment (pump,
control valve, etc.) or when running the
machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the
sludge or contaminants in the hydraulic oil cir-
cuit. The oil cleaning equipment is used to
remove the ultra fine (about 3 ) particles that
the filter built in the hydraulic equipment can-
not remove, so it is an extremely effective
device.
D375A-5E0 17
How to read electric wire code 1

a The information about the wires unique to each machine model is described in Troubleshooting section,
Relational information of troubleshooting.
In the electric circuit diagram, the material, thickness, and color of each electric wire are indicated by sym-
bols. The electric wire code is helpful in understanding the electric circuit diagram.
Example: AEX 0.85 L - - - Indicates blue, heat-resistant, low-voltage wire for automobile, having nomi-
nal No. of 0.85
Indicates color of wire by color code.
Color codes are shown in Table 3.
Indicates size of wire by nominal No.

Size (Nominal No.) is shown in Table 2.
Indicates type of wire by symbol.

Type, symbol, and material of wire are shown in Table 1.
(Since AV and AVS are classified by size (nominal No.), they are not indi-
cated.)
1. Type, symbol, and material

AV and AVS are different in only thickness and outside diameter of the cover. AEX is similar to AV in
thickness and outside diameter of AEX and different from AV and AVS in material of the cover.
(Table 1)
Using
Sym-
Type Material temperature Example of use
bol
range (°C)
Low-voltage Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-
General wiring
wire for AV tor tric appliance
(Nominal No. 5 and above)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Thin-cover Conduc- Annealed copper for elec- –30 to +60
low-voltage tor tric appliance General wiring
AVS
wire for (Nominal No. 3 and below)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Heat-resis- Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-

General wiring in extremely
tant low-volt- tor tric appliance
AEX –50 to +110 cold district, wiring at high-tem-
age wire for Heat-resistant crosslinked
Insulator perature place
automobile polyethylene
18 D375A-5E0
2. Dimensions
(Table 2)
Nominal No. 0.5f (0.5) 0.75f (0.85) 1.25f (1.25) 2f 2 3f 3 5
Number of
strands/Diam- 20/0.18 7/0.32 30/0.18 11/0.32 50/0.18 16/0.32 37/0.26 26/0.32 58/0.26 41/0.32 65/0.32
eter of strand
Conductor
Sectional
0.51 0.56 0.76 0.88 1.27 1.29 1.96 2.09 3.08 3.30 5.23
area (mm2)
d (approx.) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.4 3.0
AVS Standard 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.6 –
Cov-
AV Standard – – – – – – – 4.6
er D
AEX Standard 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.1 – 3.8 4.6
Nominal No. 8 15 20 30 40 50 60 85 100

Number of
strands/Diam- 50/0.45 84/0.45 41/0.80 70/0.80 85/0.80 108/0.80 127/0.80 169/0.80 217/0.80
eter of strand
Conductor
Sectional
7.95 13.36 20.61 35.19 42.73 54.29 63.84 84.96 109.1
area (mm2)
d (approx.) 3.7 4.8 6.0 8.0 8.6 9.8 10.4 12.0 13.6
AVS Standard – – – – – – – – –
Cov-
AV Standard 5.5 7.0 8.2 10.8 11.4 13.0 13.6 16.0 17.6
er D
AEX Standard 5.3 7.0 8.2 10.8 11.4 13.0 13.6 16.0 17.6
“f” of nominal No. denotes flexible”.
D375A-5E0 19
3. Color codes table
(Table 3)
Color Code Color of wire Color Code Color of wire
B Black LgW Light green & White
Br Brown LgY Light green & Yellow
BrB Brown & Black LR Blue & Red
BrR Brown & Red LW Blue & White
BrW Brown & White LY Blue & Yellow
BrY Brown & Yellow O Orange
Ch Charcoal P Pink
Dg Dark green R Red
G Green RB Red & Black
GB Green & Black RG Red & Green
GL Green & Blue RL Red & Blue
Gr Gray RW Red & White
GR Green & Red RY Red & Yellow
GW Green & White Sb Sky Blue
GY Green & Yellow Y Yellow
L Blue YB Yellow & Black
LB Blue & Black YG Yellow &Green
Lg Light green YL Yellow & Blue
LgB Light green & Black YR Yellow & Red
LgR Light green & Red YW Yellow & White
Remarks: In a color code consisting of 2 colors, the first color is the color of the background and
the second color is the color of the marking.
Example: “GW” means that the background is Green and marking is White.
4. Types of circuits and color codes
(Table 4)
Type of wire AVS or AV AEX
Charge R WG – – – – R –
Ground B – – – – – B –
Start R – – – – – R –
Light RW RB RY RG RL – D –
Instrument Y YR YB YG YL YW Y Gr
Signal G GW GR GY GB GL G Br
L LW LR LY LB – L –
Type of
Br BrW BrR BrY BrB – – –
circuit
Lg LgR LgY LgB LgW – – –
O – – – – – – –
Others Gr – – – – – – –
P – – – – – – –
Sb – – – – – – –
Dg – – – – – – –
Ch – – – – – – –
20 D375A-5E0
Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler 1

k Before carrying out the following work, loosen the oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank gradually to
release the residual pressure from the hydraulic tank.
k Even if the residual pressure is released from the hydraulic tank, some hydraulic oil flows out
when the hose is disconnected. Accordingly, prepare an oil receiving container.
Type 1
1. Disconnection
1) Hold adapter (1) and push hose joint (2)
into mating adapter (3). (Fig. 1)
a The adapter can be pushed in about
3.5 mm.
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After hose joint (2) is pushed into adapter
(3), press rubber cap portion (4) against
adapter (3) until it clicks. (Fig. 2)
3) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and pull
it out. (Fig. 3)
a Since some hydraulic oil flows out,
prepare an oil receiving container.
2. Connection
1) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and
insert it in mating adapter (3), aligning
them with each other. (Fig. 4)
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After inserting the hose in the mating
adapter perfectly, pull it back to check its
connecting condition. (Fig. 5)
a When the hose is pulled back, the
rubber cap portion moves toward the
hose about 3.5 mm. This does not
indicate abnormality, however.
D375A-5E0 21
Type 2
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 6)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1), turn
lever (8) to the right (clockwise). (Fig. 7)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (7) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 8)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
22 D375A-5E0
Type 3
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
2) While holding the condition of Step 1),
push cover (10) straight until it contacts
contact surface (b) of the hexagonal por-
tion at the male end. (Fig. 11)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (9) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 12)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until the sliding prevention ring
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
D375A-5E0 23
Standard tightening torque table 1

1. Table of tightening torques for bolts and nuts
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten metric nuts and bolts to the torque below. (When using
torque wrench)
a The following table corresponds to the bolts in Fig. A.
Thread diameter of bolt Width across flats Tightening torque

mm mm Nm kgm
6 10 11.8 – 14.7 1.2 – 1.5
8 13 27 – 34 2.8 – 3.5
10 17 59 – 74 6 – 7.5
12 19 98 – 123 10 – 12.5
14 22 153 – 190 15.5 – 19.5
16 24 235 – 285 23.5 – 29.5
18 27 320 – 400 33 – 41
20 30 455 – 565 46.5 – 58
22 32 610 – 765 62.5 – 78
24 36 785 – 980 80 – 100
27 41 1,150 – 1,440 118 – 147
30 46 1,520 – 1,910 155 – 195
33 50 1,960 – 2,450 200 – 250
36 55 2,450 – 3,040 250 – 310
39 60 2,890 – 3,630 295 – 370
a The following table corresponds to the bolts in Fig. B.

mm mm Nm kgm
6 10 5.9 – 9.8 0.6 – 1.0
8 13 13.7 – 23.5 1.4 – 2.4
10 14 34.3 – 46.1 3.5 – 4.7
12 27 74.5 – 90.2 7.6 – 9.2
a Fig. A a Fig. B
24 D375A-5E0
2. Table of tightening torques for split flange bolts

a Unless there are special instructions, tighten split flange bolts to the torque below.

mm mm Nm kgm
10 14 59 – 74 6.0 – 7.5
12 17 98 – 123 10.0 – 12.5
16 22 235 – 285 23.5 – 29.5
3. Table of tightening torques for O-ring boss piping joints

a Unless there are special instructions, tighten O-ring boss piping joints to the torque below.
Thread diameter Width across flats Tightening torque Nm {kgm}

Nominal No.
mm mm Range Target
02 14 35 – 63 { 3.5 – 6.5} 44 { 4.5}
03,04 20 Varies depending 84 – 132 { 8.5 – 13.5} 103 {10.5}
05,06 24 on type of connec- 128 – 186 {13.0 – 19.0} 157 {16.0}
10,12 33 tor. 363 – 480 {37.0 – 49.0} 422 {43.0}
14 42 746 – 1,010 {76.0 – 103} 883 {90.0}
4. Table of tightening torques for O-ring boss plugs

a Unless there are special instructions, tighten O-ring boss plugs to the torque below.
Nominal Thread diameter Width across flats Tightening torque Nm {kgm}

No. mm mm Range Target
08 8 14 5.88 – 8.82 {0.6 – 0.9} 7.35 {0.75}
10 10 17 9.81 – 12.74 {1.0 – 1.3} 11.27 {1.15}
12 12 19 14.7 – 19.6 {1.5 – 2.0} 17.64 {1.8}
14 14 22 19.6 – 24.5 {2.0 – 2.5} 22.54 {2.3}
16 16 24 24.5 – 34.3 {2.5 – 3.5} 29.4 {3.0}
18 18 27 34.3 – 44.1 {3.5 – 4.5} 39.2 {4.0}
20 20 30 44.1 – 53.9 {4.5 – 5.5} 49.0 {5.0}
24 24 32 58.8 – 78.4 {6.0 – 8.0} 68.6 {7.0}
30 30 32 93.1 – 122.5 { 9.5 – 12.5} 107.8 {11.0}
33 33 – 107.8 – 147.0 {11.0 – 15.0} 127.4 {13.0}
36 36 36 127.4 – 176.4 {13.0 – 18.0} 151.9 {15.5}
42 42 – 181.3 – 240.1 {18.5 – 24.5} 210.7 {21.5}
52 52 – 274.4 – 367.5 {28.0 – 37.5} 323.4 {33.0}
D375A-5E0 25
5. Table of tightening torques for hoses (taper seal type and face seal type)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the
torque below.
a Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil.
Tightening torque Nm {kgm} Taper seal Face seal

Nominal Width Nominal No. -
Thread diame-
No. of across Thread size Number of
Range Target ter (mm) (Ref-
hose flats (mm) threads, type of
erence)
thread
34 – 54 { 3.5 – 5.5} – 9/16-18UN 14.3
02 19 44 { 4.5}
34 – 63 { 3.5 – 6.5} 14 – –
22 54 – 93 { 5.5 – 9.5} 74 { 7.5} – 11/16-16UN 17.5
03
24 59 – 98 { 6.0 – 10.0} 78 { 8.0} 18 – –
04 27 84 – 132 { 8.5 – 13.5} 103 {10.5} 22 13/16-16UN 20.6
05 32 128 – 186 {13.0 – 19.0} 157 {16.0} 24 1-14UNS 25.4
06 36 177 – 245 {18.0 – 25.0} 216 {22.0} 30 1-3/16-12UN 30.2
(10) 41 177 – 245 {18.0 – 25.0} 216 {22.0} 33 – –
(12) 46 197 – 294 {20.0 – 30.0} 245 {25.0} 36 – –
(14) 55 246 – 343 {25.0 – 35.0} 294 {30.0} 42 – –
6. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Bolts and nuts)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric bolts and nuts of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
Tightening torque
Thread size
Bolt BANJO bolt
mm Nm kgm Nm kgm
6 10 ± 2 1.02 ± 0.20 8± 2 0.81 ± 0.20
8 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41 10 ± 2 1.02 ± 0.20
10 43 ± 6 4.38 ± 0.61 12 ± 2 1.22 ± 0.20
12 77 ± 12 7.85 ± 1.22 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41
14 – – 36 ± 5 3.67 ± 0.51
7. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Eye joints)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric eye joints of the 102, 107 and 114 engine
series to the torque below.
Thread size Tightening torque

mm Nm kgm
6 8±2 0.81 ± 0.20
8 10 ± 2 1.02 ± 0.20
10 12 ± 2 1.22 ± 0.20
12 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41
14 36 ± 5 3.67 ± 0.51
26 D375A-5E0
8. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Taper screws)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the taper screws (unit: inch) of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
Thread size Tightening torque

inch Nm kgm
1/16 3±1 0.31 ± 0.10
1/8 8±2 0.81 ± 0.20
1/4 12 ± 2 1.22 ± 0.20
3/8 15 ± 2 1.53 ± 0.20
1/2 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41
3/4 36 ± 5 3.67 ± 0.51
1 60 ± 9 6.12 ± 0.92
D375A-5E0 27
Conversion table 1
Method of using the conversion table
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the
method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
Example: Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches
1. Convert 55 mm into inches.

1) Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as (A), and then draw a hori-
zontal line from (A).
2) Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as (B), then draw a perpendicular line down
from (B).
3) Take the point where the two lines cross as (C). This point (C) gives the value when converting from
millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm = 2.165 inches.
2. Convert 550 mm into inches.

1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide it by 10 (move the decimal point one place
to the left) to convert it to 55 mm.
2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55 mm to 2.165 inches.
3) The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10 (move the decimal
point one place to the right) to return to the original value. This gives 550 mm = 21.65 inches.
Millimeters to inches (B)

1 mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
(C)
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
(A)
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
28 D375A-5E0
Millimeters to inches
1 mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to pound
1 kg = 2.2046 lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84
10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.53 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
Liters to U.S. Gallons

1 l = 0.2642 U.S.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378
10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.434 3.698 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019
20 5.283 5.548 5.812 6.076 6.340 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661
30 7.925 8.189 8.454 8.718 8.982 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303
40 10.567 10.831 11.095 11.359 11.624 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.361 25.625 25.889 26.153
D375A-5E0 29
Liters to U.K. Gallons

1 l = 0.21997 U.K.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980
10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.699 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
kgm to ft.lb
1 kgm = 7.233 ft.lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1
10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 296.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
30 D375A-5E0
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
1 kg/cm2 = 14.2233 lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0
10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1,010 1,024 1,038 1,053 1,067 1,081 1,095 1,109 1,124
80 1,138 1,152 1,166 1,181 1,195 1,209 1,223 1,237 1,252 1,266
90 1,280 1,294 1,309 1,323 1,337 1,351 1,365 1,380 1,394 1,408
100 1,422 1,437 1,451 1,465 1,479 1,493 1,508 1,522 1,536 1,550
110 1,565 1,579 1,593 1,607 1,621 1,636 1,650 1,664 1,678 1,693
120 1,707 1,721 1,735 1,749 1,764 1,778 1,792 1,806 1,821 1,835
130 1,849 1,863 1,877 1,892 1,906 1,920 1,934 1,949 1,963 1,977
140 1,991 2,005 2,020 2,034 2,048 2,062 2,077 2,091 2,105 2,119
150 2,134 2,148 2,162 2,176 2,190 2,205 2,219 2,233 2,247 2,262
160 2,276 2,290 2,304 2,318 2,333 2,347 2,361 2,375 2,389 2,404
170 2,418 2,432 2,446 2,460 2,475 2,489 2,503 2,518 2,532 2,546
180 2,560 2,574 2,589 2,603 2,617 2,631 2,646 2,660 2,674 2,688
190 2,702 2,717 2,731 2,745 2,759 2,773 2,788 2,802 2,816 2,830
200 2,845 2,859 2,873 2,887 2,901 2,916 2,930 2,944 2,958 2,973
210 2,987 3,001 3,015 3,030 3,044 3,058 3,072 3,086 3,101 3,115
220 3,129 3,143 3,158 3,172 3,186 3,200 3,214 3,229 3,243 3,257
230 3,271 3,286 3,300 3,314 3,328 3,343 3,357 3,371 3,385 3,399
240 3,414 3,428 3,442 3,456 3,470 3,485 3,499 3,513 3,527 3,542
D375A-5E0 31
Temperature
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion: A simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centi-
grade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center (boldface column)
of figures. These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column to be a table of
Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column to be a table of
Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1°C = 33.8°F
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–40.4 –40 –40.0 –11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 177.8
–37.2 –35 –31.0 –11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
–34.4 –30 –22.0 –10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
–31.7 –25 –13.0 –10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
–28.9 –20 –4.0 –9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
–28.3 –19 –2.2 –8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8

–27.8 –18 –0.4 –8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
–27.2 –17 1.4 –7.8 18 64.4 11.7 53 127.4 31.1 88 190.4
–26.7 –16 3.2 –7.2 19 66.2 12.2 54 129.2 31.7 89 192.2
–26.1 –15 5.0 –6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
–25.6 –14 6.8 –6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8

–25.0 –13 8.6 –5.6 22 71.6 13.9 57 134.6 33.3 92 197.6
–24.4 –12 10.4 –5.0 23 73.4 14.4 58 136.4 33.9 93 199.4
–23.9 –11 12.2 –4.4 24 75.2 15.0 59 138.2 34.4 94 201.2
–23.3 –10 14.0 –3.9 25 77.0 15.6 60 140.0 35.0 95 203.0
–22.8 –9 15.8 –3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8

–22.2 –8 17.6 –2.8 27 80.6 16.7 62 143.6 36.1 97 206.6
–21.7 –7 19.4 –2.2 28 82.4 17.2 63 145.4 36.7 98 208.4
–21.1 –6 21.2 –1.7 29 84.2 17.8 64 147.2 37.2 99 210.2
–20.6 –5 23.0 –1.1 30 86.0 18.3 65 149.0 37.8 100 212.0
–20.0 –4 24.8 –0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0

–19.4 –3 26.6 0 32 89.6 19.4 67 152.6 43.3 110 230.0
–18.9 –2 28.4 0.6 33 91.4 20.0 68 154.4 46.1 115 239.0
–18.3 –1 30.2 1.1 34 93.2 20.6 69 156.2 48.9 120 248.0
–17.8 0 32.0 1.7 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0
–17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0

–16.7 2 35.6 2.8 37 98.6 22.2 72 161.6 57.2 135 275.0
–16.1 3 37.4 3.3 38 100.4 22.8 73 163.4 60.0 140 284.0
–15.6 4 39.2 3.9 39 102.2 23.3 74 165.2 62.7 145 293.0
–15.0 5 41.0 4.4 40 104.0 23.9 75 167.0 65.6 150 302.0
–14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0

–13.9 7 44.6 5.6 42 107.6 25.0 77 170.6 71.1 160 320.0
–13.3 8 46.4 6.1 43 109.4 25.6 78 172.4 73.9 165 329.0
–12.8 9 48.2 6.7 44 111.2 26.1 79 174.2 76.7 170 338.0
–12.2 10 50.0 7.2 45 113.0 26.7 80 176.0 79.4 175 347.0
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
34 D375A-5E0
SEN00991-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
01 Specification 1
Specification and technical data
Specefication drawing ..................................................................................................................................... 2
Specifications .................................................................................................................................................. 3
Weight table .................................................................................................................................................... 8
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants.............................................................................................................. 10
D375A-5E0 1
SEN00991-00 01 Specification
Specefication drawing 1
Semi U-tilt dozer U-tilt dozer Semi U-tilt dozer U-tilt dozer
Item Unit
+ Giant ripper + Giant ripper + Multi-shank ripper + Multi-shank ripper
Overall
A mm 10,410 10,825 10,120 10,535
length
Overall
4,265 4,265 4,265 4,265
B height mm
(4,285) (4,285) (4,285) (4,285)
(with ROPS)
Overall
C mm 4,695 5,140 4,695 5,140
width
2 D375A-5E0
Specifications 1
Machine model D375A-5E0
Serial number 50001 and up
Machine weight
• Bare tractor with semi U-dozer 51,790
Weight
• Ditto with variable multi-shank ripper kg 62,700

• Ditto with ROPS cab + Air conditioner + 69,420
Seat belt + Perforated side cover + SSC 70,800
Minimum turning radius m 4.2

Gradeability deg. 30
Stability (front, rear, left, right) deg. 35
1st speed 0 – 3.5

Reverse Forward
speed ranges
Transmission
2nd speed km/h 0 – 6.8

3rd speed 0 – 11.8
Performance
1st speed 0 – 4.6

2nd speed km/h 0 – 9.2
3rd speed 0 – 15.8
Bare tractor 104.53 {1.07}

Ground pressure
With semi U-dozer 126.55 {1.29}

With semi U-dozer + Variable multi- 140.11 {1.43}
shank ripper kPa {kg/cm2}
Ditto with ROPS cab + air conditioner 142.89 {1.46}
+ Seat belt + Perforated side cover +
SSC
Bare tractor 5,910

Overall length
With semi U-dozer 7,715

With semi U-dozer + Variable multi- 10,120
mm
shank ripper
With U dozer + Variable multi-shank 10,535
ripper
Dimensions
Bare tractor 3,240

Overall
width
With semi U-dozer mm 4,695

With U-dozer 5,140
Overall
height
To top of exhaust pipe 4,265

mm
To top of air intake duct 3,526
Track gauge 2,500

Length of track on ground 3,980
mm
Track shoe width 610
Minimum ground clearance 662
D375A-5E0 3
Name SAA6D170E-5
Type of engine 4-cycle, water-cooled, in-line vertical type, direct

injection type with turbocharger and aftercooler
Number of cylinders – Bore × Stroke mm 6 – 170 × 170

Piston displacement l {cc} 23.15 {23,150}
Flywheel horsepower kw {HP}/rpm 391 {525}/1,800

Max. torque Nm {kgm}/rpm 2,730 {278}/1,300
Performance
Engine
Max. speed at no load rpm 1,900

Min. speed at no load rpm 750
Min. fuel consumption ratio g/kw.h 208 {153}

{g/HP.h}
Starting motor 24 V, 7.5 kW × 2

Alternator 24 V, 60 A
Battery 12 V, 170 Ah × 2
Radiator core type Rectangle wave fin
Torque converter 3-element, 1-stage, 1-phase (with lockup clutch)
Planetary gear type, multiple disc clutch type,

Transmission hydraulic actuation type, lubricating oil pump force-
feeding type, forward 3-speed, reverse 3-speed
Bevel gear shaft Spiral bevel gear type, lubricating oil splashing type
Power train
Wet type, multiple disc clutch type, spring-boosted

Steering clutch type, hydraulic actuation type (manual type),
brake linkage type
Wet type, multiple disc clutch type, spring-boosted

Steering brake type, hydraulic actuation type (foot operation,
manual type), clutch linkage type
Spur gear 1-stage, planetary gear 1-stage

Final drive
deceleration type, lubricating oil splashing type
Suspension Rigid, balancing beam type

Undercarriage
Carrier roller 2 each side

Track roller 8 each side
Track shoe Assembly type, single grouser, 41 each side,

pitch: 280.0 mm, width: 610 mm
Power train + lubricating oil pump (tandem) Gear type (BAL 180 + 112)
Scavenging pump (tandem) Gear type (BAR 63 + 277)
MPa Variable swash plate type: (LPV90+30)

{kg/cm²} Max. diacharge pressure: 18.1 {184}
Cooling fan pump
l/mm/rpm Logical discharge pressure: 231/1,926
MPa Fixed swash plate type (LMF150)

Cooling fan motor
{kg/cm²} Max. allowable working pressure: 18.1 {184}
4 D375A-5E0
Maximum pressure MPa {kg/cm2} 20.6 {210}

Hydraulic pump
Type Gear type, double type (SAR(4) 140 + (3) 071)
Delivery l/min 405

(at engine speed of 1,800 rpm)
Type
Control
• For blade lift Single pilot spool type, with demand spool
• For blade tilt, ripper LO Triple pilot spool type
• For ripper HI Double pilot spool type
Type Double acting piston type

blade tilt cylinder blade lift cylinder
Dimensions of
Cylinder bore 150

Piston rod outside diameter 90
Piston stroke mm 1,721
Max. distance between pins 2,495
Min. distance between pins 774
Work equipment hydraulic system
Dimensions of
Cylinder bore 225

Piston stroke mm 240
Min. distance between pins 1,428
Cylinder bore Left cylinder: 225, Right cylinder: 250

Hydraulic cylinder
Dimensions of blade

dual tilt cylinder
(both right and left)

Piston stroke 185
(both right and left) mm
ripper tilt cylinder ripper lift cylinder
Dimensions of
Cylinder bore 225

Dimensions of
Cylinder bore 200

Control valve assembly type

Hydraulic tank
(external installation type)
D375A-5E0 5
Hydraulic semi U-tilt dozer,

Type
Hydraulic U-tilt dozer
Blade support method Brace type
Max. lifting height mm 1,660

(from ground level)
Performance
Max. lowering depth mm 715

(from ground level)
Semi U-dozer
Max. tilt mm 1,065

Blade cutting angle variation deg. ±5
Blade capacity m3 24.0 <SAE18.5>
Dimensions
Blade width mm 4,695

Blade height mm 2,265
Blade cutting angle deg. 55

(from ground level)
Performance
Max. lowering depth mm 715

(from ground level)
Max. tilt mm 1,165
Work equipment
U-dozer
Blade cutting angle variation deg. ±5

Blade capacity m3 26.3 <SAE22.0>
Dimensions Performance Dimensions Performance Dimensions
Blade width mm 5,140

Blade height mm 2,265
Semi U-dozer
Max. tilt mm 1,150

+ Pitch
Max. pitch angle deg. Front leaing 4.2 / Rear leaing 5.7
Max. tilt mm 1,260

U-dozer
+ Pitch
Max. pitch angle deg. Front leaing 4.2 / Rear leaing 5.7
Max. digging depth mm 1,020

Multi-shank ripper
Point digging angle deg. 45 (Stepless adjustment is possible

between 32.5 and 55.5 deg.)
Max. beam width mm 2,854

Shank position Number of 2
holes
6 D375A-5E0
Dimensions Performance Serial number 50001 and up
Max. digging depth mm 1,370

Work equipment
Point digging angle deg. 45 (Stepless adjustment is possible

Giant ripper
between 32.5 and 55.5 deg.)
Max. beam width mm 1,367

Shank position Number of 3
holes
D375A-5E0 7
Weight table 1
k This weight table is for reference in handling or transporting components.

Unit: kg
Engine and damper assemblies 3,320

• Engine assembly 3,065
• Damper assembly 185
• Engine mounting parts 70
Radiator assembly 480

Oil cooler assembly 100
Fuel tank assembly (when full) 487 (1,377)
Power train unit 4,050

• Torque converter, PTO assembly 795
• Transmission assembly 1,000
• Transmission valve assembly 13
• Steering clutch and brake assembly 1,712
• Steering valve assembly 13
Final drive assembly 2,200 × 2

Main frame assembly 5,541
Track group assembly (each side) 7,902

• Track frame 1,896
• Idler assembly 478
• Track roller assembly (single flange × 1) 159 × 2
• Track roller assembly (double flange × 1) 160 × 6
• Carrier roller assembly (each) 71 × 2
• First bogie and track roller assembly 457
• Second – fourth bogies and track roller assembly 742 × 3
• Rear bogie and track roller assembly 359
Track shoe assembly 4,305 × 2

Pivot shaft 210 × 2
Equalizer assembly 500
Hydraulic tank assembly 369

• Control valve (blade lift) 57
• Control valve (blade tilt, ripper LO) 36
8 D375A-5E0
Unit: kg
Semi U-dozer assembly 10,300

• Blade 5,200
• Straight frame (left) 1,279
• Straight frame (right) 1,279
• Tilt cylinder assembly 295
Variable multi-shank ripper assembly 6,720

• Shank assembly 470 × 3
• Ripper lift cylinder assembly 345 × 2
• Ripper tilt cylinder assembly 265 × 2
Variable giant ripper assembly 5,470

• Shank assembly 650 × 1
• Ripper lift cylinder assembly 345 × 2
• Ripper tilt cylinder assembly 265 × 2
Radiator guard assembly (including cylinder yoke) 2,870

• Radiator guard 1,342
• Blade lift cylinder assembly 270 × 2
Mask 140
Engine underguard 263
Power train underguard (front) 281
Power train underguard (rear) 252
Hood 337
Fender (left) 331
Fender (right) 372
ROPS assembly 703
Floor frame assembly 591
Cab assembly 455
Operator seat assembly (with mechanical type suspension) 64
Operator seat assembly (with air type suspension) 58
D375A-5E0 9
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants 1

a For details of the notes (Note 1, Note 2 - - -) in the table, see Operation and Maintenance Manual.
10 D375A-5E0
Unit: l
D375A-5E0
Refilling points
Specified capacity Refill capacity
Engine oil pan 87 86
Damper case 2.1 2.1
Power train case 275 150
Fainal drive case (each) 61 61
Hydraulic system
300 138
(with blade, without ripper)
Cooling system
120 —
(including reservoir tank)
Fuel tank 1,050 —
D375A-5E0 11
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
12 D375A-5E0
SEN00993-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
10 Structure, function and

maintenance standard 1
Engine and cooling system
Engine mount.................................................................................................................................................. 2
Cooling system ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Cooling fan pump............................................................................................................................................ 6
Cooling fan motor.......................................................................................................................................... 22
D375A-5E0 1
SEN00993-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine mount 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between bracket size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and cushion
+0.018 +0.078 0.014 –
70 0.2 Replace
–0.012 +0.032 0.090
Standard clearance Repair limit
2 Free height of mount rubber
102 100
2 D375A-5E0
Cooling system 1
4 D375A-5E0
A: Power train oil cooler inlet

B: Power train oil cooler outlet
C: Hydraulic oil cooler inlet
D: Hydraulic oil cooler outlet
1. Hydraulic oil cooler

2. Radiator cap
3. Aftercooler outlet hose
4. Radiator inlet hose
5. Aftercooler inlet hose
6. Radiator
7. Aftercooler
8. Power train oil cooler
9. Radiator outlet hose
10. Drain plug
11. Cooling fan motor
12. Cooling fan
13. Reservoir tank
Specifications
Power train
Radiator Hydraulic oil cooler Aftercooler
oil cooler
Core type Rectangle wave fin PTO-OL Rectangle wave fin Rectangle straight fin
Fin pitch (mm) 8.0/2 — 8.0/2 8.0/2
Total heat dissipation sur-
49.09 x 3 3.6 4.09 27.39 x 2
face (m2)
Cracking pressure of pres- 88.3 ± 14.7
— — —
sure valve (kPa{kg/cm2}) {0.9 ± 0.15}
Cracking pressure of vac- 0 – 4.9
— — —
uum valve (kPa {kg/cm2}) {0 – 0.05}
D375A-5E0 5
Cooling fan pump 1

Type: LPV90 + 30
6 D375A-5E0
IM : Control current input connector

P1C : Pump pressure pickup plug
PA1 : Pump discharge port
PA2 : Pump discharge port
PAEPC1 : EPC output pressure pickup plug
PAEPC2 : EPC output pressure pickup plug
PD1 : Drain port
PD2 : Drain port
PDA1 : Air bleeder
PDA2 : Air bleeder
PEN : Control pressure pickup plug
PEPC1 : EPC valve basic pressure input port
PEPC2 : EPC valve basic pressure input port
PS1 : Pump suction port
PS2 : Pump suction port
T0 : Drain port
1. LPV90 Cooling fan pump

3. EPC valve
D375A-5E0 7
8 D375A-5E0
PA : Control basic pressure input port 1. Shaft

PE : Control pressure output port 2. Oil seal
PD4 : Drain port 3. Case
4. Pocker cam
5. Shoe
6. Piston
7. Cylinder block
8. Valve plate
9. End cap
10. Servo piston
11. Spring
D375A-5E0 9
Function
q The rotation and torque of the engine are
transmitted to the shaft of this pump. Then, this
pump converts the rotation and torque into
hydraulic energy and discharges hydraulic oil
according to the load.
q It is possible to change the delivery by chang-
ing the swash plate angle.
Structure
q Cylinder block (7) is supported to shaft (1) by
spline (a), and shaft (1) is supported by the
front and rear bearings.
q The tip of piston (6) is a concave ball, and shoe
(5) is caulked to it to form one unit. Piston (6)
and shoe (5) form a spherical bearing.
q Rocker cam (4) has flat surface (A), and shoe
(5) is always pressed against this surface as it
slides in a circle. Rocker cam (4) also slides
around ball (12) using it as fulcrum.
q Piston (6) carries out relative movement in the
axial direction inside each cylinder chamber of
cylinder block (7).
q Cylinder block (7) carries out rotation relative
to valve plate (8) while sealing the pressurized
oil, and this surface ensures that the hydraulic
balance is maintained correctly.
q And oil in each cylinder chamber of cylinder
block (7) is available for suction or discharge
through valve plate (8).
10 D375A-5E0
Operation
1) Operation of pump q When center line (X) of rocker cam (4) is the
q Cylinder block (7) rotates together with shaft same as the axial direction of cylinder block (7)
(1) and shoe (5) slides on plane (A). At this [swash pl at e angle = 0] , the differen ce
time, rocker cam (4) slants around ball (12), between volumes (E) and (F) inside cylinder
changling the angle of inclination (a) of the block (7) is 0, so pump does not suck and dis-
center line (X) of rocker cam (4) in the axial charge, and no pumping is carried out. [The
direction of cylinder block (7). Angle (a) is swash plate angle is not set to 0 actually, how-
called the swash plate angle. ever.]
q If angle (a) is made between center line (X) of q In short, swash plate angle (a) is in proportion
rocker cam (4) and the axis of cylinder block to the pump delivery.
(7), plane (A) works as a cam for shoe (5).
q Accordingly, piston (6) slides inside cylinder
block (7) and a difference is made between
volumes (E) and (F) in cylinder block (7). As a
result, each piston (6) sucks and discharges oil
by (F) – (E).
q In other words, cylinder block (7) rotates, and
the volume of chamber (E) becomes smaller,
so pressurized oil is discharged during this
process. At the same time, the volume of
chamber (F) becomes larger and the oil is
sucked in this process. [In the figure, chamber
(F) is at the end of the suction stroke and
chamber (E) is at the end of the discharge
stroke.]
D375A-5E0 11
2) Cooling of delivery
q If swash plate angle (a) is increased, the differ-
ence between volumes (E) and (F) is
increased, or delivery (Q) is increased. Swash
plate angle (a) is changed with servo piston
(10).
q Servo piston (10) reciprocates straight accord-
ing to the signal pressure of the servo valve.
This straight line motion is transmitted to
rocker cam (4). Then, rocker cam (4) sup-
ported on ball (12) sways around ball (12).
12 D375A-5E0
PE: Control piston pressure input port

PH: Pump discharge pressure output port
14 D375A-5E0
1. Shaft
2. Oil seal
3. Case
4. Rocker cam
5. Shoe
6. Piston
7. Cylinder block
8. Valve plate
9. End cap
10. Servo piston
11. Spring
D375A-5E0 15
Function
q The rotation and torque of the engine are
transmitted to the shaft of this pump. Then, this
pump converts the rotation and torque into
hydraulic energy and discharges hydraulic oil
according to the load.
q It is possible to change the delivery by chang-
ing the swash plate angle.
Structure
q Cylinder block (7) is supported to shaft (1) by
spline (a), and shaft (1) is supported by the
front and rear bearings.
q The tip of piston (6) is a concave ball, and shoe
(5) is caulked to it to form one unit. Piston (6)
and shoe (5) form a spherical bearing.
q Rocker cam (4) has flat surface (A), and shoe
(5) is always pressed against this surface as it
slides in a circle. Rocker cam (4) also slides
around ball (11) using it as fulcrum.
q Piston (6) carries out relative movement in the
axial direction inside each cylinder chamber of
cylinder block (7).
q Cylinder block (7) carries out rotation relative
to valve plate (8) while sealing the pressurized
oil, and this surface ensures that the hydraulic
balance is maintained correctly,
q And oil in each cylinder chamber of cylinder
block (7) is available for suction or discharge
through valve plate (8).
16 D375A-5E0
Operation
1) Operation of pump q When center line (X) of rocker cam (4) is the
q Cylinder block (7) rotates together with shaft same as the axial direction of cylinder block (7)
(1) and shoe (5) slides on plane (A). At this [swash pl at e angle = 0] , the differen ce
time, rocker cam (4) slants around ball (11), between volumes (E) and (F) inside cylinder
changing the angle of inclination (a) of the cen- block (7) is 0, so pump does not suck and dis-
ter line (X) of rocker cam (4) in the axial direc- charge, and no pumping is carried out. [The
tion of cylinder block (7). Angle (a) is called the swash plate angle is not set to 0 actually, how-
swash plate angle. ever.]
q If angle (a) is made between center line (X) of q In short, swash plate angle (a) is in proportion
rocker cam (4) and the axis of cylinder block to the pump delivery.
(7), plane (A) works as a cam for shoe (5).
q Accordingly, piston (6) slides inside cylinder
block (7) and a difference is made between
volumes (E) and (F) in cylinder block (7). As a
result, each piston (6) sucks and discharges oil
by (F) – (E).
q In other words, cylinder block (7) rotates, and
the volume of chamber (E) becomes smaller,
so pressurized oil is discharged during this
process. At the same time, the volume of
chamber (F) becomes larger and the oil is
sucked in this process. [In the figure, chamber
(F) is at the end of the suction stroke and
chamber (E) is at the end of the discharge
stroke.]
D375A-5E0 17
2) Control of delivery
q If swash plate angle (a) is increased, the differ-
ence between volumes (E) and (F) is
increased, or delivery (Q) is increased. Swash
plate angle (a) is changed with servo piston
(10).
q Servo piston (10) reciprocates straight accord-
ing to the signal pressure of the servo valve.
This straight line motion is transmitted to
rocker cam (4). Then, rocker cam (4) sup-
ported on ball (11) sways around ball (11).
18 D375A-5E0
3. Servo valve
P: EPC valve basic pressure

PE: Control piston pressure
PH: Pump discharge pressure
T: Drain
1. Plug
2. Lever
3. Retainer
4. Seat
5. Spool
6. Piston
7. Sleeve
D375A-5E0 19
A: Drain side D: EPC output pressure side

B: Pump discharge pressure input side P: EPC basic pressure input side
C: EPC output pressure receiving pressure
Function
q The servo valve works so the relationship be-
tween the current input to the EPC valve and
pump swash plate angle will be as shown in
the figure on the right.
20 D375A-5E0
q The relationship between the EPC valve input

current and EPC valve output pressure (F) is
as shown in the figure on the right.
Operation
q The output oil of the EPC valve flows in the pis-
tion chamber to push piston (6). Piston (6)
pushes spool (5) until it is balanced with the
spring.
q Then, the land of the servo piston pressure
passage is connected to the pump discharge
passage by the cut of spool (5) and the dis-
charge pressure is led to the servo piston.
q The servo piston is raised by the rocker cam.
The position feedback is applied and the lever
moves to compress the spring.
q If spool (5) is pushed back, the pump dis-
charge circuit and the servo pistion circuit are
shut off. The pressure in the servo piston
chamber lowers and the rocker cam returns to-
ward the maximum swash plate angle.
q These processes are repeated until the swash
plate is fixed to a position where the EPC out-
put pressure is balanced with the spring force.
q Accordinagly, as the EPC output pressure is
heightened, the swash plate is decreased.
As the EPC output pressure is lowered, the
swash plate angle is increased.
D375A-5E0 21
Cooling fan motor 1

Type: LMF150
P: From fan pump Specifications

T: From cooler to tank Type: LMF150
TC: To tank Capacity: 150 cm³/rev
Rated speed: 1,225 rpm
Rated flow: 184 l/mm
Check valve crack pressure: 68.6 kPa {0.7 kg/cm²}
22 D375A-5E0
24 D375A-5E0
1. Output shaft
2. Case
3. Thrust plate
4. Shoe
5. Piston
6. Cylinder block
7. Valve plate
8. End cover
9. Center spring
10. Safety-suction valve
11. ON/OFF pilot valve
12. Reversible valve spool
Unit: mm
Standard size Repair limit
Free length Free Installation Replace spring
Installation Installation
× outer
13 Spool return spring length load length load if damaged or
diameter
deformed.
172 N 137 N
83.8 × 19 67.5 —
{17.5 kg} {14 kg}
D375A-5E0 25
1. Hydraulic motor
Function
q This hydraulic motor is called a swash plate-
type axial piston motor. It converts the energy
of the pressurized oil sent from the hydraulic
pump into rotary motion.
Principle of operation
q The oil sent from the hydraulic pump flows
through valve plate (7) into cylinder block (5).
This oil can flow on only one side of the (Y-Y)
line connecting the top dead center and bottom
dead center of the stroke of piston (4).
q The oil sent to one side of cylinder block (5)
presses piston (4) [4 or 5 pieces], and gener-
ates force (F1)[F1 = P × xD2/4].
q This force is applied to thrust plate (2). Since
thrust plate (2) is fixed to the angle of (a°)
degrees to the output shaft(1), the force is
divided into components (F2) and (F3).
q The radial component (F3) generates torque [T
= F3 x ri] against the (Y-Y) line connecting the
top dead center and bottom dead center.
q The result of this torque [T = (F3 x ri)] rotates
cylinder block (5) through the piston.
q Since this cylinder block (5) is splined to the
output shaft, the output shaft revolves to trans-
mit the torque.
26 D375A-5E0
2. Ssfety-suction valve
Function of suction valve 2) When the pump is stopped

q If the fan pump stops, the pressurized oil does q If the engine is stopped and the input revolu-
not flow into the motor. Since the motor contin- tion of the fan pump lowers to 0 rpm, the pres-
ues revolution because of the force of inertia, surized oil from the pump is not supplied to
however, the pressure on the outlet side of the port (P) any more. As the pressurized oil is not
motor rises. supplied to the (MA) side of the motor, the
q When the oil stops flowing in from inlet port (P), motor speed lowers gradually to stop.
safety-suction valve (1) sucks in the oil on the q If the motor shaft is revolved by the force of
outlet side and supplies it to port (MA) where inertia while the oil flow in the port (P) is reduc-
there is not sufficient oil to prevent cavitation. ing, the oil in port (T) on the outlet side is sent
by safety-suction valve (1) to the (MA) side to
Operation prevent cavitation.
1) When pump is started
q If the pressurized oil from the pump is supplied
to port (P) and the pressure on (MA) side rises
and starting torque is generated in the motor,
the motor starts revolution.The pressurized oil
on the motor outlet (MB) side of the motor
returns through port (T) to the tank.
D375A-5E0 27
Function of safety valve

q When the engine is started, the pressure in
port (P) of the fan motor is heightened in some
cases.
q Safety-suction valve (1) is installed to protect
the fan system circuit.
Operation
q If the pressure in port (P) rises above the
cracking pressure of safety-suction valve (1),
valve (2) of safety-suction valve (1) opens to
release the pressurized oil into port (T).
q By this operation, generation of abnormal pres-
sure in port (P) is prevented.
28 D375A-5E0
3. Operation of reversible valve
1) When the ON/OFF solenoid is de-energized. 2) When the ON/OFF solenoid is energized.
q If ON/OFF solenoid (1) is “de-energized“, the q If ON/OFF solenoid (1) is “energized“, ON/OFF
pressurized oil from the pump is blocked by selector valve (2) changes to let the pressur-
ON/OFF selector valve (2), and port (C) opens ized oil from the pump flow through port (C)
for the tank circuit. into spool chamber (D).
q Spool (3) is pushed to the right by spring (4). q The pressurized oil in chamber (D) pushes
q Motor port (MA) opens and pressurized oil valve spool (3) to the left against spring (4).
flows in to revolve the motor in forward (clock- q Motor port (MB) opens and pressurized oil
wise). flows in to revolve the motor in reverse (coun-
terclockwise).
D375A-5E0 29
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
30 D375A-5E0
SEN00994-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Power train system, Part 1
Power train...................................................................................................................................................... 2
Overall drawing of power train unit ................................................................................................................. 4
Power train hydraulic piping drawing .............................................................................................................. 6
Damper, universal joint ................................................................................................................................... 8
Torque converter, PTO .................................................................................................................................. 10
Scavenging pump ......................................................................................................................................... 17
Torque converter valve.................................................................................................................................. 18
D375A-5E0 1
Power train 1
Outline
q The power generated by engine (1) has its tor- the left and right and transmitted to the respec-
sional vibration dampened by damper (2), and tive steering clutches (10).
then passes through universal joint (3), and it The power transmitted from the bevel gear
transmitted to torque converter (8). shaft to the final drive is used to steer the
The power from the engine is transmitted machine by engaging on disengaging steering
through oil by torque converter (8) to the input clutch (10).
shaft (turbine shaft) of transmission (9) in The steering lever is operated to disengage
accordance with the change in the load. the steering clutch on the side to which the
There is a lock-up clutch assembled to the machine is to be steered in order to change the
torque converter, and when the rotating speed direction of travel. The size of the turning
beyond the torque converter becomes higher, radius is controlled by steering brake (11)
the lock-up clutch is engaged. When this hap- installed to the outside of the steering clutch.
pens, the drive case and turbine form one unit, Steering brake (11) uses the same disc system
so the power from the engine is transmitted that is used for the steering clutch.
directly to the transmission input shaft. The power output from the steering clutch
Transmission (9) uses a combination of a plan- enters final drive (12), where it is reduced, and
etary gear system and hydraulic equipment to rotates sprocket (13).
reduce the speed and shift the gears (forward: Final drive (12) is a double reduction type con-
3 gears, reverse: 3 gears). It connects two sets sisting of a single stage spur gear and single
of clutches selected with the gear shift lever stage planetary gear system.
according to the change in the load, and trans- It rotates the sprocket to drive track shoe (14)
mits the power from the transmission to trans- and move the machine.
fer (15) from the output shaft.
The power entering transfer (15) has its speed
reduced. Its speed is further reduced by the
bevel pinion and bevel gear of the bevel gear
shaft, and it is then divided at right angles to
2 D375A-5E0
1. Engine (SAA6D170E-5) 10. Steering clutch

2. Damper 11. Steering brake
3. Universal joint 12. Final drive
4. Cooling fan pump (LPV90 + 30) 13. Sprocket
5. Power train pump (BAL 180 + 112) 14. Track shoe
6. PTO 15. Transfer
7. Hydraulic pump 16. Scavenging pump (BAR 63 + 277)
(SAR(4)140 + (3)071) 17. Cooling fan motor (LMF150)
8. Torque converter
9. Transmission
D375A-5E0 3
Overall drawing of power train unit 1
4 D375A-5E0
1. PTO Function
2. Torque converter q The power train unit can be broadly divided
3. Torque converter valve into the torque converter and transmission unit
4. Transmission control valve and the steering unit.
5. Transmission Therefore, after the power train is removed as
6. Steering clutch, brake a unit, it can be divided into the torque con-
7. Steering control valve verter and transmission unit and the steering
8. Power train pump (BAL 180 + 112) unit.
9. Transmission lubrication oil filter q The steering unit consists of the transfer, bevel
10. Power train oil filter gear shaft, steering clutches, and steering
11. Power train oil strainer brakes.
12. Scavenging pump (BAR 63 + 277)
13. Power train oil tank
D375A-5E0 5
Power train hydraulic piping drawing 1
1. Oil cooler A: Torque converter lock-up pressure pick-up port

2. Power train oil filter B: Torque converter stator clutch pressure pick-up
3. Transmission lubrication oil filter port
4. Centralized pressure detection port C: Left-steering clutch pressure pick-up port
5. Torque converter valve
D: Left-steering brake pressure pick-up port
6. Transmission control valve (ECMV)
E: Transmission 2nd clutch pressure pick-up port
7. Steering control valve (ECMV)
8. Power train oil tank F: Transmission R clutch pressure pick-up port
9. Power train oil strainer G: Transmission 3rd clutch pressure pick-up port
10. Power train pump (BAL 180 + 112) H: Transmission F clutch pressure pick-up port
11. Scavenging pump (BAR 63 + 277) J: Right-steering brake pressure pick-up port
12. Cooling fan pump (LPV90 + LPV30) K: Right-steering clutch pressure pick-up port
L: Transmission 1st clutch pressure pick-up port
M: Transmission main relief pressure pick-up port
N: Torque converter regulator pressure pick-up
port
P: Torque converter relief pressure pick-up port
6 D375A-5E0
Damper, universal joint 1
8 D375A-5E0
1. Outer body Outline

2. Engine flywheel q The damper protects the power train (such as
3. Output shaft the torque converter and transmission) by buff-
4. Coupling ering torsional vibrations resulting from fluctua-
5. Universal joint tions in engine torque or impact torque
6. Flange resulting from sudden acceleration or heavy-
7. Rubber coupling duty operation.
8. Cover q The rubber coupling on the damper efficiently
9. Breather absorbs vibrations by rubber material's internal
10. Oil level gauge tube damping effects and deformation as well as
frictional damping effects of the rubber mate-
rial. This arrangement also helps reducing
number of components used.
Operation
q Motive power of engine is transmitted to the
flywheel (2) and outer body (1) through the
rubber coupling (7). After absorption of tor-
sional vibrations of the engine by the rubber
coupling, power is then transmitted to the cou-
pling (4) via the output shaft (3).
Then, power is further transmitted from the
coupling to the universal joint (5) up to the
torque converter input shaft.
Unit: mm
Clearance between the flywheel size Shaft Hole clearance limit
11
housing and cover +0.024 +0.080 0.024 –
647.7 0.2
+0.105 0 0.185
Clearance between the flywheel –0.022 +0.110 0.022 –
12 546.0 0.25
and damper –0.092 0 0.202
Standard size Repair limit Replace
Outside diameter of the cou-
13 0
pling’s oil seal contact surface 109.9
110 – 0.035
Outside diameter of the output 0
14 109.9
shaft’s oil seal contact surface 110 – 0.035
Dimension between the bearing
15 53 ± 0.1 47.7
and holder
D375A-5E0 9
Torque converter, PTO 1
1. Coupling 21. Stator clutch plate

2. Seal cage 22. Stator clutch disc
3. Input shaft [PTO drive gear (61 teeth)] 23. Stator clutch piston
4. Front housing 24. Turbine boss
5. Idler gear (77 teeth) 25. Lock-up clutch disc
6. Idler gear shaft 26. Lock-up clutch plate
7. Clutch housing 27. Lock-up clutch piston
8. Drive case 28. Scavenging pump gear (63 teeth)
9. Turbine 29. Seal seat
10. Rear housing 30. Spacer
11. Stator 31. Cover
12. Pump 32. Cooling fan pump and hydraulic pump gear
13. Stator shaft (57 teeth)
14. Bearing cage 33. Power train pump gear (57 teeth)
15. Retainer 34. Cover
16. Shaft 35. Cover
17. Transmission input shaft
18. Stator clutch boss A: Cooling fan pump mount
19. Stator clutch housing B: Power train pump mount
20. Return spring C: Scavenging pump mount
D: Hydraulic pump mount
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
12 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Outside diameter of coupling oil
1 0
seal contact surface 125 124.8
–0.063 Repair hard
Inside diameter of retainer seal +0.046 chrome plating or
2 190 190.5 replace
ring contact surface 0
Inside diameter of sleeve seal +0.035
3 110 110.2
ring contact surface 0
Backlash between PTO drive Standard clearance Clearance limit
4
gear and scavenging pump gear 0.250 – 0.420 —
Backlash between PTO drive
5 0.204 – 0.516 —
gear and idler gear
6 Wear of stator shaft seal ring Width: 5.95 Width: 5.45
Height: 6.50 Height: 5.85
Thickness of disk 5.4 4.9
Stator clutch Lock-up clutch
Thickness of plate 5.0 4.5

7
Thickness of Replace
15.8 14.3
overall assembly
Thickness of disk 5.4 4.9
Thickness of plate 5.0 4.5
8
Thickness of
15.8 14.7
overall assembly
Free Installed Installed Free Installed
9 Stator clutch spring length length load length load
125.5 N 106.9 N
54.1 37.0 50.9
{12.8 kg} {10.9 kg}
D375A-5E0 13
Outline Structure
q The torque converter design employs 3-ele- q The pump (12) is united with the coupling (1),
ment, 1-stage and 3-phase arrangement. It is, shaft (3), clutch housing (7) and drive case (8).
structurally, united with the transmission. It is rotated by motive power from the engine.
In order to reduce consumption of fuel and q The turbine (9) is united with the turbine boss
engine horsepower as well as increase operat- (24) and transmission input shaft (turbine
ing performance, the torque converter incorpo- shaft) (17). It is rotated by oil from the pump.
rates the wet type/double plate clutch type q The stator (l1) is united with the stator shaft
torque converter lock-up device plus the stator (13) and stator boss (18). It is fixed to the rear
clutch device. housing (10) via the stator clutch device.
q In continuous light load dozing operations or q The lock-up clutch device is consisted of the
leveling operation, motive power of the engine clutch plate (26) engaged with the drive case
can be more effectively utilized when it is (8), the clutch disk (25) engaged with the tur-
transmitted directly to the transmission's input bine boss (24), and the clutch piston (27) that
shaft. It is why the hydraulically operated lock- slides in the housing (7) united with the drive
up clutch is incorporated into the converter. case.
When the torque converter is locked up (when q The stator clutch device is consisted of the
the pump and turbine are united), oil supply clutch disk (22) engaged with the boss (18)
from the converter relief valve is not stopped. (the boss is connected to the stator shaft (13)
Thus, the oil conducted out of the pump - tur- via the spline), the clutch plate (21) being
bine used to be provided with unnecessary secured to the clutch housing (19) and rear
directivity by the stator, resulting in resisting housing (10) with the pin, and the clutch piston
against the pump and turbine rotation (stirring (23) that slides in the rear housing.
of oil). In order to return the oil discharged from q The PTO device of input shaft (3), idler gear
the pump - turbine to the pump with smaller (5), scavenging pump gear (28), fan pump and
resistance, the stator clutch has been installed work equipment pump drive gear (32) and
to enable drag turning of the stator accompa- power train pump drive gear (33).
nying the rotation of the pump and turbine as
the torque converter is locked up.
a Following describes the lock-up mode of the
torque converter and the conditions to be met
by the torque converter mode.
q Lock-up range
Torque converter output shaft speed: Min.
1,230 rpm (F1) 1,260 rpm (Other than F1)
q Torque converter range
Torque converter output shaft speed: Min.
1,200 rpm (F1) 1,230 rpm (Other than F1)
a The torque converter mode is maintained
as long as gear speed change from the
transmission is taking place.
14 D375A-5E0
Path of transmission of motive force
1. Lock-up clutch OFF, stator clutch ON

When the lock-up clutch is OFF, the connec-
tion between drive case (8) and turbine (9) is
cut; and when the stator clutch is ON, rear
housing (10) and stator shaft (13) are con-
nected, so stator (11) is locked and the torque
converter provides the normal functions of a
torque converter.
The power generated by the engine passes
through the damper and universal joint, and is
transmitted to coupling (1). Input shaft (3),
clutch housing (7), drive case (8), and pump
(12) rotate as one unit.
The motive force from the pump uses oil to
rotate turbine (9), and is transmitted to trans-
mission input shaft (17), which forms one unit
with the turbine.
2. Lock-up clutch ON, stator clutch OFF

When the lock-up clutch is ON, drive case (8)
and turbine (9) are connected to form one unit;
and when the stator clutch is OFF, the connec-
tion between rear housing (10) and stator shaft
(13) is cut, so stator (11) follows the rotation of
pump (12) and turbine (9).
The power generated by the engine passes
through the damper and universal joint, and is
transmitted to coupling (1). Input shaft (3),
clutch housing (7), drive case (8), and pump
(12) rotate as one unit. In addition, the drive
case and turbine (9) are connected by the
clutch, so the oil is not used.
The motive force is transmitted directly to the
turbine and transmission input shaft (17).
D375A-5E0 15
Flow of oil
q Oil set to within 1.00 MPa {10.2 kg/cm²} by the
torque converter relief valve flows from port
(A), passes through the oil hole inside rear
housing (10), and enters pump (12).
The pump is always being rotated by the
power from the engine, so the oil entering the
pump is given centrifugal force, and enters tur-
bine (9). The turbine is rotated by the centrifu-
gal force of the oil.
The turbine forms one unit with transmission
input shaft (17), so the motive force received
by the turbine is transmitted to the transmis-
sion.
The oil leaving the turbine is sent to stator (11)
and enters the pump again, but some of the oil
passes from the stator through port (B) and is
sent to the oil cooler.
16 D375A-5E0
Scavenging pump 1
BAR 63 + 277
A. Discharge port
B. Small pump suction port
C. Large pump suction port
Unit: mm
1 Spline shaft rotation torque —
Discharge Standard Permissible

Rotating
pressure discharge discharge
Delivery Type speed —
MPa amount amount
— (rpm)
Oil: E010-CD {kg/cm2} (l/min) (l/min)
Oil temperature: 45 – 55°C BAR 63 0.15 63.3 —
1,743
BAR 277 {1.5} 276.8 —
D375A-5E0 17
Torque converter valve 1
1. Valve body 25. Cover

2. Torque converter relief valve 26. Valve spring
3. Valve spring 27. Valve body
4. Valve spring 28. Lock-up selector valve
5. Main relief valve 29. Piston
6. Cover 30. Cover
7. Piston
8. Piston ring Lock-up solenoid valve assembly
9. Piston 31. Cap
10. Stator clutch modulating valve 32. Coil
11. Piston 33. Valve
12. Piston spring (small) 34. Ball
13. Piston 35. Valve
14. Lock application clutch modulating valve 36. Base
15. Cover 37. Shaft
16. Piston 38. Case
17. Piston ring (small) 39. Plunger
18. Piston
19. Valve spring (outside) P: Status clutch pressure pick-up port
20. Valve spring (inside) P1: Torque converter relief pressure pick-up port
21. Stopper P3: Lock-up clutch pressure pick-up port
22. Load piston P8: Main relief pressure pick-up port
23. Cover P10:Torque converter regulator pressure pick-up
24. Valve spring port
18 D375A-5E0
Outline
q The torque converter valves are provided at 4. Torque converter lock-up solenoid valve
the top of the torque converter housing. They As the electric signal from the controller is
are consisted of the following six types of the received, the solenoid valve switches the pilot
valves. pressure to the lock-up selector valve (28) in
order to turn on or off the two clutches via the
1. Main relief valve selector valve (28).
The main relief valve (5) regulates pressure on
the hydraulic circuits of the transmission, steer- 5. Stator clutch modulating valve
ing clutch, lock-up clutch of the brake and The modulating valve (10) regulates the clutch
torque converter, and stator clutch to 2.55 to pressure to 2.65 MPa {27.0 kg/cm²} in order to
2.75 MPa {26.0 – 28.0 kg/cm²}. protect the stator clutch from abnormally high
pressure. It is also used to increase pressure
2. Torque converter relief valve of the oil from the lock-up selector valve (28) to
The torque converter relief valve (2) regulates the specified level.
the pressure at the entrance of the torque con-
verter to 1.00 MPa {10.2 kg/cm² } in order to 6. Lock-up clutch modulating valve
protect it from abnormally high pressure. Function of the modulating valve (14) is similar
to that of the stator clutch modulating valve
3. Converter lock-up valve (10). This valve is used to regulate the clutch
The lock-up selector valve (24) are used to pressure to 1.3 MPa {13.2 kg/cm²}.
turn on or off the lock-up clutch and the stator
clutch.
D375A-5E0 19
20 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Clearance between main relief size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
valve and valve body –0.035 +0.016 0.035 –
40 0.08
–0.045 0 0.061
Clearance between torque –0.035 +0.016 0.035 –
2 40 0.08
converter relief valve and valve –0.045 0 0.061
Clearance between stator
–0.035 +0.013 0.035 –
3 clutch modulating valve and 25 0.08
–0.045 0 0.058
valve body
Clearance between lock-up
–0.035 +0.013 0.035 –
4 clutch modulating valve and 25 0.08
–0.045 0 0.058
valve body
Clearance between lock-up –0.020 +0.013 0.020 –
5 25 0.06
valve and valve body –0.030 0 0.043
Free Installed Installed Installed
Free length
6 Main relief valve spring length length load load
1,339.4 N 1,272.4 N
120.3 103 116.7
{136.7 kg} {129.9 kg}
Torque converter relief valve 645.1 N 612.8 N
7 116.92 86.3 113.41
spring {65.83 kg} {62.54 kg}
Stator clutch modulating valve 151.9 N 144.4 N
8 103.5 95.2 100.4
spring {15.5 kg} {14.7 kg}
Lock-up clutch modulating valve 163.1 N 154.9 N
9 141.4 87.2 137.16
spring (Outside) {16.64 kg} {15.81 kg}
Lock-up clutch modulating valve
10 80.5 80.5 — 78.09 —
spring (Inside)
55.9 N 53.1 N
11 Lock-up valve spring 66 54.0 64.0
{5.7 kg} {5.42 kg}
D375A-5E0 21
Operation of main relief valve

q The oil from the power train pump passes
through the oil filter, and enters port (A) of the
main relief valve. It then passes through orifice
a and enters port (B).
When the oil from the pump fills the circuit, the
pressure starts to rise.
q When the pressure in the circuit rises, the oil
entering port (B) pushes piston (9). The reac-
tion force compresses spring (4), moves main
relief valve (5) to the left in the direction of the
arrow, and opens ports (A) and (C).
When this happens, the oil from the pump is
relieved from port (A) to port (C), and flows
port (C) to the torque converter.
The pressure in the circuit at this point is 2.55 –
2.75 MPa {26.0 – 28.0 kg/cm²}.
Operation of torque converter relief valve

q The oil relieved from the main relief valve flows
into the torque converter from port (C), and at
the same time passes through orifice (b) and
enters port (D).
q When the oil fills the torque converter, the
pressure starts to rise.
If the pressure in the torque converter rises,
the oil entering port (D) pushes piston (9). The
reaction force compresses spring (3), moves
relief valve (2) to the right in the direction of the
arrow, and opens ports (C) and (E).
When this happens, the oil at port (C) is
relieved to port (E), and is drained to the oil
tank.
The pressure in the circuit at this point is 1.00
MPa {10.2 kg/cm²}.
22 D375A-5E0
Torque Converter Lock-up Control System
System diagram
Operation
q The torque converter lock-up control system q The machine body controller receives the
automatically locks up the torque converter transmission controller gear speed information,
depending on the load of a machine by one and the transmission output shaft rotation sen-
sensor signal and controller. When the torque sor signal which is sent from the SSC controlle
converter is locked up, the indicator lamp on to connect or disconnect the lock-up solenoid
the monitor panel lights up. and indicator lamp, performing the ON/OFF of
q The transmission output shaft rotation sensor the lock-up.
signal is input to the transmission controller.
q Set the lock-up mode on the mode selection
panel.
D375A-5E0 23
q The lock-up "ON/OFF" operation is carried out

when the sensor signal conforms to the condi-
tions below. (It is not turned ON during gear
shifting.)
1. Conditions for "ON" (AND circuit)
1) Not during gear shifting (The status Gear speed
that the clutch is completely F2, F3,
F1
engaged): R1, R2, R3
The transmission controller recog- rpm
nizes the status.
Rpm of torque convertor output shaft
Low speed side

1,230 rpm 1,260 rpm
2) When the right-sided conditions for ON
or more or more
the ON rpm are conformed to:
When the both above conditions 1)
and 2) are conformed to. 1,200 rpm 1,230 rpm
OFF
or less or less
2. Conditions for "OFF" (OR circuit)
1) During gear shifting (The status that
High speed side

the clutch is not completely engaged.) 2,140 rpm
ON —
or less
2) When the right-sided conditions for
the OFF rpm are conformed to.
The status quo is maintained when the conditions 2,200 rpm
OFF —
of either 1 or 2 are not conformed to. or more
24 D375A-5E0
1. When the machine is in torque converter travel mode
When the machine enters torque converter travel Then, the oil from the pump goes through the port
mode, the solenoid valve is demagnetized to bring (Q) to the port (S) to function as the back pressure
back the plunger (34) upward by oil pressure, open- of the piston of the stator clutch. It turns "ON" the
ing the seats of valve (27) and ball (28), and the stator clutch after the oil pressure of the circuit goes
ports (P) and (N). up.
Since the drain circuit of the port (N) is open, the oil At the same time, the oil which has been function-
at the port (M) is drained as well. ing as the back pressure of the piston of the lock-up
The lock-up selector valve (24) is pushed rightward clutch is drained through the port (L) to the port (R),
by the spring (22), closing the ports (Q), (L), (S), turning "OFF" the lock-up clutch.
and (T) and opening the ports (Q), (S), (L), and (R). The oil from the pump also enters the port (P).
Since the solenoid valve is "demagnetized", how-
ever, it is drained through the orifice (A).
The oil pressure at the port (Q) is kept by the orifice
(A) and regulated by the modulating valve (10).
D375A-5E0 25
2. When the machine is in direct travel mode
When the machine enters direct travel mode, the The oil from the pump goes through the port (Q) to
solenoid valve is magnetized to push the plunger the port (L) to function as the back pressure of the
(34) downward, closing the seats of ball (28) and piston of the lock-up clutch. It turns "ON" the lock-
valve (27) to open the ports (P) and (M) and close up clutch after the oil pressure of the circuit goes
the drain circuit of the port (N). up. At the same time, the oil which has been func-
Then, the oil from (M) moves the piston (25) and tioning as the back pressure of the piston of the
lock-up selector valve (24) leftward to close the lock-up clutch is drained through the port (S) to the
ports (Q), (S), (L), and (R), and open the ports (Q), port (T), turning "OFF" the stator clutch.
(L), (S), and (T). The oil pressure at the port (L) is regulated by the
lock-up clutch modulating valve (11).
26 D375A-5E0
Operation of the stator clutch and lock-up

clutch modulating valves
q The modulating valve is mounted at the circuit
between the lock-up selector valve and the
inlet of two pairs of clutches. To smoothly turn
on the clutch, it gradually increases the oil
pressure applied to the piston up to the speci-
fied level. This operation reduces a shock to
the torque converter or transmission.
a In the following operation explanation, the
modulating valve for the stator clutch is taken
as an example, and that for the lock-up clutch
is alike.
The oil flow to the clutch is reverse, however,
depending on the direct travel mode or torque
converter travel mode.
1. When the machine is in direct travel mode

When the machine enters direct travel mode,
the solenoid valve is magnetized to cause the
oil at the port (M) of lock-up selector valve (24)
to push the piston (25) and valve (24) leftward.
Then, the lock-up selector valve (24) is pushed
leftward by an oil pressure larger than the ten-
sion of the spring (22) to close the ports (Q)
and (S) and open the ports (S) and (T), drain-
ing the oil at the port (S) through the port (T).
When the oil pressure at the port (S) vanishes,
the modulating valve (10) is pushed back by
the tension of spring (16) rightward to open the
port (B) of the port (S) completely. At that time,
the operating pressure of the stator clutch is
drained through the port (S) to the port (T) to
turn "OFF" the clutch.
The oil from the pump flows through the port
(Q) to the port (L) to turn "ON" the lock-up
clutch.
D375A-5E0 27
2. When the machine is in torque converter

travel mode
When the machine enters "torque converter
travel mode", the solenoid valve is "demagne-
tized" to drain the oil from the pump and at the
port (M).
The valve (24) moves the valve rightward by
the tension of the spring (22) to close the ports
(Q), (L), (S), and (T), and open the ports (Q)
and (S). By this operation, the circuit from the
port (Q), the modulating valve (10), and up to
the stator clutch is created.
The oil from the pump flows to the stator clutch
through the port (Q) to start increasing the oil
pressure of the circuit.
When the oil pressure at the circuit is
increased, the oil which flowed through the ori-
fice (d) of the modulating valve (10) pushes the
piston (13), and its reaction force moves the
modulating valve leftward to throttle back the
part (B) of the port (S).
The port (S), which is connected to the port (U)
which applies a back pressure to the load pis-
ton (19), moves the load piston rightward to
shrink the spring (16) to open the part (B) of
the port (S) by the tension of the spring.
The above operation is intermittently repeated
to increase the load of the spring (16), gradu-
ally increasing the oil pressure until the oil
pressure increase stops at a position where
the port (B) of the port (S) closes.
The oil pressure of the stator clutch at that time
is 2.65 ± 0.1 MPa {27.0 ± 1 kg/cm²}.
The oil pressure of the lock-up clutch is
1.3 +0.1 +1
0 MPa {13.2 0 kg/cm²}.
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
30 D375A-5E0
SEN00995-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Power train system, Part 2
Transmission control ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Transmission................................................................................................................................................... 7
Transmission ECMV ..................................................................................................................................... 18
Transmission lubrication relief valve ............................................................................................................. 24
Power train pump + lubrication pump ........................................................................................................... 25
Steering, brake control .................................................................................................................................. 26
Transfer, bevel gear shaft, steering............................................................................................................... 29
Steering ECMV ............................................................................................................................................. 36
Steering clutch ECMV, Steering brake ECMV............................................................................................... 40
Parking brake valve ...................................................................................................................................... 47
Sudden stop prevention valve....................................................................................................................... 48
Final drive ..................................................................................................................................................... 49
D375A-5E0 1
Transmission control 1
a Regarding the steering-related description of
the Palm Command Control System lever
(PCCS lever), refer to the "Steering/Brake
Control".
a PCCS: Palm Command Control System
1. Brake pedal [4]: OFF

2. Lock lever [5]: Shift UP
3. PCCS lever [6]: Shift DOWN
(Forward-reverse, gear shift) [7]: Free
3A, UP switch [8]: Lock
(Shift up by every one pressing)
3B, DOWN switch Outline
(Shift down by every one pressing) Control the transmission by the PCCS lever (3).
4. Transmission neutral switch The PCCS lever operates forward/reverse shifting
5. Cable and gear shift operation.
6. Transmission control valve The adopted safety mechanism does not cause the
transmission neutral switch (4) to function except
Lever position when the lock lever (2) is at the "Lock" position, not
[1]: Neutral allowing the engine to start.
[2]: Forward
[3]: Reverse
2 D375A-5E0
PCCS Lever (Travel and steering lever)
a Do not disassemble the electric lever. If it is diassembled, the output voltage characteristics and operat-
ing effort characteristics will need to be adjusted.
1. Bellows 5. Screw
2. Bracket 6. Lever
3. Plate 7. Connector
4. Bolt
D375A-5E0 3
Function
1. Operating effort characteristics

1) Operation for forward and reverse travel 2) Operation for steering
The control lever is held at 3 positions of Free return.
Forward, Neutral, and Reverse.
4 D375A-5E0
2. Output voltage characteristics

q The control unit is installed to the left control
stand and the control lever is installed directly
onto it.
q The operating angle (stroke) of the control le-
ver is sensed with potentiometers and signal
voltages are output to the transmission and
steering controller.
q A potentiometer is installed in each of longitu-
dinal direction and lateral direction. Each po-
tentiometer outputs 2 signal voltages which are
opposite to each other as shown in the figure
at right.
D375A-5E0 5
Gear shift of the machine

Since gear shift during travel is possible, there is no
need to stop the machine to shift gears.
Gear shift operation

Operate the gear shift lever by pressing the
switches (1) and (2) when the steering, forward/
reverse, and gear shift lever is at the forward or
reverse position.
(1) One pressing the "up" shifts the gear speed
one up.
(2) One pressing the "down" shifts the gear speed
one down.
a If you carry out the gear shift, the gear speed in
use is indicated on the display of the panel.
<Ex.> Neutral: Indicates "N" on the display.
Forward 2nd speed gear:
Indicates "F2" on the display.
Reverse 3rd speed gear:
Indicates "R3" on the display.
"P" is indicated when the lock lever is
placed at the "Lock" position.
6 D375A-5E0
Transmission 1
1. Input shaft A: 2nd clutch pressure pick-up port

2. Transmission valve B: R clutch pressure pick-up port
3. Front case C: 3rd clutch pressure pick-up port
4. Rear case D: F clutch pressure pick-up port
E: 1st clutch pressure pick-up port
1
D375A-5E0 7
8 D375A-5E0
5. Front cover
6. Sun gear for reverse (34 teeth)
7. Ring gear for reverse (91 teeth)
8. Pinion shaft
9. Planetary pinion for reverse (25 teeth)
10. Ring gear for reverse (84 teeth)
11. Sun gear for forward (41 teeth)
12. Planetary pinion for forward (25 teeth)
13. Ring gear for forward (91 teeth)
14. Pinion shaft
15. Ring gear for 3rd speed gear (91 teeth)
16. Planetary pinion for 3rd speed gear (25 teeth)
17. Sun gear for 3rd speed gear (41 teeth)
18. Ring gear for 2nd speed gear (93 teeth)
19. Planetary pinion for 2nd speed gear (23 teeth)
20. Pinion shaft
21. Sun gear for 2nd speed gear (47 teeth)
22. 1st clutch gear
23. 1st clutch piston
24. 1st clutch piston housing
25. Output shaft
26. Collar
27. Block
28. 1st clutch spring
29. Seal ring
30. Carrier for 2nd speed gear
31. Plate
32. Carrier for forward, 3rd speed gear
33. Piston housing for forward, 3rd speed gear
34. Carrier for reverse
35. Piston housing for reverse
36. Clutch piston for reverse
37. Clutch spring
38. Clutch plate
39. Clutch disc
40. Washer spring
41. Pin
42. Tie bolt
43. Carrier gear for reverse (91 teeth)
D375A-5E0 9
10 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Free Installed Installed Installed
No. 1 clutch spring Free length
1 length length load load
(x 12)
125.5 N 106.7 N
66.0 57.0 62.0
{12.8 kg} {10.9 kg}
No. 2 clutch spring 218.7 N 185.9 N
2 70.0 60.3 65.8
(x 12) {22.3 kg} {19.0 kg}
No. 3, 4 clutch spring 149.1 N 126.7 N
3 97.0 82.4 91.2
(x 12) {15.2 kg} {12.9 kg}
No. 5 clutch spring 3,422.5 N 2,909.1 N
4 7.75 6.75 —
(x 3) {349 kg} {297 kg}
Overall assembled thickness of Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
5
No. 1 clutch 54.6 ±0.33 51.4
Overall assembled thickness of
6 50.3 ±0.33 47.1
No. 2 clutch
7 36.4 ±0.26 34.3
No. 3 clutch
8 27.3 ±0.22 25.7
No. 4 clutch
9 50.0 ±0.33 46.8
No. 5 clutch
Thickness of clutch disc
10 4.8 ±0.1 4.3
(No. 1 – 4 clutch)
Thickness of clutch disc
11 5.0 ±0.1 4.5 Replace
(No. 5 clutch)
Thickness of clutch plate
12 4.3 ±0.1 3.9
(No. 1 – 4 clutch)
Thickness of clutch plate
13 4.0 ±0.1 3.6
(No. 5 clutch)
Width –0.01
Wear of seal ring on transmission Width: 3.0 Width: 2.7
14 –0.03
input shaft Thickness: 3.5 Thickness: 3.35
Thickness: ±0.1
Width –0.01
Wear of seal ring on transmission Width: 4.5 Width: 4.1
15 –0.03
output shaft Thickness: 5.8 Thickness: 5.65
Thickness: ±0.15
Width –0.01
Width: 5.0 Width: 4.5
16 Wear of seal ring on No. 5 clutch –0.03
Thickness: 6.0 Thickness: 5.85
Thickness: ±0.15
Backlash between No. 1, 2 sun Standard clearance Clearance limit
17
gear and planet pinion 0.13 – 0.40 —
Backlash between No. 1 planet
18 0.13 – 0.40 —
pinion and ring gear inner teeth
Backlash between No. 2, 3, 4
19 planet pinion and ring gear inner 0.14 – 0.40 —
teeth
Backlash between No. 3, 4 sun
20 0.13 – 0.37 —
gear and planet pinion
Clearance between bearing and
21 0.16 – 1.59 —
thrust washer
D375A-5E0 11
Outline
q The transmission is a forward 3 gear, reverse 3
gear transmission that consists of a combina-
tion of a planetary gear system and disc
clutches.
q The transmission actuates the control valve to
use hydraulic pressure to fix two of the
clutches in the five sets of planetary gears and
disc clutches to select one rotating direction
and one gear speed.
q The clutches are locked as follows: No. 1
clutch for REVERSE, No. 2 clutch for FOR-
WARD, No. 3 clutch for 3rd, No. 4 clutch for
2nd and No. 5 clutch for 1st.
No. of plates and discs used
Clutch No. No. of plates No. of discs
No. 1 clutch 6 6
No. 2 clutch 5 6
No. 3 clutch 4 4
No. 4 clutch 3 3
No. 5 clutch 5 6
Gear speed, clutch combination.
Clutch combination
Gear speed
(engaged)
FORWARD 1st No. 2 • No. 5

FORWARD 2nd No. 2 • No. 4
FORWARD 3rd No. 2 • No. 3
NEUTRAL *1 • No. 5
REVERSE 1st No. 1 • No. 5
REVERSE 2nd No. 1 • No. 4
REVERSE 3rd No. 1 • No. 3
* 1: Only low pressure oil fills the 1st or 2nd clutch.
12 D375A-5E0
Operation of disc clutch

q To lock ring gear (7), a disc clutch is used. The
clutch consists of piston (36), plates (38), discs
(39), pins (41) and piston clutch springs (37).
The internal teeth of the disc (39) engage with
the external teeth of the ring gear (7).
The teeth on the outside diameter of the plate
(38) engage with pins (41) secured by housing
(35).
Clutch engaged (Locked)

q Oil from the control valve flows under pressure
through the port in housing (35) to the back of
piston (36). The piston presses plates (38) and
discs (39) together, and the resulting frictional
force stops the rotation of discs (39), so ring
gear (7) meshing with the internal teeth of the
disc is locked.
Clutch disengaged (free)

q When the supply of pressure oil from the con-
trol valve is shut off, piston (36) is returned to
its original position by the force of piston clutch
spring (37). This relieves the frictional force
between plates (38) and discs (39), making the
ring gear (7) free.
Washer spring (40) installed between the
plates at the pin acts to speed up the return of
the piston when the clutch is disengaged, and
also to separate the plate and disc cleanly to
prevent continued rotation.
D375A-5E0 13
Oil passage in speed clutch

The 1st or 2nd gear speed is set, even if the steer-
ing/directional/gear shift lever is in the neutral posi-
tion. The oil circuit is so controlled electronically
that the piston chamber of the speed clutch corre-
sponding to the set gear speed will be kept filled
with the oil.
Accordingly, when the sttering/directional/gear shift

lever is shifted from the "neutral" position to the
"forward" or "reverse" position, the pump is
required to supply oil of only quantity to fill the pis-
ton chamber of the forward or reverse clutch.
When the gear speed is changed from the "F1" to

"F2", the pump is required to supply oil of only
quantity to fill the 2nd clutch since the forward
clutch has been filled with the oil.
The time lag in the gear shifting operation is

reduced by using the oil as explained above.
14 D375A-5E0
Operation of transmission
First forward speed
q For FORWARD 1st, No. 2 clutch and No. 5 q Ring gear (13) is locked in position by No. 2
clutch are engaged. The motive force transmit- clutch, so planet gear (12) rotates carrier (32),
ted from the torque converter to input shaft (1) which is on the inside of ring gear (13).
is transmitted to output shaft (25). q No. 5 clutch is also engaged, so the No. 5 gear
q No. 2 clutch is actuated by the hydraulic pres- (22), sun gears (17) and (21), planet pinions,
sure applied by the clutch piston and locks ring ring gear (15) and (18), and No. 4 carrier (30)
gear (13) in position. No. 5 clutch is actuated form one unit. In addition, carrier (32) rotates
by hydraulic pressure applied by the clutch pis- as one unit with the gears of No. 3, 4 and 5
ton and engaged No. 5 gear (22) and No. 4 clutches to rotate output shaft (25).
ring gear (18). Output shaft (25) rotates at the same speed as
q The motive force from the torque converter is carrier (32).
transmitted to input shaft (1). The rotation of
the input shaft is transmitted through sun gear
(11) to planet pinion (12).
D375A-5E0 15
First reverse speed
q For REVERSE 1st, No. 1 clutch and No. 5 q Carrier (34) is locked in position by No. 1
clutch are engaged. The motive force transmit- clutch, so the rotation of planet pinion (9)
ted from the torque converter to input shaft (1) rotates ring gear (10).
is transmitted to output shaft (25). Ring gear (10) rotates in the opposite direction
q No. 1 clutch is actuated by the hydraulic pres- from the input shaft, and it rotates carrier (32).
sure applied by the clutch piston and locks car- q No. 5 clutch is also engaged, so the No. 5 gear
rier (34) in position. No. 5 clutch is actuated by (22), sun gears (17) and (21), planet pinions,
hydraulic pressure applied by the clutch piston ring gear (15) and (18), and No. 4 carrier (30)
and engaged No. 5 gear (22) and No. 4 ring form one unit.
gear (18). In addition, carrier (32) rotates as one unit with
q The motive force from the torque converter is the gears of No. 3, 4 and 5 clutches to rotate
transmitted to input shaft (1). The rotation of output shaft (25).
the input shaft is transmitted through sun gear
(6) to planet pinion (9).
16 D375A-5E0
Transmission ECMV 1
(Electronic Control Modulation Valve)
18 D375A-5E0
1. Proportional solenoid valve for 3rd clutch ECMV

2. Proportional solenoid valve for 1st clutch ECMV
3. Proportional solenoid valve for R clutch ECMV
4. Proportional solenoid valve for 2nd clutch ECMV
5. Proportional solenoid valve for F clutch ECMV
6. Fill switch for 3rd clutch
7. Fill switch for 2nd clutch
8. Fill switch for 1st clutch
9. Fill switch for R clutch
10. Fill switch for F clutch
11. Connector for 1st proportional solenoid valve
12. Connector for 3rd proportional solenoid valve
13. Connector for R proportional solenoid valve
14. Connector for 2nd proportional solenoid valve
15. Connector for F proportional solenoid valve
16. Connector for 3rd fill switch
17. Connector for 2nd fill switch
18. Connector for 1st fill switch
19. Connector for R fill switch
20. Connector for F fill switch
21. Filter
22. Pressure control valve
23. Oil pressure detection valve
24. Pressure control valve spring
A: 1st pressure pick-up port

B: 3rd pressure pick-up port
C: R pressure pick-up port
D: 2nd pressure pick-up port
E: F pressure pick-up port
F: To clutch
P: From pump
T: Drain
D375A-5E0 19
20 D375A-5E0
Outline of ECMV ECMV and proportional solenoid

q The ECMV consists of 1 pressure control valve q For each ECMV, 1 proportional solenoid is in-
and 1 fill switch. stalled.
q Pressure control valve The proportional solonoid generates thrust
This valve receives the current sent from the shown below according to the command cur-
transmission controller with a proportional rent from the controller.
solenoid, and then converts it into oil pressure. The thrust generated by the proportional sole-
q Fill switch noid is applied to the pressure control valve
This switch detects that the clutch is filled with spool to generate oil pressure as shown in the
oil and has the following functions. figure below. Accordingly, the thrust is changed
1. Outputs a signal (a fill signal) to the controller by controlling the command current to operate
to notify that filling is completed when the the pressure control valve to control the flow
clutch is filled with oil. and pressure of the oil.
2. Keeps outputting signals (fill signals) to the
controller to notify whether oil pressure is Current – propulsion force characteristics of
applied or not while oil pressure is applied to proportional solonoid
the clutch.
Propulsion force – Hydraulic pressure charac-

teristics of proportional solenoid
Range A: Before shifting gear (When draining)

Range B: During filling
Range C: Pressure regulation
Range D: During filling (During triggering) ECMV and fill switch
Range E: Start of filling q For each ECMV, 1 fill switch is installed.
Range F: Finish of filling If the clutch is filled with oil, the fill switch is
turned "ON" by the pressure of the clutch. The
a The logic is so made that the controller will not oil pressure is built up according to this signal.
recognize completion of filling even if the fill
switch is turned "ON" during triggering (Range
D).
D375A-5E0 21
Operation of ECMV Before shifting gear (when draining) (Range A

q ECMV is controlled with the command current in chart)
sent from the controller to the proportional
solenoid and the fill switch output signal.
The relationship between the proportional
solenoid command current of ECMV, clutch
input pressure, and fill switch output signal is
shown below.
q Under the condition where any current is not

sent to proportional solenoid (1), pressure con-
trol valve (3) drains the oil from clutch port (A)
through drain port (T).
Also at this time, fill switch (5) is turned "OFF"
because oil pressure is not applied to pressure
Range A: Before shifting gear (When draining) detection valve (4).
Range B: During filling
Range C: Pressure regulation
Range D: During filling (During triggering)
Range E: Start of filling
Range F: Finish of filling
a The logic is so made that the controller will not

recognize completion of filling even if the fill
switch is turned "ON" during triggering (Range
D).
22 D375A-5E0
During filling (Range B in chart) Pressure regulation (Range C in chart)
q If current is applied to proportional solenoid (1) q If current flows in proportional solenoid (1), the
with no oil in the clutch, the oil pressure force solenoid generates thrust in proportion to the
balanced with the solenoid force is spplied to current. This thrust of the solenoid is balanced
chamber (B) and pushes pressure control with the sum of the thrust generated by the oil
valve (3) to the left. This opens pump port (P) pressure in clutch port and the tension of pres-
and clutch port (A) to feed oil in the clutch. sure control valve spring (2), and then the
When the clutch is filled with oil, pressure de- pressure is settled.
tection valve (4) actuates to turn "ON" fill
switch (5).
D375A-5E0 23
Transmission lubrication relief valve 1
1. Lubrication oil pressure measurement plug Function

2. Lubrication relief spool q The lubrication relief valve is installed to the
3. Valve body right side face of the transmission, and acts to
prevent any abnormal pressure in the trans-
mission lubricating oil.
Cracking pressure: 0.26 MPa {2.7 kg/cm²}
24 D375A-5E0
Power train pump + lubrication pump 1

BAL 180 + 112
Unit: mm
Standard
Type Clearance limit
clearance
1 Side clearance
BAL 180 0.07 – 0.12 0.15
BAL 112 0.04 – 0.10 0.13
Clearance between plain bear- BAL 180
2 ing inside diameter and gear 0.060 – 0.145 0.20
shaft outside diameter BAL 112
Type Standard size Tolerance Repair limit

3 Driving depth of pin BAL 180 0
14 —
BAL 112 –0.5 Replace
4 Spline shaft rotation torque 5.9 Nm {0.6 kgm} or less
Permissi-
Discharge Standard
Rotating ble
pressure discharge
Delivery Type speed discharge
MPa amount
(rpm) amount
Oil: E010-CD {kg/cm2} (l/min)
— (l/min)
Oil temperature: 45 – 50°C
2.5 – 2.7
BAL 180 2,033 334 308
{26 – 28}
(Engine speed: 1,900 rpm)
0.26
BAL 112 2,033 210 200
{2.7}
D375A-5E0 25
Steering, brake control 1
a Regarding the transmission-related description

of the operation of the PCCS lever, refer to the
"Transmission Control".
a PCCS: Palm Command Control System
26 D375A-5E0
1. Brake pedal Positions of lever and pedal

2. Lock lever [1]: Neutral
3. PCCS lever (Steering) [2]: Forward straight-travel
4. Steering controller [3]: Reverse straight-travel
5. Limit switch [4]: Left clutch OFF
6. Steering ECMV [5]: Left clutch OFF
7. Brake valve Left brake ON
8. Parking brake lever (From lock lever) [6]: Right clutch OFF
9. Cable [7]: Right clutch OFF
10. Rod (From brake pedal) Right brake ON
11. Potentiometer [8]: Brake RELEASE
[9]: Brake ON
[10]:Free
[11]: Lock
Outline
q The PCCS lever (3) sends an electric signal to q If you completely tilt the PCCS lever (3) left-
the steering controller (4). After receiving it, the ward, the left steering clutch is turned "OFF"
steering controller (4) sends a proportional cur- completely and the left steering brake is turned
rent to the steering ECMV (6) to operate the "ON", causing the machine to make a sudden
steering clutch and brake. left swing.
q The brake pedal (1) sends an electric signal to q The lock lever (2) is connected to the parking
the steering controller (4) via the potentiometer brake lever (8) and it also serves as a parking
(11). After receiving it, the steering controller brake.
(4) sends a proportional current to the steering
ECMV (6) to operate the brake. In this case,
the right and left brakes operate at the same
time to activate braking. The rod (10) operates
the brake via the brake valve (7) for redundant
use. (Only at the time of complete braking)
q If you slightly tilt the PCCS lever (3) leftward,
the left steering clutch is partially disengaged,
causing the machine to make a slow left swing.
D375A-5E0 27
Transfer, bevel gear shaft, steering 1
1. Transmission unit
2. Input shaft
3. Steering unit
4. Breather
5. Parking brake valve
6. Left brake ECMV
7. Right brake ECMV
8. Transmission output rotation sensor
9. Filter
10. Left clutch ECMV
11. Right clutch ECMV
12. Sudden braking prevention valve
D375A-5E0 29
Transfer Bevel Gear Pinion
1. Input shaft Outline

2. Drive gear (35 teeth) q The transfer bevel pinion is mounted at the
3. Transmission output rotation sensor rear part inside the steering case, which
4. Rear cover receives the power from the transmission out-
5. Bearing gauge put shaft by its input shaft (1). The transfer
6. Driven gear (33 teeth) consists of the drive gear (2) and the driven
7. Bevel pinion (23 teeth) gear (6) to reduce the power speed from the
8. Bevel gear (40 teeth) input shaft (1), transferring it to the bevel pinion
(7). It is also provided with the transmission
output rotation sensor (3) to send the pulse
signal of the drive gear (2) to the torque con-
verter lock-up controller using an electric sig-
nal.
30 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Standard clearance Clearance limit
1 Backlash of transfer gear Adjust or replace
0.24 – 0.63 0.75
Thickness of collar between Standard size Repair limit
2 Replace
transfer gear and bearing 24 23.6
Standard shim thickness for
3 2.0 Adjust
bearing cage mount
D375A-5E0 31
Bevel gear shaft, steering clutch, brake
32 D375A-5E0
1. Clutch cage Outline

2. Clutch housing q As steering clutches, wet-type, multiple disc
3. Clutch spring type, and spring-boosted types are adopted. If
4. Clutch piston you operate the PCCS lever, the controller out-
5. Torque pin puts a proportional solenoid current to hydrau-
6. Clutch disc (One side: 9 sheets) lically operate the steering ECMV while
7. Clutch plate (One side: 9 sheets) interlocking with the brake.
8. Spacer As a lubrication method, forced lubrication is
9. Clutch stopper adopted, which makes oil from the power train
10. Clutch hub oil cooler flow through the passage in the
11. Bearing cage steering case to the housing and cage, and up
12. Bevel gear (Number of teeth: 40) to the disc plate.
13. Bevel gear shaft q As steering brakes, wet-type, multiple disc
14. Bevel gear shaft type, and spring-boosted types brakes are
15. Bearing cage adopted. If you operate the brake pedal and
16. Pipe PCCS lever, the controller outputs a propor-
17. Brake stopper tional solenoid current to hydraulically operate
18. Brake hub the steering valve ECMV while interlocking
19. Brake disc (One side: 9 sheets) with the brake.
20. Spacer As a lubrication method, forced lubrication is
21. Brake plate (One side: 9 sheets) adopted, which makes oil from the power train
22. Torque pin oil cooler flow through the passage in the
23. Brake piston steering case to the housing and cage, and up
24. Brake case to the disc plate.
25. Brake spring When the engine is stopping, the steering
26. Brake cage brake is "ON" since the back pressure of the
27. Sleeve brake piston lowers unless you press the brake
28. Output shaft pedal. Since the brake is released as the oil
pressure in the circuit goes up when the
engine restarts, the parking brake lever must
be locked.
D375A-5E0 33
34 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Thickness of brake, clutch plate Replace
2.9 2.5
1
Tolerance Repair limit
Distortion of brake, clutch plate Repair or replace
Less than 0.3 0.4
Thickness of brake, clutch disc Replace
4.7 4.2
2
Tolerance Repair limit
Distortion of brake, clutch Repair or replace
Less than 0.3 0.4
Overall assembled thickness of Standard size Repair limit
3
brake plates and discs 68.4 64.7
4 68.4 65.4 Replace
clutch plates and discs
Backlash between brake, clutch Standard clearance Repair limit
5
disc and brake hub 0.17 – 0.52 1.0
Backlash between bevel gear
6 0.3 – 0.4 0.75 Adjust or replace
and pinion
Inside diameter of cage seal ring size Shaft Hole clearance limit
7
contact surface –0.5 +0.081 0.5 –
290
–0.7 0 0.781
Inside diameter of piston seal –0.050 +0.046 0.050 –
8 245
ring contact surface –0.122 0 0.168
Installed Installed Installed
Free length Free length
9 Brake spring length load load Replace
38.7 kN 33.9 kN
17.1 11.2 16.5
{3,950 kg} {3,460 kg}
37.9 kN 36.0 kN
10 Clutch spring 17.6 11.6 17.0
{3,860 kg} {3,670 kg}
Tolerance Standard Interfer-
Standard
interference
Interference between bevel gear size Shaft Hole
11 ence limit
and reamer bolt
+0.019 +0.027 –0.026 – 0.019
16
+0.001 0 0.019 or less
Runout of back face of bevel
12 Repair limit: 0.05 (measure after installing to bevel gear) Repair or replace
gear
Standard rotating torque: 4.9 – 5.9 Nm {0.5 – 0.6 kgm}
Preload of bevel gear shaft taper
13 (At tip of bevel gear teeth with bevel pinion and gear not Adjust
roller bearing
meshed: 23.5 – 28.4 N {2.4 – 2.9 kg})
Standard shim thickness for
14 2.0 Adjust shim
bearing cage
D375A-5E0 35
Steering ECMV 1
(Electronic Control Modulation Valve)
36 D375A-5E0
1. ECMV (For left clutch) A: Left clutch pressure pick-up port

2. ECMV (For right clutch) B: Right clutch pressure pick-up port
3. Sudden braking prevention valve C: Left brake pressure pick-up port
4. Parking brake valve D: Right brake pressure pick-up port
5. ECMV (For left brake) E: To left clutch
6. ECMV (For right brake) F: To left lubrication
7. Filter G: To left brake
8. Valve seat H: To right clutch
J: To right lubrication
K: To right brake
L: Bevel gear shaft lubrication inlet
M: To pin puller solenoid valve
N: From pin puller solenoid valve
P: From pump
D375A-5E0 37
38 D375A-5E0
Outline
q This machine employs four ECMV (electronic-
controlled modulation valve) on the steering
control valve.
q The steering control valve is provided on
respective valve sheets as the assembly.
q The steering control valve is situated in the cir-
cuit between the power train pump via the
main relief valve and the piston of the steering
clutch and the brake. It is configured with two
pairs of the steering ECMV (right and left) and
the brake ECMV (right and left).
q Shifting the PCCS lever (steering and forward/
reverse) right or left disconnects the steering
clutch. Shifting it further turns "ON" the brake.
The controller sends the instruction to respec-
tive ECMV to cause the gradual or sudden turn
whichever is designated by the operating posi-
tion of the PCCS lever (steering lever).
Depending on depth of the pedal depression,
the controller instructs ECMV to apply the right
and left brakes to stop the machine.
The controller that is electrically connected to
the PCCS lever and pedal performs above
operations by switching the steering control
valves (each ECMV).
The steering control valves feed the oil from
the power train pump to the steering clutch and
brake to operate their disk clutches.
q The sudden stop prevention valve disables
sudden braking that can result when a failure is
detected in the electric systems.
q Shifting the parking brake lever to the "Lock"
position switches the port of the parking brake
valve, thereby draining the oil between the
ECMV for left-and-right brakes and the brake.
As the result, the machine brake is turned on.
The parking brake is also connected to the
brake pedal via the linkage.
D375A-5E0 39
Steering clutch ECMV, Steering brake ECMV 1

a ECMV: Abbreviation for Electronic Control Modulation Valve
a Don’t try to disassemble it since adjustment for maintaining the performance will be needed.
A: To clutch or brake *1
P: From pump
Clutch used Stamp of the nameplate
T: Drain
Dr: Drain Steering clutch,
R*******
P1: To clutch or brake pressure pickup port Steering brake
1. Fill switch connector Outline

2. Proportional solonoid connector q Each ECMV keeps the steering clutch oil pres-
3. Pressure detection valve sure and steering brake oil pressure to the set
4. Fill switch pressure and furthermore changes the sircuit
5. Proportional solenoid to the piston chamber of the steering clutch
6. Pressure control valve and steering brake.
7. Nameplate (*1)
40 D375A-5E0
Outline of ECMV
q The ECMV consists of 1 pressure contol valve
and 1 full switch.
q Pressure control valve

A proportional solenoid in this valve receives a
current sent from the settering controller and
this valve converts it to an oil pressure.
q Fill switch
This is a switch to detect that a clutch or brake
is filled with oil and has the following functions.
1. At the moment when the clutch or brake is
filled with oil, the fill switch outputs the sig-
nal (fill signal) to the controller to notify the
finishing of filling.
2. While the oil pressure is applied to the
clutch or brake, the fill switch outputs the
signal (fill signal) to the controller to notify
the presence of the oil pressure.
ECMV and proportional solenoid

q One proportional solenoid is mounted for each
ECMV.
The propulsion force is generated according to
the command current from the controller.
The propulsion force generated by the propor-
tional solenoid is actuated on the spool of the
pressure control valve and generates the oil
pressure. Accordingly, by controlling the
amount of the command current, the propul-
sion force changes and the pressure control
valve is actuated, then the oil flow and oil pres-
sure is controlled.
ECMV and fill switch

q For each ECMV, 1 fill switch is installed.
If the clutch is filled with oil, the fill switch is
turned "engaged" by the pressure of the clutch.
The oil pressure is built up according to this
signal.
Operation of ECMV
q The ECMV is controlled by the command cur-
rent from the controller to the proportional sole-
noid and the fill switch output signal.
D375A-5E0 41
When PCCS lever is in "neutral" position, brake pedal is "released", and parking brake lever is in
"free" position: Straight travel
(L.H. and R.H. clutches are turned "engaged", L.H. and R.H. brakes are "released", and parking brake is
"released".)
q When the PCCS lever is in "neutral" position q Proportional solenoid (5) of the brake ECMV is
and the brake pedal is "released", proportional energized and pushes ball (6) to the left and
solenoid (1) of the clutch ECMV is de-ener- closes the sealing part.
gized and the sealing part of ball (2) is opened. q The oil in port (Pb) of the brake ECMV flows in
q The oil from the power train pump flows port (E) and pushes valve (7) to the left to con-
through port (Pc) of the clutch ECMV to orifice nect port (Pb) with port (B) and disconnect port
(a), then it is drained through the sealing part (B) from port (Dr). At this time, the oil flows in
of ball (2). the back pressure port of the brake piston. As
q Valve (3) is moved to the right by the tension of the oil pressure rises, the brake piston is
spring (4) to disconnect port (Pc) from port (C), pushed to the left to compress the brake
and connect port (C) with port (Dr). At this spring, then the brake is "released".
time, the oil from the back pressure port of the q When the parking brake lever is in "free" posi-
clutch piston is drained through port (C) and tion, as the parking brake valve is closed, the
the clutch is turned "engaged" by the tension of oil in the brake circuit is not drained.
the clutch spring.
q The oil pressure in the brake circuit, etc. is
secured by orfice (a).
42 D375A-5E0
When PCCS lever is "operated to the left halfway", brake pedal is "released", and parking brake lever
is in "free" position: Gradual left turn
(L.H. clutch is turned "disengaged", L.H. brake is "semi-released", R.H. clutch is turned "engaged", R.H.
brake is "released", and parking brake is "released".)
q When the PCCS lever is in "operated to left q Proportional solenoid (5) generates the propul-
halfway" and the brake pedal is "released", sion force in proportion to the command cur-
proportional solenoid (1) of the L.H. clutch rent. This propulsion force is balanced with the
ECMV is energized and the sealing part of ball sum of the propulsion force generated by the
(2) is closed. oil pressure in the back pressure port of the
q The oil from the power train pump flows brake piston and the tension of spring (8), then
through port (Pc) of the clutch ECMV and ori- the brake pressure is set up to adjust the brake
fice (a) to port (F) and pushed valve (3) to the force.
left to connect port (Pc) with port (C) and dis- q Accordingly, if the stroke of the PCCS lever is
connect port (C) from port (Dr). At this time, the short, the oil pressure after port (B) is set high
oil flows in the back pressure port of the clutch and the brake is turned from "released" to
piston. As the oil pressure rises, the clutch pis- "semi-released". If the stroke of the PCCS
ton is pushed to the left to compress the clutch lever is long, the oil pressure after port (B) is
spring, then the clutch is turned "disengaged". set low and the brake is turned from "semi-
q Proportional solenoid (5) of the brake ECMV is released" to "applied".
energized and pushes ball (6) to the left and q When the parking brake lever is in "free" posi-
closed the sealing part. tion, as the parking brake valve is colsed, the
q The oil in port (Pb) of the brake ECMV flows in oil in the brake circuit is not drained.
port (E) and pushes valve (7) to the left. As for
the oil pressure after port (B), the controller
outputs the command current to proportional
solenoid (5) according to the stroke of the
PCCS lever.
D375A-5E0 43
When PCCS lever is "operated fully to the left", brake pedal is "released", and parking brake lever is
in "free" position: Sharp left turn
(L.H. clutch is turned "disengaged", L.H. brake is "applied", R.H. clutch is turned "engaged", R.H. brake is
"released", and parking brake is "released".)
q When the PCCS lever is shifted from "operated q When the parking brake lever is in "free" posi-
to left halfway" to "operated to left fully", pro- tion, as the parking brake valve is closed, the
portional solenoid (5) of the L.H. brake ECMV oil in the brake circuit is not drained.
is de-energized and the sealing part of ball (6)
is fully opened.
q Since the oil port (E) is drained through the
sealing part, valve (7) is moved to the right by
the tension of spring (8) to disconnect port (Pb)
from (B) and connect port (B) with port (Dr). At
this time, the oil from the back pressure port of
the brake piston is drained through port (B)
and the brake is turned "applied" by the ten-
sion of the brake spring.
q The oil from the power train pump flows
through port (Pb) of the brake ECMV and ori-
fice (b), then it is drained through sealing part
of ball (6).
q The oil pressure in the clutch circuit, etc. is se-
cured by orifice (b).
44 D375A-5E0
When PCCS lever is in "neutral", brake pedal is "depressed", and parking brake lever is in "free"
position: Shop
(L.H. and R.H. clutches are turned "engaged", L.H. and R.H. brakes are "applied", and parking brake is
"released".)
q When the brake pedal is depressed fully, pro- q If the brake pedal is depressed, the parking
portional solenoids (5) of L.H. and R.H. brake brake valve connected by the linkage operates
ECMV are de-energized to open the sealing to open the brake circuit and drain the oil.
part of ball (6).
q The controller outputs the command current to
proportional solenoid (5) according to the
brake pedal stroke.
q Proportional solenoid (5) generates the propul-
sion force in proportion to the command cur-
rent. This propulsion force is balanced with the
sum of the propulsion force generated by the
oil pressure in the back pressure port of the
brake piston and the tension of spring (8), then
the brake pressure is set up to adjust the brake
force.
q Since the PCCS lever is in "neutral" position,
proportional solenoids (1) of L.H. and R.H.
clutch ECMV are de-energized and L.H. and
R.H. clutch are turned "engaged".
D375A-5E0 45
When PCCS lever is in "neutral", position, brake pedal is "released", and parking brake lever is in
"lock" position : Parking
(L.H. and R.H. clutches are turned "engaged", L.H. and R.H. brakes are "applied", and parking brake is
"applied".)
q If the parking brake lever is turned to the "lock"

position, spool (1) is moved to the left to open
ports (A), (B) and (C).
q The oil which had flown into the brake piston
back pressure port is drained through ports
(A), (B) and (C).
q The oil pressure in the back pressure port of
the brake piston continues to decrease, then
the brake is fully "applied" and that situation is
kept.
q When the engine is started again, as ports (A),
(B) and (C) are still opened, the brake is con-
tinuously "applied".
q If the parking brake lever is shifted to "free"
position, spool (1) moves to the right to discon-
nect ports (A), (B) and (C). Then the oil pres-
sure from the brake ECMV is applied to the
back pressure port of the brake piston and the
brake becomes "released".
46 D375A-5E0
Parking brake valve 1
Unit: mm
Clearance between parking size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1 Replace
brake valve spool and valve body –0.020 +0.011 0.020 –
14 0.05
–0.030 0 0.041
Sliding portion outside diameter Tolerance Repair limit Hard chrome
2 (spool) with dust sealing and V- 14 –0.020 plating correc-
packing 13.9 tion and replace
–0.030
3 Parking brake valve spool spring length load load Replace
38.2 N 36.3 N
65 47.7 63.1
{3.9 kg} {3.71 kg}
D375A-5E0 47
Sudden stop prevention valve 1
Outline
q The sudden stop prevention valve is installed
to prevent the machine from stopping suddenly
when an abnormality takes place in the electri-
cal system.
q Sudden stop prevention valve (1) is installed in
the drain circuit of the brake ECMV so that the
sudden oil pressure drop of port (DR) when
brake ECMV coil (2) is de-energized, and con-
sequently the sudden brake can be avoided.
q If an abnormality takes place in the electrical
system, also solenoid (3) of sudden stop pre-
vention valve (1) is de-energized. Then, the oil
of port (DR) is drained through orifice (a) so
that the brake is applied gradually.
48 D375A-5E0
Final drive 1
Outline
q The final drive is a single stage spur gear, sin-
gle stage planetary gear reduction type.
The lubrication is of splash type using the rota-
tion of the gears.
The final drive can be removed and installed
as a single unit.
q Floating seal (1) is installed to the rotating slid-
ing portion of the sprocket to prevent the entry
of dirt or sand and to prevent leakage of lubri-
cating oil.
D375A-5E0 49
50 D375A-5E0
1. Floating seal 12. Cover

2. Sun gear 13. First gear
3. Carrier 14. First gear hub
4. Hub 15. First pinion
5. Cover 16. Final drive case
6. Sprocket boss 17. Bearing cage
7. Sprocket teeth 18. Boss
8. Floating seal guard 19. Shaft
9. Cover 20. Wear guard
10. Planetary pinion 21. Pivot shaft
11. Ring gear
Unit: mm
Backlash between first pinion and Standard clearance Clearance limit
22
first gear 0.25 – 0.99 1.5
Backlash between sun gear and
23 0.22 – 0.81 1.5
planetary pinion
Backlash between planetary
24 0.25 – 0.81 1.5
pinion and ring gear
Outside diameter of oil seal Standard size Repair limit
25
contact surface of first pinion 115.0 114.9
Thickness of thrust collar in roller Replace
26 25.14 24.9
bearing of inner body
Thickness of thrust collar in roller
27 10.0 9.5
bearing of first gear boss
Dimensions from cover mounting
28 24.0 22.5
face to button head
Clearance between pinion shaft size Shaft Hole clearance limit
29
and carrier –0.036 –0.024 –0.023 –
85 0.1
–0.058 –0.059 0.034
Standard shim thickness of first
30 2
pinion bearing cage
Dimensions of final cover end 0 Adjust
31 7 –0.2
surface and bearing end surface
32 Clearance of floating seal guard 4.1 – 5.3
D375A-5E0 51
Path of power transmission
52 D375A-5E0
q The power from the bevel gear and steering

clutch is transmitted to No. 1 pinion (15). It
then passes through No. 1 gear (13), which is
meshed with the No. 1 pinion, and is transmit-
ted to sun gear (2) to rotate it.
The rotation of sun gear (2) is transmitted to
planet pinion (10), but ring gear (11), which is
meshed with the planet pinion, is fixed to cover
(9), so the planet pinion rotates on its own axis
and moves around the sun gear along the ring
gear.
Then, the rotating force of sun gear (2) forms
the rotating force of carrier (3), which supports
the planet pinion, and is transmitted to
sprocket hub (4).
The direction of rotation of carrier (3) is the
same as that of sun gear (2).
The rotating force transmitted to sprocket hub
(4) is transmitted to sprocket teeth (7).
D375A-5E0 53
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
54 D375A-5E0
SEN00996-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Undercarriage and frame
Track frame ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Recoil spring ................................................................................................................................................... 4
Idler ................................................................................................................................................................. 6
Track roller ...................................................................................................................................................... 8
Carrier roller .................................................................................................................................................. 10
Track roller bogie ...........................................................................................................................................11
Track shoe .................................................................................................................................................... 12
Main frame .................................................................................................................................................... 14
Suspension ................................................................................................................................................... 16
D375A-5E0 1
Track frame 1
1. Idler Outline
2. Recoil spring assembly q The track roller adopts a K type bogie mount,
3. Carrier roller thereby increasing the actual ground contact
4. Track frame area between a road surface and a track shoe
5. Sprocket in an uneven ground and increasing drawbar
6. Sprocket cover pull.
7. Track roller bogie q Because a rubber pad is mounted on a K type
8. Track roller bogie, the shock from a road surface is
9. Gap absorbed.
10. Idler yoke
11. Cylinder Track roller bogie
12. Guide
Track roller flange type and bogie arrangement
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
S D D D D D D S
2 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Item Repair limit
Deformation of track frame outer Bend 7 (Per length 3,000) Correct or
4
sleeve Torsion 3 (Per level length 300) replace
Concave (Pipe portion) 12
Clearance between inner sleeve size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
13 and adjustment cylinder Replace
protruding portion –0.15 +0.3 –0.15 –
60 2.0
–0.35 0 0.65
14 Press fit force of cartridge pin 245 – 441 kN {25 – 45 ton} —
D375A-5E0 3
Recoil spring 1
1. Yoke Outline
2. Nut q Recoil spring (4) is used to adjust the track ten-
3. Retainer sion by pumping in or releasing grease from
4. Recoil spring lubricator (10) to move rod (5) forward or back-
5. Rod ward. The recoil spring (4) also acts to dampen
6. Spring cylinder any sudden shock brought to bear on the idler.
7. Retainer
8. Holder
9. Piston
10. Lubricator
(for pumping in and releasing grease)
11. Grease chamber cylinder
4 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
4 Recoil spring length load load
499.7 kN 458.5 kN
1,416 1,230.5 1,440
{50,994 kg} {46,790 kg}
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance Replace
Clearance between outer and size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
12 inner sleeve sides of outer sleeve
bushing –0.058 +0.317 0.118 –
380 0.8
–0.228 +0.060 0.545
Clearance between adjustment –0.600
13 135
cylinder and bushing –1.000
Press fit force of outer sleeve
14 49.0 – 109.8 kN {5.0 – 11.2 ton}
bushing (outer sleeve side)
Press fit force of outer sleeve
15 91.2 – 322.6 kN {9.3 – 32.9 ton} Adjust
bushing (inner sleeve side)
Clearance between recoil spring
16 0 – 1.0
mounting nut and lockplate
D375A-5E0 5
Idler 1
6 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Outside diameter of protruding Standard size Repair limit
1
portion 927 —
2 Outside diameter of tread 880 855
Rebuild or
3 Depth of tread 23.5 36
replace
4 Thickness of tread 32.5 20
5 Total width 294.4 —
6 Width of tread 79.0 87.5
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
7 Replace bushing
busing –0.350 +0.198 0.297 –
155 —
–0.413 –0.053 0.611
Standard size Repair limit Rebuild or
8 Collar width of shaft
252 — replace
Standard
interference
Interference between shaft and size Shaft Hole
9 ence limit Replace ring
ring
+0.046 –0.15 0.15 –
95 —
0 –0.20 0.246
10 End play Adjust or replace
0.49 – 0.86 —
D375A-5E0 7
Track roller 1
q 2nd – 7th track roller (double flanged roller) Unit: mm

Outside diameter of flange Standard size Repair limit
1
(outside) 310 —
Outside diameter of flange
2 300 —
(inside)
3 Outside diameter of tread 270 210
4 Thickness of tread 60 30
Rebuild or
5 Total width 358 replace
6 Width of tread 82 —
Width of flange
7 29 14
(Outside flange)
Width of flange
8 27 12
(Inside flange)
9 Collar width of shaft 306 —
10 Replace bushing
bushing –0.350 +0.260 0.360 –
140 —
–0.413 +0.010 0.673
Standard
interference
11 ence limit Replace
ring
+0.046 –0.13 0.130 –
75 —
0 –0.18 0.226
0.44 – 0.91 —
8 D375A-5E0
q 1st, 8th track roller (single flanged roller) Unit: mm

Outside diameter of flange Standard size Repair limit
1
(outside) 310 —
Outside diameter of flange
2 300 —
(inside)
3 Outside diameter of tread 270 200 Rebuild or
4 Thickness of tread 60 25 replace
5 Total width 358
6 Width of tread 82 —
7 Width of flange 29 14
8 Collar width of shaft 306 —
9 Replace bushing
bushing –0.350 +0.260 0.360 –
140 —
–0.413 +0.010 0.673
Standard
interference
10 ence limit Replace
ring
+0.046 –0.13 0.130 –
75 —
0 –0.18 0.226
0.44 – 0.91 —
D375A-5E0 9
Carrier roller 1
Unit: mm
1 Outside diameter of flange
242 —
2 Outside diameter of tread 210 185 Rebuild or
3 Width of tread 79 — replace
4 Thickness of tread 40 27.5
5 Width of flange 23 12
Standard
interference
6 ence limit
ring
+0.245 +0.035
90 0.150 – 245 —
+0.185 0
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance Replace
7
support 0 +0.350
86 0 – 0.550 —
–0.2 0
8 Axial play of roller
0.01 – 0.22 —
10 D375A-5E0
Track roller bogie 1
1. Guide Outline
2. Gap q The track roller is mounted on the small bogie
3. Track roller assembly (Double) (6) respectively so that the track roller and
4. Large bogie track shoe can be touched constantly.
5. Rubber mount q The vehicle body vibration from a road surface
6. Small bogie is absorbed by the rubber mount (5).
7. Track roller assembly
8. Cover
9. Cartridge pin
D375A-5E0 11
Track shoe 1
a Portion P shows the link on the side where the bushing is pressed fitted.
12 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Standard size Repair limit Reverse or
1 Link pitch
280.3 283.3 replace
2 Height of grouser 93 30 Lug welding,
3 Total height of shoe 116 53 rebuild or replace
Standard Reverse
4 Outside diameter of bushing size Light load Heavy load Reverse or
98.5 90 92.5 replace
5 Thickness of bushing 18.8 10.3 12.8
6 Height of link Rebuild or
181 163
replace
7 Thickness of link 56 38
Clearance between links One side Both side
8 —
(Busing press fit force) 1.4 2.8
Standard Tolerance Standard
Interference between bushing size Shaft Hole interference
9
and link +0.622 +0.087
98 0.435 – 0.622 Adjust or replace
+0.522 0
Interference between regular +0.426 +0.127
10 60 0.239 – 0.373
pin and link +0.366 +0.053
Tightening torque Retightening angle
a. Regular link (Nm {kgm}) (Angle)
11 Shoe bolt
1,372 ± 137 {140 ± 14} 120 ± 10
Retightening
b. Master link 686.4 ± 68.6 {70 ± 7} 180 ± 10
D375A-5E0 13
Main frame 1
14 D375A-5E0
1. Main frame 9. Cover

2. Bracket 10. Coupling
3. Gap 11. Gap
4. Cushion 12. Cushion
5. Plate 13. Bushing
6. Cage 14. Flange
7. Clamp 15. Cushion spacer
8. Seal
Unit: mm
Standard
interference
Interference between steering size Shaft Hole
16 ence limit
case and bushing
+0.108 +0.052 0.004 –
275 Min. 0
+0.056 0 0.108
Clearance between steering size Shaft Hole clearance limit
17
frame and final cage –0.018 +0.057 0.018 –
332 0.2
–0.075 0 0.132
Clearance between bracket and +0.018 +0.046 –0.018 –
18 70 0.1
cushion –0.012 0 0.058
Clearance between ripper beam –0.036 +0.166 0.064 –
19 120 1.5
mounting pin and bushing –0.090 +0.028 0.256
Replace
Clearance between ripper
–0.036 +0.287 0.236 –
20 cylinder mounting pin and 100 1.5
–0.090 +0.200 0.377
bushing
Clearance between radiator –0.030 +0.371 0.299 –
21 80 1.5
guard mounting pin and bushing –0.076 +0.269 0.477
Clearance between radiator –0.036 +0.369 0.303 –
22 90 1.0
guard mounting pin and bushing –0.090 +0.267 0.459
Clearance between equalizer bar –0.036 +0.243 0.137 –
23 120 1.0
shaft and bushing –0.090 +0.101 0.333
Amount of rubber protrusion on Standard size Repair limit
24
seal end surface 1 0.5
25 Free height of front mount rubber 105 103
26 Free height of rear mount rubber 58 56
Press fit force of ripper beam
27 44.1 – 117.6 kN {4.5 – 12 ton}
mounting bushing
Press fit force of ripper
28 58.8 – 171.6 kN {6 – 17.5 ton}
cylinder mounting bushing
Press fit force of radiator guard
29 98.0 – 181.4 kN {10 – 18.5 ton} Adjust
mounting bushing
Press fit force of radiator guard
30 58.8 – 137.3 kN {6 – 14 ton}
mounting bushing
Press fit force of equalizer bar
31 31.4 – 105.9 kN {3.2 – 10.8 ton}
shaft mounting bushing
D375A-5E0 15
Suspension 1
1. Equalizer Outline
2. Pivot shaft assembly q For the track frame, the front is set upside
3. Cover down centering around the pivot shaft (6) at
4. Thrust plate the tail.
5. Thrust plate Further, the equalizer (1) is swung centering
6. Pivot shaft around the center pin (12) and linked with the
7. Seal cage left and right track frames using the side pin
8. Cover (11).
9. Seal
10. Bushing
11. Side pin
12. Center pin
13. Busing
16 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Clearance between center pin size Shaft Hole clearance limit
14
and bushing –0.036 +0.243 0.137 –
120 1.0
–0.090 +0.101 0.333
Clearance between side pin and –0.048 +0.015 0.033 –
15 95 1.0 Replace bushing
bushing –0.078 –0.015 0.093
Standard
interference
Interference between side pin size Shaft Hole
16 ence limit
boss and bushing
+0.045 –0.028 0.055 –
160 —
+0.027 –0.068 0.113
Press fit force of center pin
17 49.0 – 186.3 kN {5 – 9 ton}
bushing —
18 Press fit force of side pin bushing 34.3 – 73.5 kN {3.5 – 7.5 ton}
D375A-5E0 17
*1. Indicates the left of the blade single tilt specifications.

*2. Indicates the right of the blade single tilt specifications.
Indicates the left and right of the blade dual tilt specifications.
18 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Standard
interference
Interference between thrust size Shaft Hole
19 ence limit
washer and seal
+0.213 –0.180 0.278 –
230 —
+0.098 –0.226 0.439 Replace
Interference between thrust +0.140 –0.061 0.161 –
20 165 —
washer and seal +0.100 –0.124 0.264
Interference between pivot shaft +0.096 –0.115 0.165 –
21 213 —
and seal +0.050 –0.187 0.283
Clearance between pivot shaft size Shaft Hole clearance limit
22
and busing –0.145 +0.097 0.174 –
175 1.0 Replace bushing
–0.208 +0.029 0.305
Clearance between pivot shaft –0.170 +0.072 0.170 –
23 210 1.0
and bushing –0.242 0 0.314
D375A-5E0 19
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
20 D375A-5E0
SEN00997-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Hydraulic system, Part 1
Work equipment hydraulic piping diagram ...................................................................................................... 2
PPC control piping diagram ............................................................................................................................ 6
Work equipment control .................................................................................................................................. 8
Hydraulic tank ............................................................................................................................................... 10
Accumulator ...................................................................................................................................................11
PPC lock valve.............................................................................................................................................. 12
PPC valve ..................................................................................................................................................... 13
Hydraulic cylinder.......................................................................................................................................... 26
Piston valve................................................................................................................................................... 29
Quick drop valve ........................................................................................................................................... 30
Pin puller switch ............................................................................................................................................ 32
Pin puller solenoid valve ............................................................................................................................... 33
Blade control knob ........................................................................................................................................ 35
Pitch, dual tilt solenoid valve......................................................................................................................... 36
Work equipment pump .................................................................................................................................. 38
D375A-5E0 1
Work equipment hydraulic piping diagram 1

Blade system
q Semi U + tilt
1. Blade tilt cylinder 6. Hydraulic tank

2. R.H. blade lift cylinder 7. Ripper Hi valve
3. Blade lift valve 8. Work equipment pump
4. Blade tilt, ripper Lo valve (SAR(4)140 + (3)071)
5. Hydraulic filter 9. L.H. blade lift cylinder
2 D375A-5E0
q U-Dozer + dual tilt
1. Blade tilt cylinder 8. Hydraulic tank

2. R.H blade lift cylinder 9. Ripper Hi valve
3. Pitch solenoid valve 10. Work equipment pump
4. Dual tilt solenoid valve (SAR(4)140 + (3)071)
5. Blade lift valve 11. L.H. blade lift cylinder
6. Blade tilt, ripper Lo valve 12. Blade pitch cylinder
7. Hydraulic filter
D375A-5E0 3
Ripper system
q Multiple shank ripper
1. Ripper Hi valve
2. Ripper tilt cylinder
3. Ripper lift cylinder
4 D375A-5E0
q Giant ripper
1. Steering control valve

2. Ripper Hi valve
3. Ripper tilt cylinder
4. Ripper lift cylinder
5. Pin puller cylinder
(from power train hydraulic circuit)
6. Solenoid valve (for pin-puller)
D375A-5E0 5
PPC control piping diagram 1

Blade, ripper control
1. Blade lift valve 6. Blade control PPC valve

2. Blade tilt, ripper Lo valve 7. PPC lock valve
3. PPC charge valve 8. Hydraulic pump (SAR(4)140 + (3)071)
4. Accumulator 9. Self pressure reducing valve
5. Ripper control PPC valve
6 D375A-5E0
Work equipment control 1
q The drawing shows a pitch dozer and pin puller installed vehicle.
8 D375A-5E0
1. Work equipment lock lever

2. Blade control lever
3. Tilt/pitch selector switch
4. Ripper control lever
5. Pin puller switch
6. PPC lock valve
Lever positions
[1]: Blade HOLD
[2]: Blade LOWER
[3]: Blade FLOAT
[4]: Blade RAISE
[5]: Blade (left tilt/pitch)
[6]: Blade (right tilt/pitch)
[7]: Ripper HOLD
[8]: Ripper RAISE
[9]: Ripper LOWER
[10]:Ripper TILT IN
[11]: Ripper TILT BACK
[12]:FREE
[13]:LOCK
[14]:Pitch selector switch OFF
[15]:Pitch selector switch ON
[16]:Dual tilt selector switch OFF
[17]:Dual tilt selector switch ON
[18]:Pin puller switch PUSH IN
[19]:Pin puller switch PULL OUT
Outline
q The work equipment control employs a PPC
system which uses a PPC valve to move the
spools of the control valve.
q Work equipment lock lever (1) is intercon-
nected with PPC lock valve (6), and when it is
at the LOCK position, the flow of oil in the PPC
circuit is stopped.
D375A-5E0 9
Hydraulic tank 1
1. Sight gauge Outline

2. Oil filler q The hydraulic tank has an assembled type
3. Valve (externally installed) main control valve and a
4. Hydraulic filter built-in hydraulic filter. The tank capacity is 230
5. Baffle tube l and the amount of oil inside the tank is set at
6. Blade tilt, ripper Lo valve 138 l .
7. Blade lift valve
A: To blade lift cylinder head

A1: To blade tilt cylinder bottom
A2: To ripper tilt cylinder bottom
A3: To ripper lift cylinder head
B: To blade lift cylinder bottom
B1: To blade tilt cylinder head
B2: To ripper lift cylinder head
B3: To ripper lift cylinder bottom
P: From small pump
P1: From large pump
T: From ripper Hi valve
10 D375A-5E0
Accumulator 1
For ppc valve
1. Gas plug
2. Shell
3. Poppet
4. Holder
5. Bladder
6. Oil port
Specifications:
Type of gas: Nitrogen
Gas volume: 300 cc
Max. autuation pressure:
3.1 MPa {32 kg/cm²}
Min. autuation pressure:
1.2 MPa {12 kg/cm²}
Function
q The accumulator is installed between the self
pressure reducing valve and the PPC valve.
Even if the engine is started with the work
equipment still raised, the pressure of the nitro-
gen gas compressed inside the accumulator
sends the pilot pressure to the main control
valve to actuate it and enable the work equip-
ment to move down under its own weight.
Operation
q After the engine is stopped, when the PPC
valve is at neutral, chamber (A) inside the blad-
der is compressed by the oil pressure in cham-
ber (B).
q When the PPC valve is operated, the oil pres-
sure in chamber (B) goes below 2.9 MPa {30
kg/cm²}, and the pressure of the nitrogen gas
in chamber (A) expands the bladder, so the oil
in chamber (B) acts the pilot pressure and
actuates the main control valve.
D375A-5E0 11
PPC lock valve 1
1. Lever
2. End cap
3. Ball
4. Seat
5. Body
Outline
q The PPC lock valve is installed in the PPC cir-
cuit between the PPC charge valve and PPC
valve. If the work equipment lock lever is
placed at the LOCK position, the PPC lock
valve is actuated together with the work equip-
ment lock lever. This stops the oil in the PPC
circuit and makes it impossible to operate the
work equipment.
12 D375A-5E0
PPC valve 1
1. Blade PPC valve
P : From self pressure reducing valve

P1 : To blade lift valve port PPC
P2 : To blade lift valve port PPC
P3 : To blade tilt valve port PPC
P4 : To blade tilt valve port PPC
T : To hydraulic tank
D375A-5E0 13
14 D375A-5E0
1. Spool
2. Piston
3. Disc
4. Nut (for lever connection)
5. Joint
6. Plate
7. Retainer
8. Body
9. Filter
Unit: mm
Free length
Installation Installation Installation
Centering spring × Outside Free length
10 length load load
(for port P1) diameter
122 N 97.3 N
34.42 × 15.5 31.6 —
{12.4 kg} {9.92 kg}
Metering spring 16.7 N 13.3 N
11 28.01 × 8.15 25.4 — If damaged or
(for port P1) {1.7 kg} {1.36 kg}
deformed,
Centering spring 70.6 N 56.5 N replace spring.
12 39.9 × 15.5 31.6 —
(for port P2) {7.2 kg} {5.76 kg}
13 25.44 × 8.15 24.1 —
(for port P2) {1.7 kg} {1.36 kg}
Centering spring 108 N 86.3 N
14 48.57 × 15.5 32.5 —
(for port P3 and P4) {11 kg} {8.8 kg}
15 26.53 × 8.15 24.9 —
(for port P3 and P4) {1.7 kg} {1.36 kg}
D375A-5E0 15
Operation (2) For tilting blade

1) When in neutral Ports (C) and (D) of the blade tilt valve of
(1) For lifting blade the control valve and ports (P3) and (P4)
Ports (A) and (B) of the blade lift valve of of the PPC valve are connected through
the control valve and ports (P1) and (P2) fine control hole (f) of spool (1) to drain
of the PPC valve are connected through chamber (D).
fine control hole (f) of spool (1) to drain
chamber (D).
16 D375A-5E0
2) When in fine control

(Neutral o Fine control)
q If piston (4) is pushed by disc (5), retainer (9) is
pushed and spool (1) is also pushed down
through metering spring (2).
q Accordingly, fine control hole (f) is discon-
nected from drain chamber (D) and connected
to pump pressure chamber (PP) almost simul-
taneously, and then the pilot oil flows from port
(P1) through fine control hole (f) to port (B).
q If the pressure in port (P1) rises, spool (1) is
pushed back and fine control hole (f) is discon-
nected from pump pressure chamber (PP) and
connected to drain chamber (D) almost simul-
taneously to release the pressure in port (P1).
q As a result, spool (1) moves up and down to
balance the force of metering spring (2) with
the pressure in port (P1).
q The positional relationship between spool (1)
and body (10) [where fine control hole (f) is
between drain chamber (D) and pump pres-
sure chamber (PP)] does not change until
retainer (9) comes in contact with spool (1).
q Since metering spring (2) is compressed in
proportion to the stroke of the control lever, the
pressure in port (P1) rises in proportion to the
stroke of the control lever.
q Accordingly, the control valve spool moves to a
position at which the pressure in port (B) [equal
to the pressure in port (P1)] is balanced with
the force of the control valve spool return
spring.
D375A-5E0 17
3) When in fine control 4) When lever is operated to stroke end

(When control lever is returned) q If disc (5) pushes down piston (4) and retainer
q If lever (5) begins to return, the force of center- (9) pushes down spool (1), fine control hole (f)
ing spring (3) and the pressure in port (P1) is disconnected from drain chamber (D) and
push up spool (1). connected to pump pressure chamber (PP).
q As a result, fine control hole (f) is connected to q Accordingly, the pilot oil flows through fine con-
drain chamber (D) and the oil in port (P1) is trol hole (f) and port (P1) into port (B) and
released. pushes the control valve spool.
q If the pressure in port (P1) lowers too much, q The oil returning from port (A) flows through
spool (1) is pushed down by metering spring port (P2) and fine control (f') into drain cham-
(2) and fine control hole (f) is disconnected ber (D).
from drain chamber (D) and connected to
pump pressure chamber (PP) almost simulta-
neously. Then, the pump pressure is applied
until the pressure in port (P1) is restored to the
level corresponding to the position of the lever.
q When the control valve spool returns, the oil in
drain chamber (D) flows in through fine control
hole (f') of the valve which is not in operation
and then flows through port (P2) into chamber
(A).
18 D375A-5E0
5) When blade is "floated" 6) When "float" state of blade reset

q If piston (4) on the "lower" side of port (P1) is q Disc (5) is pushed down with a force large than
pushed down by disc (5), ball (11) touches pro- the oil pressure in chamber (E) to return from
jection (a) of the piston in the middle of the the "float" position.
stroke (The detent starts to operate). q As a result, chamber (E) is disconnected from
q If piston (4) is pushed in further, ball (11) passage (d) and connected to the drain cham-
pushes up collar (12) supported on detent ber. Accordingly, the oil pressure in chamber
spring (13) and escapes out to go over projec- (E) is lost and the "float" state is reset.
tion (a) of the piston.
q At this time, piston (4’) on the opposite side is
pushed up by spring (14).
q As a result, the oil in chamber (F) flows
through (b) and (c) to chamber (E) and piston
(4’) follows disc (5). Since passage (d) is con-
nected to port (P1), almost the same pressure
is applied to passage (d) and port (P1).
q Chamber (E) is normally connected to drain
chamber (D). If ball (11) goes over projection
(a) of the piston, passage (d) and chamber (E)
are connected and the oil starts flowing.
q At this time, the control valve moves to the
"float" position and the blade is floated.
q Since piston (4’) is pushed up by the pressure
in chamber (E) the "float" state is kept even if
the lever is released.
D375A-5E0 19
2. Ripper PPC valve
P : From self pressure reducing valve

P1 : To ripper tilt valve PPC port
P2 : To ripper tilt valve PPC port
P3 : To ripper lift valve PPC port
P4 : To ripper lift valve PPC port
T : To tank
20 D375A-5E0
22 D375A-5E0
1. Spool
2. Piston
3. Disc
4. Nut (for connecting lever)
5. Joint
6. Plate
7. Retainer
8. Body
9. Filter
Unit: mm
Free length
Centering spring × Outside Free length
10 length load load
(for port P3 and P4) diameter
Replace spring
55.9 N 44.7 N
50.4 × 15.5 34.0 — if damaged or
{5.7 kg} {4.56 kg}
deformed.
Centering spring 71.4 N 56.9 N
11 50.1 × 15.5 34.0 —
(for port P1 and P2) {7.28 kg} {5.8 kg}
16.7 N 13.3 N
12 Metering spring 26.5 × 8.20 24.9 —
{1.70 kg} {1.36 kg}
D375A-5E0 23
Operation q Since metering spring (2) is compressed in

1) When in neutral proportion to the stroke of the control lever, the
Ports (A) and (B) of the control valve and ports pressure in port (P1) rises in proportion to the
(P1) and (P2) of the PPC valve are connected stroke of the control lever.
through fine control hole (f) of spool (1) to drain q Accordingly, the control valve spool moves to a
chamber (D). position at which the pressure in chamber (A)
(equal to the pressure in port (P1)) is balanced
with the force of the control valve spool return
spring.
2) When in fine control

(Neutral o Fine control)
q If piston (4) is pushed by disc (5), retainer (9) is
pushed and spool (1) is also pushed down
through metering spring (2).
q Accordingly, fine control hole (f) is discon-
nected from drain chamber (D) and connected
to pump pressure chamber (PP) almost simul-
taneously, and then the pilot oil flows from port
(P1) through fine control hole (f) to port (A).
q If the pressure in port (P1) rises, spool (1) is
pushed back and fine control hole (f) is discon-
nected from pump pressure chamber (PP) and
connected to drain chamber (D) almost simul-
taneously to release the pressure in port (P1).
q As a result, spool (1) moves up and down to
balance the force of metering spring (2) with
the pressure in port (P1). The positional rela-
tionship between spool (1) and body (10)
(where fine control hole (f) is between drain
chamber (D) and pump pressure chamber
(PP)) does not change until retainer (9) comes
in contact with spool (1).
24 D375A-5E0
3) When in fine control 4) When lever is operated to stroke end

(When control lever is returned) q If disc (5) pushes down piston (4) and retainer
q If lever (5) begins to return, the force of center- (9) pushes down spool (1), fine control hole (f)
ing spring (3) and the pressure in port (P1) is disconnected from drain chamber (D) and
push up spool (1). connected to pump pressure chamber (PP).
q As a result, fine control hole (f) is connected to q Accordingly, the pilot oil flows through fine con-
drain chamber (D) and the oil in port (P1) is trol hole (f) and port (P1) into chamber (A) and
released. pushes the control valve spool.
q If the pressure in port (P1) lowers too much, q The oil returning from chamber (B) flows
spool (1) is pushed down by metering spring through port (P2) and fine control (f') into drain
(2) and fine control hole (f) is disconnected chamber (D).
from drain chamber (D) and connected to
pump pressure chamber (PP) almost simulta-
neously. Then, the pump pressure is applied
until the pressure in port (P1) is restored to the
level corresponding to the position of the lever.
q When the control valve spool returns, the oil in
drain chamber (D) flows in through fine control
hole (f') of the valve which is not in operation
and then flows through port (P2) into chamber
(B).
D375A-5E0 25
Hydraulic cylinder 1
q Blade lift cylinder
q Blade tilt cylinder
q Pin puller cylinder
26 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
size Shaft Hole clearance limit
Blade –0.036 +0.270 0.097 –
90 0.693
Clearance between LIFT –0.090 +0.061 0.360
1
piston rod and bushing Blade –0.036 +0.274 0.096 –
110 —
TILT –0.090 +0.060 0.364
Pin –0.065 +0.133 0.072 –
30 0.55 Replace
puller –0.117 +0.007 0.250
Clearance between
piston rod spherical Blade +0.300
2 100 (Ball) — — 1.0
surface and blade ball LIFT –0.300
portion
Clearance between
Blade –0.120 +0.035 0.120 –
3 cylinder support shaft 105 0.5
LIFT –0.207 0 0.242
bushing and yoke
Thickness of standard
Blade
4 shim between tip of 4.0 Adjust
LIFT
piston rod and cap
Clearance between size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
5 piston rod support shaft
and bushing Blade –0.200 +0.200 0.200 –
75 1.0
TILT –0.300 0 0.500
Clearance between
Blade –0.200 +0.174 0.300 –
6 cylinder bottom support 75 1.0
TILT –0.300 +0.100 0.474 Replace
shaft and bushing
Clearance between
Pin –0.100 +1.300
7 piston rod spherical 29 1.3 – 1.5 —
puller –0.200 +1.200
surface and cap
Clearance between
Pin –1.1
8 cylinder bottom support 26 ±0.1 1.0 – 1.3 —
puller –1.2
shaft and boss
D375A-5E0 27
q Ripper lift cylinder
q Ripper tilt cylinder
Unit: mm
size Shaft Hole clearance limit
Clearance between Ripper –0.036 +0.274 0.096 –
1 110 0.697
piston rod and bushing LIFT –0.123 +0.060 0.397
Ripper –0.036 +0.274 0.096 –
110 0.697
TILT –0.123 +0.060 0.397
Ripper –0.036 +0.207 0.156 – Replace
Clearance between 100 1.0
LIFT –0.090 +0.120 0.297
2 piston rod support shaft
and bushing Ripper –0.036 +0.207 0.156 –
100 1.0
TILT –0.090 +0.120 0.297
Ripper –0.036 +0.207 0.156 –
Clearance between 100 1.0
LIFT –0.090 +0.120 0.297
3 cylinder bottom support
shaft and bushing Ripper –0.036 +0.207 0.156 –
100 1.0
TILT –0.090 +0.120 0.297
28 D375A-5E0
Piston valve 1
(Blade lift cylinder)
Outline
q The piston valve is installed on the piston in
the blade lift cylinder. When the piston reaches
its stroke end, the valve releases the oil from
the hydraulic pump to reduce the oil pressure
being exerted on the piston.
In addition the piston valve relieves the shock
which occurs when the piston comes into con-
tact with the cylinder head or the bottom and
serves to reduce the subsequent surge pres-
sure in the cylinder by letting the oil escape
from the cylinder before the piston reaches its
stroke end.
Operation
1. Piston valve CLOSED
Pressurized oil from the hydraulic pump acts
on piston (2) and piston valve (3).
The piston valve (3) is pushed in the direction
of the arrow until piston valve seat (4) comes
into snug contact with the tapered section,
thereby, this causing the pressure in the cylin-
der to rise and moving piston (2) in the direc-
tion of the arrow.
2. Piston valve OPEN

Just before piston rod (1) reaches the end of
its stroke, the tip of valve (6) contacts the cylin-
der bottom, so valve (6) and piston valve (3)
stop at that position and do not move further.
Only piston (2) moves further.
When this happens, the oil at the cylinder
head, which was sealed by piston valve (3),
escapes from piston valve seats (4) and (5),
and the pressure inside the cylinder stops ris-
ing.
D375A-5E0 29
Quick drop valve 1

(Blade lift cylinder)
Structure
q The quick drop valve consists of valve body
(1), spool (2), check valve (3), and spring (4).
The quick drop valve serves to increase the
blade lowering speed and to reduce the occur-
rence of vacuum when the blade is lowering,
thereby shortening the time lag before digging
is started.
The blade lowering speed, which is generally
determined by the pump discharge, can be
made faster with the quick drop valve.
1. Valve body 3. Check valve

2. Spool 4. Spring
Operation
1. Start of lowering
When the blade lever is operated to LOWER,
the oil from the control valve enters the cylin-
der bottom through port (A) and pushes the
piston. In the meantime, the oil in the cylinder
head is pushed out into the piston, enters valve
port (B), and flows into the tank from port (C).
2. While lowering
Pressurized oil from the cylinder head flows
into port (C) through port (B).
At this time, the oil flow is restricted by an ori-
fice a provided along the way, causing a differ-
ential pressure between front and back of
orifice.
When the pressure of port (B) becomes
greater than the force of spring (4), it com-
presses the spring and moves spool (2) and
check valve (3) to the right.
When the spool and the check valve have
moved, the circuit of port (B) and (A) is opend,
part of the oil flowing from the cylinder head to
port (C) enters the passage port (A), and
merged with the oil from the control valve, and
flows to the cylinder bottom.
Thus, the blade lowering speed increases in
accordance with the amount of oil that flows to
the bottom of the cylinder and reduces the for-
mation of vacuum at the bottom of the cylinder.
30 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Clearance between spool and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
valve body –0.011 +0.010 0.011 –
38.0 0.03
–0.016 0 0.026
2 Valve spring length load load
136.3 N 122.6 N
75.2 55.9 67.7
{13.9 kg} {12.5 kg}
D375A-5E0 31
Pin puller switch 1
Function
q The pin puller solenoid valve is controlled by 1. Connector
turning the pin puller switch ON/OFF. 2. Wire
This changes the oil circuit to the pin puller cyl- 3. Switch
inder and sets the shank mounting pin to the 4. Knob
PUSH IN or PULL OUT position.
32 D375A-5E0
Pin puller solenoid valve 1
1. Plug A: To pin puller cylinder bottom

2. Spring B: To pin puller cylinder head
3. Spring retainer P: From power train pump
4. Valve body T: To steering case
5. Spool
6. Spring retainer
7. Spring
8. Push pin
9. Solenoid assembly
D375A-5E0 33
Operation
1. Pin puller switch at PUSH IN position

When the pin puller switch is set to the PUSH
IN position, no electric current flows to sole-
noid (9) and it is deenergized.
Then, ports (P) and (A) and ports (B) and (T) of
spool (5) open, and the oil from the power train
pump flows from port (P) to port (A), and
enters the bottom end of pin puller cylinder
(10).
When the oil enters the bottom end of the cyl-
inder and the pressure in the circuit starts to
rise, the cylinder extends and pushes shank
mounting pin (11) into shank (12).
2. Pin puller switch at PULL OUT position

When the pin puller switch is set to the PULL
OUT position, electricity flows to solenoid (9)
and it is excited.
Then, the solenoid pushes out push pin (8) and
spool (5) moves to the left in the arrow direc-
tion.
At this point, ports (P) and (A) and ports (B)
and (T) close, and ports (P) and (B) and ports
(A) and (T) open, so the oil from the power
train pump flows from port (P) to port (B) and
enters the head end of pin puller cylinder (10).
When the oil enters the cylinder head end and
the pressure in the circuit rises, the cylinder
retracts and pulls shank mounting pin (11) out
of shank (12).
34 D375A-5E0
Blade control knob 1
1. Switch (Dual, single tilt switching) q When the switch (2) is pressed and the lever is
2. Switch (Pitch) actuated, the blade is pitched. When the lever
3. Cover is set to the left, the blade is pitched back.
4. Connector (Male) When the lever is set to the right, the blade is
5. Connector (Female) pitch-damped.
q When the switch (1) is set to the "DUAL" side
Outline and the lever is actuated, the blade is dually
q By setting the blade control knob to the front tilted. When the lever is set to the left, the
and the rear or the left and the tight, the blade blade is dually tilted left. When the lever is set
is raised or lowered and tilted left or right. Fur- to the right, the blade is dually tilted right.
ther, by setting the switch (1) to the "DUAL" q Even if the switch (1) is switched to either
side and setting the lever to the left and right, "DUAL" or "SINGLE", the blade is pitched
the dual tilt actuation is performed. Also by set- when the lever is set left and right pressing the
ting the lever to the left and right pressing (2), switch (2).
the pitch actuation is performed.
D375A-5E0 35
Pitch, dual tilt solenoid valve 1

Machines equipped with dual tilt
1. Main spool assembly Function

2. Pilot solenoid assembly q This valve is installed between the blade tilt,
3. Connector pitch cylinder and the blade tilt, ripper Lo valve.
It acts to open or close the hydraulic circuit to
A: To R.H. blade pitch (dual tilt) cylinder bot- the blade tilt or pitch cylinder according to the
tom pitch or dual tilt switch signal.
B: To R.H. blade pitch (dual tilt) cylinder head
T1: To L.H. blade pitch (dual tilt) cylinder bot-
tom
T2: To L.H. blade pitch (dual tilt) cylinder head
P1, P2: From blade tilt control valve
P: From PPC charge valve
T: To hydraulic tank
36 D375A-5E0
Operation
Pitch switch ON
q When pitch switch (1) is operated, electricity
flows to pitch solenoid valve (2) and it is
excited. When this happens, main spool (4)
opens the circuit between port (T1) and (B)
and between (A) and (P1), and the hydraulic
circuit is connected to the bottom end of left
pitch cylinder (5) and to the head end of right
pitch cylinder (6). As a result, both the right
pitch cylinder and left pitch cylinder are
retracted and the blade is pitched to the rear.
Dual tilt switch ON

q When dual pitch switch (2) is operated, elec-
tricity flows to dual tilt solenoid valve (3) and it
is excited. When this happens, main spool (4)
opens the circuit between port (T2) and (B)
and between (A) and (P2), and the hydraulic
circuit is connected to the head end of left tilt
cylinder (5) and to the bottom end of right tilt
cylinder (6). As a result, the left dual tilt cylinder
is extended and the right dual tilt cylinder is
retracted to tilt the blade.
D375A-5E0 37
Work equipment pump 1

SAR(4)140 + (3)071
38 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Type Standard clearance Clearance limit
1 Side clearance SAR(4)-140 0.11 – 0.16 0.19
SAR(3)-071 0.10 – 0.15 0.19
Clearance between plain bear- SAR(4)-140 0.060 – 0.140 0.20

2 ing inside diameter and gear
shaft outside diameter SAR(3)-071 0.060 – 0.149 0.20 Replace
Type Standard size Tolerance Repair limit

0
SAR(4)-140 21 —
3 Driving depth of pin –0.5
0
SAR(3)-071 14 —
–0.5
4 Spline shaft rotation torque 16.7 – 26.5 Nm {1.7 – 2.7 kgm}
Discharge Standard Permissible
Rotating
pressure discharge discharge
Type speed
MPa amount amount
Delivery (rpm)
{kg/cm2} (l/min) (l/min) —
—
Oil: EO10-CD 20.6
SAR(4)-140 2,200 287 266
Oil temperature: 45 – 50°C {210}
20.6
SAR(3)-071 2,200 137 125
{210}
D375A-5E0 39
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
40 D375A-5E0
SEN00998-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Hydraulic system, Part 2
Control valve ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Self pressure reducing valve......................................................................................................................... 34
D375A-5E0 1
Control valve 1
1. Blade lift valve
Outline
q Demand valve (15) is assembled to the blade A: To blade lift cylinder head
lift valve, and the oil from the two hydraulic B: To blade lift cylinder bottom
pumps is merged by check valve (3). P1: From large pump
With the demand valve, the oil from the large P2: From small pump
pump becomes the pilot pressure, and at the PA: From blade lift PPC valve port P2
same time, the oil from the ripper circuit or the PB: From blade lift PPC valve port P1
blade lift circuit through shuttle valve (19B) PL: From ripper Lo valve
also becomes the pilot pressure, so the oil T: To hydraulic tank
from the two hydraulic pumps is used effi-
ciently.
2 D375A-5E0
1. Check valve spring 11. Retainer

2. Small pump circuit check valve 12. Return spring (for FLOAT)
3. Check valve 13. Case
4. Check valve spring 14. Demand valve spring
5. Valve body 15. Demand valve
6. Return spring 16. RAISE suction valve
7. Blade lift valve 17. Suction valve spring
8. Shuttle valve seat (plug) 18. LOWER suction valve
9. Shuttle valve ball 19. Main relief, shuttle valve assembly
10. Shuttle valve seat (plug) 19A. Main relief valve
19B. Shuttle valve
D375A-5E0 3
Unit: mm
1 Spool return spring length length load length load
431.5 N 345.2 N
69.9 63 —
{44 kg} {35.2 kg}
400.1 N 319.7 N
2 Spool return spring 80.69 76.5 —
{40.8 kg} {32.6 kg}
588.4 N 470.7 N Replace spring
3 Spool return spring (for floating) 43.82 32.5 —
{60 kg} {48 kg} if damaged or
9.8 N 7.9 N deformed.
4 Check valve spring 75.7 43.5 —
{1.0 kg} {0.8 kg}
44.1 N 35.3 N
{4.5 kg} {3.6 kg}
11.38 N 9.12 N
6 Suction valve spring 75.9 38.5 —
{1.16 kg} {0.93 kg}
235 N 188 N
7 Demand spool spring 74.5 50 —
{24 kg} {19.2 kg}
4 D375A-5E0
2. Main relief, shuttle valve
6 D375A-5E0
1. Valve body Overview

2. Piston q The main relief valve exists in the blade lift cir-
3. Shuttle valve cuit via the shuttle valve (3) and the circuit
4. Shuttle valve spring between the ripper circuit and the hydraulic
5. Plug tank, and the oil pressure of the blade lift cir-
6. Valve seat cuit, that is, a large pump circuit is set to 20.6
7. Main relief valve poppet MPa {210 kg/cm²}.
8. Main relief valve spring q The shuttle valve exists in the blade lift circuit
9. Sleeve and the circuit between the ripper circuit and
10. Main relief pressure adjustment screw the demand valve via the main relief valve, and
two circuits that applies the pilot pressure to
PB: From shuttle valve inside blade lift valve the demand valve are selected. That is, either
PD: Inside demand valve pilot port the blade lift circuit or the ripper circuit is
PL: From shuttle valve inside ripper valve selected.
T: To hydraulic tank Besides, the shuttle valve connects the blade
lift circuit and the pilot port of the demand valve
by the tension of the shuttle valve spring (4)
when work equipment is not used (control le-
ver "Neutral").
Unit: mm
4 Shaft valve spring length length load length load Replace spring
8.14 N 6.47 N if damaged or
42.7 22.0 38.6 deformed.
{0.83 kg} {0.66 kg}
258.9 N 206.9 N
8 Main relief valve spring 41.1 32.6 39.4
{26.4 kg} {21.1 kg}
Height of main relief pressure
10 8 (1 turn of screw adjusts by 2.43 MPa {24.8 kg/cm2}) Adjust
adjustment screw
D375A-5E0 7
3. Blade tilt, ripper Lo valve
A1 : To blade tilt cylinder bottom CO : To demand valve

A2 : To ripper tilt cylinder bottom P : From small pump
(through ripper Hi valve port PA1) PA1 : To blade tilt PPC valve port P3 (left tilt)
A3 : To ripper lift cylinder head PA2 : To ripper tilt PPC valve port P2 (tilt in)
(through ripper Hi valve port PB2) PA3 : To ripper lift PPC valve port P3 (lower)
B1 : To blade tilt cylinder head PB1 : To blade tilt PPC valve port P4 (right tilt)
B2 : To ripper tilt cylinder head PB2 : To ripper tilt PPC valve port P1 (tilt back)
(through ripper Hi valve port PB1) PB3 : To ripper lift PPC valve port P4 (raise)
B3 : To ripper lift cylinder bottom PL : To shuttle valve inside blade lift valve
(through ripper Hi valve port PA2)
8 D375A-5E0
1. Blade tilt valve 12. Main relief valve poppet

2. Ripper tilt valve 13. Valve seat
3. Ripper lift valve 14. Main relief valve spring
4. Valve body 15. Main relief valve
5. Return spring 16. Valve seat
6. O-ring 17. Check valve
7. Case 18. Check valve spring
8. Main relief pressure adjustment screw 19. Valve seat
9. Sleeve 20. Shuttle valve seat (plug)
10. Main relief valve body 21. Shuttle valve ball
11. Poppet spring 22. Shuttle valve seat
D375A-5E0 9
10 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
1 Spool return spring length length load length load
117.7 N 94.1 N
52.18 50.0 —
{12.0 kg} {9.6 kg}
44.1 N 35.3 N Replace spring
2 Spool ruturn spring 50.69 50.0 —
{4.5 kg} {3.6 kg} if damaged or
6.9 N 5.5 N deformed.
{0.7 kg} {0.56 kg}
31.4 N 25.1
4 Main relief valve spring 24.2 18.3 —
{3.2 kg} {2.56 kg}
258.9 N 206.9 N
5 Main relief valve poppet spring 41.1 32.6 —
{26.4 kg} {21.1 kg}
Height of main relief pressure
6 8 (1 turn of screw adjusts by 2.43 MPa {24.8 kg/cm2}) Adjust
adjustment screw
D375A-5E0 11
4. Ripper Hi valve
12 D375A-5E0
A1-1 : To L.H. tilt cylinder bottom

A1-2 : To R.H. tilt cylinder bottom
A2-1 : To L.H. lift cylinder bottom
A2-2 : To R.H. lift cylinder bottom
B1-1 : To L.H. tilt cylinder head
B1-2 : To R.H. tilt cylinder head
B2-1 : To L.H. lift cylinder head
B2-2 : To R.H. lift cylinder head
P : From work equipment pump
PA1 : From Lo valve tilt in
PA2 : From Lo valve ripper raise
PB1 : From Lo valve tilt back
PB2 : From Lo valve ripper lower
T : To tank
D375A-5E0 13
1. Valve body 11. Plug

2. Shuttle valve seat 12. Check valve spring
3. Shuttle valve ball 13. Check valve
4. Valve body 14. Valve return spring
5. Plug 15. Plug
6. Fixed differential pressure valve spring 16. Ripper lift Hi valve
7. Fixed differential pressure valve 17. Suction valve spring
8. Fixed differential pressure valve 18. Suction valve
9. Fixed differential pressure valve 19. Ripper tilt Hi valve
10. Fixed differential pressure valve
14 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
1 Hi valve return spring length length load length load
152.0 N 121.6 N
79.5 42.0 72.0
{15.5 kg} {12.4 kg} Replace spring
30.2 N 24.1 if damaged or
2 Check valve spring 32.6 27.0 31.5 deformed.
{3.08 kg} {2.46 kg}
9.8 N 7.9 N
3 Suction valve spring 75.7 43.5 69.3
{1.0 kg} {0.8 kg}
Constant differential pressure 169.7 N 135.3 N
4 57.4 33.5 52.6
valve spring {17.3 kg} {13.8 kg}
D375A-5E0 15
Operation
1. Blade lever at HOLD, ripper lever at HOLD
16 D375A-5E0
q When the blade is at the HOLD position, the When oil is drained
spool of the PPC valve directly connected to q In the condition already explained, if the
the control lever is not actuated; blade lift spool hydraulic pressure in the circuit rises, the sur-
(5) closes the circuit from port (B) to ports (C) face pressure (force pushing the demand valve
and (D), and opens the circuits of ports (H) and to the left) on port (L) of demand valve (1)
(E) and ports (J) and (F); blade tilt spool (16) becomes greater than the combined force
close the circuit from port (B3) to ports (C3) (force pushing the demand valve to the right)
and (D3). of the surface pressure bearing on port (M)
Therefore, the circuits for blade lift cylinder (9) and tension of spring (2), it moves the demand
and blade tilt cylinder (17) become closed cir- valve to the left, opens the circuit between
cuits, and the cylinders are held in the same ports (A) and (E’), and ports (R) and (F’). The
position. oil from the large and small pumps is then
If the ripper lever is placed at the HOLD posi- relieved to ports (E) and (F) and is drained
tion, the spool of the PPC valve directly con- from port (G) to the hydraulic tank.
nected to the control lever does not move; Therefore, both the large and small pumps are
ripper tilt spool (19) closes the circuit from port put in an unload condition.
(B4) to ports (C4) and (D4), and ripper lift spool
(21) closes the circuit from port (B5) to ports
(C5) and (D5). Therefore, the circuits for ripper
tilt cylinder (45) and ripper lift cylinder (33)
become closed circuits through the two ripper
valves, and the cylinders are kept in the same
position.
If the engine is started in this condition, the oil
from the large pump enters port (A) of the
blade lift valve. Some of the oil pushes open
check valve (3) and enters port (B) where it
stops. The rest of the oil passes through orifice
a of demand valve (1), and enters ports (L) and
(M). (The demand valve is pushed to the right
by the tension of spring (2).)
The oil from the large pump flows to the blade
lift valve, but it also enters port (A1) of the rip-
per Hi valve, pushes open the two check valve
(23) and (35), then enters ports (B1) and (B2)
and stops.
The oil from the small pump flows from port
(A2) of the ripper Lo valve and blade tilt valve
to ports (A3), (A4), and (A5). Some of the oil
pushes open check valves (15), (18) and (20),
then enters ports (B3), (B4) and (B5), and
stops. The rest of the oil flows from port (A5),
enters port (R) of the blade lift valve, pushes
open check valve (4), and flows to port (A)
where it merges with the oil from the large
pump.
D375A-5E0 17
2. Blade lever at RAISE (blade operating at high speed)
18 D375A-5E0
q When the blade lever is moved fully to the

RAISE position, the spool of the PPC valve
directly connected to the control lever is actu-
ated. When this happens, the pilot pressure
entering the PPC valve from the PPC pump is
sent to port (PB) of the blade lift valve. This
pilot pressure moves spool (5) to the left to the
end of its stroke, and fully opens the circuits
between ports (B) and (C), ports (C) and (H),
and ports (D) and (F).
When this happens, the oil from the two pumps
passes from ports (A) and (B) and enters port
(C). Some of the oil flows to the head end of
cylinder (9), and the rest flows from ports (H)
and (H'), pushes shuttle valve (8) to the right
and opens it, flows to port (K), and enters ports
(N), (O), and (P) of shuttle valve (10). It then
enters port (Q) of demand valve (1) and
becomes the pilot pressure.
At the same time, the oil from the pump passes
through orifice (a) of demand valve (1), enters
ports (L) and (M), and becomes the pilot pres-
sure.
The oil at the bottom end of cylinder (9) flows
from port (D) to port (F), and returns from port
(G) to the hydraulic tank. When the hydraulic
pressure in the circuit rises in this way, spool
(5) opens the circuit between ports (B) and (C)
fully, so the resistance of the oil flowing from
port (B) to port (C) is small, and there is little
pressure difference generated between port
(B) and port (C).
Therefore, no pressure difference is generated
between port (L) and ports (M) and (Q) of the
demand valve. The surface pressure acting on
the left and right of the demand valve is equal,
so the demand valve is moved to the right by
the tension of spring (2).
When this happens, the circuits between ports
(A) and (E'), and ports (R) and (F') are closed,
and all the oil from both the large and small
pumps flows to the head end of the cylinder to
increase the speed of movement of the cylin-
der.
D375A-5E0 19
3. Blade lever at RAISE (blade operating at low speed)
20 D375A-5E0
q When the blade lever is operated slightly to the If it is opened only slightly, the flow of oil
RAISE position the spool of the PPC valve beyond port (C) is throttled, so the oil flow is
directly connected to the control lever is actu- reduced, the hydraulic pressure becomes low,
ated. When this happens, the pilot pressure and the speed of movement is slow.
entering the PPC valve from the PPC pump is In other words, the hydraulic pressure and oil
sent to port (PB) of the blade lift valve. This flow beyond port (C) is proportional, so this
pilot pressure moves spool (5) slightly to the provides operation of the blade that follows the
left to a point where the pilot pressure and the fine movement of the blade lever.
force of the spring are in balance, and partially
opens the circuit between ports (B) and (C), When cylinder is at stroke end
ports (C) and (H), and Ports (D) and (F). q If cylinder (9) moves to the end of its stroke
When this happens, the oil from the two pumps from the condition in items 2 and 3, the hydrau-
passes from ports (A) and (B), is throttled by lic pressure in the whole circuit rises.
spool (5) and enters port (C). Some of the oil Therefore, the hydraulic pressure beyond port
flows to the head end of cylinder (9), and the (C) rises, and the oil entering the main relief
rest flows from ports (H) and (H'), pushes shut- valve through shuttle valves (8) and (10) [that
tle valve (8) to the right and opens it, flows to is, the oil at port (P)] pushes open poppet (13)
port (K), and enters ports (N), (O), and (P) of and is relieved to port (T).
shuttle valve (10). It then enters port (Q) of At this point, the circuit from port (O) to port (P)
demand valve (1) and becomes the pilot pres- is throttled by orifice (c), so the supply of oil to
sure. port (P) is delayed. As a result, the hydraulic
At the same time, the oil from the pump passes pressure of pilot port (Q) of demand valve (1)
through orifice (a) of demand valve (1), enters drops, and the demand valve moves to the left.
ports (L) and (M), and becomes the pilot pres- When this happens, the circuit between ports
sure. (A) and (E') and ports (R) and (F') are opened,
The oil at the bottom end of cylinder (9) flows and the oil from the two pumps is relieved to
from port (D) to port (F), and returns from port prevent the hydraulic pressure from rising any
(G) to the hydraulic tank. When the hydraulic further.
pressure in the circuit rises in this way the situ- The hydraulic pressure at this point is 20.6
ation is different from in item 2: spool (5) is MPa {210 kg/cm²}.
throttling the circuit between ports (B) and (C),
so the flow of oil from port (B) to port (C) is
restricted, and a pressure difference is gener-
ated between port (B) and port (C). The
hydraulic pressure in the circuit up to port (B)
becomes higher.
Therefore, when the surface pressure acting
on port (L) of the demand valve becomes
greater than the combined force of the surface
pressure acting on port (M), the surface pres-
sure (low pressure) acting on port (Q), and the
tension of spring (2), the demand valve is
moved to the left.
(A) and (E'), and ports (R) and (F') are opened,
and the oil from both the large and small
pumps is relieved to the hydraulic tank. This
suppresses the rise in the hydraulic pressure
at ports (A) and (B), and the cylinder moves
slowly.
As explained in the items above, the speed of
movement of the cylinder is determined by the
amount of opening of ports (B) and (C), which
corresponds to the movement of the lever. If it
is wide open, the flow of oil beyond port (C)
increases, the hydraulic pressure rises, and
the speed of movement becomes faster.
D375A-5E0 21
4. Blade lever at LEFT TILT
22 D375A-5E0
q When the blade lever is moved to the LEFT

TILT position the spool of the PPC valve
directly connected to the control lever is actu-
ated. When this happens, the pilot pressure
entering the PPC valve from the PPC pump is
sent to port (PA1) of the ripper Lo valve. This
pilot pressure moves spool (16) down, opens
the circuits of ports (B3) and (C3) and ports
(D3) and (F3), and closes the circuit of ports
(A2) and (A3).
When this happens, the oil from the small
pump flows from ports (A2), pushes open
check valve (15), flows from port (B3), and
enters port (C3). It flows to the bottom end of
cylinder (17), and when the hydraulic pressure
in the circuit rises, it extends the cylinder.
At this point, the oil at the head end of the cyl-
inder returns from port (D3) to port (F3), and is
drained from port (E3) to the hydraulic tank.
The oil from the large pump enters port (A) of
the blade lift valve, and actuates demand valve
(1), is relieved from port (A) to (E), and is
drained to the hydraulic tank.
When the blade is operated, the circuit
between ports (A2) and (A3) is closed, so the
oil does not enter the ripper circuit, and it is
impossible to operate the ripper.
In other words, the blade tilt circuit is given pri-
ority over the ripper circuit.
When cylinder is at stroke end

q From the above condition, if cylinder (17) is
moved to the end of its stroke, the hydraulic
pressure in the whole circuit rises.
pump flows from port (A2), and pushes open
main relief valve poppet (14). It is then relieved
to port (E2), so the hydraulic pressure does not
rise any further.
The hydraulic pressure at this point is 20.6
MPa {210 kg/cm²}.
D375A-5E0 23
5. Ripper lever at TILT IN (ripper Lo valve, shuttle valve actuated)
24 D375A-5E0
q When the ripper lever is moved to the TILT IN

position, the spool of the PPC valve directly
connected to the control lever is actuated.
When this happens, the pilot pressure entering
the PPC valve from the PPC pump is sent to
port (PA2) of the ripper Lo valve. This pilot
pressure moves spool (19) down, opens the
circuits between ports (B4) and (C4), and ports
(D4) and (F4), and ports (A3) and (G4), and
closes the circuit between ports (A3) and (A4).
pump enters ports (A2) and (A3). Some of the
oil pushes open check valve (18), flows from
port (B4) into port (C4), and the flows to port
(H2) of the ripper Hi valve. The rest of the oil
passes through the groove in spool (19),
enters port (G4), pushes shuttle valve (22)
down fully, then flows from port (H5) to port (S)
of shuttle valve (10).
The oil entering port (S) passes through orifice
(b), and pushes piston (11). The reaction
moves shuttle valve (10) to the left, closes the
circuit between ports (N) and (O), and opens
the circuit between ports (S) and (O).
The oil entering port (O) from port (S) then
passes through orifice (c), and enters ports (P)
and (Q). It becomes the pilot pressure of
demand valve (1), and moves the demand
valve to the right.
When this happens, the circuit between ports
(A) and (E') is closed, so the oil from the large
pump is not drained to the hydraulic tank.
The whole amount of the oil flows to port (A1)
of the ripper Hi valve.
D375A-5E0 25
6. Ripper lever at TILT IN (ripper Hi valve actuated)
26 D375A-5E0
q As explained in item 5, the oil from the large

pump enters (A1) of the ripper Hi valve,
pushes open check valves (23) and (35), flows
to ports (B1) and (B2), and stops.
(C4) of the ripper Lo valve and enters port
(H2).
Some of the oil entering port (H2) passes
through the passage inside valve (42), flows to
port (L2), and pushes shuttle valve (44) fully to
the right. It then enters port (O2), pushes spool
(36) up, and becomes the pilot pressure.
The rest of the oil is throttled by orifice (g) and
enters port (D2).
Some of the oil entering port (D2) passes
port (J2), and pushes shuttle valve (41) fully to
the left. It then enters port (N2), pushes spool
(36) down, and becomes the pilot pressure.
The rest of the oil flows from port (D2) to the
bottom end of ripper tilt cylinder (45).
When all the above hydraulic circuits are filled
with oil, the hydraulic pressure starts to rise.
q From the condition previously explained, if the
hydraulic pressure continues to rise, the oil at
port (H2) is throttled by orifice (g) and enters
port (D2). Because of the resistance, the
hydraulic pressure at port (H2) becomes
higher than the pressure beyond port (D2).
Therefore, the hydraulic pressure at pilot port
(O2) of spool (36) becomes higher than the
hydraulic pressure at port (N2), so when this
pressure difference becomes greater than the
tension of spring (38), it pushes spool (36) up.
(B2) and (D2), and ports (C2) and (F1) open,
the oil from the large pump flows from port (B2)
to port (D2), enters the bottom end of ripper tilt
cylinder (45), and merges with the oil from the
small pump to extend the cylinder.
Some of the oil at the head end of the cylinder
returns from port (C2) to port (F1), and is
drained to the hydraulic tank. The rest of the oil
flows from port (C2), is throttled by orifice (f) of
valve (39), and returns to port (G2). It then
flows from port (D4) of the ripper Lo valve,
returns to port (F4), and is drained to the
hydraulic tank.
D375A-5E0 27
7. Ripper level at LOWER (ripper Lo valve, shuttle valve actuated)
28 D375A-5E0
q When the ripper lever is moved to the LOWER

position, the spool of the PPC valve directly
connected to the control lever is actuated.
When this happens, the pilot pressure entering
the PPC valve from the PPC pump is sent to
port (PA3) of the ripper Lo valve. This pilot
pressure moves spool (21) moves down,
opens the circuits of ports (B5) and (C5), and
ports (D5) and (F5), and ports (A4) and (G5)
and closes the circuit of ports (A4) and (A5).
pump enters ports (A2), (A3), and (A4). Some
of the oil pushes open check valve (20), flows
from port (B5) into port (C5), and the flows to
port (H1) of the ripper Hi valve. The rest of the
oil passes through the groove in the spool,
enters port (G5), pushes shuttle valve (22) up
fully, then flows from port (H5) to port (S) of
shuttle valve (10).
The oil entering port (S) passes through orifice
(b), and pushes piston (11). The reaction
moves shuttle valve (10) to the left, closes the
circuit between ports (N) and (O), and opens
the circuit between ports (S) and (O).
The oil entering port (O) from port (S) then
passes through orifice (c), and enters ports (P)
and (Q). It becomes the pilot pressure of
demand valve (1), and moves the demand
valve to the right.
(A) and (E) is closed, so the oil from the large
pump is not drained to the hydraulic tank.
The whole amount of the oil flows to port (A1)
of the ripper Hi valve.
D375A-5E0 29
8. Blade lever at HOLD, ripper lever at LOWER (ripper Hi valve actuated)
30 D375A-5E0
q As explained in item 7, the oil from the large

pump enters (A1) of the ripper Hi valve,
pushes open check valves (23) and (35), flows
to ports (B1) and (B2), and stops.
(C5) of the ripper Lo valve and enters port
(H1).
Some of the oil entering port (H1) passes
port (M1), and pushes shuttle valve (32) fully to
the left. It then enters port (O1), pushes spool
(24) up, and becomes the pilot pressure.
The rest of the oil is throttled by orifice (e) and
enters port (D1).
Some of the oil entering port (D1) passes
port (K1), and pushes shuttle valve (29) fully to
the right. It then enters port (N1), pushes spool
(24) down, and becomes the pilot pressure.
The rest of the oil flows from port (D1) to the
bottom end of ripper tilt cylinder (33).
When all the above hydraulic circuits are filled
with oil, the hydraulic pressure starts to rise.
q From the condition previously explained, if the
hydraulic pressure continues to rise, the oil at
port (H1) is throttled by orifice (e) and enters
port (D1). Because of the resistance, the hy-
draulic pressure at port (H1) becomes higher
than the pressure beyond port (D1).
Therefore, the hydraulic pressure at pilot port
(O1) of spool (24) becomes higher than the
hydraulic pressure at port (N1), so when this
pressure difference becomes greater than the
tension of spring (25), it pushes spool (24) up.
(B1) and (D1), and ports (C1) and (E1) open,
the oil from the large pump flows from port (B1)
to port (D1), enters the bottom end of ripper lift
cylinder (33), and merges with the oil from the
small pump to extend the cylinder.
Some of the oil at the head end of the cylinder
returns from port (C1) to port (E1), and is
drained to the hydraulic tank. The rest of the oil
flows from port (C1), is throttled by orifice (d) of
valve (27), and returns to port (G1). It then
flows from port (D5) of the ripper Lo valve,
returns to port (E5), and is drained to the
hydraulic tank.
D375A-5E0 31
9. Ripper lever at LOWER (cylinder at stroke end)
32 D375A-5E0
q From the condition in items 7 and 8. if cylinder

(33) is moved to the end of its stroke, the
hydraulic pressure in the whole circuit rises.
When this happens, in the same way as in item
4, the oil from the small pump flows from port
(A2) and pushes open main relief valve poppet
(14). It is then relieved to port (E2), so the
hydraulic pressure does not rise any further.
MPa {210 kg/cm²}.
The oil passing through shuttle valves (22) and
(10), and flowing from ports (S) and (O) to port
(P) also pushes open main relief valve poppet
(13), and is relieved to port (T).
The circuit from port (O) to port (P) is throttled
by orifice (c), so the supply of oil to port (P) is
delayed. As a result, the hydraulic pressure at
pilot port (Q) of demand valve (1) also drops,
and the demand valve moves to the left.
(A) and (E') opens, and the oil from the large
pump is relieved, so the hydraulic pressure in
the circuit of the large pump does not rise any
further.
MPa {210 kg/cm²}. When the hydraulic pres-
sure in the whole circuit is set at 20.6 MPa
{210 kg/cm²}, the pressure difference on both
sides of orifice (e) of valve (30) [that is, the dif-
ference in pressure between ports (H1) and
(D1)] disappears.
The pilot pressure at port (O1) that is pushing
spool (24) up becomes the same pressure as
the pressure at port (N1). When this happens,
spool (24) is pushed down by the tension of
spring (25) to a position where it is in balance
with the tension of spring (26).
At this point, the circuits between ports (B1)
and (D1) and ports (C1) and (E1) are closed.
The oil from the large pump goes as far as port
(B1), and stops. The oil at the head end of cyl-
inder (33) flows from port (C1), passes through
orifice (d) of valve (27), and returns only to port
(G1).
D375A-5E0 33
Self pressure reducing valve 1
P1 : From fan pump

P2 : To fan motor
PR: Supply to PPC valve and EPC valve
T : To tank
34 D375A-5E0
1. Valve (sequence valve) 6. Spring (pressure reducing valve main)

2. Spring 7. Valve (pressure reducing valve)
3. Screw 8. Spring (safety valve)
4. Poppet 9. Ball
5. Spring (pressure reducing valve pilot) 10. Filter
36 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Free length
Installation Installation Free Installation
Spring (pressure reducing x outer
11 length load length load
valve main) diameter
19.6 N 17.7 N
19.2 x 7.20 16.1 —
{2.0 kg} {1.80 kg} Replace spring
Spring if damaged or
28 N 25.6 N deformed.
12 (pressure reduction valve 17.8 x 7.20 12.7 —
{2.90 kg} {2.60 kg}
pilot)
200 N 186 N
13 Spring 71.0 x 18.0 59.0 —
{20.4 kg} {19.0 kg}
61.7 N 58.8 N
14 Spring (safety valve) 16.1 x 7.80 13.4 —
{6.30 kg} {6.0 kg}
Function
q The self pressure reducing valves reduce the
discharge pressure of the fan pump and sup-
plies it to the PPC valve, the EPC valve, etc. as
the control pressure.
D375A-5E0 37
Operation
1. At engine stop (total low pressure)
q Spring (6) pushes the poppet (5) to the seat,

and the circuit between ports (PR) and (T) is
closed.
q Spring (7) pushes valve (8) to the left side, and
the circuit between port (P1) and port (PR) is
open.
q Spring (3) pushes the valve (2) to the upper
side, and the circuit between ports (P1) and
(P2) is closed.
38 D375A-5E0
2. When load pressure (P2) is lower than output pressure (PR) of the self pressure reducing valve.
q The spring (3) and the pressure (PR) [0 MPa

{0kg/cm2} at the time of engine stop] pushes
valve (2) in the direction to close the circuit
between ports (P1) and (P2). When the
hydraulic oil enters (P1) port, the expression
[pressure (P1) C Spring (3) force + (area d x
(PR) pressure)] holds, and the self pressure
reducing valve will adjust the openings of ports
(P1) and (P2) so that pressure (P1) can be
maintained higher than pressure (PR).
q When (PR) pressure rises above set pressure,
poppet (5) opens and hydraulic oil flows
through the route, from (PR) port, through hole
(a) in spool (8), through poppet (5) opening to
the tank port (T).
q Therefore, differential pressure occurs around
hole (a) in spool (8) and spool (8) moves from
port (P1) in the direction to close (PR) opening.
Then (P1) pressure is reduced and adjusted to
a certain pressure [set pressure] with the
opening and is supplied as (PR) pressure.
D375A-5E0 39
3. At raise of load pressure (P2)
q When load pressure (P2) rises due to digging

or other operations, pump delivery increases
and (P1) pressure rises. Then the expression
{(P1) pressure > Spring (3) force + [area d x
(PR) pressure]} will hold, and valve (2) will
move to the below side till the stroke end. As a
result, the opening between ports (P1) and
(P2) increases and passage resistance
becomes smaller, reducing engine horsepower
loss.
q When (PR) pressure rises above set pressure,
poppet (5) opens and hydraulic oil flows
through the route, from (PR) port, through hole
(a) in spool (8), through poppet (5) opening to
the tank port (T).
q Therefore, differential pressure occurs around
hole (a) in spool (8) and spool (8) moves from
port (P1) in the direction to close (PR) opening.
Then (P1) pressure is reduced and adjusted to
a certain pressure [set pressure] with the
opening and is supplied as (PR) pressure.
40 D375A-5E0
4. In the case of abnormal high pressure
q When (PR) pressure of the self pressure

reducing valve rises abnormally high, ball (10)
will separate from the seat against spring (9)
force to flow the hydraulic oil to output ports
(PR) o (T) so as to reduce (PR) pressure. As a
result, the equipment [PPC valve, EPC valve,
etc.], to which the oil pressure is supplied, is
protected from the abnormal high pressure.
D375A-5E0 41
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
42 D375A-5E0
SEN00999-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Work equipment
Cylinder stay ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Blade............................................................................................................................................................... 4
Cutting edge, end bit....................................................................................................................................... 8
Ripper ........................................................................................................................................................... 10
D375A-5E0 1
Cylinder stay 1
1. Yoke
2. Oil seal
3. Bushing
4. Bushing
2 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Clearance between cylinder yoke size Shaft Hole clearance limit
5
and bushing –0.085 +0.063 0.085 –
150 0.5
–0.148 0 0.211
Replace
Clearance between cylinder yoke –0.072 +0.054 0.072 –
6 115 0.5
and bushing –0.126 0 0.180
Clearance between lift cylinder –0.120 +0.035 0.120 –
7 105 0.5
support shaft and bushing –0.207 0 0.242
D375A-5E0 3
Blade 1
SEM-U Dozer
4 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Clearance between brace pin size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and brace –0.2 +0.3
75 0.3 – 0.6 2
–0.3 +0.1
Clearance between brace pin –0.2 +0.3 Replace
2 75 0.3 – 0.6 2
and bracket –0.3 +0.1
Clearance between brace pin –0.2 +0.3
3 75 0.2 – 0.6 1
and bracket –0.3 0
4 75 0.2 – 0.5 1
and bushing –0.3 0
Clearance between center brace –0.2 +0.3 Adjust shim or
5 170 0.2 – 0.6 1
and cap spherical surface –0.3 0 replace
Clearance between joint and –0.2 +0.3
6 200 0.3 – 1.0 3
bracket –0.7 +0.1
Clearance between frame pin –0.3 +0.3
7 100 0.3 – 0.8 3
and joint –0.5 0
8 100 0.5 – 1.0 2
and joint –0.5 +0.2
Clearance between straight
9 160 — — 0.3 – 0.4 1
frame joint bushings
Clearance between trunnion and –0.5 +0.5
10 200 0.5 – 1.5 8
cap spherical surface –1.0 0
11 200 0.3 – 1.0 3 Replace
bracket –0.7 +0.1
Clearance between blade pin –0.3 +0.3
12 100 0.3 – 0.8 3
and joint –0.5 0
13 100 0.5 – 1.0 2
Clearance between center link –0.3 +0.5
14 125 0.5 – 1.0 2
pin and blade bracket –0.5 +0.2
15 125 0.5 – 1.0 2
pin and center link –0.5 +0.2
16 280 0.3 – 0.7 2
and blade bracket –0.4 +0.1
17 170 0.2 – 0.6 1
spherical surface and cap –0.3 0 replace
Clearance between lift cylinder
18
head pin and cylinder
19
head pin and cross joint
Replace
Clearance between bracket and
20
lateral pin
Clearance between cross joint
21
and lateral pin
D375A-5E0 5
U-Dozer
6 D375A-5E0
Unit: mm
Clearance between brace pin size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and brace –0.2 +0.3
75 0.3 – 0.6 2
–0.3 +0.1
Clearance between brace pin –0.2 +0.3 Replace
2 75 0.3 – 0.6 2
3 75 0.2 – 0.6 1
and bracket –0.3 0
4 75 0.2 – 0.5 1
and bushing –0.3 0
5 170 0.2 – 0.6 1
and cap spherical surface –0.3 0 replace
6 200 0.3 – 1.0 3
bracket –0.7 +0.1
7 100 0.3 – 0.8 3
and joint –0.5 0
8 100 0.5 – 1.0 2
Clearance between straight
9 160 — — 0.3 – 0.4 1
frame joint bushings
Clearance between trunnion and –0.5 +0.5
10 200 0.5 – 1.5 8
cap spherical surface –1.0 0
11 200 0.3 – 1.0 3 Replace
bracket –0.7 +0.1
12 100 0.3 – 0.8 3
and joint –0.5 0
13 100 0.5 – 1.0 2
14 125 0.5 – 1.0 2
pin and blade bracket –0.5 +0.2
15 125 0.5 – 1.0 2
pin and center link –0.5 +0.2
16 280 0.3 – 0.7 2
and blade bracket –0.4 +0.1
17 170 0.2 – 0.6 1
spherical surface and cap –0.3 0 replace
18
head pin and cylinder
19
head pin and cross joint
Replace
Clearance between bracket and
20
lateral pin
Clearance between cross joint
21
and lateral pin
D375A-5E0 7
Cutting edge, end bit 1
Unit: mm
1 Height of end bit outside
478 380
Replace
2 Width of end bit 734 600
3 Height of end bit inside 393 300
4 Height of cutting edge 406 335 (264 after turned) Replace or turn
8 D375A-5E0
Ripper 1
Variable multiple shank ripper
10 D375A-5E0
Giant ripper
Unit: mm
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearence
Clearance between bushing and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
bracket and arm mount pin –0.036 +0.208 0.161 –
120 1.5
–0.090 +0.125 0.298
Clearance between bushing and –0.036 +0.208 0.161 –
2 120 1.5
beam and arm mount pin –0.090 +0.125 0.298
Clearance between cylinder –0.036 +0.207 0.156 – Replace
3 100 1.5
mount pin and bushing –0.090 +0.120 0.207
Clearance between shank and Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
4
mount pin 82 ±0.3 —
5 Wear of point
420 255
6 Wear of protector 155 115
D375A-5E0 11
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
12 D375A-5E0
SEN01000-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Cab and its attachments
Cab mount ...................................................................................................................................................... 2
Cab ................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Air conditioner ................................................................................................................................................. 5
D375A-5E0 1
Cab mount 1
1. Support Outline
2. Damper mount (Front) q The cab mount is installed at two places in the
3. Damper mount (Rear) front and at two places in the rear, and the floor
frame and the cab are secured.
q The cab mount adopts an oil seal type damper
mount and absorbs vibration.
2 D375A-5E0
Cab 1
Cab asembly
1. Front wiper
2. Front glass
3. Rear wiper
4. Door
D375A-5E0 3
Rops guard
1. ROPS guard
4 D375A-5E0
Air conditioner 1
Air conditioner piping
1. Air conditioner compressor 10. Valve (hot water outlet)

2. Window defroster 11. Hot water return piping
3. Side defroster 12. Valve (hot water inlet)
4. Air conditioner unit 13. Refrigerant piping
5. Blower port
6. Blower motor A. Fresh air
7. Hot water pick-up piping B. Recirculated air
8. Condenser C. Hot air/cold air
9. Receiver tank
D375A-5E0 5
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
6 D375A-5E0
SEN01001-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Electrical system
Engine control ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Engine control system..................................................................................................................................... 3
Engine controller ............................................................................................................................................. 4
Deceleration potentiometer............................................................................................................................11
CRI engine control system............................................................................................................................ 12
Monitor system.............................................................................................................................................. 14
Monitor panel ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Sensors......................................................................................................................................................... 20
Mode selection system ................................................................................................................................. 22
Electrical equipment...................................................................................................................................... 28
Palm Command Control System................................................................................................................... 31
VHMS controller............................................................................................................................................ 33
Communication (ORB: ORBCOMM) terminal system .................................................................................. 39
D375A-5E0 1
Engine control 1
1. Decelerator pedal Outline

2. Decelerator potentiometer q The throttle signals of the fuel control dial are
3. Starter switch input to the steering controller and transmis-
4. Transmission controller sion controller and processed together with the
5. Steering controller other information, then the result is sent as the
6. Fuel control dial throttle command to the engine controller. The
7. Battery engine throttle controller controls the fuel sup-
8. Breaker ply pump according to the command.
9. Battery relay
10. Starter
11. Engine throttle controller
12. Alternator
2 D375A-5E0
Engine control system 1
Outline q The information of the engine controller is used

q The engine throttle controller receives the 1st commonly by the all controllers through the
and 2nd throttle signal which is the manual sig- network for the optimum control of the engine
nal and the 3rd throttle signals which is the and machine body.
control signals from the machine body, then q The automatic deceleration function sets the
selects the lower engine speed and controls engine speed to 1,000 rpm temporarily when
the fuel supply pump. the travel direction is changed from F3, R3, or
The 3rd throttle control signals contain the fol- R2 (to protect the transmission clutch).
lowing.
q SSC (Shoe Slip Control) control
q Automatic deceleration (F3, R3, R2)
q The steering controller selects the lowest

engine speed from these information and
transmits to the engine controller.
D375A-5E0 3
Engine controller 1
q Meanings of signal classes in the terminal CN-CE01

table shown below are as follows. Input/
Pin No. Signal name
A: Power Supply output
B: Input 11 EGR val ve C
C: Ground/Shield/Return 12 NC(*) —
D: Output 13 Engine oil pressure sensor D
E: Communication 14 NC(*) —
15 Coolant temperature sensor D
CN-CE01 16 5V electric power supply for sensor A
Input/ 17 Engine oil temperature sensor D
Pin No. Signal name 18 NC(*) —
output
1 NC(*) — 19 EGR valve position sensor D
2 NC(*) — 20 NC(*) B
3 Atmosphere sensor D 21 NC(*) —
4 Supply pump #1 (+) B 22 EGR valve (+) B
5 Supply pump #1 (–) C 23 Boost temperature sensor D
6 CAN(–) C 24 NC(*) —
7 NC(*) — 25 Common rail pressure sensor D
8 CAN(+) B 26 Buckup sensor D
9 Supply pump #2 (+) B 27 NE sensor (+) D
10 Supply pump #2 (–) C 28 NC(*) —
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will 29 Bypass valve position sensor B
occur. *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur.
4 D375A-5E0
CN-CE01 CN-CE02
Input/ Input/
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
output output
30 Fuel temperature sensor D 17 NC(*) B
31 Bypass valve (+) D 18 NC(*) B
32 NC(*) — 19 NC(*) B
33 5 V electric power supply for sensor A 20 NC(*) E
34 NC(*) — 21 NC(*) A
35 NC(*) — 22 5V electric power supply for sensor A
36 NC(*) — 23 GND C
37 5 V electric power supply for sensor A 24 NC(*) B
38 GND C 25 NC(*) B
39 NC(*) — 26 NC(*) B
40 NC(*) — 27 NC(*) B
41 NC(*) — 28 NC(*) B
42 NC(*) — 29 NC(*) C
43 NC(*) — 30 NC(*) B
44 Boost pressure sensor D 31 NC(*) B
45 Injector #1 (+) B 32 NC(*) C
46 Injector #5 (+) B 33 GND C
47 Sensor GND C 34 NC(*) C
48 Ne sensor (–) C 35 NC(*) B
49 NC(*) — 36 NC(*) B
50 NC(*) — 37 CAN shield C
51 Injector #2 (–) C 38 NC(*) D
52 Injector #3 (–) C 39 Key switch (ACC) B
53 Injector #1 (–) C PWM OUTPUT
40 D
54 Injector #2 (+) B (Power train relay output)
55 Injector #3 (+) B 41 NC(*) D
56 Injector #4 (+) B 42 Electrical intake air heater relay return C
57 Injector #6 (+) B 43 NC(*) D
58 Injector #4 (–) C 44 NC(*) D
59 Injector #6 (–) C 45 NC(*) —
60 Injector #5 (–) C 46 CAN(+) E
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will 47 CAN(–) E
occur. 48 NC(*) D
49 NC(*) D
CN-CE02 50 NC(*) D
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
Input/
Pin No. Signal name occur.
output
1 NC(*) B
2 NC(*) B CN-CE03
3 NC(*) B Input/
4 NC(*) B Pin No. Signal name output
5 NC(*) B 1 GND C
6 NC(*) B 2 GND C
7 NC(*) B Electric power supply
3 A
8 NC(*) B (+24V constantly)
9 Decelerator signal B Electric power supply
4 A
10 NC(*) E (+24V constantly)
11 NC(*) B *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur.
12 NC(*) B
13 NC(*) B
14 NC(*) B
15 NC(*) B
16 NC(*) B
occur.
D375A-5E0 5
Fuel temperature sensor

q The fuel temperature sensor senses the fuel
temperature and sends it to the engine control-
ler. The sensor unit is a thermistor the resis-
tance of which changes according to the
temperature.
q The engine controller applies voltage to the
thermistor and senses the temperature by the
voltage divided by the resistance in the com-
puter and the resistance of the thermistor.
6 D375A-5E0
EGR valve position sensor

q These sensors sense the opening and closing positions of the EGR valve and bypass valve.
1. EGR valve position sensors
q The following graph shows the output charac-

teristics of the position sensor.
D375A-5E0 7
Engine controller Common rail pressure sensor

NE speed sensor (Crank angle sensor) Oil pressure sensor
q If the signal hole made on the flywheel passes
the sensor, the magnetic line of force changes.
q If the magnetic line of force changes, the out-
put of the Hall element sensor changes linearly
and it is converted into pulse of 0 – 5 V by the
wave form shaping circuit in the sensor, and
then output.
Atmospheric pressure sensor

q This sensor is used to correct altitude.
8 D375A-5E0
Bkup speed sensor (G sensor) Charge pressure sensor

(Cylinder No. sensor) q This sensor is used to sense the charge pres-
q Similarly to the NE speed sensor, this sensor sure (boost pressure).
utilizes the pulses of 0 – 5 V generated by the
change of the magnetic line of force crossing
the sensor unit.
q The disc gear installed to the central part of the
camshaft of the high-pressure pump has teeth
(cut parts) around it at intervals of 120°.
q In addition to the above teeth, one more tooth
is installed. Accordingly, 7 pulses are gener-
ated every 2 revolutions of the engine.
q The standard pulse of the No. 1 cylinder is rec-
ognized by the combination of the NE speed
sensor pulse and Bkup speed sensor pulse.
D375A-5E0 9
Charge temperature sensor Coolant temperature sensor

q The charge temperature sensor senses the q The coolant temperature sensor senses the
intake air temperature (boost temperature) and coolant temperature and sends it to the engine
sends it to the engine controller. controller.
q The sensor unit is a thermistor the resistance q The sensor unit is a thermistor the resistance
of which changes according to the tempera- of which changes according to the tempera-
ture. The engine controller applies voltage to ture. The engine controller applies voltage to
the thermistor and senses the temperature by the thermistor and senses the temperature by
the voltage divided by the resistance in the the voltage divided by the resistance in the
computer and the resistance of the thermistor. computer and the resistance of the thermistor.
10 D375A-5E0
Deceleration potentiometer 1
1. Connector Outline
2. Lever q The deceleration potentiometer is installed to
3. Body the front lower part of the operator's cab and
4. Potentiometer connected to the decelerator pedal by linkage.
5. Coupling
6. Shaft q If the decelerator pedal is pressed, the throttle
7. Stopper potentiometer shaft rotates by the linkage and
the potentiometer resistance changes.
Constant voltage is applied between pins A
and C of the potentiometer and an electric sig-
nal is sent through pin B to the steering con-
troller according to the position of the
decelerator pedal.
D375A-5E0 11
CRI engine control system 1

a "CRI" is an abbreviation for Common Rail Injection.
System diagram
12 D375A-5E0
1. NE speed sensor System configuration

2. Engine throttle controller q The CRI system consists of fuel supply pump
3. Injector assembly (15), common rail (14), injector (3), engine
3A. Orifice throttle controller (2) to control them, and sen-
3B. Control chamber sors.
3C. Hydraulic piston q The fuel supply pump generates fuel pressure
3D. Injector in the common rail. The fuel pressure is con-
3E. Nozzle trolled by the fuel discharge rate of the supply
4. Fuel cooler pump. The discharge rate is controlled by
5. Fuel tank turning on and off PCV (discharge control
6. Strainer valve) (15A) of the fuel supply pump according
7. Pre fuel filter (with water separator) to the electric signals from the engine throttle
8. Priming pump controller.
9. Fuel filter The common rail receives the pressurized fuel
10. Engine throttle controller cooler from the fuel supply pump and distributes it to
11. Pressure limiter the cylinders.
12. Flow damper The fuel pressure is sensed by the common
13. High pressure injection pipe rail fuel pressure sensor installed to the com-
14. Common rail mon rail and controlled by the feedback
15. Fuel supply pump assembly method so that the actual fuel pressure will
15A. PCV match to the command pressure set according
15B. High pressure pump to the engine speed and the load on the
15C. Priming pump engine.
15D. Feed pump The fuel pressure in the common rail is applied
15E. Bypass valve to the nozzle (3E) side of the injector and con-
15F. Bkup speed sensor (G sensor) trol chamber (3B) through the fuel injection
16. Overflow valve pipe of each cylinder.
q The injector controls the fuel injection rate and
Outline fuel injection timing by turning on and off the
q The signals detected by various sensors are TWV (2-way solenoid valve). If the TWV is
input to the engine controller. turned on, the fuel circuit is so changed that
q The input signals are processed by the control- the high-pressure fuel in the control chamber
ler and output to each actuator to control the will flow through orifice (3A). The needle valve
fuel injection rate and fuel injection timing. is raised to start fuel injection by the nozzle
cracking pressure applied as the high-pressure
fuel on the nozzle side. If the TWV is turned
off, the fuel circuit is so change that the high-
pressure fuel will be applied to the control
chamber through the orifice. As a result, the
needle valve lowers and finishes fuel injec-
tion. Accordingly, the fuel injection timing and
fuel injection rate are controlled respectively by
the timing to turn on the TWV and the length of
the turn-on time of the TWV.
D375A-5E0 13
Monitor system 1
q The monitor system monitors the machine con- q The monitor panel has functions of displaying
dition with the sensors installed to various data and selecting the SSC mode.
parts of the machine and processes and dis- The CPU (Central Processing Unit) in it pro-
plays the obtained information on the panel cesses, displays, and outputs the information.
quickly to notify the operator of the machine The display unit is LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
condition. and the switches are seat switches.
The main display sections and functions of the
panel are as follows.
1) Monitor unit which turns on the alarm
when the machine has a trouble.
2) Gauge unit which constantly displays the
machine condition (coolant temperature,
torque converter oil temperature, fuel
level, etc.)
3) Function of displaying error codes.
4) Function of monitoring the current and
voltage of the sensors and solenoids.
q In the monitor panel, there are various mode

selector switches of the SSC (Shoe Slip Con-
trol), which are used to operate the machine
control system.
14 D375A-5E0
Processing in monitor system (Common to all specifications)

Display of monitor panel
(1) Contents and conditions of processing (2) Method (3) Flow of signals
1) Display of travel direction and gear speed.
F1, R3, etc. are notified by CAN according to informa- Transmission controller–Steering
tion of transmission controller. controller–Monitor panel
2) Display of engine speed in gauge number. CAN Engine speed sensor–Engine

The number of pulses the engine rotation is converted (Controller Area Network) controller– Steering controller–
into a gauge number and notified to the monitor panel Monitor panel
by CAN.
3) Display of troubleshooting CAN
When the machine has a trouble, the corresponding Each sensor/solenoid–Control-
failure code is notified to the monitor panel by CAN. ler–Monitor panel
Which one should be turned on, the buzzer or the cau-
tion lamp, is notified, too.
(1) In normal state
User code
(2) In trouble history display mode
The service code (6-digit code) and the follow
ingitems are displayed
1. Time after first occurrence
2. Time after latest occurrence
3. Number of past occurrences
The monitor panel displays the code on the hour meter
section.
Display of monitoring condition

1) The communication conditions of each sensor, each CAN
solenoid, and CAN are displayed.
The item Nos. and device conditions are notified to the Each sensor–Controller–Monitor
monitor panel by CAN. panel
The monitor panel displays the items and each value
on its multi-information section.
2) Each items is selected by using the cursor switches, Monitor panel–Controller–Moni-

selector switches, buzzer cancel switch, and shift UP/ tor panel
DOWN switches.
Other items
1) Function selection mode (Displayed each time cancel
switch is turned to left)
(1) Replacement periods of oil filter and oil are dis-
played.
(2) Engine speed, oil pressure in work equipment cir-
cuit, etc. are displayed.
(3) Failure codes related to electronic control are dis
played.
(4) Brightness of display, etc. are adjusted. — —
2) Mode to change replacement periods of maintenance
mode
3) Mode to display failure codes related to machine body
such as overheating, abnormal coolant temperature,
etc.
4) Mode to display service meter and information related
to load on machine
D375A-5E0 15
Monitor panel 1
Monitor portion
1. Display plate (Speed range display) 9. Engine coolant temperature caution lamp
2. Charge lamp 10. Dual tilt display lamp
3. Power train oil temperature gauge 11. Engine oil pressure caution lamp
4. Engine coolant temperature gauge 12. Maintenance caution lamp
5. Fuel gauge 13. Preheat pilot lamp
6. Hydraulic oil temperature gauge 14. Radiator water level check lamp
7. Hydraulic oil temperature caution lamp 15. Display plate (Multi information)
8. Power train oil temperature caution lamp
Outline
q The monitor portion consists of a monitor that ning is judged by the signal (CAN) from
issues an alarm when an error occurred in a the engine controller.)
vehicle, a gauge that always displays the state
of the vehicle, and the service meter. 3. Cautions
The monitor portion installs a microcomputer Caution items are checked until the engine
and processes and displays signals from each stops after the engine starts.
sensor. If an error occurs, the error is displayed by
Besides, the items displayed on the monitor flashing and the alarm lamp synchronously
portion and gauge portion are listed in the table flashes.
on the next page. Further, if an emergency item flashes, the
alarm buzzer also sounds synchronously.
Operation a Flashing of the monitor and alarm lamp is
1. When the power turns on (When the starter repeated. They come on and off for about 0.8
switch is ON) second.
1) All items of the gauge and monitor por- a The flashing period of the monitor slightly
tions come on for three seconds. changes when atmospheric temperature is low
2) The alarm lamp comes on for two sec- (below about – 10°C), but this case in not
onds. abnormal.
2. Star-up inspection
1) After all lighting of Section 1 is terminated,
if there is an error in a start-up inspection
item, the item flashes.
2) If the engine is started, the check items
before starting go off. (If the engine is run-
16 D375A-5E0
Monitor panel displa
Display
Symbol Display item Display range Display method
category
Displays when engine is stopped and

starting switch is ON
Radiator water level Below low level
Display when normal: OFF
Display when abnormal: Flashes
Check
When sensor is abnor-

Engine oil pressure mal or when wiring har-
Display when abnormal: ON
ness is disconnected
Displays when starting switch is ON and

Caution 1
engine is running
When charge is defec-
Battery charge Display when normal: OFF
tive
SAP00522 Display when abnormal: Flashes
CAUTION lamp also flashes
Below 49.0kPa Displays when starting switch is ON and

Engine oil pressure
{0.5kg/cm2} engine is running
Radiator water level Below low level Alarm buzzer sounds

engine is running.
When in red range of 102°C – 107°C (when at 1st level of red
Engine coolant tempera- coolant temperature range) : Flashes
ture gauge Min. 108°C (when at 2nd level of red
(102°C or above) range): Flashes
Alarm buzzer sounds
Caution 2
engine is running.
When in red range of 120°C – 129°C (when at 1st level of red
Torque converter oil tem- power train oil tempera- range) : Flashes
perature ture gauge Min. 130°C (when at 2nd level of red
Alarm buzzer sounds
engine is running.
When in red range of hy- 100°C – 109°C (when at 1st level of red
draulic oil temperature range) : Flashes
Hydraulic oil temperature
gauge Min. 110°C (when at 2nd level of red
Alarm buzzer sounds
engine is running
When replacement time
Maintenance of filter or oil has been
passed
Alarm buzzer sounds
D375A-5E0 17
Display
Symbol Display item Display range Display method
category
When preheating: ON
(Engine controller deter-
mined at the time of preheat
Preheating When preheating by coolant temperature or
switch at preheat position
(turning it counterclockwise)
Pilot
start the preheating.)

Display lights at the time of
operation.
Dual tilt At the time of operation
It goes off at the time of non-
operation.
Engine coolant tempera-

ture
Torque converter oil One place lights up to show

temperature applicable level
Gauges
Hydraulic oil temperature
All lamps light up below ap-

Fuel level
plicable level
Multi information
Service meter Actuated when the engine is

From 0 to 99999
(Hours meter) rotating
18 D375A-5E0
Switch Portion
1. Switch functions
a) ON-OFF switching in lock-up mode
b) Economy mode setting - OFF, mode 1, mode 2
c) ON-OFF switching in reverse slow mode
d) ON-OFF switching in SSC mode
e) SSC mode level setting - Mode 1 to 5
(a), (b), and (c) are mounted for all specifications and (d) and (e) are mounted for the SSC specifica-
tions.
q SSC specifications
q Without SSC specifications
Economy mode function 2. Initial Setup at key ON

In a field, such as a rock-bed place where many The function the operator desires according to
shoe slips are generated, the following power is the situation of an operating place is selected
output in each mode so that the frequency of decel- and all functions shall be set to the OFF state.
erator operation can decrease.
q Economy mode 1 o Set to about 90% of the
full power.
q Economy mode 2 o Set to about 70% of the
full power.
q Reverse slow mode o Set to about 80% of the
full travel speed at reverse time.
D375A-5E0 19
Sensors 1
Type of sensor Sensor method When normal When abnormal

Torque converter
Resistance – –
oil temperature
Hydraulic oil temperature Resistance – –
Radiator water level Contact ON OFF
Fuel level Resistance – –
Torque converter oil temperature sensor

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Radiator water level sensor
1. Float 4. Wire
2. Sensor 5. Connector
3. Tube
20 D375A-5E0
Fuel level sensor
1. Connector Function
2. Float q The fuel sensor is installed to the side face of
3. Arm the fuel tank. The float moves up and down
4. Body according go to the fuel level. This movement
5. Spring of the float is transmitted by the arm and actu-
6. Contact ates a variable resistance. This sends a signal
7. Spacer to the monitor panel to indicate the remaining
fuel level. When the display on the monitor
panel reaches a certain level, a warning lamp
flashes.
D375A-5E0 21
Mode selection system 1

(SSC (Shoe Slip Control) System)
System diagram
Outline q The lock-up control mode is the same as the

q The mode selection system automatically car- conventional lock-up function. It cannot be
ries out engine control to match the operating selected in combination with the above modes.
mode selected by the operator, and acts to
reduce fuel consumption, extend the life of the
track shoes, and reduce the frequency of oper-
ation of the deceleration.
q The engine control modes consist of the econ-
omy mode control used when dozing, the SSC
(shoe ship control) used when ripping, and the
reverse slow mode control, which can be used
for either operation.
22 D375A-5E0
Function of model selection system Function of engine controller

q This system consists of the mode selection 1. The engine controller controls the fuel supply
panel (containing a microcomputer) to select pump according to the lowest engine speed
working condition, steering controller (contain- (highest voltage) in the 3 signals of the manual
ing a microcomputer) to control the engine, command input from the deceleration potenti-
engine controller to receive the commands ometer, manual signal of the throttle dial, and
from the steering controller and controls the the SSC command signal.
fuel supply pump, transmission controller to
turn on and off the lock-up system of the torque
converter according to the signals from the
transmission output speed sensor, and various
sensors.
The function of each controller is explained
below.
Functions of steering controller and

transmission controller
1. The steering controller calculates the travel
speed to the ground from the signals of the
acceleration sensor and inputs the transmis-
sion output speed sensor signal to it to calcu-
late the shoe speed, then obtains the shoe slip
rate.
2. If the engine speed sensor signal and trans-
mission output speed sensor signal are input,
the steering controller calculates the traction
force.
3. The steering controller calculates the optimum
engine speed from the results of 1 and 2
above, mode set signal of the monitor panel,
and speed information from the transmission
controller, then sends it as the SSC command
to the engine controller.
4. The transmission controller sends the lock-up
signal to the lock-up solenoid valve, judging
from the input gear speed information of the
transmission controller.
a See "Operation of torque converter lock-
up control system".
D375A-5E0 23
Operation of mode selection system

q Work can be performed under the optimum conditions by simply or simultaneously selecting five modes
in accordance with the contents of work
Simulta-
Mode Single
Work
switch selection
neous Mode work condition Mode operation, characteristic
selection
• ON/OFF switching is automatically per- 1. When the torque converter approaches to
formed in accordance with a load. the stall area or performs gear shaft opera-
tion, lock-up is set to OFF. When the torque
Speed number F2, F3, converter reaches a light lode, lock-up is set
F1
of gear ratios R1, R2, R3 to ON.
2. Can be used in all number of gear ratios.
Lock-up
1,230 rpm 1,260 rpm

speed side speed side
ON
3. Simultaneous selection disabled with anoth-
Q
or more or more
Low
er mode
shaft speed
1,200 rpm 1,230 rpm

T/C output
OFF
or more or more 4. Suitable for dozing work of comparatively a
_ 2,140 rpm few load fluctuations
ON
or more
High
2,200 rpm
Dozing
OFF
or more
1. When F1 is shifted with the economy 1. When the economy mode ([1] or [2]) and
mode switch [1] or [2] ON SSC are set simultaneously, the F1 shift
economy control is performed. When the rip-
per lever is actuated and the switch is turned
Economy
on, the slip control is performed.

2. The engine output can be suppressed in two
Q Q stages without performing the decelerator
operation of the engine.
Mode [1]: 90% (at 1.5 km/h)
Mode [2]: 65% (at 1.5 km/h)
3. At neutral time, the engine speed can be
suppressed partially
1. When R1, R2, and R3 are shifted 1. The engine speed can be suppressed with-
Reverse slow
out performing the decelerator operation of

the engine.
Q Q 2. Target travel speed at reverse time
R1
R2 70% at full operation
R3
The following conditions are satisfied: 1. At start, to prevent rashing out, the modulat-
[1] When F1 is shifted. ing valve is actuated. At this time, the steer-
[2] After the ripper down, ripper tilt levers ing controller performs index characteristic
are actuated and the switch is set to ON down of about 40% and performs the engine
outpuut control if a ripper down signal is in-
put.
2. The seering controller performs the engine
SSC (Shoe Slip Control)
output control in accordance with the index

force characteristic (refer to the rock-bed se-
lection shown below) selected by the opera-
Ripping
tor among the index force characteristics set

in five stages and suppresses the genera-
tion of a slip.
3. The steering controller regards the index
Q Q force immediately before the slip (exceeding
the shoe ripping ratio of 30% is generated,
as the maximum, and performs the engine
output control. At this time, the steering con-
troller performs index characteristic down of
about 30 to 80% and performs the engine
outpuut control if a ripper tilt or ripper up sig-
nal is input.
4. At neutral time, the engine speed is sup-
pressed partially.
Set to ON in connection with SSC 1. When the SSC is set to ON, the selection
Rock-bed
selection
mode 3 comes on.

2. 1i o3i o 5 is selected in accordance with
the state and load of the rock-bed
a When the above mode is set, the throttle lever and decelerator operations are enabled. In that case, the
engine output control is performed in accordance with the command having the smallest value among
the control command, throttle command, and decelerator command.
24 D375A-5E0
Sensors
Transmission output shaft speed sensor
1. Magnet
2. Terminal
3. Case
4. Boots
5. Connector
D375A-5E0 25
Acceleration sensor
1. Sensor portion
2. Wire
3. Connector
Outline
q The acceleration sensor is installed under the
front of the operator's cab.
q With the acceleration sensor, the position of
the ball inside the sensor changes according to
the acceleration.
Inside the sensor, there is a coil that detects
the position of the ball. This is amplified by the
amp and is sent as a voltage change to the
steering controller.
q The input and output characteristics of the sen-
sor are shown in the diagram on the right.
26 D375A-5E0
Pitch angle sensor
1. Body
2. Tube
3. Wire
4. Connector
D375A-5E0 27
Electrical equipment 1
Relay box
28 D375A-5E0
Operation of lamp system
Lamp system circuit diagram
D375A-5E0 29
Preheat (Electrical intake air heater) control
Preheat circuit
30 D375A-5E0
Palm Command Control System 1
1. Monitor panel (Multi-information) 6. Steering control valve

2. Auto shift-down switch 7. Transmission output speed sensor
3. Engine throttle controller 8. Transmission control valve
4. Transmission controller 9. Engine speed sensor
5. Steering controller
D375A-5E0 31
q Shift Mode Function

1. Function
If you shift the lever to the forward or reverse,
the gear speed selected from the shift mode is
turned on.
q Shift mode 1
q Shift mode 2
2. Type of Modes
[1] F1-R2
[2] F2-R2
[3] F1-R1 (Manual mode)
3. Selecting method
Shift the steering or forward-reverse lever to “N”.
Shift up switch ON Shit up switch ON
Manual mode Shift mode 1 Shift mode 2
Shift down switch ON Shift down switch ON
4. Displaying method
Monitor panel
q Auto Shift-down Function

1. Operating condition
This function automatically shifts the gear
speed down if load is increased while the
machine is travelling at 2nd or 3rd speed or
while the machine is in operation.
2. Selecting method
Turn the auto shift-down switch (1) “ON”.
3. Operation and features of the mode
1) This function turns on the shift-down auto-
matically by calculating the drawbar pull
(load to the machine body) based the
engine speed, transmission speed and
throttle information from the steering con-
troller.
2) Once the machine is automatically shifted
down, shit-up won’t be turned on automat-
ically (shift up from the manual switch is
available, though).
3) This function is available for both the for-
ward and reverse travel.
32 D375A-5E0
VHMS controller 1
D375A-5E0 33
Input and output signals

CN1 [CN 1] CN2 [CN2 A, B]
Input/ Input/
Output Output
CN1-1 NC — CN2-A1 NC —
CN1-2 Sensor power supply (24V) Output CN2-A2 NC —
CN1-5 Sensor power supply (5V) Output CN2-A5 Exhaust temperature (Right) Input
Power supply (Constant power supply) CN2-A6 NC —
CN1-6 Input
(24V)
CN2-A7 Exhaust temperature (Left) Input
Power supply (Constant power supply)
CN1-7 Input CN2-A8 NC Input
(24V)
CN2-A9 CONNECTOR SEL0 (OPEN) Input
CN1-8 BR power supply (24V) Input
CN2-A10 Atmospheric temperature Input
CN1-9 BR power supply (24V) Input
CN2-A11 NC —
CN1-10 NC —
CN2-A12 Sensor GND —
CN1-11 GND —
CN2-A13 Sensor GND —
CN1-12 GND —
CN2-A14 NC —
CN1-13 NC —
CN2-A15 Transmission, main Input
CN1-14 NC —
CN2-A16 NC —
CN1-15 NC —
CN2-A17 WAKE UP (Low) Input
CN1-16 NC —
CN2-A18 Blow-by pressure Input
CN1-17 Start signal Input
CN2-B1 NC —
CN1-18 NC —
CN2-B2 NC —
CN1-19 GND —
CN2-B3 NC —
CN1-20 GND —
CN2-B4 NC —
CN2-B5 NC —
CN2-B6 Wake up HI Input
CN2-B7 NC —
CN2-B8 NC —
CN2-B9 GND —
CN2-B10 NC —
CN2-B11 NC —
CN2-B12 CONNECTOR SEL1 (GND) Input
34 D375A-5E0
CN3 [CN 3 A, B] CN4 [CN 4 A, B]

Input/ Input/
Output Output
CN3-A1 NC — CN4-A1 NC —
CN3-A2 CAB out D/L Sw Input CN4-A2 NC —
CN3-A3 NC — CN4-A3 NC —
CN3-A4 NC — Input/
CN4-A4 CAN (1) H (KOM-NET/c)
Output
Model selection
CN3-A5 Input
(See ORB connection) CN4-A5 CAN (0) shield (MMS) —
CN3-A6 NC — Input/
CN4-A6 CAN (0) H (MMS)
Output
CN3-A7 NC —
CN4-A7 NC —
CN3-A8 NC —
CN4-A8 NC —
CN3-A9 CONNECTOR SEL2 (OPEN) Input
CN4-A9 GND —
CN3-A10 NC —
CN4-A10 RS232C RXD (PC Tool) Input
CN3-A11 NC —
CN4-A11 RS232C TXD (PC Tool) Output
CN3-A12 NC —
Input/
CN3-A13 NC — CN4-A12 CAN (1) L (KOM-NET/c)
Output
CN3-A14 NC —
CN4-A13 CAN (1) SH (KOM-NET/c) —
CN3-A15 NC —
Input/
CN3-A16 NC — CN4-A14 CAN (0) L (MMS)
Output
CN3-A17 NC — CN4-B1 NC —
CN3-A18 NC — CN4-B2 NC —
CN3-B1 NC — CN4-B3 GND (Orbcom) —
CN3-B2 NC — CN4-B4 RS232C TX1 (Orbcom) Output
CN3-B3 NC — CN4-B5 NC —
CN3-B6 Snap shot Sw data clear Input CN4-B8 NC —
CN3-B7 NC — CN4-B9 GND (Orbcom) —
CN3-B8 NC — CN4-B10 RS232C RX1 (Orbcom) Input
CN3-B9 NC —
CN3-B10 NC — CN5
CN3-B11 NC — Input/
Pin No. Signal name
Output
CN3-B12 CONNECTOR SEL3 (OPEN) Input
CN5-1 LAN TX+ Output
CN5-2 LAN TX- Output
CN5-3 LAN RX+ Input
CN5-4 LAN RT3 —
CN5-5 LAN RT4 —
CN5-6 LAN RX- Input
CN5-7 LAN RT1 —
CN5-8 LAN RT2 —
CN5-9 NC —
CN5-10 NC —
CN5-11 PWR (LAN5V) Output
CN5-12 GND (LAN) —
D375A-5E0 35
Sensors
Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust temperature sensor/amplifier
Specifications Specifications
Type of sensor: Thermistor Rated voltage: DC 24 V
Measurement range: 40 – 130°C Sensed temperature range: 100 – 1,000°C
80 – 130°C 300 – 800°C
(Assured accuracy: ±2°C) (Assured accuracy: ±10°C)
Max. power consumption: 0.5 mW Output voltage characteristics
Pressure resistance: 4.9 MPa {50 kg/cm2} (Ambient temperature: 20°C)
– Reference values
Using temperature: –30°C to +140°C
Sensed
Performance table
temperature 50 100 400 700 800
Temper- Resis- Temper- Resis- Temper- Resis- (°C)
ature tance ature tance ature tance
Output voltage
(°C) (kz) (°C) (kz) (°C) (kz) 1.191 1.397 2.626 3.899 4.316
(V)
30 35.27 80 6.571 110 2.887
40 24.28 85 5.682 115 2.544 Operating temperature range: –40 to +110°C
Current consumption: Max. 30 mA
50 17.05 90 4.931 120 2.248
a: Heat sensing part of sensor – Outside diame-
60 12.20 95 4.293 125 1.992
ter of mounting part: R1/8
70 8.884 100 3.750 130 1.769 b: Amplifier
a: Heat sensing part of sensor – Outside diame- c: Connector (Power supply side)
ter of mounting part: R1/4 d: Connector (Sensor side)
Function Function
The exhaust temperature sensor/amplifier is a ther-
The engine oil temperature sensor is installed to
mocouple-type temperature sensor, which is
the engine oil filter. It inputs the change of the tem-
installed to the turbocharger inlet. It outputs the
perature as the change of the thermistor resistance
exhaust temperature data to the VHMS controller.
to the VHMS controller.
36 D375A-5E0
Atmospheric temperature sensor

Specifications
Power consumption: Max. 0.5 mW
Pressure resistance: 0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2}
Sensed temperature range (ambient):
–30 to +120°C
Storage temperature range: –50 to +140°C
Performance table
Sensed
temperature –20 –10 0 10 20 50
(°C)
Resistance
30.32 18.58 11.74 7.623 5.077 1.712
(kz)
a. Heat sensing part of sensor – Outside diame-

ter of mounting part: 16 x 1.5
Function
The atmospheric temperature sensor inputs the
change of the atmospheric temperature as the
change of the thermistor resistance to the VHMS
controller.
D375A-5E0 37
Engine blow-by pressure sensor
1. Sensor Specifications and function

2. Connector Pressure range: 0 – 20 kPa
3. Atmospheric pressure intake tube {0 – 2,040 mmH2O}
Allowable pressure: –20 to 100 kPa
A. GND (Black) {–2,040 to 10,200 mmH2O}
B. Power supply (Red)
Source voltage: 5 ± 0.25 V
C. Output (White)
Output characteristics:See graph.
q The blow-by pressure sensor is a fine relative
pressure sensor which measures the differ-
ence between the pressure in the crankcase
and the atmospheric pressure.
q The pressure in the crankcase is applied to the
tip side of the sensor and the atmospheric
pressure is applied to the wiring harness side.
Transmission main oil pressure sensor

1. Sensor
2. Connector
38 D375A-5E0
Communication (ORB: ORBCOMM) terminal system 1
q The ORBCOMM terminal system transmits

various kinds of machine information wire-
lessly.
Persons to operate the ORBCOMM can refer
to the information at office to provide various
kinds of services for customers.
* Information transmittable from the ORB-
COMM terminal system includes the follow-
ing.
1. Operation map
2. Service meter
3. Error history
and others.
D375A-5E0 39
ORBCOMM terminal
1. Communication antenna connection q The ORBCOMM terminal obtains various kinds

2. DRC connector connection (40 poles) of machine information from the network sig-
nals and input signal in the machine and trans-
mits them via the wireless communication
antenna. It contains a CPU (Central Process-
ing Unit) and has wireless communication
function.
q This terminal has an LED lamp unit and a 7-
segment display lamp unit used for inspection
and troubleshooting.
Input and output signals
DRC conector DRC conector
Pin No. Signal name Input/output Pin No. Signal name Input/output
1 NC(*) — 26 NC(*) —
2 NC(*) — 27 NC(*) —
3 NC(*) — 28 NC(*) —
4 COMM 232C RXD Input 29 DOUT (GND) Output
5 COMM 232C TXD Output 30 NC(*) —
6 NC(*) — 31 NC(*) —
7 NC(*) — 32 NC(*) —
8 NC(*) — 33 NC(*) —
9 NC(*) — 34 NC(*) —
10 NC(*) — 35 NC(*) —
11 RS232C GND — 36 ACC input Input
12 NC(*) — 37 Power GND —
13 NC(*) — 38 Power GND —
14 NC(*) — Electric power supply
39 Input
15 NC(*) — (+24V constantly)
16 NC(*) — Electric power supply
40 Input
(+24V constantly)
17 NC(*) —
18 NC(*) —
occur.
19 —
20 NC(*) —
21 NC(*) —
22 NC(*) —
23 NC(*) —
24 NC(*) —
25 NC(*) —
occur.
40 D375A-5E0
Antenna
Specifications
Type: Helical whip antenna (1)
Impedance: 50 z
Input terminal:N-P type
Length: 165 ± 20 mm
a. Communication antenna mounting part
Function
The communication controller transmits the data
collected and stored by the VHMS controller to the
computer center via the communication satellite.
D375A-5E0 41
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
42 D375A-5E0
SEN01931-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
20 Standard value table

Standard service value table
Standard value table for engine ...................................................................................................................... 2
Standard value table for machine ................................................................................................................... 3
D375A-5E0 1
SEN01931-00 20 Standard value table
Standard value table for engine 1

Engine SAA6D170E-5
Standard value for
Item Measurement conditions Unit Service limit value
new machine
High idle (*1) (*2) 1,900 –0
–50 1,900 –0
–50
Engine speed Low idle (*2) rpm 750 ± 50 750 ± 50
Rated speed 1,800 —
Air supply kPa Min. 155 141
At rated output
(Boost pressure) {mmHg} {Min. 1,160} {1,060}
Whole speed range
Exhaust temperature °C Max. 650 Max. 700
(Ambient temperature: 20 °C)
At sudden acceleration Bosch Max. 2.5 3.5
Exhaust gas color
At high idle (*1) index Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance Intake valve 0.32 —
mm
(Normal temperature) Exhaust valve 0.62 —
Compression pres- MPa Min. 2.94 2.1
Oil temperature: 40 – 60 °C)
sure (SAE15W-40 or {kg/cm2} {Min 30} {21}
(Engine speed)
SAE30 oil) (rpm) (210 – 250) (210 – 250)
Blow-by pressure At rated output
kPa Max. 3.43 Max. 9.41
(SAE15W-40 or (Coolant temperature: Within operating
{mmH2O} {Max. 350} {Max. 960}
SAE30 oil) range)
SAE0W30E0S MPa Min. 0.34 Min. 0.21
At high idle (*1)
Oil pressure SAE5W40E0S {kg/cm2} {Min. 3.5} {Min. 2.1}
(Oil temperature: SAE10W30DH
90 – 110°C) At low idle SAE15W40DH MPa Min. 0.1 0.08
SAE30DH {kg/cm2} {Min. 1.0} {0.8}
Oil temperature Whole speed range (Inside oil pan) °C 90 – 110 120
Deflection when pressed with finger force

Alternator belt tension mm (Auto tension) —
of approx. 58.8 N {6 kg}
Air conditioner com- Deflection when pressed with finger force
mm (Auto tension) —
pressor belt tension of approx. 98 N {10 kg}
(*1): Refer to 3. testing engine speed in "Testing and adjusting, Part 1"
(*2): Values after installation to machine
2 D375A-5E0
Standard value table for machine 1

Cate- Standard value for Service limit
Item Measurement conditions Unit
gory new machine value
• Engine coolant temperature: Within operat-
Deceleration low
ing range 900 ± 50 900 ± 50
idle speed
• Torque converter oil temperature: Within
Engine speed
operating range
Torque converter • Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55 °C
stall rpm 1,530 +50
–40
1,450
• Deceleration low idle speed: Pedal
depressed
Torque converter • Torque converter stall speed: F3
stall + work equip- • Torque converter stall + work equipment 1,310 ± 60 1,170
ment relief speed speed: F3 + ripper RAISE
• Engine stopped Neutral o 30 ± 5 Max. 8.0
• Center of lever knob Forward
Direction
Neutral o 30 ± 5 30 ± 5
PCCS lever
Reverse
Full stroke mm 40 ± 5 40 ± 5
(Neutral – Left, (Play: Max. 3) (Play: Max. 3)
right)
Steering
Until clutch is
completely 9±5 9±5
Control lever, pedal stroke
disengaged
• Engine stopped
Deceleration pedal mm 45 ± 15 45 ± 15
• Center of lever knob
• Engine at low idle Full stroke 75 ± 5 75 ± 5
Brake pedal Stroke until oil mm
pressure 75 ± 5 75 ± 5
becomes 0
• Engine at low idle Hold – Raise 60 ± 10 60 ± 10
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Hold – Float 85 ± 10 85 ± 10
Blade lever 45 – 55 °C mm
• Center of lever knob Hold – Left,
53 ± 10 53 ± 10
right tilt
• Engine at low idle Hold – Raise,
• Hydraulic oil temperature: 78 ± 10 78 ± 10
Lower
45 – 55 °C
Ripper lever mm
Hold – Tilt in,
81 ± 10 81 ± 10
tilt out
• Engine stopped Neutral o 53.9 ± 9.8 53.9 ± 9.8

• Center of lever knob Forward {5.5 ± 1.0} {5.5 ± 1.0}
Direction
Control lever, pedal operating effort
Neutral o 53.9 ± 9.8 53.9 ± 9.8

Reverse {5.5 ± 1.0} {5.5 ± 1.0}
Until clutch is
16.7 ± 2.9 16.7 ± 2.9
completely
{1.7 ± 0.3} {1.7 ± 0.3}
PCCS lever
disengaged
Left
Until brake takes N

{kg} 30.4 ± 4.9 30.4 ± 4.9
effect and
{3.1 ± 0.5} {3.1 ± 0.5}
machine turns
Steering
Until clutch is
19.6 ± 2.9 19.6 ± 2.9
completely
{2.0 ± 0.3} {2.0 ± 0.3}
disengaged
Right
Until brake takes

30.4 ± 4.9 30.4 ± 4.9
effect and
{3.1 ± 0.5} {3.1 ± 0.5}
machine turns
D375A-5E0 3

• Engine stopped N 49.0 ± 9.8 49.0 ± 9.8
Deceleration pedal
• Center of pedal {kg} {5.0 ± 1.0} {5.0 ± 1.0}
Control lever, pedal operating effort
• Engine at low idle N 460.6 ± 49.0 460.6 ± 49.0

Brake pedal
• Center of pedal {kg} {47.0 ± 5.0} {47.0 ± 5.0}
• Engine at low idle 34.3 ± 5.9 34.3 ± 5.9
Hold o Raise
• Hydraulic oil temperature: {3.5 ± 0.6} {3.5 ± 0.6}
45 – 55 °C N 82.3 ± 9.8 82.3 ± 9.8
Blade lever • Center of lever knob Hold o Float
{kg} {8.4 ± 1.0} {8.4 ± 1.0}
Hold – Left, 28.4 ± 4.9 28.4 ± 4.9
right tilt {2.9 ± 0.5} {2.9 ± 0.5}
• Engine at low idle Hold – Raise, 21.6 ± 4.9 21.6 ± 4.9
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Lower N {2.2 ± 0.5} {2.2 ± 0.5}
Ripper lever
45 – 55 °C Hold – Tilt in, {kg} 20.6 ± 4.9 20.6 ± 4.9
• Center of lever knob tilt out {2.1 ± 0.5} {2.1 ± 0.5}
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Engine at
Max. speed 600 ± 30 Max. 550
45 – 55 °C low idle
rpm
• Fan 100% mode Engine at
Fan
Min. speed 1,210 ± 50 Max. 1,110

high idle
Engine at MPa 15.7 ± 2.5 15.7 ± 2.5
Circuit oil pressure
high idle {kg/cm2} {160 ± 25} {160 ± 25}
• Power train oil tempera- 0.03 – 0.25 0.03 – 0.25
Low idle
Torque converter ture: Within operating {0.3 – 2.5} {0.3 – 2.5}
inlet pressure range 0.69 – 1.05 0.69 – 1.05
High idle
{7.0 – 10.7} {7.0 – 10.7}
0.03 – 0.20 0.03 – 0.20
Low idle
Torque converter {0.3 – 2.0} {0.3 – 2.0}
outlet pressure 0.44 – 0.69 0.44 – 0.69
High idle
MPa {4.5 – 7.0} {4.5 – 7.0}
{kg/cm2}
Torque converter Low idle — —
lock-up clutch
pressure 1.29 – 1.39 1.29 – 1.39
High idle
{13.2 – 14.2} {13.2 – 14.2}
2.25 – 2.65 2.25 – 2.65
Power train oil pressure
Torque converter Low idle

{23.0 – 27.0} {23.0 – 27.0}
stator clutch
pressure 2.55 – 2.74 2.55 – 2.74
High idle
{26.0 – 28.0} {26.0 – 28.0}
Low idle
Transmission main ture: Within operating {24.0 – 28.0} {23.0 – 30.0}
relief pressure range 2.55 – 2.74 2.45 – 2.94
High idle
{26.0 – 28.0} {25.0 – 30.0}
2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
Low idle
Transmission F {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
clutch pressure 2.55 – 2.74 2.45 – 2.94
High idle
MPa {26.0 – 28.0} {25.0 – 30.0}
{kg/cm2} 2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
Low idle
Transmission R {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
clutch pressure 2.55 – 2.74 2.45 – 2.94
High idle
{26.0 – 28.0} {25.0 – 30.0}
2.06– 2.35 1.96 – 2.55
Low idle
Transmission 1st {21.0 – 24.0} {20.0 – 26.0}
clutch pressure 2.06– 2.35 1.96 – 2.55
High idle
{21.0 – 24.0} {20.0 – 26.0}
4 D375A-5E0

Low idle
Transmission 2nd ture: Within operating {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
clutch pressure range 2.55 – 2.74 2.45 – 2.94
High idle
{26.0 – 28.0} {25.0 – 30.0}
2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
Low idle
Transmission 3rd {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
clutch pressure 2.55 – 2.74 2.45 – 2.94
High idle
{26.0 – 28.0} {25.0 – 30.0}
Transmission lubri- 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.25
High idle
cation pressure {1.0 – 2.5} {1.0 – 2.5}
2.25 – 2.65 Min 2.2
Low idle
Power train oil pressure
Steering left clutch {23.0 – 27.0} {Min 22}

pressure MPa 2.45 – 2.74 Min 2.4
High idle
{kg/cm2} {25.0 – 28.0} {Min 24}
2.25 – 2.65 Min 2.2
Low idle
Steering left brake {23.0 – 27.0} {Min 22}
pressure 2.45 – 2.74 Min 2.4
High idle
{25.0 – 28.0} {Min 24}
2.25 – 2.65 Min 2.2
Low idle
Steering right clutch {23.0 – 27.0} {Min 22}
pressure 2.45 – 2.74 Min 2.4
High idle
{25.0 – 28.0} {Min 24}
2.25 – 2.65 Min 2.2
Low idle
Steering right brake {23.0 – 27.0} {Min 22}
pressure 2.45 – 2.74 Min 2.4
High idle
{25.0 – 28.0} {Min 24}
Pin puller actuation • Power train oil tempera- MPa 2.55 ± 0.10 Min 2.2
ture: Within operating High idle
pressure {kg/cm2} {26.0 ± 1.0} {Min 22}
range
• Flat ground 20.6 ± 1.0 20.6 ± 1.0
F1
• Engine coolant {3.5 ± 0.2} {3.5 ± 0.2}
When lock-up switch is OFF
temperature: Within 10.6 ± 0.6 10.6 ± 0.6

operating range F2
{6.8 ± 0.3} {6.8 ± 0.3}
• Power train oil temper-
ature: Within operat- 6.1 ± 0.3 6.1 ± 0.3
F3
ing range sec {11.8 ± 0.6} {11.8 ± 0.6}
• Engine at high idle (km/h) 15.7 ± 0.8 15.7 ± 0.8
• Run-up distance: 10 – R1
{4.6 ± 0.2} {4.6 ± 0.2}
30 m
Power train performance
• Measuring distance: 8.3 ± 0.4 8.3 ± 0.4

R2
20 m {8.7 ± 0.4} {8.7 ± 0.4}
4.9 ± 0.3 4.9 ± 0.3
R3
{14.7 ± 0.7} {14.7 ± 0.7}
Travel speed
20.6 ± 1.0 20.6 ± 1.0
F1
{3.5 ± 0.2} {3.5 ± 0.2}
When lock-up switch is ON
10.6 ± 0.6 10.6 ± 0.6

F2
{6.8 ± 0.3} {6.8 ± 0.3}
6.1 ± 0.3 6.1 ± 0.3
F3
sec {11.8 ± 0.6} {11.8 ± 0.6}
(km/h) 15.7 ± 0.7 15.7 ± 0.7
R1
{4.6 ± 0.3} {4.6 ± 0.3}
7.8 ± 0.4 7.8 ± 0.4
R2
{9.2 ± 0.5} {9.2 ± 0.5}
4.6 ± 0.3 4.6 ± 0.3
R3
{15.8 ± 0.8} {15.8 ± 0.8}
D375A-5E0 5

• Hydraulic oil temperature: 19.6 +0
+0.98
Min 18.6
45 – 55 °C Low idle
{200 +10 {Min 190}
Blade lift relief • Cylinder at stroke end +0 }
pressure • Standard value measured +0.98
20.6 +0 Min 19.6
with oil pressure gauge High idle
{210 +10 {Min 200}
+0 }
19.6 +0.98
+0 Min 18.6
Low idle
{200 +10 {Min 190}
Blade tilt relief +0 }
pressure +0.98
20.6 +0 Min 19.6
High idle
{210 +10 {Min 200}
MPa +0 }
{kg/cm2} +0.98
19.6 +0 Min 18.6
Low idle
{200 +10 {Min 190}
Ripper lift relief +0 }
pressure +0.98
20.6 +0 Min 19.6
High idle
{210 +10 {Min 200}
+0 }
+0.98
19.6 +0 Min 18.6
Low idle
{200 +10 {Min 190}
Ripper tilt relief +0 }
pressure +0.98
20.6 +0 Min 19.6
High idle
Work equipment oil pressure
{210 +10 {Min 200}

+0 }
• Hydraulic oil temperature: 18.6 – 20.6 Min 17.6

45 – 55 °C Low idle
{190 – 210} {Min 180}
Blade lift relief • Cylinder at stroke end
pressure • Standard value measured
with monitor panel 19.6 – 21.6 Min 18.6
High idle
{200 – 220} {Min 190}
18.6 – 20.6 Min 17.6

Low idle
{190 – 210} {Min 180}
Blade tilt relief
pressure
19.6 – 21.6 Min 18.6
High idle
{200 – 220} {Min 190}
MPa
{kg/cm2}
18.6 – 20.6 Min 17.6
Low idle
{190 – 210} {Min 180}
Ripper lift relief
pressure
19.6 – 21.6 Min 18.6
High idle
{200 – 220} {Min 190}
18.6 – 20.6 Min 17.6

Low idle
{190 – 210} {Min 180}
Ripper tilt relief
pressure
19.6 – 21.6 Min 18.6
High idle
{200 – 220} {Min 190}
Control circuit oil • Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55 °C 3.43 – 4.12 Min 3.1
pressure • Engine at high idle {35 – 42} {Min 32}
• Circuit oil pressure: Lever at Hold MPa
• Output pressure: Lever at full stroke {kg/cm2}
PPC valve output 3.43 – 4.12 Min 3.1
pressure {35 – 42} {Min 32}
6 D375A-5E0

Low idle 10 – 16 27
Raise
High idle 4.0 – 5.1 7
Blade lift sec
Low idle 1.3 – 1.8 1.3 – 1.8
Lower
• Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 – 55°C
• Blade: No load High idle 1.3 – 1.8 1.3 – 1.8
• Ground level - Max. height
Low idle 10 – 15 17
Left tilt
High idle 4–5 6
Blade tilt sec
Low idle 8 – 12 16
Right tilt
45 – 55°C
Work equipment speed
• Blade: No load
Work equipment
• Full left tilt - Full right tilt High idle 3–4 5
Low idle 10 – 15 17
Left tilt
High idle 4–5 6

Dual setting
sec
Low idle 10 – 15 17
Right tilt
45 – 55°C
• Blade: No load
Blade
dual tilt
Low idle 6.5 – 10.5 13
Left tilt
Single setting
High idle 2.5 – 3.5 5
sec
Low idle 8 – 13 15
Right tilt
45 – 55°C
• Blade: No load
D375A-5E0 7

Low idle 10 – 15 17
Dump
High idle 4–5 6
Blade pitch sec
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Low idle 7 – 11 13

45 – 55°C
Back
• Blade: No load
• Full dump – Full back High idle 3–4 5
Low idle 7 – 11 15
Raise
High idle 2.5 – 3.5 5

Ripper lift sec
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Low idle 2–3 2–3
45 – 55°C
Lower
• Blade: No load
• Ground level – Max. height High idle 2–3 2–3
Work equipment
Low idle 12 – 18 24
Tilt in
High idle 4.5 – 5.5 7

Ripper tilt sec
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Low idle 8 – 12 16
Tilt back
45 – 55°C
• Blade: No load
• Full tilt in – Full tilt out High idle 3–4 6

45 – 55°C
• Lever at full stroke Low idle Max. 8 12
• Raise blade to maximum
Blade height, then lower blade and
measure time taken from point
where blade contacts ground to
High idle Max. 1.8 2.0
point where idler comes off
Time lag
ground
sec
45 – 55°C
• Lever at full stroke Low idle — —
• Raise ripper to maximum
Ripper height, then lower ripper and
measure time taken from point
where ripper contacts ground to
High idle Max. 1.0 1.5
point where sprocket comes off
ground
8 D375A-5E0

Blade lift mm Max. 200/15 min 400/15 min
• Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C

• Engine stopped
• Hydraulic drift for 15 minutes at bottom
edge of blade (Change in height h)
Hydraulic drift
of chassis mm Max. 50/5 min 100/5 min
(Blade lift)

Work equipment
• Engine stopped
Hydraulic drift
• Hydraulic drift for 5 minutes at center of

idler (Change in height h)
Blade tilt mm Max. 50/5 min 80/5 min

• Engine stopped
• Retraction h of tilt cylinder
Ripper lift mm Max. 80/15 min 160/15 min

• Engine: Stopped
• Hydraulic drift for 15 minutes at tip of shank
(Change in height h)
D375A-5E0 9

Hydraulic drift
Hydraulic drift
of chassis mm Max. 30/5 min 60/5 min
(Ripper lift)

Work equipment
• Engine stopped
• Hydraulic drift for 5 minutes at center of
sprocket (Change in height h)
Leakage in cylinder internal oil
• Engine at high idle

Blade tilt • Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C Max. 3.0 12
cylinder
• Measure oil leakage during 1 minute at cyl-
inder relief
Ripper lift
cc/min Max. 3.6 12
cylinder
Ripper tilt
Max. 3.2 12
cylinder
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
12 D375A-5E0
SEN01932-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
30 Testing and adjusting 1

Testing and adjusting, Part 1
Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting............................................................................................. 3
Testing engine speed ...................................................................................................................................... 6
Testing intake air pressure (boost pressure) ................................................................................................... 9
Testing exhaust temperature......................................................................................................................... 10
Testing exhaust gas color ............................................................................................................................. 12
Adjusting valve clearance ............................................................................................................................. 14
Testing compression pressure ...................................................................................................................... 16
Testing blow-by pressure .............................................................................................................................. 19
Testing engine oil pressure ........................................................................................................................... 20
Handling of fuel system devices ................................................................................................................... 21
Releasing residual pressure from fuel system .............................................................................................. 21
Testing fuel pressure..................................................................................................................................... 22
Handling of reduced cylinder mode operation .............................................................................................. 23
Handling of no injection cranking operation .................................................................................................. 23
Testing leakage from pressure limiter and return rate from injector.............................................................. 24
Bleeding air from fuel circuit.......................................................................................................................... 27
D375A-5E0 1
SEN01932-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing fuel circuit for leakage....................................................................................................................... 29

Handling controller voltage circuit ................................................................................................................. 30
Replacing and adjusting alternator and air conditioner compressor belt ...................................................... 30
Testing fan motor speed................................................................................................................................ 31
Testing fan circuit oil pressure....................................................................................................................... 32
Bleeding air from fan pump ........................................................................................................................... 33
Adjusting fuel control dial and decelerator pedal .......................................................................................... 34
2 D375A-5E0
Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting 1
Quantity
Symbol
Testing or adjusting
Part No. Part name Remarks
item
Air boost pressure

A 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit 1 –101 – 200 kPa {–760 – 1,500 mmHg}
(boost pressure)
B 799-101-1502 Digital temperature gauge 1 –99.9 – 1,299°C
Exhaust temperature
— 799-201-1150 Adapter 1 For Pm clinic specification
1 799-201-9001 Handy smoke checker 1
Exhaust gas color C Commercially Bosch index: 0 – 9
2 Smoke meter 1
available
Commercially Air intake side: 0.32 mm
Valve clearance D Thickness gauge 1
available Exhaust side: 0.62 mm
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge 1 0 – 6.9 MPa {0 – 70 kg/cm2}
795-611-1220 Adapter 1
2
Compression pressure E 6261-71-6150 Gasket 1
795-799-5410 Adapter 1
3
795-799-5420 Remover 1
Blow-by pressure F 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge:
Engine oil pressure G 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1 Pressure gauge: 0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2}
799-101-5230 Nipple 1
3
6215-81-9720 O-ring 1
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 *As common as G1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Testing fuel circuit pres- 2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1 *As common as G2
H
sure 799-101-5160 Nipple 1 R1/8
3 795-471-1450 Adapter 1 M8 x 1.25
07005-00812 Gasket 1
1 6167-11-6640 Spacer 1 Inside diameter: 10 mm
2 6206-71-1770 Joint 1 Joint diameter: 10 mm
Commercially
3 Hose 1 ø 5 mm (Inside diameter) x 2 – 3 m
available
Testing fuel return rate Commercially
J 4 Hose 1 ø 16 mm (Inside diameter) x 2 – 3 m
and leakage available
Commercially
5 Measuring cylinder 1
available
Commercially
6 Stopwatch 1
available
1 *As common as G1
Power train oil pressure K 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1 *As common as G2
D375A-5E0 3
Quantity
Symbol
item
19M-06-32820 Switch assembly 1

Emergency escape 1 7824-66-6430 Resister 1
method when power L
train has trouble 195-06-71220 Wiring harness 1
2 790-190-1601 Pump assembly 1
Testing control circuit 1 *As common as G1
M 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
basic pressure
2 799-401-3200 Adapter 1 Size: 03
1 *As common as G1
Testing PPC valve out- 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
N
put pressure 2 799-401-3100 Adapter 1 Size: 02
3 799-401-3200 Adapter 1 Size: 03
Testing ripper pin puller 799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1

1 *As common as G1
solenoid valve output P 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
pressure 2 799-401-3200 Adapter 1 Size: 03
Testing internal leakage
Commercially
of work equipment Q Measuring cylinder 1
available
cylinder
Testing fan motor
R 799-205-1100 Tachometer KIT 1
speed
1 *As common as G1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Testing fan circuit oil
S 2 790-301-1330 • Flange 1 Size: 10
pressure
3 07372-21055 Bolt 4
4 07000-13035 O-ring 1
79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 294 N {0 – 30 kg}
Operating effort T
79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 490 N {0 – 50 kg}
Stroke and hydraulic Commercially
U Scale 1
drift available
Commercially
Work equipment speed V Stopwatch 1
available
Commercially
Voltage and resistance W Tester 1
available
1 799-608-3211 Diskette 1
Initializing VHMS con- 2 799-608-3220 Harness 1
Z
troller Commercially Notebook type personal OS: Windows 98/2000/Me/XP
3 1
available computer Terminal "RS232C" is with it
799-601-7400 T-adapter assembly 1 AMP040 connector
799-601-7500 T-adapter assembly 1 AMP070 connector
799-601-9000 T-adapter assembly 1 DT, HD30 connector
799-601-9300 T-adapter assembly 1 DRC26-24, 40-pin
Diagnosis of sensor 799-601-7360 Adapter 1 Relay (5-pin)
—
and harness 799-601-3450 Adapter 1 VHMS download wiring harness
799-601-4100 T-adapter assembly 1 Engine-related connector
Engine coolant temperature, oil tem-
795-799-5530 • T-adapter 1
perature, fuel temperature
795-799-5540 • T-adapter 1 Boost temperature sensor
4 D375A-5E0
Quantity
Symbol
item
799-601-4130 • T-adapter 1 Ne sensor

799-601-4150 • T-adapter 1 Oil pressure sensor
799-601-4211 • T-adapter 1 Controller (50-pole)
799-601-4220 • T-adapter 1 Controller (60-pole)
799-601-4240 • Socket 1 Ambient pressure sensor
Diagnosis of sensor 799-601-4250 • Socket 1 Boost pressure sensor
—
and harness 799-601-4260 • T-adapter 1 Controller (4-pole)
799-601-9020 • T-adapter 1 EGR valve, injector
799-601-9040 • T-adapter 1 EGR valve potentiometer sensor
799-601-9420 • T-adapter 1 Common rail pressure sensor
799-601-9430 • T-adapter 1 Supply pump PCV
799-601-9030 T-adapter 1 G sensor
D375A-5E0 5
Testing engine speed 1 3. Testing high idle speed

1) Start the engine and set the fuel control
a Test the engine speed under the following con- dial in the high idle position.
dition. 2) Set the PCCS lever and work equipment
q Engine coolant temperature: control lever in neutral and test the engine
Within operating range speed.
q Power train oil temperature: a The high idle speed tested in the "Monitor-
Within operating range ing mode" or in the "Pm Clinic auxiliary
q Hydraulic oil temperature: mode" is the auto-deceleration speed.
Within operating range a When testing the high idle speed of the
engine, use the "Adjustment mode".
1. Preparation work Adjustment code:
Turn the starting switch ON and set the monitor 0007 (Engine decelerator cut mode)
panel in the "Monitoring mode" to prepare for
test of the engine speed.
a For the operating method, see "Special
functions of monitor panel (EMMS)".
q Monitoring code: 01000 (Engine speed)
a The engine speed is displayed on the ser-
vice meter display section in 1 rpm.
4. Testing decelerator pedal speed

dial in the high idle position.
2) Set the PCCS lever and work equipment
control lever in neutral and press the
decelerator pedal and test the engine
speed.
2. Testing low idle speed
dial in the low idle position.
2) Set the PCCS lever and work equipment
control lever in neutral and test the engine
speed.
a When testing the low idle speed after
lowering the engine speed sharply
from the high speed range, wait for
several seconds until the engine
speed is stabilized.
6 D375A-5E0
5. Testing torque converter stall speed 7) Perform steps 2) – 4) again and test the
a Use Adjustment mode to test. engine when the power train oil tempera-
q Adjustment mode: ture gauge reads position (a) of the green
0530 (Stall speed check mode) range.
k This machine is equipped with the a After finishing test, return the direc-
cooling fan speed control function to tion of the PCCS lever into neutral
protect the radiator when the engine is and lower the power train oil tempera-
not fully warmed up. Since that func- ture with the engine at high idle.
tion does not work while this mode is a After finishing test, finish the adjust-
used, warm up the engine fully before ment mode.
using this mode.
1) Start the engine and set the fuel control 6. Torque converter stall + Work equipment
dial in the low idle position. relief speed (Full stall speed)
2) Press the brake pedal securely and set a Use Adjustment mode to test.
the parking brake lever in the FREE posi- q Adjustment mode:
tion and set the PCCS lever in the FOR- 0530 (Stall speed check mode)
WARD and 3rd gear speed position. 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control
a Before going to the next step, check dial in the low idle position and raise the
that the upper display unit of the mon- ripper to the stroke end.
itor panel is set in the normal display 2) Keep pressing the brake pedal securely
state and it displays [F3]. and set the parking brake lever in the
a Keep the steering unit in neutral. FREE position and set the PCCS lever in
3) Press the decelerator pedal and set the the FORWARD and 3rd gear speed posi-
fuel control dial in the high idle position. tion.
4) Return the decelerator pedal slowly to stall a Before going to the next step, check
the torque converter with the engine at that the upper display unit of the mon-
high idle. itor panel is set in the normal display
k Keep pressing the brake pedal state and it displays [F3].
securely and keep your right foot a Set the steering unit in neutral.
on the decelerator pedal for safety 3) Press the decelerator pedal and set the
until the work is finished. fuel control dial in the high idle position.
5) Just after the power train oil temperature 4) Return the decelerator pedal slowly to stall
gauge reads position (a) of the green the torque converter with the engine at
range, return the direction of the PCCS high idle.
lever into neutral. k Keep pressing the brake pedal
securely and keep your right foot
on the decelerator pedal for safety
until the work is finished.
5) Just after the power train oil temperature
gauge reads position (a) of the green
range, return the direction of the PCCS
lever into neutral.
6) Repeat above steps 2) – 5) 3 times.
D375A-5E0 7
6) Repeat above steps 2) – 5) 3 times.

7) Repeat steps 2) – 4) and relieve the ripper
system by raising the ripper with the ripper
lever. When the power train oil tempera-
ture gauge reaches position (a) of the
green range, test the engine speed.
a After finishing test, return the direc-
tion of the PCCS lever into neutral
and lower the power train oil tempera-
ture with the engine at high idle.
a After finishing test, finish the adjust-
ment mode.
a The engine speed can be tested by
the following operation:
q "Pm clinic auxiliary mode" of the
monitor panel
q Each time the information switch
is set to the right or left when the
monitor panel is in the normal
display state, the display in the
multi information section turns to
the display of service meter or
engine speed. (However, test the
high idle speed of the engine in
the "Adjustment mode").
8 D375A-5E0
Testing intake air pressure (boost 4. Run the engine at medium or higher speed and
pressure) 1 drain the oil from the hose.
a Insert the joint of the gauge and hose half-
a Testing instruments for intake air pressure way and open the self-seal on the hose
(boost pressure) side repeatedly, and the oil is drained.
a If Pm kit (A) is available, the air bleeding
Symbol Part No. Part name coupling (790-261-1130) in it may be
A 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit used.
a If any oil is left in the hose, the gauge does
k When installing and removing the testing not move. Accordingly, be sure to drain
instrument, take care not to touch a hot part the oil.
of the engine.
a A nipple (quick coupler) is installed to the 5. Test the intake air pressure (boost pressure)
intake air pressure (boost pressure) pickup while the engine is running at high idle and the
port of the Pm clinic specification machine. torque converter is stalling.
a Ttes the intake air pressure (boost pressure) a For the procedure for stalling the torque
under the following condition. converter, see "Testing engine speed".
q Coolant temperature: a Normally, the intake air pressure (boost
Within operating range pressure) should be tested while the
q Power train oil temperature: engine is running at the rated output. In
Within operating range the field, however, an approximate value
q Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C can be obtained by stalling the torque con-
verter.
1. Open the left and right side covers of the
engine.
2. Remove intake air pressure pickup plug (1)

(R1/8) from the rear of the air intake manifold.
6. After finishing test, remove the testing instru-

ment and reinstall the removed parts.
3. Install nipple [1] of boost gauge kit A and con-

nect gauge [2].
D375A-5E0 9
Testing exhaust temperature 1

a Tools for testing exhaust temperature
Symbol Part No. Part name

B 799-101-1502 Digital temperature gauge
a Testing instruments for exhaust temperature

(Pm clinic specification)
Since the exhaust temperature sensor is
installed to the Pm clinic specification machine,
prepare an adapter connector to connect the
exhaust temperature sensor and digital tem-
perature gauge.
Symbol Part No. Part name 4. Procedure when testing the maximum value
B 799-101-1502 Digital temperature gauge
during troubleshooting
Carry out actual work and test the maximum
— 799-201-1150 Adapter
value during operation.
a Use the PEAK mode of the digital temper-
k Wait for the manifold temperature to go ature gauge.
down before removing or installing the test- a The exhaust temperature largely depends
ing equipment. on the outside air temperature (intake air
a Test the exhaust temperature under the follow- temperature of the engine). Accordingly, if
ing conditions. any abnormal value is obtained, correct it
q Coolant temperature: by the following calculation.
Within operating range q Compensation value [°C] = Tested
q Power train oil temperature: value + 2 x (20 – ambient tempera-
Within operating range ture)
q Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
5. Procedure when testing periodically or during
1. Open the engine right side cover, then remove preventive maintenance
the adiabatic cover. a If only torque converter stall is used, the
power train oil temperature will overheat
2. Remove exhaust temperature test plug. before the exhaust temperature stabilizes,
so always use the following procedure
3. Fit sensor [1] of digital temperature gauge B, when testing.
then connect to meter [2]. 1) Remove inspection hole plug (5) from the
a Clamp the wiring harness of the digital front side of the timing gear case and
temperature gauge to prevent it from rotate the crankshaft forward to set notch
touching any hot part during test. (a) of the supply pump drive gear to the
center of the inspection hole.
1] Start the engine, set the fuel control
dial to the low idle position, then oper-
ate the ripper lever to move the ripper
lift cylinder to the end of the RAISE
stroke.
2] Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed,
operate the PCCS lever to the F posi-
tion and set the speed to 3.
3] Depress the decelerator pedal and
set the fuel control dial to high idle.
10 D375A-5E0
4] Let the decelerator pedal back slowly,

run the engine at high idle, stall the
torque converter, and at the same
time, operate the ripper lever to
RAISE relief.
k Keep the brake pedal depressed
firmly during operation. For safety
reasons, always keep your right
foot on the decelerator pedal until
the completion of the test opera-
tion.
2) From the above condition, cancel the
hydraulic pump relief and carry out only
torque c onverter relief t o low er the
exhaust temperature. (Condition (b) in the
diagram).
a If the exhaust temperature does not
go down but rises, use the procedure
in Step 1) to make the set tempera-
ture higher.
3) When the exhaust temperature goes
down and becomes stable, record the
temperature. (Condition (c) in the dia-
gram).
k If the power train oil temperature gauge
enters the red range, return the direc-
tional lever immediately to the neutral
position and lower the power train oil
temperature.
6. After completing the test, remove the testing

equipment and set to the original condition.
D375A-5E0 11
Testing exhaust gas color 1 2. Testing with smoke meter C2

1) Insert probe [1] of smoke meter C2 into
a Tools for testing exhaust color the outlet port of the exhaust pipe, and
tighten the clip to secure it to the exhaust
pipe.
1 799-201-9001 Handy smoke checker
C Commercially
2 Smoke meter
available
k Be careful not to touch any hot parts when

removing or installing the testing tools.
a When testing in the field where there is no air
or electric power supply, use handy smoke
checker C1; when recording formal data, use
smoke meter C2.
a Test the exhaust color under the following con-
ditions.
q Coolant temperature:
Within operating range
2) Connect the air hose and the socket of the
probe hose and accelerator switch to
1. Testing with handy smoke checker C1
smoke meter C2.
1) Install filter paper to handy smoke checker
a Keep the pressure of the air supply
C1.
below 1.5 MPa (15 kg/cm2).
2) Insert the exhaust gas suction port into the
3) Connect the power cord to the AC100V
exhaust pipe.
socket.
3) Start the engine.
a Before connecting the cord, check
4) Accelerate the engine suddenly or run at
that the power switch of the smoke
high idle, and operate the handle of handy
meter is OFF.
smoke checker C1 at the same time to
4) Loosen the cap nut of the suction pump
collect the exhaust gas on the filter paper.
and fit the filter paper.
a Fit the filter paper securely so that the
exhaust gas cannot leak.
5) Turn the power switch of smoke meter C2
ON.
5) Remove the filter paper and compare it

with the scale supplied to judge the condi-
tion.
6) After completing the test, remove the test-
ing equipment and set to the original con-
dition.
12 D375A-5E0

7) Accelerate the engine suddenly or run at
high idle, and depress the accelerator
pedal of smoke meter C2 at the same time
to collect the exhaust gas color on the fil-
ter.
8) Place the filter paper used to catch the
exhaust gas color on top of at least 10
sheets of unused filter paper inside the fil-
ter paper holder, and read the value
shown.
dition.
D375A-5E0 13
Adjusting valve clearance 1

a Adjusting tool for valve clearance

Commercially
D Thickness gauge
available
1. Remove the engine hood.
2. Remove the cylinder head covers.

a Remove covers (1) and (2), bracket (3)
and 6 cylinder head covers (4). For
details, see Disassembly and assembly
volume, "Removal and installation of cylin-
der head assembly".
4. When the No. 1 cylinder is at the compression

top dead center, adjust the valve clearance
3. Remove inspection hole plug (5) from the front indicated by q of the valve layout plan.
side of the timing gear case and rotate the a Loosen locknut (8) of adjustment screw
crankshaft forward to set notch (a) of the sup- (7), insert thickness gauge D in the clear-
ply pump drive gear to the center of the inspec- ance between crosshead (9) and rocker
tion hole. arm (10), and adjust the valve clearance
a Rotate the engine with the cranking device with adjustment screw (7) to a degree that
(6) on the rear left of engine. you can move the thickness gauge lightly.
a On the right of figure upper, the compres- a Valve clearance
sion top dead center of No. 1 cylinder is q Air intake valve: 0.32 mm
shown and on the right, the top dead cen- q Exhaust valve: 0.62 mm
ter of No. 6 cylinder is shown.
When the No. 1 cylinder is at the com- 5. While fixing adjustment screw (7), tighten lock-
pres-sion top dead center, the rocker nut (8).
arm can be moved by the valve clear- 3 Locknut:
ance with the hand. 57.8 – 77.4 Nm {5.9 – 7.9 kgm}
a After tightening the locknut, check the
valve clearance again.
14 D375A-5E0
6. Rotate the crackshaft forward one turn and

adjust the valve clearance indicated by Q of
the valve layout plan.
a The adjustment method is the same as
above.
7. After finishing adjustment, return the removed-

parts.
3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt:
{No.1, 3, 4, 5, 6 cylinders}
9.8 ± 1.0 Nm {1.0 ± 0.1 kgm}
{No.2 cylinder}
58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm}
D375A-5E0 15
Testing compression pressure 1 5. Remove injector holder (7), and remove injec-
tor (8).
a Testing tools for compression pressure

1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge
795-611-1220 Adapter
2
E 6261-71-6150 Gasket
795-799-5410 Adapter
3
795-799-5420 Remover
k When testing the compression pres-sure,

take care not to burn yourself on the
exhaust manifold, muffler, etc. or get
caught in a rotating part.
a Test the compression pressure after the engine a Insert the pin (indicated by the arrow) at
is warmed up (Engine oil temperature: 40 – the end of the tool E3 into hole (a) of
60°C). adaptor (9), and pull out the injector by
moving the weight of tool E3 up and down.
1. Remove the engine hood.
2. Remove the cylinder head covers.

a Remove covers (1) and (2), bracket (3)
and cylinder head cover (4) to test the
compression pressure. For details, see
Disassembly and assembly volume,
"Removal and installation of cylinder head
assembly".
3. Adjust the valve clearance of the cylinder to be

inspected. For details, see "Adjusting valve
clearance".
4. Disconnect fuel high-pressure tube (5) and

injector wiring harness (6).
a Remove the terminal on the injector side
and the mounting bolt on the rocker hous-
ing side, and remove the injector wiring
harness from the injector.
a Loosen the 2 terminal nuts alternately.
16 D375A-5E0
6. Install adapter E2 to the mounting hole on the 8. Rotate the engine with the starting motor and
injector and the compression gauge E1. test the compression pressure.
a Fit the gasket to the injector end without a Read the pressure gauge pointer when it
fail is stabilized.
a Fix the adapter with the injector holder.
3 Holder mounting bolt: 9. After finishing testing, remove the testing tools
58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm} and return the removed parts.
a Apply a little amount of engine oil to the a Install the injector and fuel high-pressure
connecting parts of the adapter and gauge tube according to the following procedure.
so that air will not leak easily. 1) Install gasket (10) and O-rings (11) and
(12).
a Take care not to install O-ring (11) to
the groove (b).
2 O-ring: Engine oil
2) Fit adaptor (9) to injector (8), and press it
in as a unit to the cylinder head by hand.
7. Disconnect the EGC3 connector of the engine

controller.
3) Install holder (7) and tighten bolt (13) and

washer (14) temporarily.
2 Spherical part of washer: Engine oil
4) Install the fuel high-pressure tube, and
temporarily tighten sleeve nut (5).
5) Fully tighten bolt (13).
3 Bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
6) Fully tighten sleeve nut (5).
3 3Sleeve nut:
k
39.2 – 44.1 Nm {4 – 4.5 kgm}
If this connector is not disconnected,
the engine will start during test and
that will be dangerous. Accordingly, be
sure to disconnect.
k Since the EGC3 connector is the power
supply circuit of the engine controller,
cover the connector on the wiring har-
ness side with a vinyl sheet etc. to pre-
vent leakage and ground fault.
a The adjustment mode "No-injection crank-
ing mode" of the monitor panel may be
selected.
D375A-5E0 17
a Install the injector wiring harness accord-

ing to the following procedure.
1) Assemble injector wiring harness (6) from
the inside of rocker arm housing and fix
the connector side with plate (15).
2)Fit spacer (16) and fix it with bolt (17).

3)Alternately tighten nuts (18) on the injector
side.
3 Nut: 2 ± 0.2 Nm {0.2 ± 0.02 kgm}
a Tighten the cylinder head cover mounting

bolt with the following torque.
3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt:
{No.1, 3, 4, 5, 6 cylinders}
9.8 ± 1.0 Nm {1.0 ± 0.1 kgm}
{No.2 cylinder}
58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm}
18 D375A-5E0
Testing blow-by pressure 1

a Tools for testing blow-by pressure

F 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker
a Test the blow-by pressure under the following

conditions.
q Power train oil temperature:
1. Open the engine left side cover and pull out equipment and set to the original condition.
blow-by hose (1).
2. Install nozzle [1] and hose [2] of blow-by

checker F to blow-by hose (1) and then con-
nect them to gauge [3].
3. Run the engine at high idle and test the blow-

by pressure when the torque converter stalls.
a For details of the procedure for stalling the
torque converter, see "Testing torque con-
verter stall speed".
a Blow-by varies greatly according to the
condition of the engine. Therefore, if the
blow-by value is considered abnormal,
check for problems connected with defec-
tive blow-by, such as excessive oil con-
sumption, defective exhaust gas color,
and prematurely dirty or deteriorated oil.
D375A-5E0 19
Testing engine oil pressure 1 3. Install nipple G3 and connect to hydraulic

tester G2.
a Tools for testing engine oil pressure

799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
G 2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester
799-101-5230 Nipple
3
6215-81-9720 O-ring
a A nipple (quick coupler) is installed to the

engine oil pressure pickup port of the Pm clinic
specification machine.
a Test the engine oil pressure under the follow-
ing conditions. 4. Start the engine, and test the oil pressure at
q Engine oil temperature: low idle and high idle.
a It is also possible to check the engine oil pres-
sure with the monitoring mode of the monitor
panel (EMMS). For details of the method of
operation, see "Special functions of monitor
panel (EMMS)".
q Monitoring code:
37200 (Engine oil pressure)
q Unit: kPa
1. Open the engine left side cover.

2. Remove oil pressure test plug (1). equipment and set to the original condition.
20 D375A-5E0
Handling of fuel system devices 1 Releasing residual pressure from

a Precautions for testing and maintaining fuel fuel system 1
system a Pressure is generated in the low pressure cir-
The common rail fuel injection system (CRI) cuit and high pressure circuit of the fuel system
consists of more precise parts than the con- while the engine is running.
ventional fuel injection pump and nozzle. If for- Low pressure circuit: Feed pump – Fuel main
eign matter enters this system, it can cause a filter – Fuel supply pump
trouble. High-pressure circuit: Fuel supply pump –
When testing and maintaining the fuel system, Common rail – Fuel injector
take care more than the past. If dust, etc. sticks a The pressure in both low pressure circuit and
to any part, wash that part thoroughly with high pressure circuit lowers to a safety level
clean fuel. automatically 30 seconds after the engine is
a Precautions for replacing fuel filter cartridge stopped.
Be sure to use Komatsu genuine fuel filter car- a Before the fuel circuit is tested and its parts are
tridge. removed or installed, the residual pressure in
Since the common rail fuel injection system the fuel circuit must be released completely.
(CRI) consists of more precise parts than the Accordingly, observe the following.
conventional fuel injection pump and nozzle, it k Before testing the fuel system, or removing
employs a high-efficiency special filter to pre- or installing its parts, wait at least 30 sec-
vent foreign matter from entering it. onds after stopping the engine until the
If a filter other than the genuine one is used, residual pressure in the fuel circuit is
the fuel system may have a trouble. Accord- released. (Do not start the work just after
ingly, never use such a filter. stopping the engine since there is residual
pressure.)
D375A-5E0 21
Testing fuel pressure 1 4. Start the engine and inspect the fuel pressure
with the engine running at high idle or at the
a Testing tools for fuel pressure equivalent of rated output speed (stall load).
a If the fuel pressure is in the following
range, it is normal.
1 Engine speed Fuel pressure
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
At high idle or
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 0.15 – 0.3 MPa
H at the equivalent of rated
{1.5 – 3 kg/cm2}
799-101-5160 Nipple (R1/8) output speed
3 795-471-1450 Adapter (M8 x 1.25)
07005-00812 Gasket
a Test only the fuel pressure in the low-pressure

circuit from the feed pump through the engine
controller cooler and fuel filter to the supply
pump.
k Since the pressure in the high-pressure cir-
cuit from the supply pump through the
common rail to the injector is very high, it
cannot be tested.
1. Open the left side cover.
2. Remove plug (1). 5. After finishing testing, remove the testing tools
and return the removed parts.
3. Install nipple H3 and connect it to hydraulic

tester H2.
22 D375A-5E0
Handling of reduced cylinder Handling of no injection cranking

mode operation 1 operation 1
a Reduced cylinder mode operation means to a No injection cranking means to crank the
run the engine with the fuel injectors of 1 or engine with the starting motor while all the
more cylinders disabled electrically to reduce injections are stopped electrically. The purpose
the number of effective cylinders. The pur- and effect of this operation are as follows.
poses and effects of this operation are as fol- q Before the engine is started after it or the
lows. engine unit has been stored for a long period,
1. This operation is used to find out a cylinder the no injection cranking is performed to lubri-
which does not output power normally (or, cate the engine parts and protect them from
combustion in it is abnormal). seizure.
2. When engine speed and output do not change a Use the no-injection cranking function for only
from the normal operation (all cylinder operat- the above purposes while the engine is
ing mode) even though the fuel injection has mounted on the machine.
been cut out for any cylinder, the cylinder is a To implement no injection cranking operation,
suspected to be defective. see "Special functions of monitor panel
The following problems can be considered: (EMMS)".
q Leaking of cylinder head gasket
q Defective injection of injector
q Defective piston, piston ring or cylinder
liner
q Defective valve mechanism (valve sys-
tem)
q Defective electrical system
3. Since the injector of each cylinder is separately
controlled electronically in the common rail fuel
injection system, the reduced cylinder mode
operation can be obtained by easier operations
of the switches when compared with the
mechanical fuel injection system. This allows
to narrow down the causes of the incident eas-
ily.
a To implement reduced cylinder mode
operation, see "Special functions of moni-
tor panel (EMMS)".
a Use the reduced cylinder mode for only
the purpose of troubleshooting.
D375A-5E0 23
Testing leakage from pressure limiter and return rate from injector 1
a Testing instruments for fuel return rate and

leakage

1 6167-11-6640 Spacer
2 6206-71-1770 Joint
Commercially
3 Hose
available
J Commercially
4 Hose
available
Commercially
5 Measuring cylinder
available
Commercially
6 Stopwatch
available
a Prepare an oil pan of about 20 l to receive the

fuel flowing out during the test.
24 D375A-5E0
1. Preparation work 2. Testing leakage from pressure limiter

1) Remove tube (3) between common rail (1) 1) Route inspection hose J3 in such that it
and block (2). may be free from slack and then insert its
2) Insert spacer J1 on block (2) side and end to the oil pan (saucer).
tighten the removed joint bolt again. 2) Set the mode that allows confirming the
a Fit the gaskets to both ends of the engine speed with the real time monitoring
spacer. function. For details, see "Special func-
tions of monitor panel".
3) Run the engine at the rated output (under
the torque converter stall load).
4) After making sure the engine speed is sta-
bilized, test leakage volume per minute
using measuring cylinder J5.
a You may test for 20 seconds and
judge by multiplying the result by 3.
a If the leakage from the pressure lim-
iter is in the following range, it is nor-
mal.
Engine speed Leaking amount
(rpm) (cc/min)
3) Insert joint J2 to common rail (1) side and Equivalent to rated
Max. 10
tighten the currently removed joint bolt operation
again.
a Be sure to fit the gaskets to both ends
of the joint.
4) Connect inspection hose J3 to the tip of
joint J2.
a Bind the connecting part of the test
hose with a wire, etc. to prevent it
from coming off.
a The above is the preparation work for
testing the leakage from the pressure
limiter.
5) After finishing testing, stop the engine.
D375A-5E0 25
3. Testing return rate from injector

1) Remove the hose (4) at spill outlet and
connect inspection hose J4 in stead. Then
insert the hose end to the oil pan (saucer).
5) After finishing testing, stop the engine.
4. Work after finishing testing

After finishing all testing, remove the testing
2) Set the mode that allows confirming the tools and return the removed parts.
engine speed with the real time monitoring
function. For details, see "Special func-
tions of monitor panel".
3) Run the engine at the rated output (under
the torque converter stall load).
4) After making sure the engine speed is sta-
bilized, test leakage volume per minute
using measuring cylinder J5.
a You may test for 20 seconds and
judge by multiplying the result by 3.
a If the supply pump is not supplying
fuel, the engine speed may not rise.
In this case, record the engine speed,
too, during the test.
a If the return rate (spill) from the injec-
tor is in the following range, it is nor-
mal.
Rated output speed Limit of return rate (spill)
(rpm) (cc/min)
1,600 960
1,700 1,020
1,800 1,080
1,900 1,140
2,000 1,200
26 D375A-5E0
Bleeding air from fuel circuit 1

a Bleed air according to this procedure in the fol-
lowing cases.
q When the fuel filter was replaced
q When fuel ran out
q When starting the engine for the first time
after replacing the fuel piping or supply
pump
1. Set the starting switch to OFF position.
2. Open the left side cover.
3. Open air bleeder valve (4) on the prefilter

head. a The built-in timer of this switch automati-
a Turn the valve lever to the horizontal posi- cally starts or stops operation of the elec-
tion. tric priming pump. (See the figure below)
a Operation of the electric priming pump is
stopped as long as flashing of the lamp is
continued. It is not an error.
a Shifting the switch to “OFF” while the lamp
is flashing turns off the lamp and stops the
electric priming pump, too.
k Pressure is constantly applied to the
fuel circuit as long as operation of the
electric priming pump is continued.
Loosening the air bleeding plug from
this state might allow fuel to burst out.
Thus, don't try to loosen the plug while
the pump is in operation.
4. Set switch (2) of electric priming pump switch

(1) installed in the engine compartment to the
"ON" position.
a Lamp (3) will start flashing and operation
of the electric priming pump will be
started.
q Release switch (2), and it automatically
returns to its original position.
5. As the specified duration (about 6.5 minutes) is

expired, lamp (3) automatically goes off, stop-
ping the electric priming pump.
a When the fuel filter alone was replaced,
above completes bleeding air.
6. When fuel is not provided in the fuel circuit

such as when run out of fuel occurred or when
replacement of the fuel pipe or supply pump
was done, set switch (2) to “ON” again after
the electric priming pump is automatically
stopped.
D375A-5E0 27
7. Bleeding air, in this case, completes as lamp

(3) went off.
8. Close air bleeding valve (4).

a Set the valve in the vertical position.
9. Start the engine with the starting motor.

a The air in the high-pressure circuit is bled
automatically if the engine is cranked.
a If the engine does not start, the air in the
low-pressure circuit may have not been
bled. In this case, start the engine accord-
ing to the following procedure.
1) Turn electric priming pump switch (2) to
the ON position.
2) While the electric priming pump is operat-
ing, crank the engine to start with the start-
ing motor. If the engine still does not start,
wait for about 2 minutes and repeat steps
1) and 2).
3) After the engine starts, keep it running for
at least 5 minutes to bleed all air from the
fuel circuit.
a Do not operate the starting motor continu-
ously for more than 20 seconds.
28 D375A-5E0
Testing fuel circuit for leakage 1 9. Inspect the fuel piping and the devices for fuel
leakage.
k Very high pressure is generated in the high- a Inspect the high-pressure circuit parts
pressure circuit of the fuel system. If fuel concentration on the areas coated with the
leaks while the engine is running, it is dan- color checker, for fuel leakage.
gerous since it can catch fire. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
After testing the fuel system or removing and inspect again from step 1.
and installing its components, check for a If any fuel leakage is not detected, inspec-
fuel leakage according to the following pro- tion is completed.
cedure.
a Clean and degrease the engine and the parts
around it in advance so that you can inspect it
easily for fuel leakage.
1. Spray color checker (developer) over the fuel

supply pump, common rail, fuel injector, and
joints of the high-pressure piping.
2. Run the engine at a speed less than 1,000 rpm

and stop it after its rotation is stabilized.
3. Inspect the fuel piping and the devices for fuel

leakage.
a Inspect the high-pressure circuit parts
concentration on the areas coated with the
color checker, for fuel leakage.
a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
and inspect again from step 1.
4. Run the engine at low idle.

leakage.
6. Run the engine at high idle.

leakage.
8. Run the engine at high idle to apply load to the

engine.
a Relieve by tilting the blade or raising the
ripper.
D375A-5E0 29
Handling controller voltage circuit1 Replacing and adjusting

1. When disconnecting or connecting a connector alternator and air conditioner
between the engine controller and engine, be compressor belt 1
sure to turn the starting switch OFF. a The auto-tensioner is provided for the alterna-
tor and air conditioner compressor belt. Thus,
2. If a T-adapter is inserted in or connected to a testing and adjustment of the belt is usually not
connector between the engine controller and necessary.
engine for troubleshooting, do not start the a Following describes the auto-tensioner adjust-
engine. ment procedure to be employed for the belt
a You may turn the starting switch to the replacement.
OFF or ON position but must not turn it to
the START position. 1. Open the left side cover.
2. Loosen locknut (1), tighten push bolt (2) fully

and then loose in tension pulley (4).
3. Replace belt (5).
4. After replacing the belt, loosen push bolt (2)

until its installed length (a) is 90 mm.
5. Tighten locknut (1).
30 D375A-5E0
Testing fan motor speed 1

a Testing instruments for fan motor speed

R 799-205-1100 Tachometer kit
1. Open the radiator mask and remove the

mounting bolts of fan net (1) under the fan
motor.
a Fan net (1) cannot be removed since the
fan motor piping is installed.
5. Start the engine and set the monitor panel in

the adjustment mode.
a For the operating method in the adjust-
ment mode, see "Special functions of
monitor panel (EMMS)".
a Adjustment code:
1005 (Fan 100% speed mode)
6. Run the engine at low idle and high idle and

test the fan motor speed.
2. Make clearance by shifting fan net (1) and stick

reflecting tape [1] to the fan through clearance.
a Stick the reflecting tape near the outside of
the fan (where the distance between the
fan net and fan is short).
3. Install fan net (1) and close the radiator mask.

k Be sure to close the fan net and the
radiator mask before starting test. Do
not start the engine with the radiator
mask open.
4. Insert probe [2] of tachometer kit R through the 7. After finishing test, remove the testing instru-
radiator mask and set it out of the fan net with ment and return the removed parts.
stand [3] and connect it to multi-tachometer [4].
a The probe tip cannot be inserted in an
opening of the fan net, but it can test the
fan motor speed. Remove all obstacles
between the lighting part of the probe and
the reflecting tape.
D375A-5E0 31
Testing fan circuit oil pressure 1 5. Start the engine and set the monitor panel in
a Testing instruments for fan circuit oil pressure the adjustment mode.
a For the operating method in the adjust-
Symbol Part No. Part name ment mode, see "Special functions of
monitor panel (EMMS)".
1 a Adjustment code:
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1005 (Fan 100% speed mode)
S 2 790-301-1330 • Flange
3 07372-21055 Bolt 6. Run the engine at high idle and test the fan cir-
cuit oil pressure.
4 07000-13035 O-ring
k Stop the machine on a level place, lower

the work equipment to the ground, and set
the parking brake lever and work equip-
ment lock lever in the LOCK position.
a Test the fan circuit oil pressure under the fol-
lowing condition.
1. Open the radiator mask.
2. Remove bolt (1) and disconnect tube (2).
7. After finishing test, remove the testing instru-

ment and return the removed parts.
3. Install oil pressure testing flange S2 and then

install tube (2) again with bolt S3.
q The stem of oil pressure testing bolt S3 is
15 mm longer.
4. Install nipple [2] of hydraulic tester S1 and con-

nect it to oil pressure gauge [1].
a Use the oil pressure gauge of 39.2 MPa
{400 kg/cm2}.
32 D375A-5E0
Bleeding air from fan pump 1

a If the fan pump is removed and installed or its
piping is disconnected and connected, bleed
air from the pump case according to the follow-
ing procedure.
a Before bleeding air, check that the hydraulic oil
level is proper.
1. Remove the floor mat.
2. Remove the left foot rest.
3. Loosen air bleeders (1) and (2), and leave it for

15 minutes.
4. After 15 minutes, run the engine at low idle.
5. After oil flows out of air bleeder, tighten air

bleeders (1) and (2).
D375A-5E0 33
Adjusting fuel control dial and decelerator pedal 1
1. Outline of fuel control system [1] Fuel control dial (2nd throttle signal)
q The following signals are inputted as rota- [2] Engine controller
tion command signals to the engine con- [3] Steering controller
troller. [4] Decelerator pedal (1st throttle signal)
q Decelerator pedal potentiometer signal [5] Decelerator potentiometer
q 3rd throttle signal [6] Engine (CRI system)
The engine controller controls the fuel [7] Machine control signal
control system of the engine (CRI system) (3rd throttle signal)
according to the lowest engine speed sig- [8] Rod
nal among those input signals.
q Adjust the deceleration slow speed by
adjusting the decelerator pedal linkage.
34 D375A-5E0
2. Preparatory work 3. Adjusting deceleration pedal speed

1) Start the engine, switch the monitor panel With the fuel control dial in the high idle posi-
to the "Adjustment mode", and prepare to tion, press decelerator pedal (2) until it touches
test the engine speed. the stopper. Check that the decelerator pedal
a For details of the method of opera- speed is normal under this condition.
tion, see "Special functions of monitor q Deceleration speed: 900 ± 50 rpm
panel (EMMS)". a If the deceleration speed is not correct,
q Adjustment code: adjust installed dimension (a) of rod (1).
0007 (Engine decel cut mode) q Standard installed dimension (a) of rod:
a The engine speed is displayed on the 124 mm (reference)
service meter display section in 1
rpm. 4. High idle speed
Set the fuel control dial to the high idle position
and check that the high idle speed is correct.
q High idle speed: 1,900 –0 –50 rpm
a If the high idle speed is abnormal, adjust it
according to the following procedure.
If the engine speed is high:
To remove the play of the decelerator
pedal, use stopper bolt (3) to adjust the
engine speed to less than 1,800 rpm, then
adjust to the high idle speed.
If the engine speed is low:
Use stopper bolt (3) to adjust to the high
idle speed.
5. Check of decelerator position (decelerator

potentiometer signal)
While monitoring mode 31701 is displayed and
the decelerator pedal is released, check that
the displayed position is 100%. If the dis-
played position is less than 100%, adjust it to
100% with the pedal linkage.
If this adjustment is not made perfectly, the
engine control function etc. may not operate
normally. Accordingly, be sure to check the
displayed position.
a The decelerator position can be checked
while the engine is stopped.
6. Check of final accelerator position
While monitoring mode 31706 is displayed and
the decelerator pedal is released, set the fuel
control dial to the MAX position and set the
parking brake lever in the FREE position and
set the PCCS lever in the F or R position. At
this time, check that the displayed position is
100%. (Finish the check in 5 above in
advance.)
If the displayed position is less than 100%,
check the voltage signal of the fuel circuit for
error.
If this adjustment is not made perfectly, the
engine control function etc. may not operate
normally. Accordingly, be sure to check the
displayed position.
a The accelerator position can be checked
while the engine is stopped.
D375A-5E0 35
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
36 D375A-5E0
SEN01933-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Testing power train oil pressure ...................................................................................................................... 3
Adjusting transmission speed sensor ........................................................................................................... 13
Simple procedure for testing brake performance.......................................................................................... 14
Adjusting brake pedal and parking brake lever ............................................................................................. 16
Adjusting position of pccs lever console ....................................................................................................... 19
Emergency escape method when there is failure in power train .................................................................. 20
Inspecting wear of sprocket .......................................................................................................................... 22
Testing and adjusting track shoe tension ...................................................................................................... 23
Testing work equipment oil pressure............................................................................................................. 24
Testing control circuit main pressure............................................................................................................. 27
Testing PPC valve output pressure............................................................................................................... 28
Adjusting play of PPC valve.......................................................................................................................... 30
Testing output pressure of ripper pin-puller solenoid valve........................................................................... 31
Checking location of cause of hydraulic drift of blade and ripper.................................................................. 32
Testing leakage inside work equipment cylinder........................................................................................... 33
Releasing remaining pressure in work equipment cylinders......................................................................... 34
D375A-5E0 1
Bleeding air from work equipment cylinders ................................................................................................. 34

Adjusting ripper lever position ....................................................................................................................... 35
Adjusting work equipment lock lever............................................................................................................. 36
Testing and adjusting operator's cab............................................................................................................. 37
Adjusting blade.............................................................................................................................................. 41
2 D375A-5E0
Testing power train oil pressure 1

a Tools for testing power train oil pressure

1
K 790-261-1204 Digital thydraulic tester
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower

the work equipment completely to the
ground, then set the parking brake lever
and work equipment lock lever to the LOCK
position.
a Test the power train oil pressure under the fol-
lowing condition.
q Power train oil temperature:
a The portions for testing the power train oil
pressure (central pressure detection portion,
oil filter) are installed inside the inspection
cover on the right side on the outside of the
operator’s cab.
a Table of pressure pick-up port positions and

gauges to use
Gauge
No. Stamp Test location
(MPa{kg/cm2})
Torque converter inlet port
1 IN 2.5 {25}
pressure
Torque converter outlet port
2 OUT 0.98 {10}
pressure
Torque converter lock-up
3 LU 2.5 {25}
clutch pressure
Torque converter stator clutch
4 SC 5.9 {60}
pressure
Transmission main relief
5 TM 5.9 {60}
pressure
6 FWD Transmission F clutch pressure 5.9 {60}
7 R Transmission R clutch pressure 5.9 {60}
8 1ST Transmission 1st clutch pressure 5.9 {60}
Transmission 2nd clutch
9 2ND 5.9 {60}
pressure
Transmission 3rd clutch
10 3RD 5.9 {60}
pressure
11 LC Left steering clutch pressure 5.9 {60}
Left steering brake pressure
12 LB Output pressure of sudden 5.9 {60}
stop prevention valve
13 RC Right steering clutch pressure 5.9 {60}
Right steering brake pressure
14 RB Output pressure of sudden 5.9 {60}
stop prevention valve
Transmission lubricating
15 — 0.98 {10}
pressure
D375A-5E0 3
1. Testring torque converter inlet pressure 2. Testing torque converter outlet pressure
(IN) (OUT)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect hydraulic tester K2 to oil pres-
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (1). sure test nipple (2).
a Use a 2.5 MPa {25 kg/cm2} oil pres- a Use a 0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2} oil pres-
sure gauge. sure gauge.
2) Start the engine and set all the functions of 2) Start the engine and set all the functions of
the PCCS lever to neutral. the PCCS lever to neutral.
3) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low 3) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low
idle and high idle. idle and high idle.
4) After completing the test, remove the test- 4) After completing the test, remove the test-
ing equipment and set to the original con- ing equipment and set to the original con-
dition. dition.
4 D375A-5E0
3. Testing torque converter lock-up clutch 3) Set the parking brake lever in the FREE
pressure (LU) position and turn the lock-up mode switch
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- ON.
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (3). 4) Set the PCCS lever direction to F and the
a Use a 2.5 MPa {25 kg/cm2} oil pres- speed to the 1st, and rotate the transmis-
sure gauge. sion under no load.
5) Gradually raise the engine speed, and test
the oil pressure when the lock-up pilot
lamp lights up.
ing equipment and set to the original condi-
tion.
2) Start the engine and set the monitor panel

in the "Adjustment mode" and disengage
both steering clutches.
a For the operating method, see "Spe-
cial functions of monitor panel
(EMMS)".
a Adjustment code: 5535 (Disengage-
ment of both steering clutches)
a The travel speed (Unit: 1 rpm) is dis-
played on the lower line of the mes-
sage display.
D375A-5E0 5
4. Testing torque converter stator clutch pres- 5. Testing transmission main relief pressure
sure (SC) (TM)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (4). lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (5).
2) Start the engine and set all the functions of 2) Start the engine and set all the functions of
the PCCS lever to neutral. the PCCS lever to neutral.
3) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low 3) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low
idle and high idle. idle and high idle.
dition. dition.
6 D375A-5E0
6. Testing transmission F clutch pressure 7. Testing transmission R clutch pressure (R)

(FWD) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (7).
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (6). a Use a 5.8 MPa {60 kg/cm2} oil pres-
a Use a 5.8 MPa {60 kg/cm2} oil pressure gauge.
sure gauge.

2) Start the engine and set the monitor panel in the "Adjustment mode" and disengage
in the "Adjustment mode" and disengage both steering clutches.
both steering clutches. a For the operating method, see "Spe-
a For the operating method, see "Spe- cial functions of monitor panel
cial functions of monitor panel (EMMS)".
(EMMS)". a Adjustment code: 5535 (Disengage-
a Adjustment code: 5535 (Disengage- ment of both steering clutches)
ment of both steering clutches) a The travel speed (Unit: 1 rpm) is dis-
a The travel speed (Unit: 1 rpm) is displayed on the lower line of the mes-
played on the lower line of the message display.
sage display.
3) Set the parking brake lever in the FREE

3) Set the parking brake lever in the FREE position.
position. 4) Keep pressing the brake pedal, set the
4) Keep pressing the brake pedal, set the PCCS lever direction to R and the speed
PCCS lever direction to F and the speed to the 3rd, and rotate the transmission
to the 3rd, and rotate the transmission under no load.
under no load. 5) Test the oil pressure at low idle.
5) Test the oil pressure at low idle. 6) After completing the test, remove the test-
6) After completing the test, remove the testing equipment and set to the original con-
ing equipment and set to the original condition.
dition.
D375A-5E0 7
8. Testing transmission 1st clutch pressure 9. Testing transmission 2nd clutch pressure
(1ST) (2ND)
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (8). lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (9).
2) Start the engine and set the monitor panel 2) Start the engine and set the monitor panel
in the "Adjustment mode" and disengage in the "Adjustment mode" and disengage
both steering clutches. both steering clutches.
a For the operating method, see "Spe- a For the operating method, see "Spe-
cial functions of monitor panel cial functions of monitor panel
(EMMS)". (EMMS)".
a Adjustment code: 5535 (Disengage- a Adjustment code: 5535 (Disengage-
ment of both steering clutches) ment of both steering clutches)
a The travel speed (Unit: 1 rpm) is dis- a The travel speed (Unit: 1 rpm) is dis-
played on the lower line of the mes- played on the lower line of the mes-
sage display. sage display.
3) Set the parking brake lever in the FREE 3) Set the parking brake lever in the FREE
position. position.
4) Keep pressing the brake pedal, set the 4) Keep pressing the brake pedal, set the
PCCS lever direction to F and the speed PCCS lever direction to F and the speed
to the 1st, and rotate the transmission to the 2nd, and rotate the transmission
under no load. under no load.
5) Test the oil pressure at low idle. 5) Test the oil pressure at low idle.
dition. dition.
8 D375A-5E0
10. Testing transmission 3rd clutch pressure 11. Testing left steering clutch pressure (LC)
(3RD) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple (11).
(10). a Use a 5.8 MPa {60 kg/cm2} oil pres-
a Use a 5.8 MPa {60 kg/cm2} oil pressure gauge.
sure gauge.
2) Start the engine and set the parking brake

2) Start the engine and set the monitor panel lever to the FREE position.
in the "Adjustment mode" and disengage 3) Operate the PCCS lever steering fully to
both steering clutches. the left.
a For the operating method, see "Spe- a Set the direction to the neutral posi-
cial functions of monitor panel tion.
(EMMS)". 4) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low
a Adjustment code: 5535 (Disengage- idle and high idle.
ment of both steering clutches) a Check that the oil pressure becomes
a The travel speed (Unit: 1 rpm) is dis- 0 when the PCCS lever steering is
played on the lower line of the mes- returned to neutral.
sage display.

3) Set the parking brake lever in the FREE ing equipment and set to the original con-
position. dition.
4) Keep pressing the brake pedal, set the
PCCS lever direction to F and the speed
to the 3rd, and rotate the transmission
under no load.
5) Test the oil pressure at low idle.
dition.
D375A-5E0 9
12. Testing left steering brake pressure (LB) 13. Testing right steering clutch pressure (RC)
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple
(12). (13).
2) Start the engine and set the parking brake 2) Start the engine and set the parking brake
lever to the FREE position. lever to the FREE position.
3) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low 3) Operate the PCCS lever steering fully to
idle and high idle. the right.
a Check that the oil pressure becomes a Set the direction to the neutral posi-
0 when the PCCS lever steering is tion.
operated fully to the left. 4) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low
a Check that the oil pressure becomes idle and high idle.
0 when the brake pedal is depressed a Check that the oil pressure becomes
fully or the parking brake lever is 0 when the PCCS lever steering is
operated to the LOCK position. returned to neutral.
ing equipment and set to the original condi- ing equipment and set to the original con-
tion. dition.
10 D375A-5E0
14. Testing right steering brake pressure (RB) 15. Testing transmission lubrication pressure
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect hydraulic tester K2 to oil pres-
lic tester K1 to oil pressure test nipple sure test nipple (15).
(14). a Use a 0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2} oil pressure
a Use a 5.8 MPa {60 kg/cm2} oil pres- gauge.
sure gauge.
2) Start the engine and test the oil pressure

2) Start the engine and set the parking brake with the engine at high idle.
lever to the FREE position.
3) Test the oil pressure with the engine at low
idle and high idle.
a Check that the oil pressure becomes
0 when the PCCS lever steering is
operated fully to the right.
a Check that the oil pressure becomes
0 when the brake pedal is depressed
fully or the parking brake lever is
operated to the LOCK position.

dition.

dition.
D375A-5E0 11
16. Testing output pressure of sudden stop

prevention valve (Electric brake constant
ON mode)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester K1 to oil pressure pickup nipples
(12) and (14).
a Use the oil pressure gauge of 5.9
MPa {60 kg/cm2}.
q (12): For steering left brake

position and set the PCCS lever in the
ALL NEUTRAL position.
4) Run the engine at low idle and test the oil
pressure.
a If the output pressure of the sudden
stop prevention valve is as follows, it
is normal.
q (14): For steering right brake q 1.13 – 1.57 MPa {11.5 – 16.0 kg/cm2}
2) Start the engine, set the monitor panel in 5) After finishing test, remove the testing
the "Adjustment mode", and select the instruments and return the removed parts.
electric brake constant ON mode.
(EMMS)".
a Adjustment code: 9995
(Electric brake constant ON mode)
a The brake pedal potentiometer volt-
age is displayed on the lower line of
the message display (Unit: 1 mV).
12 D375A-5E0
Adjusting transmission speed

sensor 1
1. Remove the cover at the bottom of the fuel
tank, then remove transmission speed sensor
(1).
a Before adjusting, remove the transmission
speed sensor, and check that the tip of the
sensor is not scratched and that there are
no iron particles sticking to it.
6. After completing the adjustment, switch the

monitor panel to the monitoring mode display,
and check that the transmission speed is dis-
played normally.
a For details of the method of operation, see
"Spe cial functions of monitor pa ne l
(EMMS)".
a Monitoring code:
31400 (Transmission speed)
2. Look through the sensor mounting hole and
check that a tooth tip of gear (2) is at the center
of the hole.
a If the tooth tip is not at the center of the
hole, adjust it by starting the engine and
moving the machine forward or in reverse.
3. Screw in transmission speed sensor (1) until its

tip lightly touches the tooth tip of gear (2).
2 Threads of sensor:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
4. Return transmission speed sensor (1) by 1/2 –

1 turn.
a Adjust clearance (a) between the engine
speed sensor tip and gear tooth tip to 0.75
– 1.25 mm.
5. Hold transmission speed sensor (1) and tighten

locknut (3).
a Take care that the speed sensor is not
dragged.
3 Nut: 49.0 – 68.6 Nm {5 – 7 kgm}
D375A-5E0 13
Simple procedure for testing

brake performance 1
a Carry out the simple test of the brake perfor-
mance under the following conditions.
q Power train oil temperature: Within operat-
ing range
1. Stop the machine on a level surface and set

the blade and ripper to the travel posture.
2. Start the engine and set the parking brake

3. With the engine at low idle, depress the brake

pedal firmly, and set the PCCS lever direction
to F and the speed to 2.
k If it is set to 1, there will be excess load
on the brakes, so always carry out this
test in position 2.
a Set the steering to the neutral position.
4. Depress the decelerator pedal and set the fuel

control lever to the high idle position.
5. Release the decelerator pedal gradually and

raise the engine speed to high idle. Check that
the machine does not start to move.
k The torque converter is stalled, so keep
the brake pedal depressed firmly dur-
ing the operation. For safety reasons,
always keep your right foot on the
decelerator pedal until the completion
of the test operation.
14 D375A-5E0
Adjusting brake pedal and parking brake lever 1

Adjusting brake pedal
Adjusting parking brake lever
16 D375A-5E0
Adjusting brake pedal 5. Initial setting of brake potentiometer

1. Adjusting travel of brake pedal Turn the starting switch ON, set the monitor
Adjust installation dimension (b) of stopper bolt panel in the "Adjustment mode", and set the
(2) so that the travel of brake pedal (1) is brake potentiometer to the initial value.
dimension (a). a For the operating method, see "Special
a When adjusting the travel of the brake functions of monitor panel (EMMS)".
pedal, disconnect the brake rod from the a Adjustment code:
pedal. 0005 (Initialization of brake potentiometer)
q Pedal travel (a): 75 mm
q Stopper bolt installation dimension (b): Adjusting parking brake lever side
42 mm 6. Assembly and installation of lever assembly
1) Assemble lever assembly (7) and adjust
2. Adjusting installed length of brake rod the actuation of limit switch (8).
1) Keep the parking brake lever in the a When assembling the lever assembly,
release position. disconnect the parking cable from the
2) Install brake rod (3) and release brake lever.
pedal (1) (do not depress it). q Lever raised: OFF, lever lowered: ON
3) Adjust installed dimensions (c) and (d) of q Limit switch actuation travel: 3 mm
brake rod (3) with turnbuckle (5) so that 2) Install lever assembly (7).
the spool of brake valve (4) is at the OFF
position. 7. Adjusting installed length of parking brake
a The locknut of the turnbuckle has a cable
left-handed thread (reverse thread) at 1) Connect parking brake cable (9) to the
the brake pedal end. lever and valve, then adjust installed
q Installed dimension (c): 32 mm dimensions (f) and (g).
q Installed dimension (d): 14 mm q Installed dimension (f) of cable:
3 Locknut: 112.8 mm
34.3 – 58.8 Nm {3.5 – 6.0 kgm} q Installed dimension (g) of cable:
4) Check that clearance x between yoke (12) 114.0 mm
and pin (13) is approximately 1 mm. 2) Operate parking brake lever (10) between
the FREE position and LOCK position,
3. Checking travel of brake pedal and adjust the position of rod end (11) so
1) Depress brake pedal (1) and check that that spool travel (h) of brake valve (4) is
the travel is as given in Step 1 above. correct.
2) Depress brake pedal (1) and check that q Spool travel (h): 23.0 mm
the pedal is stopped by stopper (6). 3) Check that clearance y between rod end
3) Check that spool travel (e) of brake valve (11) and pin (14) is approximately 0.5 mm.
(4) is within the correct range when brake
pedal (1) is depressed.
q Spool travel (e): 19 – 23 mm
4. Checking brake oil pressure

in the "Adjustment mode".
(EMMS)".
a Adjustment code: 9996
(Electrical brake release mode)
2) With the parking brake lever in the FREE
position, press the brake pedal folly and
check that the brake oil pressures on both
sides become 0.
a For the testing points of the brake oil
pressure, see "Testing power train oil
pressure".
D375A-5E0 17
8. Checking brake oil pressure

Start the engine, set the parking brake lever in
the FREE position and LOCK position, and
check that the brake oil pressure becomes as
follows at the respective positions.
a For details of the method of testing the
brake oil pressure, see "Testing power
train oil pressure".
q LOCK position: 0, FREE position: Speci-
fied pressure
9. Checking limit switch

1) Turn the starting switch ON and set the
monitor panel in the "Monitoring mode".
a For the operating method, see "Special
functions of monitor panel (EMMS)".
q Monitoring code: 40910
(Steering controller switch input signal 1)
position and LOCK position and check
that the limit switch signals are input nor-
mally at the respective positions.
18 D375A-5E0
Adjusting position of pccs lever console 1
1. Set operator’s seat (1) facing the front (dozing

position).
2. In this condition, check that console (2) is par-

allel to operator’s seat (1).
a If it is not parallel, adjust installed dimen-
sion (a) of rod (3).
q Standard installed dimension (a): 179 mm
a The locknut at the rear of the turnbuckle
has a left-handed thread (reverse thread)
D375A-5E0 19
Emergency escape method when a The female end of connector PL2

there is failure in power train 1 remains disconnected, so cover it
with vinyl.
a Tools for emergency escape a Insert switch assembly [1] inside the
cab through the cab window.
19M-06-32820 Switch assembly
1 7824-66-6430 Register
L
195-06-71220 Wiring harness
2 790-190-1601 Pump assembly
1. Emergency escape method using switch box

(Use L1)
a If a problem occurs in the electrical sys-
tem of the power train control (direction,
speed, steering) and the machine does
no t mo v e, c a r ry ou t t h e em e r ge n c y
escape as follows.
a With this procedure, it is necessary to be 3) Disconnect the neutral safety relay (NSF)
able to start the engine. If the engine will inside the fuse room, then connect pin [3]
not start, see "Emergency escape method and pin [5] of the connector at the wiring
using brake release device". harness end directly.
k With this method, if the engine
1) Connect switch assembly [1] and resistor
[2] to wiring harness [3] of emergency starts, the neutral safety relay
escape device L1. function will not work, so before
k Resistor [2] controls the drive volt-
starting the engine, set the parking
age of the solenoid, so connect it brake lever to the LOCK position
before connecting the wiring har- and all the PCCS lever functions to
ness to the machine. the neutral position.
k In order to prevent mistaken actua-
k With this method, start the engine
tion, set all the speed range only when carrying out the emer-
switches of switch assembly [1] to gency escape. In all other cases
the OFF position and the direc- when the engine does not start,
tional switch to the P position. always carry out troubleshooting
and repair the cause.
2) Open the inspection cover on the left

fender and connect wiring harness [3] to
PL1 connector (1) and PL2 connector (2).
q PL1 connector (1): Connect to male
and female ends
q PL2 connector (2): Connect to male
end
20 D375A-5E0
4) Start the engine and set the parking brake

5) Operate switch assembly [1] and move
the machine to a safe place.
a The speed switch has an electric cir-
cuit that gives priority to operation of
the low speed switch.
k Take care when the machine trav-
els in reverse, since the steering
direction is reversed.
3) Remove the fuel tank undercover and dis-

connect supply hose (3) of the pin puller
solenoid valve.
2. Emergency escape method with brake

releasing device (Use L2)
a If the engine cannot be started and the
parking brake cannot be released, escape
according to the following procedure.
1) Assemble pump assembly L2.
4) Connect end hose of pump assembly L2
to the supply hose. (Use the nipple of face
seal type.)
a Block the solenoid valve side with
plug.
Plug: 02789-00315
5) Turn the starting switch ON and set the
parking brake lever in the FREE position.
6) Operate the volume pump to raise the
brake releasing oil pressure to the initial
pressure.
q Initial pressure:
Approx. 2.74 MPa {28 kg/cm2}
a Since an accumulator is installed in
2) Install volume pump [4] of pump assembly the circuit, the handle must be oper-
L2 to the outside of the operator’s cab. ated 30 – 50 times to raise the oil
pressure.
a If the oil pressure does not rise above
a certain level, the relief valve may be
set to low pressure. In this case,
adjust the set pressure of the relief
valve.
D375A-5E0 21
7) Tow the machine to a safe place. Inspecting wear of sprocket 1

a The brake releasing oil pressure low-
ers gradually because of internal a Use the "Full-scale dimensions drawing of
leakage and the brake is applied sprocket profile" in "Sprocket" in "Structure,
again about 1 minutes after. Accord- function, and maintenance standard" as a
ingly, work quickly. gauge for testing wear of the sprocket.
a If the brake releasing pressure lowers a Make a copy of the "Full-scale dimensions
to about 1.57 MPa {16 kg/cm 2 }, the drawing of sprocket profile" on a transparent
brake is applied. In this case, operate paper or sheet and apply it directly to the
the volume pump again to raise the sprocket to see if the sprocket can be used.
brake releasing pressure to the initial
pressure.
22 D375A-5E0
Testing and adjusting track shoe 2. If tension is too high:

tension 1 Loosen plug (3) and release some of the
grease.
Testing k There is danger that the plug may fly
1. Drive the machine forward and stop on a hori- out under the high internal pressure of
zontal surface. the grease, so never loosen the plug
a Stop the machine without using the brake. more than 1 turn.
3 Plug: 59 – 88 Nm {6 – 9 kgm}
2. Put straight steel rod (1) on top of the track
between the idler and front carrier roller, and 3. If tension is too low:
test clearance (a) from the bottom of the steel Pump in grease through grease fitting (4).
rod to the track shoe grouser. a If the the track tension is poor, move the
q Standard clearance (a): 20 – 30 mm machine backwards or forwards slowly.
a After finishing adjustment, check the ten-
sion again according to the above proce-
dure.
Adjusting
a If the track shoe tension is not correct, adjust
as follows.
1. Remove cover (2).
D375A-5E0 23
Testing work equipment oil 3) Start the engine and reset the work equip-
pressure 1 ment lock lever.
4) Run the engine at low idle and high idle
Testing (Testing with monitor panel) and operate the blade lever to relieve the
a Test the work equipment oil pressure under the blade lift cylinder circuit. Test the oil pres-
following condition. sure at this time.
2. Testing rear pump relief oil pressure
1. Testing front pump relief pressure 1) Start the engine, switch the monitor panel
1) Disconnect the blade lift cylinder hoses to the monitoring mode display, and pre-
from the cylinder and block the control pare to test the oil pressure.
valve side. a For details of the method of opera-
q Flange for blocking: tion, see "Special functions of monitor
07379-01260 (4 pieces) panel (EMMS)".
a Stop the cylinder side, too, with cork q Monitoring code: 70702
stoppers, etc. (Work equipment pump oil pressure 2)
2) Start the engine, set the monitor panel in a The oil pressure is displayed on the
the "Monitoring mode", and prepare for service meter display section in 1
testing the oil pressure. MPa.
a For the operating method, see "Spe- a In the "Dual display monitoring mode"
cial functions of monitor panel of the service mode, the oil pressures
(EMMS)". of the front pump and rear pump can
q Monitoring code: 70700 be tested simultaneously.
(Work equipment pump oil pressure 1)
a The oil pressure is displayed on the
service meter display section in 1
MPa.
a In the "Dual display monitoring mode"
of the service mode, the oil pressures
of the front pump and rear pump can
be tested simultaneously.
24 D375A-5E0
2) Start the engine and reset the work equip-

ment lock lever.
3) Run the engine at low idle and high idle
and operate the blade lever (tilt operate)
or ripper lever to relieve each cylinder cir-
cuit. Test the oil pressure at this time.
Adjusting
1. Adjusting front pump relief pressure
a If the front pump relief pressure is not cor-
rect, adjust main relief valve (1) of the
blade lift valve as follows.
5) After completion of the adjustment, repeat

the above procedure to check the oil pres-
sure again.
2. Adjusting rear pump relief pressure

a If the rear pump relief pressure are not
correct, adjust main relief valve (5) of the
blade tilt and ripper Lo valve as follows.
1) Remove the right side cover.

2) Remove cover (2).
3) Loosen locknut (3), then turn adjustment
screw (4) to adjust.
a Turn the adjustment screw as follows.
q To increase pressure, turn clockwise
q To decrease pressure, turn counter-
clockwise
a Amount of adjustment for one turn of
adjustment screw: Approx. 2.43 MPa 1) Remove the right side cover.
(approx. 24.8 kg/cm2) 2) Remove cover (6).
3 Locknut :
3) Loosen locknut (7), then turn adjustment
11.8 – 14.7 Nm {1.2 – 1.5 kgm} screw (8) to adjust.
4) Install cover (2). a Turn the adjustment screw as follows.
3 Cover:
q To increase pressure, turn clockwise
29.4 – 39.2 Nm {3 – 4 kgm} q To decrease pressure, turn counter-
clockwise
a Amount of adjustment for one turn of
adjustment screw: Approx. 2.43 MPa
(approx. 24.8 kg/cm2)
D375A-5E0 25
4) Install cover (6).

3 Cover: 29.4 – 39.2 Nm {3 – 4 kgm}
5) After completion of the adjustment, repeat

the above procedure to check the oil pres-
sure again.
26 D375A-5E0
Testing control circuit main 4. Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic
pressure 1 tester M1.
a Use a 5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm2} oil pressure
a Tools for testing control circuit main pressure gauge.
1
M 790-261-1204 Digital type hydraulic tester
2 799-401-3200 Adapter
Testing
position.
a Test the control circuit main pressure under the
following conditions. 5. Start the engine, run it at high idle, and test the
q Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C oil pressure when the blade lever and ripper
lever are placed at the HOLD position.
1. Open the right side cover.
2. Disconnect hose (1).

equipment and set to the original condition.
3. Install adapter M2 and connect the hose again. Adjusting

a A test nipple is installed to the Pm clinic a The self-acting pressure reducing valve cannot
specification machine. be adjusted.
D375A-5E0 27
Testing PPC valve output 3. Fit nipple [1] of hydraulic tester N1, then con-
pressure 1 nect to oil pressure gauge [2].
a Tools for testing PPC valve output pressure gauge.
1
790-261-1204 Digital type hydraulic tester
N Oil pressure pickup adapter

2 799-401-3100
(02 size)
Oil pressure pickup adapter
3 799-401-3200
(03 size)

position. 4. Start the engine and set the work equipment
a Check that the control circuit oil pressure is lock lever to the FREE position.
correct before testing the PPC valve output
pressure. 5. Run the engine at high idle, operate the control
a Test the PPC valve output pressure under the lever of the circuit to be tested, and test the oil
following conditions. pressure.
q Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C a Operate the control lever fully when test-
ing.
1. Remove side cover of hydraulic tank. a For blade LOWER, operate to the FLOAT
position.
2. Remove the oil pressure switch or oil pressure
test plug (1) of the circuit to be tested. 6. After completing the test, remove the testing
a For details of the circuit to be tested, see equipment and set to the original condition.
the drawing on the next page.
a For circuits where there is no oil pressure
switch or oil pressure test plug installed, fit
adapter N2, N3.
28 D375A-5E0
*1 PPC valve indicate to the connection seen from lever side.
1. Blade lift valve A. Blade RAISE

2. Blade tilt/ripper low valve B. Blade TILT (Right)
3. Self-acting pressure reducing valve C. Blade LOWER
4. Accumulator D. Blade TILT (Left)
5. PPC lock valve E. Ripper TILT (In)
6. Blade PPC valve F. Ripper RAISE
7. Ripper PPC valve G. Ripper TILT (Back)
H. Ripper LOWER
D375A-5E0 29
Adjusting play of PPC valve 1

a If there is excessive play at the tip of the ripper
lever and blade lever, adjust the PPC valve as
follows.
a The diagram shows the PPC valve for the rip-
per.
q Standard play dimension (a):
0.5 – 3.0 mm at a point 200 mm from rota-
tion center of lever (both to front and rear,
and to left and right)
1. Remove boot (1).
2. Loosen locknut (2) and rotate disc (3) to adjust

the amount of play.
a When doing this, do not make the piston
move.
3. Secure disc (3) in position and tighten locknut

(2).
3 Locknut: 98 – 127 Nm {10 – 13 kgm}
4. Install boot (1).
30 D375A-5E0
Testing output pressure of ripper 4. Start the engine, run at high idle, and test the
pin-puller solenoid valve 1 oil pressure when the ripper pin-puller switch is
actuated.
a Tools for testing output pressure of ripper pin-
puller solenoid valve

1 Digital type hydraulic
790-261-1204
P tester
Oil pressure pickup
2 799-401-3200
adapter (03 size)

and work equipment lock lever to the LOCK 5. After completing the test remove the testing
position. equipment and set to the original condition.
a Test the output pressure of the ripper pin puller
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
q Power train oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
1. Disconnect pin-puller cylinder hoses (1) and

(2).
2. Fit adapter P2, then connect the hoses again.
3. Fit nipple [1] of hydraulic tester P1, then con-

nect oil pressure gauge [2].
gauge.
D375A-5E0 31
Checking location of cause of

hydraulic drift of blade and
ripper 1
a If hydraulic drift occurs in the blade or ripper,
check as follows to see if the cause is in the
cylinder packing or in the control valve.
1. Set the cylinder to be inspected to the following
posture, then stop the engine.
1) Blade lift cylinder
Push the blade against the ground to raise
the front of the chassis.
a The blade lift cylinder has a built-in
piston valve, so do not operate the
cylinder to the end of the stroke. 2. Operate the control lever in the direction to
extend the cylinder rod, and check the move-
ment of the cylinder.
q If the downward movement becomes
faster, the packing is defective.
q If there is no change, the control valve is
defective.
a If there is no more pressure in the accu-
mulator, run the engine for approx. 10 sec-
onds to charge the accumulator.
[Reference:] If the cause of the hydraulic drift is in

the packing, the speed of downward
movement in the above operation will
2) Blade tilt cylinder become faster for the following rea-
Extend the tilt cylinder rod fully, then push sons.
the blade against the ground to raise the 1) When the work equipment is set to the posture
right side of the chassis. given above, (holding pressure applied to the
bottom end), oil will leak from the bottom end
to the head end. However, the volume at the
head end is smaller than at the bottom end (by
an amount proportional to the volume of the
rod), so if the oil flows in from the bottom end,
the internal pressure at the head end will rise.
2) If the internal pressure at the head end rises, a
balance will be made in proportion to this at a
certain pressure (this differs according to the
amount of leakage). When the pressure
becomes balanced, the speed of downward
movement becomes slower.
3) In this condition, if the lever is operated as
shown above, the circuit at the head end is
3) Ripper lift cylinder connected to the drain circuit (the bottom end
Push the ripper against the ground to is closed by a check valve), and the oil at the
raise the rear of the chassis. head end flows to the drain circuit. As a result,
the balance is lost and the speed of downward
movement increases.)
32 D375A-5E0
Testing leakage inside work 3. Run the engine at high idle and apply the relief
equipment cylinder 1 pressure to the bottom end of the cylinder.
q Blade tilt cylinder: Extract the cylinder to
a Tools for testing leakage from work equipment be tested
cylinder q Ripper lift cylinder: Lower ripper
q Ripper tilt cylinder: Tilt ripper to front
Q
Commercially
Measuring cylinder
4. Wait for 30 seconds, then test the amount of
available leakage over the next 1 minute.
a Test the oil leakage inside the hydraulic cylin- 5. After completing the test, set to the original
der under the following conditions. condition.
a The blade lift cylinder has a built-in piston
valve, so the internal leakage cannot be
tested.
1. Fully extend the cylinder to be tested, and set

to the test posture.
1) Blade tilt cylinder:
Extract the cylinder to be tested to the
stroke end.
2) Ripper lift cylinder:
Remove the shank pin and lower the rip-
per fully.
3) Ripper tilt cylinder:
Tilt the ripper fully to the front.
2. Disconnect the piping at the head end of the

cylinder and block the hose with an oil stopper
plug.
a Remove the cover when disconnecting
the blade tilt cylinder hose.
k Be careful not to disconnect the hose
at the bottom end.
D375A-5E0 33
Releasing remaining pressure in Bleeding air from work equipment

work equipment cylinders 1 cylinders 1
a When disconnecting the piping between the a After removing or installing work equipment
control valve and work equipment cylinder, first cylinders or disconnecting and connecting
release the remaining pressure inside the cir- hydraulic piping, bleed the air from the circuit
cuit as follows. as follows.
1. Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the 1. Start the engine and run at idle for about 5 min-
pressure inside the hydraulic tank. utes.
2. Set the safety lock lever to the FREE position, 2. Run the engine at low idle, and extend and
then operate the work equipment control levers retract the cylinders 4 – 5 times.
to the front, rear, left, and right. a Stop the piston rod about 100 mm before
a When the levers are operated 2 – 3 times, the end of the stroke. Never operate it to
the pressure inside the accumulator is the relief position.
fully released.
3. Run the engine at high idle and repeat the pro-
3. Start the engine, run at low idle for approx. 5 cedure in Step 2.
seconds, then stop the engine.
4. Run the engine at low idle and operate the cyl-
4. Repeat the operation in Steps 2 and 3 above 2 inder to the end of the stroke to relieve the cir-
– 3 times. cuit.
34 D375A-5E0
Adjusting ripper lever position 1
a Use the following procedure to adjust the rip- 5) Loosen nut (3).
per lever to the optimum position. 6) Turn knob (4) 180°.
a It is possible to adjust the position of the ripper 7) Tighten nut (3) to hold knob (4) in position.
lever within a range of ± 40 mm to the front and
rear of the center of the lever shaft.
1. Adjusting within range of 40 mm from cen-

ter to rear
1) Loosen lock bolt (1).
2) Set lever (2) to the optimum position.
3) Tighten lock bolt (1) to hold lever (2) in
position.
2. Adjusting within range of 40 mm from cen-

ter to front
1) Loosen lock bolt (1).
2) Remove lever (2) and turn it 180°.
3) Install lever (2) to lever (5), then set it to
the optimum position.
4) Tighten lock bolt (1) to hold lever (2) in
position.
D375A-5E0 35
Adjusting work equipment lock lever 1
1. Adjust dimension (a) between the pins of rod

(1).
q Dimension (a) between pins: 444 mm
2. Connect rod (1) to lock lever (2) and PPC lock

valve (3).
3. Install connection pin (4) at the work equip-

ment lock lever end so that the split pin is at
the outside of the machine.
36 D375A-5E0
Testing and adjusting operator's

cab 1
Check after installing cab assembly
1. Testing pressure in cab
q Criterion:
Tested value X 98.1 Pa {10 mmH2O}
q Engine speed: High idle
q Blower speed: High (Hi)
q Fresh/Recirculation switch: Fresh air posi-
tion
q Fan: Adjustment code:1005 (Fan 100%
mode)
a If the tested value is lower than the stan-
dard value, check the following. 5] Seal the mounting holes of lock lever
(1) Plug of control box (1) with tape (2).
(2) Air filters (recirculated air filter and
fresh air filter) of air conditioner for
clogging
1) A simple method of testing the internal
pressure is as follows.
1] Prepare a transparent vinyl hose.
q Outside diameter: 10 mm,
Length: 3,000 mm
2] Secure the end of hose [1] to the top
of the back of operator's seat with a
tape.
3] Pour coolant in the hose up to about
half.
4] Remove slide glass lever lock (1) and
insert the other end of vinyl hose [1].
6] Set the coolant level in the vinyl hose
out of the cab to that in the cab.
7] Run the engine at high idle and test
coolant level difference (c).
(Value (c): Pa {mmH2O})
a [a] side: Inside of cab
(Pressurized)
[b] side: Out of cab
(Atmospheric pressure)
a Secure the end of hose [1] to the

operator's seat with tape.
D375A-5E0 37
2. Check of sealing performance 3. Testing door lock

1) Close the all openings of the cab. Close the door and check the relationship
2) Splash coolant around the hatched part of between the operator's cab and door. If there is
the cab at the rate of about 19 l/min for 10 any fault, repair it.
minutes. 1) Check of condition
q At this time, it is not necessary to 1] Check the installed height of damper
splash pressurized coolant. rubbers (4). (Check 4 pieces on each
3) Splash coolant horizontally from a hose side.)
over sealing surface (3). q Stick adhesive tape [1] to the
4) Check around the dashboard carefully. contact face of damper rubber
a If coolant leaks, caulk the leaking part (4), open and close the door 2 –
and check again. 3 times. Then, check the contact
face of adhesive tape [1] against
the operator's cab.
Normal:
When the door is closed, the
damper rubbers come in contact
lightly.
Abnormal:
When the door is closed, the
damper rubbers do not come in
contact or come in contact so
strongly that the adhesive tapes
are removed.
38 D375A-5E0
2] Check the relationship between the 2) Adjusting

door latch and striker (on both sides). 1] Adjusting height of damper rubbers
q Close door (5) and check the q Loosen the mounting bolt of
engaging condition of latch (6) damper rubber (4).
and striker (7). q The shim can be removed or
q Normal: Deviation (a) is 0.5 mm installed without removing the
or less. mounting bolt.
a Check deviation (a) of latch cen- q Increase or decrease the number
ter (y) and striker center (x) from of shim (8) installed at the bottom
each other from the direction of of damper rubber (4) to properly
(A). adjust the height of damper rub-
ber (4).
2] Adjusting height of latch and striker

(1) Temporarily tighten the mounting
bolt of striker (7), open and close
the door 2 - 3 times to align latch
(6) and striker (7) to each other.
(2) Check the engaging condition of
latch (6) and striker (7).
(3) Securely tighten the mounting
bolt of striker (7).
(4) Open and close the door and
check that it is locked and
unlocked smoothly. If the door is
not locked and unlocked
smoothly (If the knob is heavy),
perform the adjustment
procedure from the first.
a Operating effort of door unlock
lever:
68.6 ± 19.6 N {7 ± 2 kg}
3] Apply grease (G2-LI) to latch (6).
a If latch (6) is not sufficiently
greased, the knob becomes
heavy.
D375A-5E0 39
4. Testing open lock 2] Check the installed height of the

Lock the door open and check the relationship stopper rubbers.
between the operator's cab and door. If there is (Check both sides, 4 pieces on each.)
any fault, repair it. q Lock the door open and shake it in
1) Check of condition the forward and reverse directions to
1] Check the relationship between open see if it has any play.
lock latch (9) and striker (10) from the q Check that the operating effort of the
direction of (B). unlock lever is not heavy.
2) Adjusting
1] Adjusting latch and striker
q Loosen the adjustment nut of striker
(10) and adjust striker (10) so that it
will not interfere with or ride over
open latch (9), then tighten the nut.
q If interference cannot be eliminated
by adjusting striker (10), loosen the
mounting bolt of open latch (9) and
adjust open latch (9).
q Push the door. If it moves until clear-
ance (b) between striker (7) and open
latch (9) is reduced to "0", loosen
a Open the door and check the engag- mounting nut (12) of stopper rubber
ing condition of the open latch and (11) and extend stopper rubber (11) in
striker. the pushing direction to adjust.
q Check that the claw of open latch (9)
does not ride over the bent part of
striker (10).
q Check that the body of open latch (9)
does not interfere with striker (10).
2] Adjusting installed height of stopper

rubber
(1) Loosen locknut (12) of stopper
rubber (11).
(2) If there is any play, adjust stopper
rubber (11) until dimension (c) is
as follows.
a If the door is not locked easily or the
unlock lever is heavy, return stop-
per rubber (11) in the range that the
door does not have any play.
q Dimension (c) of stopper rub-
ber above cab: 35 ± 0.5 mm
q Dimension (c) of stopper rub-
ber under cab: 32 ± 0.5 mm
q Operating effort of door
unlock lever: 68.6 ± 19.6 Nm
{7 ± 2 kgm}
(3) After adjusting, tighten locknut (12).
40 D375A-5E0
Adjusting blade 1
a If the blade has been removed or disassem- 2) Use shims to adjust the clearance at trun-
bled, adjust as follows. nion portion (3) (shim adjustment type).
Adjust- Standard
1. Procedure for adjusting with shims when Standard
ment loca- Clearance shim thick-
assembling clearance
tion ness
1) Use shims to adjust the clearance at cen-
ter portion (1). 1.56±0.65
mm
3 c 12mm
Adjust- Standard Total
Standard
ment loca- Clearance shim thick- clearance
clearance
tion ness
1 a See Note 4.5mm
Note: Adjust so that the play of the ball at

the spherical portion in the axial
direction is within 1 mm. Check that
the ball rotates smoothly.
D375A-5E0 41
2. Adjusting blade tilt

1) Adjust installation dimension (d) of brace
(4) with the handle.
q Installation dimension (d) of brace (3):
1,589 mm
2) Test left and right tilt (e1) and (e2).
q Right tilt (e1): Approx. 700 mm
q Left tilt (e2): Approx. 700 mm
3) If the tilt is not the same on the left and
right sides, adjust installation dimension
(d) of brace (4) as follows to give the same
tilt on both sides.
q (e1) > (e2): Carry out fine adjustment
to make installation dimension d
longer
q (e1) < (e2): Carry out fine adjustment
to make installation dimension d
shorter
42 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
44 D375A-5E0
SEN01934-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Special functions of monitor panel (EMMS) .................................................................................................... 2
D375A-5E0 1
Special functions of monitor panel (EMMS) 1
Display section of special Operation section 1 of special Operation section 2 of special

functions functions (Basic operation) functions (Changeover opera-
tion)
1. Upper panel 3. Service switch 4. Buzzer cancel switch
(Gear speed display section) 5. Information switch
2. Lower panel 6. Shift-up switch
(Multi-information section) 7. Shift-down switch
a EMMS: Equipment Management Monitoring System
2 D375A-5E0
Normal function and special functions of monitor panel (EMMS)

The monitor panel (EMMS) has the normal and special functions, and displays information of various types at
the gear speed display section and the multi-information section of the center of the monitor panel.
Some items are displayed automatically according to the internal setting of the monitor panel and the others
are displayed according to the operation of the switches.
1. Normal function: Operator mode
With this function, an operator can view and change the items displayed normally or displayed by the
operation of the switches.
2. Special function 1: Service mode
With this function, a serviceman can display and change the displayed items by the specified switching
operation for testing, adjusting and troubleshooting.
Flow of each mode and function
D375A-5E0 3
Operation and display in operator mode 1. Maintenance mode

(Outline) (1-OIL, FILTER MAINTENANCE MODE)
a In this section, only the outline of the operation In this mode, the time up to the next replace-
mode is described. For the details of the con- ment of oils and filters is displayed on the
tents and operation method of each function multi-information section (2). The mainte-
and mode, see "Operation and maintenance nance history is updated in this mode, too.
manual". a Gear speed display section (1) keeps dis-
played normally.
Normal display mode (Default)
The monitor panel displays the following informa-
tion normally.
Gear speed display section (1):
q Left side: Travel direction (P·N·F·R)
q Right side: Gear speed (1·2·3)
q Graphics: Engine speed
Multi-information section (2):
a Information is displayed in 2 lines of 16 charac-
ters each.
q Left side:
Gear shift mode (F1-R1·F1-R2·F2-R2)
q Right side:
Service meter (Unit: 0.1h)
a To change the normal display mode to the
operator mode, hold buzzer cancel switch (4)
in the [U] position for 3 seconds.
No. Display Item

1 01:ENG OIL Engine oil
2 02:ENG FILT Engine oil filter
3 03:FUEL FILT Fuel main filter
4 04:HYD FILT Hydraulic oil filter
5 06:CORR RES Corrosion resistor
6 07:DAMP OIL Damper oil
7 08:FNL OIL Final drive oil
8 10:HYD OIL Hydraulic oil
9 12:HSS FILT Charge filter (*1)
10 19:POWL OIL Power train oil
11 20:POWL FLT Power train oil filter
12 41:F. PRE-FLT Fuel pre-filter
(*1): Displayed on D375A-5E0 but not set.

a The displayed Nos. are specific to the cor-
responding items. All of them are not
used for every model.
4 D375A-5E0
2. Pm clinic auxiliary mode 3. Failure code display mode

(2-PM CLINIC MODE) (3-FAULT CODE DISPLAY MODE)
In this mode, the condition of the machine is In this mode, the contents of each fault in the
displayed on multi-information section (2) as machine are displayed by a 6-character failure
an auxiliary function of the periodic diagnoses code on the multi-information section (2).
such as the Pm clinic, even if any testing When the user or the operator needs to be
instrument is not connected. notified of the failure code of each fault, this
a Gear speed display section (1) keeps dis- mode is applied.
played normally. a Gear speed display section (1) keeps dis-
played normally.
Order Display Item

01 01-ENG. SPEED Engine speed a When a serviceman needs to check the
failure codes for troubleshooting, the
02 02-COOLANT TEMP Coolant temperature
"Electrical system failure code display
03 03-ENG OIL PRESS Engine oil pressure mode" and the "Mechanical system failure
04 04-AMB PRESS Ambient pressure code display mode" should be used for
05 05-BOOST PRESS Engine boost pressure more detailed information.
06 06-BOOST TEMP Engine boost temperature a Method of checking failure code:
Turn buzzer cancel switch (4) to the [U]
Power train oil tempera-
07 07-T/C TEMP
ture
position on the screen shown above, and
the all failure codes detected currently are
08 08-HYD TEMP Hydraulic oil temperature
displayed at the interval of about 2 sec-
09 09-HYD. PRESS 1 Hydraulic oil pressure 1 onds. (To finish displaying, turn the buzzer
10 10-HYD. PRESS 2 Hydraulic oil pressure 2 cancel switch to the [ t ] position.)
11 13-BATTERY VOLT Battery voltage a For details of the failure code, see the sec-
tion of troubleshooting.
a The displayed Nos. are specific to the cor-
responding items. All of them are not
used for every model.
a The boost pressure is displayed in abso-
lute value.
D375A-5E0 5
4. Adjustment mode (4-USER ADJUST MODE) 1) Brightness of LCD

In this mode, the display condition of the moni- This mode is to adjust brightness of the
tor panel can be adjusted and the fan speed backup lamp at the liquid crystal gauge
can be changed on the multi-information sec- section. (See "Operation and mainte-
tion (2). nance manual".)
a Gear speed display section (1) keeps dis-
playing normally. 2) Brightness of display
This mode is to adjust brightness of the
backup lamp at the multi-information sec-
tion. (See "Operation and maintenance
manual".)
3) Contrast of display
This mode is to adjust contrast of the liquid
crystal at the multi-information section.
(See "Operation and maintenance man-
ual".)
4) Fan 100% mode

This function is to control rotation speed of
the cooling fan forcedly at approximately
100% of the maximum speed.
1] This mode is selected by operating the
information switch.
2] The mode is selected by turning the
buzzer cancel switch to the [U] position.
3] The function is effective under this con-
dition and the rotation speed of the
cooling fan is controlled to approxi-
mately 100% of the maximum speed.
a Exiting this mode disables the
function.
No. Display Item

Adjustment of LCD
1 01:LCD BRIGHTNESS
brightness
Adjustment of dis-
2 02:DSP BRIGHTNESS
play brightness
Adjustment of dis-
3 03:DSP CONTRAST
play contrast
Fan 100% speed
4 04:FAN 100% SPEED
mode
No injection crank-
5 05:NO INJECTION
ing mode
Pre-lubrication reset
6 07:SKIP PRE LUB mode against pre-
lubrication trouble
6 D375A-5E0
5) No injection cranking mode k For safety, this mode cannot be

This mode is to circulate the engine oil operated while the engine is run-
easily while applying no injection condi- ning.
tions to all engine cylinders before staring At this time, "NOT AVAILABLE" is
engine after an extended machine stor- displayed on the lower line to indi-
age. cate that the mode is ineffective.
1] This mode is selected by operating
the information switch.
2] The mode is selected by turning the
buzzer cancel switch to the [U] position.
a Exiting from this mode disables this

function.
6) Pre-lubrication mode
3] In above 3 seconds, "WAIT" displayed On this screen, operate the information
on the lower line changes to "ACTIVE" switch to display the Skip on the lower line
and the mode becomes effective. of the display section.
If this mode is finished under this condi-
tion, the engine can be started without
using the pre-lubrication system.
a This mode becomes ineffective once
the engine is stopped.
4] In this condition, turn the starting

switch to START position to apply no
injection cranking.
5] The mode is released by moving the
starting switch to ON position and
turning the buzzer cancel switch to
the [t] position.
k Do not continue no injection crack-
ing for more than 20 seconds in
order to protect the starting motor.
D375A-5E0 7
Action code display function

If a failure occurs in the machine during work which
the operator should be notified of, an action code
and a phone number are displayed on the multi-
information section (2).
a Gear speed display section (1) keeps dis-
played normally.
a The phone No. is displayed for only important
action codes. The display shown below is an
example. (The form of the displayed phone
No. depends on the form of the input No.)
a If an important action code is displayed, the
caution lamp flashes and the caution buzzer
sounds.
<Reference>
An action code is displayed only when a serious
fault occurs.
Even if an action code is not displayed, a fault may
have occurred. If you feel any abnormality, be sure
to check for a error code in the "Electrical system
failure code display mode" and "Mechanical system
failure code display mode" of the service mode.
Action codes table
Action
Indication method of fault Contents of fault Remedy
code
• Automatic function stops or normal
• Torque converter is not locked up. function stops partially but machine
• Only action code is dis-
E01 • Blade dual tilt mechanism does not can work.
played. work. • Call your Komatsu distributor for
repair.
• Stop engine and start it again, and
• Action code is displayed. •• Gear is not shifted up or down. you can operate machine without lim-
Blade tilt is not limited. iting function. You must take care,
E02 • Caution lamp flashes.
• Caution buzzer sounds. • Blade pitch mechanism does not however.
work. • Call your Komatsu distributor for
repair.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
is defective.
• Action code is displayed. • Usable gear speeds are limited. • Move machine to safe place.
CALL E03 • Caution lamp flashes. • Engine speed does not rise fully. • Call your Komatsu distributor for
• Caution buzzer sounds. • Gear shifting shocks become large. repair.
• Steering performance lowers.
• Brake shocks become large.
• Action code is displayed. • Engine cannot be controlled. • Stop machine immediately.
CALL E04 • Caution lamp flashes. • Machine cannot travel. • Call your Komatsu distributor for
• Caution buzzer sounds. • Machine stops. repair.
8 D375A-5E0
Operation and display in service mode

Method of changing to service mode Gear
a When using the service mode, change the Order speed Display and item
display
screen by the following special operation.
5-EXCHG. INTVAL. INTERVAL MODE
1 1C
1) Special operation of switches Maintenance interval change mode
Set the monitor panel in the service mode by 6-ELEC. FAULT CODE MODE
operating service switch (3) and buzzer cancel 2 EE Electrical system failure code display
switch (4). mode
a Keeping the service switch in the ON posi-
7-MACHINE CHECK CODE MODE
tion, hold the buzzer cancel switch in the
[U] position for 3 seconds. 3 bE Mechanical system failure code display
a If the monitor panel is set in the service mode
mode, [1C] or [55] is displayed on the gear 8-SERVICE ADJUST MODE
4 Cb
speed display section (1). Adjustment mode
9-LOAD MAP DISPLEY MODE
5 Ld
Load memory display mode
10-REAL TIME MONITORING MODE
6 5R
Real time monitoring mode
11-DUAL DISPLAY MONITORING MODE
7 dR
Dual display monitoring mode
12-SNAP SHOT MODE
8 55
Snap shot mode *
* VHMS specification only
2) Selecting and executing mode to be used

Select the mode to be used with information
switch (5) and execute it with buzzer cancel
switch (4).
q [ > ]: Next mode No.
q [ < ]: Previous mode No.
q [U]: Execute mode.
a For the details of operation in each mode,
see the following pages.
3) Finishing mode and function

The current mode and function can be finished
by either of the following method, regardless of
the current mode and hierarchy.
1] When continuing the operation in another
mode or function or in the operator mode:
Return to the mode screen or function
screen to be used next by operating
buzzer cancel switch (4).
q [t]: Screen returns.
2] When finishing the all operation:
Turn off the starting switch.
D375A-5E0 9
5. Maintenance interval change mode 2) Selecting and displaying maintenance

(5-EXCHG. INTVAL. INTERVAL MODE) item
In this mode, you can check and set the main- 1] Operate information switch (5) on the
tenance interval times of various filters and oils maintenance item selection screen to
which are the bases of the maintenance dis- select a maintenance item.
play function in the operator mode. q [ > ]: Next code
q [ < ]: Previous code
1) Selecting and executing mode 2] Display the maintenance item selec-
1] Select "Maintenance interval change tion screen by operating buzzer can-
mode" on the mode selection screen. cel switch (4).
a If the mode is selected, code q [U]: Execute item.
(1C) is displayed on gear speed
display section (1) and the title is
displayed on multi-information
section (2).
2] Display the maintenance item selec-
tion screen by operating buzzer can-
cel switch (4).
3) Contents of information section

The following items are displayed on the
information section.
(1) Code
(2) Maintenance item
(3) Replacement interval time (Set time)
a The items shown below are exam-
ples.
a If the replacement interval does not
need to be changed, finish the opera-
tion on this screen.
a If the replacement interval needs to
be changed, go to step 4).
10 D375A-5E0
4) Changing replacement interval time 2] If the input time is correct, enter the
1] Change the set time by operating change of setting by operating buzzer
information switch (5), shift-up switch cancel switch (4).
(6), and shift-down switch (7). q [U]: Enter change.
q [ > ]: Move cursor to right. a If the change is finished normally,
q [ < ]: Move cursor to left. the information display screen
q [UP]: Increase number. appears after the screen shown
q [DOWN]: Decrease number. below.
a If you do not use the mainte- a If the change does not finish nor-
nance function, set the all times mally, above message "SET-
to 0. TING NOW!!" is not displayed
but the replacement interval
change screen is kept displayed.
(The screen does not return to
the information display screen.)
D375A-5E0 11
Maintenance item list
Replacement interval (h)

No. Display Maintenance item 2nd time and more
1st time (fixed)
(changeable)
1 01: ENG OIL Engine oil 500 500
2 02: ENG FILT Engine oil filter 500 500
3 03: FUEL FILT Fuel main filter 500 500
4 04: HYD FILT Hydraulic oil filter 250 2000
5 06: CORR RES Corrosion resistor 1000 1000
6 07: DAMP OIL Damper oil 2000 2000
7 08: FNL OIL Final drive oil 250 2000
8 10: HYD OIL Hydraulic oil 250 2000
9 12: HSS FILT Charge filter (*1) 0 0
10 19: POWL OIL Power train oil 250 1000
11 20: POWL FILT Power train oil filter 250 500
12 41: F. PRE-FLT Fuel pre-filter 500 500
(*1): Displayed on D375A-5E0 but not set.
a The first interval time cannot be changed. If it needs to be changed for a particular reason, assume that
the first maintenance has been finished in the maintenance mode of the operator mode, then change
the 2nd and after interval times.
a Displayed items the number in "01: ENG OIL" is the ID number specific to this item. It does not indicate
the display order. Some of these numbers are not used on some models.
12 D375A-5E0
6. Electrical system failure code display mode 2) Display in the case where no codes are
(6-ELEC. FAULT CODE MODE) recorded
In this mode, you can check the past electrical If no failure codes have been output up to
system failure codes. now, the information section displays as
a Refer to the item "Failure code list" in shown below.
Troubleshooting, General.
1) Selecting and executing mode
1] Select "Electric system failure code dis-
play mode" on the mode selection
screen.
a If the mode is selected, code
(EE) is displayed on gear speed
section (2).
2] Display the failure code display
screen by operating buzzer cancel
switch (4).
3) Display in the case where 1 or more codes
are recorded
If any failure code has been output up to
now, the information section displays as
shown below.
(1) Record No. (Up to 20)
(2) Failure code (Code being output cur-
rently is flashing)
(3) Number of past occurrences
(4) Time tested by service meter after
first occurrence
last occurrence
a The items shown below are exam-
ples.
a For details of the failure code, see the
section of troubleshooting.
D375A-5E0 13
a Flashing and lighting of failure code 7. Mechanical system failure code display
Flashing: Code is being output cur- mode
rently. (7-MACHINE CHECK CODE MODE)
Lighting: Code is not being output In this mode, you can check the past mechani-
currently. cal system error codes.
a Condition for detecting and keeping a Refer to the item "Failure code list" in
failure code Troubleshooting, General.
If a failure code of any item other than
communication and engine is output, 1) Selecting and executing mode
it keeps flashing until the starting 1] Select "Mechanical system failure
switch is turned off. After the starting code display mode" on the mode
switch is turn on or the engine is selection screen.
started again, the failure code keeps a If the mode is selected, code
lighting until the same fault is (bE) is displayed on gear speed
detected. display section (1) and the title is
A failure codes of communication and displayed on multi-information
engine start lighting when the fault is section (2).
solved, even if the starting switch is 2] Display the failure code display
not turned off. screen by operating buzzer cancel
switch (4).
4) Operation to take when multiple codes are q [U]: Execute mode.
recorded.
When multiple codes are recorded, they
can be displayed one by one by operating
information switch (5).
q [ > ]: Next code
a The failure codes are displayed from
the oldest one in order of length of
time after they were output.
5) Method of deleting failure code

While displaying a failure code to be
deleted, operate shift-up switch (6) or
shift-down switch (7).
q [UP] or [DOWN]: Delete failure code.
a A failure code which is being output
currently (which is flashing) cannot be
deleted.
14 D375A-5E0
2) Display in the case where no codes are a Flashing and lighting of failure code
recorded Flashing: Code is being output cur-
If no failure codes have been output up to rently.
now, the information section displays as Lighting: Code is not being output
shown below. currently.
a Condition for detecting and keeping
failure code
A failure code of mechanical system
starts lighting when the fault is solved,
even if the starting switch is not
turned off.
4) Operation to take when multiple codes are

recorded.
When multiple codes are recorded, they
can be displayed one by one by operating
information switch (5).
q [ > ]: Next code
3) Display in the case where 1 or more codes a All the failure codes, including ones
are recorded which have not been displayed, are
If any failure code has been output up to displayed in numeric order.
now, the information section displays as
shown at right. 5) Method of deleting failure code
(1) Record No. (Up to 15) The mechanical system failure codes can-
(2) Failure code (Code being output cur- not be deleted.
rently is flashing)
(3) Number of past occurrences
first occurrence
last occurrence
a The item shown below is example.
a For details of the failure code, see the
section of troubleshooting.
D375A-5E0 15
8. Adjustment mode 2) Selecting adjustment items

(8-SERVICE ADJUST MODE) 1] On the adjustment code input screen,
In this mode, you can adjust the control system input the 4-digit code of the item to be
and various devices of the machine. adjusted by operating information
switch (5), shift up switch (6) and shift
1) Selecting and executing mode down switch (7).
1] Select "Adjustment mode" on the q [>]: Moves cursor rightward.
mode selection screen. q [<]: Moves cursor leftward.
a If the mode is selected, code q [UP]: Increases number.
(Cb) is displayed on gear speed q [DOWN]: Decreases number.
display section (1) and the title is 2] After inputting the code, operate
displayed on multi-information buzzer cancel switch (4) to display
section (2). the monitoring screen.
2] Display the adjustment code input q [U]: Enters input mode.
switch (4).
a If an incorrect code is input, the

adjustment code input screen
appears again after showing the
below screen. In this case, execute
the above operation again.
16 D375A-5E0
3) Contents of display on adjustment screen 5) Automatic selection of adjustment item

1] Code (Limited function)
2] Adjustment item After one of some adjustment items is
3] Related information selected, if the information switch is oper-
a For the detailed information and ated, the next adjustment item is selected
adjustment procedure, see "Adjust- automatically, even if the code of the next
ment modes list and adjustment pro- adjustment item is not input.
cedure". q [ > ]: Code is increased
q [ < ]: Code is decreased
a This function is applied to only the
items having numbers in the Auto-
matic selection column of the "Adjust-
ment mode table and adjustment
procedure". Those items are selected
in the order of their numbers.
a Note that this operation is not effec-
tive while the parking brake lever is in
the RESET position.
a You may return to the screen for
inputting codes and enter a code
without using this function.
4) When operating machine in adjustment

mode
If the parking brake lever is set in the
FREE position, gear speed display section
(1) displays normally and the machine can
be operated normally.
a At this time, even if the shift up or shift
down switch is pressed with the
PCCS lever in the neutral position,
the shift cannot be changed.
(The displayed number is the code of
adjustment mode selection.)
To change the shift, shift the PCCS
lever to the "forward" or "reverse"
position and press the shift up or shift
down switch while the machine is
traveling.
a To select another screen, return the
parking brake lever to the LOCK posi-
tion and perform the necessary pro-
cedure.
D375A-5E0 17
Adjustment modes list and adjustment procedure
Disassembly Sending
No. Code Adjustment item Related information
and assembly in order
[1] 0001 INP TEL NO. Phone No. input mode Numerals and symbols
[2] 0002 S/T S. CODE Steering controller specification set Code q 1
Transmission controller specification
[3] 0003 T/M S. CODE Code q 2
set
[4] 0004 BODY TYPE Machine specification set Code q 3
Brake potentiometer zero point adjust-
[5] 0005 BRAKE BASE Voltage q 4
ment
[6] 0007 ENG. FULL CH Engine deceleration cut mode Engine speed 5
Speed/Fuel injection
[7] 0008 INT-> 123456 Common rail reduced cylinder mode
rate
[8] 0009 PITCH SENS. Pitch angle sensor initialization set Voltage q 6
[9] 0010 FAN 70%MODE Fan speed 70% speed mode (Adjustment amount) 8
[10] 0022 VHMS INST VHMS specification set Set state 7
[11] 0530 STALL CHECK Stall speed check mode Engine speed
(Date of adjustment in
[12] 1005 FAN 100%MODE Fan speed 100% mode 9
factory)
[13] 1012 S/T N-SET Steering lever neutral set Voltage
[14] 1013 S/T M. L-SET Steering lever left set Voltage
[15] 1014 S/T M. R-SET Steering lever right set Voltage
[16] 1015 BRKLH. OFST Left brake oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure
[17] 1016 BRKRH. OFST Right brake oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure
[18] 1112 PRE LUB SEL Pre-lubrication set (If equipped) Set state
[19] 2223 R SLOW CUT Reverse slow stop function mode Set state
[20] 5535 CLUTCH OPEN Clutch disengagement mode Transmission speed
[21] 5537 CLT LH. OFST Left clutch oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure
[22] 5538 CLT RH. OFST Right clutch oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure
[23] 9995 LOCK BRAKE Electrical brake constantly ON mode Voltage
[24] 9996 MECHA BRAKE Electrical brake release mode Voltage
[25] 9997 HI IDLE SET High idle limit setting Revolving speed
[26] 9998 SFT INHIBIT 3rd speed cut set Permit
a After assembling the machine or replacing each controller, be sure to adjust the items marked with q in
the "Disassembly and assembly" column of the above table. (For the adjustment procedure, see
"Adjustment procedure after replacement of controller".)
a The numbers in "Sending in order" column can be displayed in order by setting the information switch in
[>] or [<] position.
18 D375A-5E0
[1] 0001: Phone number input mode [2] 0002: Steering controller specification set
q This code inputs or changes a phone number q This code is used to initialize the specification
to be displayed simultaneously when the user codes recognized by the steering controller
code is displayed. and the set values of the memory in the con-
q The lower part displays a phone number and troller.
symbols. q The specification code is displayed on the
q Available characters: lower line.
0123456789:;<=>? q Adjustment method
q Instructions for use: 1) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
1) By operating the information switch (5), position and check that the caution buzzer
shift up switch (6), and shift down switch sounds.
(7), input a phone number and symbols. 2) Check that the displayed specification
q [ > ]: Moves the cursor rightward. code has changed from [2*2] to [222].
q [ < ]: Moves the cursor leftward. a If specification code [222] is not displayed,
q [UP]: Advance the numeric character or the controller wiring harness or the con-
character (in the order of available charac- troller unit may be defective.
ters). a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
q [DOMN]: Reverse the numeric character is effective.
or character (in the reverse order of avail-
able characters).
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
position and check that the alarm buzzer
sounds.
a Sixteen digits of numeric characters are
provided. To avoid confusion, input sym-
bols other than numeric characters at dig-
its you will not use.
a 0 (zero) is input at all places of the lower
part before shipment from our factory. (No
phone number is displayed under this con-
dition.)
a The setting is enabled even after ending
this code.
D375A-5E0 19
[3] 0003: Transmission controller specification set [4] 0004: Machine specification set
q This code is used to initialize the specifi- q This code is used to have the machine specifi-
cation codes recognized by the transmis- cation recognized by the controllers which
sion controller and the set values of the compose the system.
memory in the controller. q The machine specification code is displayed
q The specification code is displayed on the on the lower line.
lower line. q Adjustment method:
q Adjustment method: a Since this code is reset when "Transmis-
1) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] sion controller specification set" is exe-
position and check that the alarm buzzer cuted, adjust it after that.
sounds. 1) Select the code of the machine specifica-
2) Check that the displayed specification tion by setting shift up switch (6), and shift
code has changed from [1*1] to [111]. down switch (7).
a If specification code [111] is not dis- a Be sure to select "SSC power setting
played, the controller wiring harness 1" as the SSC type.
or the controller unit may be defec- 2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
tive. position and check that the caution buzzer
a Even if this code is turned off, the set- sounds.
ting is effective. k If the machine specification is different
from the setting in the controller, the
machine may move abnormally or an
error may be made. Accordingly, be
sure to match the setting to the
machine specification.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective.
No. Type of work equipment Specification

800 Single tilt
801 Single tilt SSC power set 1
802 Single tilt SSC power set 2
810 Dual tilt
811 Dual tilt SSC power set 1
812 Dual tilt SSC power set 2
9xx Not used
a Number "8" at the leftmost place of the

machine specification code indicates the
travel lever type.
a Select a travel lever type with shift-down
switch (7).
20 D375A-5E0
[5] 0005: Brake potentiometer zero-point adjust- [6] 0007: Engine deceleration-cut mode
ment q This code is used to stop the auto-deceleration
q This code is used to adjust the zero point of the function of the engine and check the high idle
brake pedal potentiometer. speed of the engine singly.
q The deviation from the standard value is indi- q The engine speed is displayed on the lower
cated by voltage on the lower line (Indication line (Display range: 0 – 3000 rpm).
range: -2500 to 2500 mV). q Using method:
q Adjustment method: While this code is displayed, its function is
1) Check that the brake pedal is in neutral (it turned on and the auto-deceleration function is
is not pressed). turned off.
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] a If this code is turned off, its function is
position and check that the alarm buzzer turned off.
sounds.
a This adjustment is performed to have the
zero point of the potentiometer recognized
by the controller. It is not performed to
adjust the effect of the brake.
a Even if this adjustment is performed, the
indication on the lower line does not
change.
is effective.
D375A-5E0 21
[7] 0008: Common rail reduced cylinder mode [8] 0009: Pitch angle sensor initial set
a When the engine common rail system seems q This code is used to adjust the zero point and
to be defective, this code is used to stop inject- installation error of the pitch angle sensor.
ing fuel into 1 or more cylinders (reduce the q The deviation from the standard neutral posi-
number of effective cylinders) while the engine tion is displayed by voltage on the lower line
is running and find out a defective cylinder (Display range: -2500 to 2500 mV).
from the change of the engine speed and the q Adjustment method:
fuel injection rate. Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] position
a Since this function diagnoses a failure based and check that the caution buzzer sounds.
on the differences of the engine speed and the a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
fuel injection rate in the reduced cylinder mode is effective.
operation from that in the normal mode opera- a The setting is effective even after this
tion, use this function while the engine is run- code is finished.
ning.
q Engine speed (A) and fuel injection rate (B) are
displayed on the lower line.
q How to use:
Select the cylinders to be turned off for the
reduced cylinder mode operation by operating
information switch (5) and buzzer cancel
switch (4).
Use this method to turn on the selected cylin-
ders again, too.
q [>]: Moves cursor rightward.
q [<]: Moves cursor leftward.
q [U]: Executes or stops reduced cylinder
mode operation.
[9] 0010: Fan 70% speed mode
q This code forcedly sets the rpm of cooling fan
at 70% of the maximum rotation.
q The lower part displays data for factory adjust-
ment.
q Instructions for use:
q The function is enabled with this code dis-
played to control the rpm of cooling fan to
approximately 70% of the maximum rotation.
a Ending this code disables the function.
a Since this mode is for troubleshooting, do

not work in this mode.
22 D375A-5E0
[10] 0022: Setting of VHMS specification [11] 0530: Stall speed check mode
q This code is used to set the installation of q This code is the function to make the cooling
VHMS terminal. If the installation is not set, the fan speed maximum to check the torque con-
VHMS operation data is not set normally and verter stall speed.
the data related to the VHMS cannot be moni- k In this machine the cooling fan speed con-
tored. trol function is installed in order to protect
q The installation condition of the terminal is dis- the radiator when the engine is not yet
played on the lower line. warmed up enough. However, in case that
q ACTIVE: Setting of installation of VHMS this mode is in use, the protecting function
q DEACTIVE: Setting of non-installation of does not work. So use the machine after
VHMS carrying out enough warming up.
q Setting method q Adjust the maximum speed of the hydraulic fan
1) Select an installation condition of the in advance in the fan rotation 100% speed
VHMS terminal with shift-up switch (6) and mode (ID: 1005).
shift-down switch (7). q The engine speed is displayed on the lower line.
2) After selecting the condition of the termi- (Display range: 0 – 3000 rpm)
nal, set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] q How to use
position. While this code is displayed, its function is
3) The buzzer sounds and the set condition enabled and the cooling fan speed becomes
is saved. maximum.
a The setting is effective even after this a If this code is turned off, its function is disabled.
code is finished.
a After the control is replaced, be sure to set
(check) the condition.
D375A-5E0 23
[12] 1005: Fan 100% mode [13] 1012: Steering lever neutral set
q This code forcedly sets the speed of cooling q This code is used to adjust the steering neutral
fan at approximately 100% of the maximum position of the PCCS lever.
speed. q The deviation of the steering potentiometer
Also by this code, the adjustment value for the from the standard neutral position is displayed
maximum speed can be set. by voltage on the lower line (Display range:
q The adjustment data is displayed on the lower -2500 – 2500 mV).
line. q Adjustment method:
q How to use: 1) Set the PCCS lever to the neutral position.
a The function is effective with this code dis- 2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
played to control the speed of cooling fan position and check that the caution buzzer
to approximately 100% of the maximum sounds.
speed. a Even if adjustment is carried out, the dis-
i) When changing the adjustment value, play on the lower line does not change.
operate shift up switch (6) and shift down a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
switch (7) to set the adjustment value for is effective.
the maximum speed. a This code is not for adjusting the steering
q [UP]: Adjustment value increases. performance.
q [DOWN]: Adjustment value decreases.
ii) For confirming the adjustment value, set
buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] posi-
tion and check that the alarm buzzer
sounds.
a When using this mode, warm up the
machine sufficiently. If the machine is not
warmed up sufficiently, durability of the
radiator may be reduced.
Standard of warming up: All of the hydrau-
lic oil temperature, engine coolant temper-
ature and power train oil temperature are
within the operating range.
a If this code is turned off, its function is dis-
abled. However, the adjustment value
once set is still effective.
24 D375A-5E0
[14] 1013: Steering lever left set [15] 1014: Steering lever right set
q This code is used to adjust the maximum left q This code is used to adjust the maximum right
steering position of the PCCS lever. steering position of the PCCS lever.
q The deviation of the steering potentiometer q The deviation of the steering potentiometer
from the standard maximum left position is dis- from the standard maximum right position is
played by voltage on the lower line (Display displayed by voltage on the lower line (Display
range: -2500 – 2500 mV). range: -2500 – 2500 mV).
q Adjustment method: q Adjustment method:
1) Set the PCCS lever to the left steering 1) Set the PCCS lever to the right steering
stroke end. stroke end.
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] 2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
position and check that the caution buzzer position and check that the caution buzzer
sounds. sounds.
a Even if adjustment is carried out, the dis- a Even if adjustment is carried out, the dis-
play on the lower line does not change. play on the lower line does not change.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective. is effective.
a This code is not for adjusting the steering a This code is not for adjusting the steering
performance. performance.
D375A-5E0 25
[16] 1015: Left brake oil pressure offset [17] 1016: Right brake oil pressure offset
q This code is used to adjust the left brake oil q This code is used to adjust the right brake oil
pressure manually. pressure manually.
q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed
on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its
value is displayed. It can be adjusted further value is displayed. It can be adjusted further
within the allowable range). within the allowable range).
q Adjustment method: q Adjustment method:
a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3 a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3
MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3) MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3)
1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil 1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil
pressure. pressure.
q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres- q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres-
sure sure
q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil
pressure pressure
a The offset pressure is increased or a The offset pressure is increased or
decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2} decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2}
(Displayed value: 0.05). (Displayed value: 0.05).
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] 2) Operate the buzzer cancel switch to [U]
position and check that the caution buzzer side and check that the caution buzzer
sounds. sounds.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective. is effective.
26 D375A-5E0
[18] 1112: Pre-lubrication set (if equipped) [19] 2223: Reverse travel slow stop function setting
q This code is used to set the machine equipped a This code is used to turn off the reverse slow
with the pre-lubrication system. function forcibly, regardless of the operation of
q Installation or non-installation of the pre-lubri- the switches on the monitor panel.
cation system is displayed on the lower line by a Activity of the reverse travel slow stop function
letters. is displayed by letters on the lower line.
q Adjustment method: a Adjustment method:
Operate information switch (5) to change the Operate information switch (5) to change the
setting. setting.
q [ < ] [ > ]: Change display q [ < ] [ > ]: Change display
q [Pre-Lub ON]: Machine is equipped with q [DEACTIVE]: Turn reverse slow stop func-
pre-lubrication system tion OFF
q [Pre-Lub OFF]: Machine is not equipped q [ACTIVE]: Turn reverse slow stop function
with pre-lubrication system ON
a If setting of installation and non-installation a Once the reverse slow function is turned
of the pre-lubrication system is wrong, an OFF, the reverse speed is not lowered,
error may be detected. even if the reverse slow mode switch on
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting the monitor panel is turned ON.
is effective. a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective.
D375A-5E0 27
[20] 5535: Both steering clutches disengagement [21] 5537: Left steering clutch oil pressure offset
q This code is used to engage the transmission q This code is used to adjust the left clutch oil
clutch without driving the machine for testing, pressure manually.
adjusting, troubleshooting, Pm Clinic, etc. q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed
q The transmission speed (Unit: rpm) is dis- on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its
played on the lower line. value is displayed. It can be adjusted further
q Using method: within the allowable range).
While this code is displayed, the function is q Adjustment method:
effective and steering clutches on both sides a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3
are disengaged. Accordingly, the machine MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3)
does not travel even if the PCCS lever is oper- 1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil
ated. pressure.
a If this code is turned off, the function q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres-
becomes ineffective. sure
q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil
pressure
a The offset pressure is increased or
decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2}
(Displayed value: 0.05).
position and check that the caution buzzer
sounds.
is effective.
28 D375A-5E0
[22] 5538: Right steering clutch oil pressure offset [23] 9995: Electric brake constantly ON mode
q This code is used to adjust the right clutch oil q This code is used to see if the sudden stop
pressure manually. prevent valve operates normally.
q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed q The voltage of the brake potentiometer is dis-
on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its played on the lower line.
value is displayed. It can be adjusted further q Using method:
within the allowable range). While this code is displayed, the function is
q Adjustment method: effective and the electric brake is constantly
a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3 turned on.
MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3) Operate the brake pedal or parking brake lever
1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil and check the brake oil pressure under this
pressure. condition.
q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres- a If this code is turned off, the function
sure becomes ineffective.
q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil
pressure
a The offset pressure is increased or
decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2}
(Displayed value: 0.05).
position and check that the caution buzzer
sounds.
is effective.
[24] 9996: Electric brake release mode

q This code is used to check the operation of the
mechanical brake.
q The voltage of the brake potentiometer is dis-
played on the lower line.
q Using method:
While this code is displayed, the function is
effective and the electric brake is constantly
turned off.
a If this code is turned off, the function
becomes ineffective.
D375A-5E0 29
[25] 9997: High idle limit setting [26] 9998: 3rd speed cut set
q This code is used to limit the high idle speed. q This code is used to prevent the gear from
q The engine speed (set value) is displayed on shifting up to the 3rd gear speed.
the lower line. q Available gear speeds are displayed on the
q Possible limiting range: High idle speed –400 lower line by bits (in the order of the 3rd, 2nd,
rpm and 1st from the left).
q Using method: q Using method:
1) Set information switch (5) in the [ > ] or [ < ] Operate information switch (5) and buzzer can-
position to select the limit speed. cel switch (4) to limit or reset the maximum
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] gear speed.
position and check that the caution buzzer q [ < ] [ > ]: Change display
sounds. q [U] Change setting
a If the high idle speed is limited, the engine q Display of lower line [o]: Gear speed is
speed does not increase to the normal effective
high idle speed even if the fuel control dial q Display of lower line [ _ ]: Gear speed is
is set to the MAX position. ineffective
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting a Once a gear speed is limited, the gear
is effective. does not shift up to that gear speed, even
if the shiftup switch is operated.
is effective.
30 D375A-5E0
9. Load memory display mode 2) Changing information screen

(9-LOAD MAP DISPLAY MODE) Change the information screen by operat-
In this mode, you can check the load on the ing information switch (5).
machine, forward odometer, and reverse q [ > ]: Next screen.
odometer. q [ < ]: Previous screen.
No. Display Item
1] Select "Load memory display mode" 1000 rpm service
01 01-1000 rpm SMR
on the mode selection screen. meter
a If the mode is selected, code (Ld) 02 02-FOWARD ODO M
Forward travel
is displayed on gear speed dis- distance
play section (1) and the title is Reverse travel
03 03-REVERSE ODO M
displayed on multi-information distance
section (2). 04 04-F1 ODO Meter F1 travel distance
2] Display the information screen by 05 05-F2 ODO Meter F2 travel distance
operating buzzer cancel switch (4).
06 06-F3 ODO Meter F3 travel distance
07 07-R1 ODO Meter R1 travel distance
3) Display of 1,000rpm service meter (01)

This code is used to display the service
meter which integrates the operation
hours only while the engine speed is
higher than 1,000rpm.
a The data cannot be reset.
D375A-5E0 31
4) Display of forward odometer (02) 7) Display of F2 odometer (05)

On this screen, the integrated forward On this screen, the integrated F2 (Forward
travel distance is displayed. 2nd gear) travel distance is displayed.
a The data cannot be reset. a The data cannot be reset.
5) Display of reverse odometer (03) 8) Display of F3 odometer (06)

On this screen, the integrated reverse On this screen, the integrated F3 (Forward
travel distance is displayed. 3rd gear) travel distance is displayed.
a The data cannot be reset. a The data cannot be reset.
6) Display of F1 odometer (04) 9) Display of R1 odometer (07)

On this screen, the integrated F1 (Forward On this screen, the integrated R1
1st gear) travel distance is displayed. (Reverse 1st gear) travel distance is dis-
a The data cannot be reset. played.
32 D375A-5E0
10) Display of R2 odometer (08) 12) Moving machine with saved load dis-
On this screen, the integrated R2 played
(Reverse 2nd gear) travel distance is dis- If the parking brake lever is set in the
played. FREE position, gear speed display unit (1)
a The data cannot be reset. is set in the normal display mode again
and the machine can operate normally.
load saving display mode.)
traveling.
11) Display of R3 odometer (09) tion temporarily, and then start the
On this screen, the integrated R3 operation.
(Reverse 3rd gear) travel distance is dis-
played.
D375A-5E0 33
10. Real-time monitoring mode q [ > ]: Move cursor to right.

(10-REAL TIME MONITORING MODE) q [ < ]: Move cursor to left.
In this mode, the speeds, oil pressures, oil q [UP]: Increase number.
temperatures, currents, voltages, etc. can be q [DOWN]: Decrease number.
monitored by using the signals from sensors,
switches, and solenoids installed various parts
of the machine.
a This mode is used to monitor 1 item.
When monitoring 2 items simultaneously,
use the "Dual display monitoring mode".

1] Select "Real-time monitoring mode"
on the mode selection screen.
a If the mode is selected, code
(5R) is displayed on gear speed
section (2). 2] After inputting the code, display the
2] Display the monitoring code input monito ring scree n by operatin g
screen by operating buzzer cancel buzzer cancel switch (4).
switch (4). q [ ]: Enter input code.
q [U]: Execute mode. a If the input code is normal, the
monitoring screen shown at right
appears.
a If the input code is abnormal, the

code input screen appears again
after the screen shown at right.
2) Selecting and entering monitored items

1] On the code input screen, input the 5-
digit code of the item to be monitored
by operating information switch (5),
shift-up switch (6), and shift-down
switch (7).
34 D375A-5E0
3) Contents of display on monitoring screen 5) When operating machine in monitoring

(Figure below shows examples) mode
1] Code If the parking brake lever is set in the
2] Monitoring item FREE position, gear speed display section
3] Information displays normally and the machine can be
4] Unit (Not displayed for some items) operated normally.
a For the details, see the "Monitoring a At this time, even if the shift up or shift
mode table". down switch is pressed with the
monitoring mode.)
traveling.
tion and perform the necessary pro-
cedure.
4) Function of holding monitoring information

If an information item such as the engine
speed is not stabilized and cannot be read
easily in the monitoring mode, it can be
held and released by operating buzzer
cancel switch (4).
q [U]: Hold and release.
a While the monitored item is held, the
letter "H" is displayed at the left end of
the lower line.
D375A-5E0 35
6) Automatic selection of monitoring item

(Limited function)
After one of some monitoring items is
selected, if the information switch is oper-
ated, the next monitoring item is selected
automatically, even if the code of the next
monitoring item is not input.
q [ > ]: Code is increased
q [ < ]: Code is decreased
a This function is applied to only the
items having numbers in the "Sending
in order" column of the Monitoring
mode table. Those items are selected
in the order of their numbers.
a Note that this operation is not effec-
tive while the parking brake lever is in
the RESET position.
a You may return to the screen for
inputting codes and enter a code
without using this function.
36 D375A-5E0
Monitoring mode table
Auto-
No. Code Monitoring item Unit Remarks matic
selection
1 00201 ENG M ID Engine controller model selection name Letter — —
2 01000 ENG REV Engine speed rpm — 1
3 01603 Remote Th 2nd throttle position % — —
4 03000 FUEL DIAL Fuel control dial voltage mV — 23
5 03200 BATTERY Battery voltage mV — 37
6 03201 S/T ACC Steering controller ACC input voltage mV — —
7 03202 S/T PWR2 Steering controller load power supply voltage mV — —
8 03203 E-ECM PW Engine controller power supply voltage mV — —
9 03207 S/T PWR1 Steering controller unswitched power supply voltage mV — —
Transmission controller unswitched power supply volt-
10 03208 T/M PWR1 mV — —
age
11 03212 T/M ACC Transmission controller ACC input voltage mV — —
12 03216 T/M PWR2 Transmission controller load power supply voltage mV — —
13 04104 COOLANT TP Engine coolant temperature °C — 5
14 04105 COOLANT TP Engine coolant temperature sensor voltage mV — —
15 04200 FUEL SENS Fuel level sensor voltage mV — 35
16 04401 HYD.TEMP Hydraulic oil temperature °C — 6
17 08100 HSI BREAK HSI line break point rpm — —
18 08200 TQ Sel Torque curve selection Letter — —
19 08300 Droop Type Droop type selection Letter — —
20 08400 Droop SW Droop switch selection Letter — —
21 08500 Droop Trim Droop trim selection Letter — —
22 10500 S/T 5V PW1 Steering controller sensor 5V power supply voltage 1 mV — —
Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply voltage
23 10501 T/M 5V PW1 mV — —
1
24 10505 S/T 5V PW2 Steering controller sensor 5V power supply voltage 2 mV — —
Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply voltage
25 10506 T/M 5V PW2 mV — —
2
26 10700 S/T 24V PW Steering controller sensor 24V power supply voltage mV — —
Transmission controller sensor 24V power supply volt-
27 10701 T/M 24V PW mV — —
age
28 14200 FUEL TMP Fuel temperature °C — —
29 14201 FUEL TMP Fuel temperature sensor voltage mV — —
30 17201 PCV TMG PCV closing timing CA — —
31 17500 ENG MODE Engine controller mode selection Letter — —
32 18000 EGR IN PRS EGR valve inlet pressure kPa — —
33 18001 EGR IN PRS EGR valve inlet pressure sensor voltage mV — —
34 18100 EGR VALVE EGR valve position mm — —
35 18101 EGR VALVE EGR valve position sensor voltage mV — —
36 18200 BPS VALVE Bypass valve position mm — —
37 18201 BPS VALVE Bypass valve position sensor voltage mV — —
(See detailed
38 18300 ENG IVSW 1 Engine controller idle validation switch 1 bit —
information)
(See detailed
39 18301 ENG IVSW 2 Engine controller idle validation switch 2 bit —
information)
D375A-5E0 37
Auto-
selection
40 18500 BOOST TEMP Boost temperature °C — —
41 18501 BOOST TEMP Boost temperature sensor voltage mV — —
42 18600 INJECT CMD Final injection rate command mg/st — —
43 18700 ENG TRUQUE Engine output torque Nm — —
44 18900 E-ECM TP Engine controller ECM inside temperature °C — —
45 20201 T/M. PROGRM Transmission controller program version Letter — —
46 20202 S/T. PROGRM Steering controller program version Letter — —
47 20216 ENG BLD Engine controller build version Letter — —
48 20217 ENG CAL Engine controller calibration data version Letter — —
49 20301 VHMS VHMS LED monitor LED — 38
50 20400 E-ECM SN Engine controller ECM serial No. Letter — —
51 30100 T/C TEMP. Power train oil temperature °C — 7
52 31200 T/M IN Transmission input speed rpm —
53 31400 T/M OUT Transmission output speed rpm — 2
(See detailed
54 31520 T/M-FILL Transmission controller fill switch input state bit —
information)
(See detailed
55 31521 S/T FILL Steering controller fill switch input state bit —
information)
56 31602 1st CLUTCH 1st clutch ECMV current command value mA — —
57 31603 2nd CLUTCH 2nd clutch ECMV current command value mA — —
58 31604 3rd CLUTCH 3rd clutch ECMV current command value mA — —
59 31606 Rev CLUTCH Reverse clutch ECMV current command value mA — —
60 31608 Frd CLUTCH Forward clutch ECMV current command value mA — —
61 31612 1 CLUTCH F 1st clutch ECMV output feedback current mA — 31
62 31613 2 CLUTCH F 2nd clutch ECMV output feedback current mA — 32
63 31614 3 CLUTCH F 3rd clutch ECMV output feedback current mA — 33
64 31616 R CLUTCH F Reverse clutch ECMV output feedback current mA — 30
65 31618 BRAKE R.H. Right brake ECMV output feedback current mA — 25
66 31619 BRAKE L.H. Left brake ECMV output feedback current mA — 24
67 31620 BRAKE R.H. Right brake ECMV current command value mA — —
68 31621 BRAKE L.H. Left brake ECMV current command value mA — —
69 31622 F CLUTCH F Forward clutch ECMV output feedback current mA 29
70 31623 FAN PUMP. O Cooling fan pump solenoid output command current mA — —
71 31624 FAN PUMP. F Cooling fan pump solenoid output feedback current mA — —
72 31625 PITCH SOL. Blade pitch solenoid output feedback current mA — —
Torque converter lockup solenoid output feedback cur-
73 31627 L/U SOL mA — 34
rent
Sudden stop prevention solenoid output feedback cur-
74 31628 E. BRAKE SL mA — 26
rent
75 31633 FAN PMP2. O Cooling fan pump 2 solenoid output command current mA — —
76 31634 FAN PMP2. F Cooling fan pump 2 solenoid output feedback current mA — —
77 31701 DECEL Decelerator position % — 8
78 31703 DECEL Decelerator pedal potentiometer voltage mV — 22
79 31706 F THROTTLE Final accelerator position % — 9
80 32900 BODY ANGLE Machine pitch angle ° — 16
81 36001 Accel Adj Throttle correction value data % — —
38 D375A-5E0
Auto-
selection
82 36200 PRESS CMD Final common rail pressure command MPa — —
83 36300 INJECT CMD Final injection timing command CA — —
84 36400 RAIL PR Common rail pressure MPa — 11
85 36401 RAIL PR Common rail pressure sensor voltage mV — —
86 36500 BOOST PRS Boost pressure KPa — 12
87 36501 BOOST PRS Boost pressure sensor voltage mV — —
88 36700 ENG TORQUE Engine converted torque % — 13
89 37200 ENG OIL PRS Engine oil pressure KPa — 10
90 37201 ENG OIL PRS Engine oil pressure sensor voltage mV — —
91 37301 FUEL RATE Fuel injection rate L/h — —
92 37400 ABM PRESS Ambient pressure KPa — —
93 37401 ABM PRESS Ambient pressure sensor voltage mV — —
94 37500 ATM TEMP Ambient temperature °C — —
95 40001 VEHICLE SP Travel speed (Theoretical value) km/h — 3
(See detailed
96 40905 T/M-SW1 Transmission controller input signal 1 bit —
information)
(See detailed
97 40906 T/M-SW2 Transmission controller input signal 2 bit —
information)
(See detailed
98 40907 T/M OP SIG Transmission controller operation input signal bit —
information)
Transmission controller blade lever oil pressure switch (See detailed
99 40908 T/M HYD SW bit —
input signal information)
(See detailed
100 40909 T/M SOL. 2 Transmission controller ON/OFF output 2 bit —
information)
(See detailed
101 40910 S/T-SW1 Steering controller switch input signal 1 bit —
information)
(See detailed
information)
(See detailed
information)
(See detailed
104 40914 S/T SOL. 1 Transmission controller ON/OFF output 1 bit —
information)
(See detailed
105 40915 S/T SOL. 2 Steering controller ON/OFF output signal 2 bit —
information)
106 42600 EXH TEMP F Exhaust temperature, front °C — —
107 42601 EXH TEMP R Exhaust temperature, rear °C — —
108 42604 EXH TEMP F Exhaust temperature sensor voltage, front mV — —
109 42607 EXH TEMP R Exhaust temperature sensor voltage, rear mV — —
110 42700 ENG OIL TMP Engine oil temperature °C — —
111 42701 ENG OIL TMP Engine oil temperature sensor voltage mV — —
112 42800 BLOWBY PRS Blow-by pressure KPa — —
113 43000 T/M PRESS Transmission main oil pressure MPa — —
(See detailed
114 43502 IdleCancel Warm-up operation cancel flag bit —
information)
115 44202 Accel Up Throttle upper limit value data % —
116 44203 Accel low Throttle lower limit value data % —
117 50200 T/M LEVR 1 Directional lever potentiometer 1 voltage mV 17
118 50201 T/M LEVR 2 Directional lever potentiometer 2 voltage mV 18
D375A-5E0 39
Auto-
selection
119 50300 S/T LEVR 1 Steering potentiometer 1 voltage mV 19
120 50301 S/T LEVR 2 Steering potentiometer 2 voltage mV 20
121 50400 BRAKE PEDL Brake pedal potentiometer voltage mV 21
122 50900 N-SAFTY Neutral safety relay drive voltage mV 36
123 51000 ENG REG Regulation command speed rpm —
124 51100 FUEL DIAL Fuel control dial command speed rpm
125 60000 TRACTION Traction force (Theoretical value) W 4
126 60100 BODY ANGLE Machine pitch angle sensor voltage mV —
127 60200 ACCELERATN Acceleration sensor voltage mV —
128 60300 SSC ORDER SSC command speed rpm —
(See detailed
129 60400 S/T-SW6 Steering controller input signal 6 bit —
information)
130 60500 ENG.CON. PW Engine controller drive voltage mV — —
131 60600 BR HOLD Battery relay drive voltage mV — —
132 60700 S/T MODE Steering state code Letter — —
133 60800 FILL MODE Fill condition setting variable Letter — —
134 60909 MOD MODE Modulation condition setting variable Letter — —
135 70000 CHG.P. MODE Gearshift point condition setting variable Letter — —
136 70200 T/M OUT Transmission output speed sensor voltage mV — —
Transmission controller blade lever knob switch input (See detailed
137 70300 B. KNOB SW bit —
signal information)
(See detailed
138 70304 T/M SOL. 1 Transmission controller ON/OFF output 1 bit —
information)
Transmission controller ripper lever oil pressure switch (See detailed
139 70305 T/M RIPER2 bit —
input signal information)
140 70400 BACK ALARM Backup alarm relay drive voltage mV — —
141 70600 DUAL SOL. Dual tilt solenoid drive current mA — —
142 70700 HYD. PUMP 1 Work equipment pump oil pressure 1 MPa — 14
143 70701 HYD. PUMP 1 Work equipment oil pressure sensor 1 voltage mV — —
144 70702 HYD. PUMP 2 Work equipment pump oil pressure 2 MPa — 15
145 70703 HYD. PUMP 2 Work equipment oil pressure sensor 2 voltage mV — —
146 90600 S/T CLT LH Left clutch ECMV output feedback current mA — 27
147 90601 S/T CLT RH Right clutch ECMV output feedback current mA — 28
148 90602 S/T CLT LH Left clutch ECMV current command mA — —
149 90603 S/T CLT RH Right clutch ECMV current command mA — —
150 92100 F1 SMR F1 integrated travel hours h — —
153 92200 R1 SMR R1 integrated travel hours h — —
156 99901 TRIG T F Trigger time F msec — —
157 99902 TRIG T R Trigger time R msec — —
158 99903 TRIG T 1 Trigger time 1 msec — —
40 D375A-5E0
Auto-
selection
161 99906 TM SFT Transmission shift Letter — —
(See detailed
162 99907 LU Lockup state bit —
information)
163 99908 TM IN TRQ Transmission input torque Nm — —
164 99909 DOZING h Dozing hours h — —
165 99910 RIPPING h Ripping hours h — —
166 99911 PATH NUM Number of path path — —
167 99913 TC IN TRQ Torque converter input torque Nm — —
168 99914 H. P 1 TRQ Work equipment pump 1 input torque Nm — —
169 99915 H. P 2 TRQ Work equipment pump 2 input torque Nm — —
170 99917 BR L PRESS Left brake command pressure MPa — —
171 99918 BR R PRESS Right brake command pressure MPa — —
172 99919 CL L PRESS Left clutch command pressure MPa — —
173 99920 CL R PRESS Right clutch command pressure MPa — —
a The numbers in the Automatic selection column can be displayed in numeric order by setting the infor-
mation switch in the ">" or "<" position.
D375A-5E0 41
Detailed information on bit display 18301: Engine controller idle validation switch 2
codes 1: Idle validation switch 2: ON
2: (Unused)
Examples of display of bit information 3: (Unused)
a The display position of the bit information in the 4: (Unused)
"Real-time monitoring mode (Display of only 1 5: (Unused)
item)" is different from that in the "Dual display 6: (Unused)
monitoring mode (Simultaneous display of 2 7: (Unused)
items)". 8: (Unused)
a The bit information is displayed by [ _ ] for OFF
and [o] for ON in the places 1 – 8.
a The state of each item shown below is the con-
dition for turning on the bit.
31520: Input state of transmission controller fill

switch
1: Forward clutch fill switch: ON
2: Reverse clutch fill switch: ON
18300: Engine controller idle validation switch 1 3: 1st clutch fill switch: ON
1: Idle validation switch 1: ON 4: 2nd clutch fill switch: ON
2: (Unused) 5: 3rd clutch fill switch: ON
3: (Unused) 6: (Unused)
6: (Unused)
7: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
42 D375A-5E0
31521: Input state of steering controller fill switch 40906: Transmission controller input signal 2
1: Left brake fill switch: ON 1: Automatic gear shift-down switch: ON
2: Left clutch fill switch: ON 2: Neutral switch (OPT-type travel lever): OFF
3: (Unused) 3: Neutral switch (OPT-type travel lever): ON
4: (Unused) 4: Shift switch (OPT-type travel lever): OFF
5: Right clutch fill switch: ON 5: Shift switch (OPT-type travel lever): ON
6: Right brake fill switch: ON 6: (Unused)
a Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5 are for optional specifi-
cations.
40905: Transmission controller input signal 1

1: Shift-up switch: OFF
2: Shift-up switch: ON 40907: Transmission controller function input signal
3: Shift-down switch: OFF 1: ACC signal switch: ON
4: Shift-down switch: ON 2: (Unused)
5: Parking brake switch: FREE 3: R signal: ON
6: Parking brake switch: LOCK 4: (Unused)
7: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
D375A-5E0 43
40908: Transmission controller blade lever oil pres- 40910: Steering controller input signal 1
sure switch input signal 1: (Unused)
1: Blade lift raise oil pressure switch: ON 2: (Unused)
2: Blade lift lower oil pressure switch: ON 3: (Unused)
4: (Unused) 5: Parking brake lever switch: FREE
5: Blade left tilt oil pressure switch: ON 6: Parking brake lever switch: LOCK
6: Blade right tilt oil pressure switch: ON 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
40911: Steering controller input signal 2

40909: Transmission controller output signal 2 1: Buzzer cancel switch: t position
1: (Unused) 2: Buzzer cancel switch: U position
2: (Unused) 3: Information switch: > position
3: (Unused) 4: Information switch: < position
4: Backup alarm relay: ON 5: Service switch: ON
5: Neutral safety relay: ON 6: (Unused)
6: Lockup: ON 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
44 D375A-5E0
40913: Steering controller input signal 5 40915: Steering controller ON-OFF output signal 2
1: ACC signal: ON 1: Pre-lubrication motor relay: ON
2: Pre-lubrication oil pressure switch: ON 2: Engine ACC cut relay: ON
4: R signal: ON 4: (Unused)
5: Fan reverse switch: ON 5: (Unused)
6: Fan cleaning switch: ON 6: (Unused)
a Nos. 2 and 5 are for optional specifica- a This item is for optional specifications.
tions.
43502: Warm-up cancel flag

40914: Steering controller ON-OFF output signal 1 1: Warm-up cancel flag: ON
1: Pre-heater relay drive: ON 2: (Unused)
2: Snap shot switch: ON 3: (Unused)
3: Fan reverse solenoid: ON 4: (Unused)
5: Battery relay drive: ON 6: (Unused)
6: Sudden machine prevent solenoid: ON 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
D375A-5E0 45
60400: Steering controller input signal 6 70304: Transmission controller ON/OFF output 1
1: (Unused) 1: Dual tilt solenoid: ON
2: C signal: ON 2: Pitch solenoid: ON
3: Engine low idle signal: ON 3: (Unused)
4: Engine stop command signal: ON 4: (Unused)
5: Hydraulic oil level switch signal: ON 5: (Unused)
6: Pre-lubrication motor drive signal: ON 6: (Unused)
a Nos. 3 – 6 are for optional specifications.
70305: Transmission controller ripper lever oil pres-

70300: Transmission controller blade lever knob sure switch input signal
switch input signal 1: (Unused)
1: Blade lever tilt switch: SINGLE 2: Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch:
2: Blade lever tilt switch: DUAL ON (Operated)
3: Blade lever pitch switch: OFF 3: Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch:
4: Blade lever pitch switch: ON ON (Operated)
5: (Unused) 4: Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch: ON (Operated)
6: (Unused) 5: Ripper tilt out oil pressure switch: ON (Oper-
7: (Unused) ated)
7: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
46 D375A-5E0
99907: Lockup state

1: Forward clutch output: ON
2: Reverse clutch output: ON
3: 1st clutch output: ON
4: 2nd clutch output: ON
5: 3rd clutch output: ON
6: Clutch modulation: Modulating
7: Lockup clutch output: ON
8: Clutch state: Neutral
D375A-5E0 47
11. Dual display monitoring mode 2) Selecting and entering monitored items
(11-DUAL DISPLAY MONITORING MODE) 1] On the code input screen, input the 5-
In this mode, 2 monitored items can be dis- digit codes of the items to be moni-
played simultaneously. tored to the upper and lower lines by
a Note that only codes and monitoring infor- operating information switch (5), shift-
mation are displayed in this mode since up switch (6), and shift-down switch
the usable display columns are limited. (7).
(Item names and units cannot be dis- q [ > ]: Move cursor to right.
played.) q [ < ]: Move cursor to left.
q [UP]: Increase number.
1) Selecting and executing mode q [DOWN]: Decrease number.
1] Select "Dual display monitoring 2] After inputting the codes, display the
mode" on the mode selection screen. monito ring scree n by operatin g
a If the mode is selected, code buzzer cancel switch (4).
(dR) is displayed on gear speed q [U]: Enter input code.
section (2).
2] Display the monitoring code input
switch (4).
a If the input codes are normal, the

monitoring screen shown below
appears.
48 D375A-5E0
a If the input codes are incorrect, 4) When operating machine in monitoring

the code input screen appears mode
again after the screen shown If the parking brake lever is set in the
below. FREE position, gear speed display section
(1) displays normally and the machine can
be operated normally.
monitoring mode.)
traveling.
3) Contents of display on monitoring screen parking brake lever to the LOCK posi-
(Figure below shows examples) tion and perform the necessary pro-
(1) Code 1 cedure.
(2) Information 1
(3) Code 2
(4) Information 2
a For the details, see the "Monitoring
mode table".
D375A-5E0 49
12. Snap shot mode (12-SNAPSHOT MODE) (2) Automatic snap shot function
The VHMS specification has the manual snap q While the automatic snap shot func-
shot function and automatic snap shot function is turned ON, if an item which the
tion. VHMS controller monitors constantly
While the manual snap shot function is turned becomes abnormal (if the corre-
ON, various data in 7 minutes 30 seconds for sponding failure code is displayed),
the Pm clinic, testing, and adjusting can be the snap shot data of that item in 7
saved in the VHMS controller. minutes 30 seconds are saved in the
1) Select "Snap shot mode" on the mode VHMS controller automatically.
selection screen. q Since the VHMS controller automati-
a If the mode is selected, code (55) is dis- cally performs the automatic snap
played on gear speed display unit (1) and
shot function according to the moni-
the title is displayed on multi-information
toring item data, the operator does
unit (2).
not need to operate the monitor.
For details of the operating method in the
snap shot mode, see "Execution method q How to collect snap shot data
of quick PM". If the value of a monitoring item data
(1) Manual snap shot function becomes abnormal, that data is
q To collect data periodically for the Pm recorded and saved for 7 minutes 30
clinic, the machine must be operated seconds from 5 minutes 30 seconds
as specified by the Quick Pm. When ago.
data is required and collected for test- a The data is recorded at 10 second
ing, adjusting, etc., the operations of intervals for the first 5 minutes, and at
the machine are not limited. 1 second intervals for 2 minutes 30
q To use the data saved with the man- seconds after the first 5 minutes.
ual snap shot function, a personal
computer must be connected. For the
procedure for connecting the per-
sonal computer, see "Initialization
procedure for VHMS controller". (The
personal computer may be connected
either before or after the snap shot
operation.)
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
52 D375A-5E0
SEN01935-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up

Adjustment method when controller has been replaced ................................................................................. 2
Preparation work for troubleshooting for electrical equipment system ........................................................... 4
Inspection procedure of diode......................................................................................................................... 7
Handling of optional devices ........................................................................................................................... 8
Initialization procedures for VHMS controller.................................................................................................. 9
Precautions for replacing VHMS controller ................................................................................................... 29
Pm Clinic service .......................................................................................................................................... 34
D375A-5E0 1
Adjustment method when 3. Adjusting steering controller

controller has been replaced 1 Select Steering controller specification set
(0002) and adjust the steering controller.
a After the machine is assembled or transmis- a Execute this code only when the transmis-
sion controller or steering controller is sion controller is also replaced.
replaced, adjust the system according to the
following procedure.
k If the system is not adjusted, the machine
may not operate normally and may move
suddenly. Accordingly, be sure to adjust it.
a Precautions for replacing a controller:
If a controller is replaced, the memory of the oil
and filter maintenance mode is reset. Accord-
ingly, take a record of the next replacement
periods of the oils and filters.
a Precautions for replacing a controller:
When replacing a controller, stop the machine
in a safe place and turn the starting switch off.
Check that the battery relay is turned OFF and
wait for about 1 minute and then replace the 4. Adjusting transmission controller
controller. Select Transmission controller specification set
a The control is still operating for a while after (0003) and adjust the transmission controller.
the starting switch is turned OFF and the bat- a Execute this code only when the steering
tery relay is turned OFF. Accordingly, do not controller is also replaced.
remove the controller just after the battery
relay is turned OFF.
a Adjust the controller referring to the item 8.
Adjusting mode in "Special functions of monitor
panel (EMMS)".
1. Controller initial setting

After replacing controller, turn the switch ON
temporarily (ACC position) and after approx.
10 seconds, turn the switch OFF.
q After turning the switch OFF, the controller
is initialized. Therefore leave it for approx.
1 minute after turning the switch OFF
even if the battery relay shuts down. 5. Turning power on again
a When the starting switch is turned ON for Turn the starting switch off (battery relay off)
the first time, an error (CALL E04) may be and leave it for 1 minute. Then turn the starting
displayed. You may continue the work, switch on, then reset the monitor panel in the
however. "Adjustment Mode" of the service mode.
2. Setting system in service mode

After step 1, turn the starting switch ON again
and set the monitor panel in the "Adjustment
mode" of the service mode.
a For details of the operation in the service
mode, see the "Special functions section
of machine monitor panel (EMMS)".
2 D375A-5E0
6. Adjusting machine specification 9. VHMS system set

Select Machine specification set (0004) and Set VHMS system using Adjustment mode
adjust the machine specification. (0022).
(If not, take care that default is not-equipped
set.)
7. Adjusting brake potentiometer

Select Brake potentiometer initial set (0005)
and adjust the brake potentiometer. 10. Turning power on again
Turn the starting switch OFF (battery relay off)
and after leaving it for 1 minute, turn it ON
again.
11. Checking failure codes

1) Set the monitor panel in the “Electrical
system failure code display mode” of the
service mode.
2) Check if any active failure codes exist. If
not, delete all the failure codes recorded.
a If any active failure codes exist, elimi-
nate the cause of the incident by trou-
bleshooting, then carry out steps 10
and 11 again.
8. Adjusting pitch angle sensor
a Precautions after replacing controller:
Select the initial setting (0009) of the pitch
If any controller is replaced, the ser-
angle sensor and adjust the pitch angle sen-
vice meter in the oil and filter mainte-
sor.
nance mode is reset to 0.
As a result, the replacement period
displayed on the monitor panel may
be different from the actual operating
hours. To solve this problem, deter-
mine the first replacement periods of
the oils and filters after the replace-
ment of the controller according to the
replacement periods recorded before
the replacement of the controller.
D375A-5E0 3
Preparation work for 2. Engine controller

troubleshooting for electrical 1) Open engine left side covers (1).
equipment system 1
a When performing troubleshooting for an elec-
trical circuit related to the monitor panel,
engine controller, transmission controller,
steering controller, or VHMS terminal, expose
the related connectors according to the follow-
ing procedure.
1. Monitor panel
2) Remove the 2 mounting bolts and pull out
monitor panel (2) toward the operator’s
seat.
2) Remove cover (2) of engine controller.
3) Insert or connect T-adapters in or to con-

3) Insert or connect the diagnostic T-adapter
nectors S01, S02, S03, and S04 of moni-
in or to the connector (EGC1, EGC2,
tor panel (2).
EGC3) of engine controller (3).
a When disconnecting the connector,
loosen its screw.
a When connecting the connector,
tighten its screw to the specified
torque.
3 Screw: 3 ± 1 Nm {0.3 ± 0.1 kgm}
4 D375A-5E0
k In order to prevent malfunction 3) Insert or connect T-adapters in or to con-

and mistaken system error warn- nectors TMCN1, TMCN2, and TMCN3 of
ing, be sure to completely remove transmission controller (2).
foreign object (b) such as sand, a If the connectors cannot be discon-
dust, water, etc., from inside of nected and connected easily, remove
controller side connector (a) with the controller from the floor frame.
air blow etc., before connecting to a Since the connectors are secured
harness connector. with screws, loosen those screws
before disconnecting.
a When connecting the connectors
again, tighten their screws to the
specified torque.
3 Screw: 3 ± 1 Nm {0.3 ± 0.1 kgm}
4. Steering controller
1) Slide the operator's seat to the front end
and fold the seat back forward.
3. Transmission controller
1) Slide the operator's seat to the front end
and fold the seat back forward.
D375A-5E0 5
3) Insert or connect T-adapters in or to con- 6. ORBCOMM terminal

nectors STCN1, STCN2, and STCN3 of 1) Remove cover (1) on the right side of the
steering controller (3). floor.
a If the connectors cannot be discon- 2) Insert or connect T-adapters in or to con-
nected and connected easily, remove nector KOM1 of ORBCOMM terminal (2).
the controller from the floor frame. a If it is difficult to remove and install the
a Since the connectors are secured connectors, remove the terminal for
with screws, loosen those screws the ease of work.
before disconnecting.
a When connecting the connectors
again, tighten their screws to the
specified torque.
3 Screw: 3 ± 1 Nm {0.3 ± 0.1 kgm}
5. VHMS controller
1) Open the floor left side cover and remove
cover (1).
2) Insert or connect T-adapters in or to con-
nectors V1, V2A, V2B, V3A, V3B, V4A
and V4B of VHMS controller (2).
a If it is difficult to remove and install the
connectors, remove the controller for
the ease of work.
6 D375A-5E0
Inspection procedure of diode 1 2. When using analog tester

1) Switch to resistance range.
a The direction of continuity of diode is marked 2) Check the deflection of needle while con-
on the surface of the diode. necting as follows.
i) Set red (+) test lead to diode anode
(P) side and black (–) test lead to
cathode (N) side.
ii) Set red (+) test lead to diode cathode
(N) side and black (–) test lead to
anode (P) side.
3) Based on the deflection of needle, judge
the quality of diode.
q Needle does not deflect with connec-
tion i) but deflects with connection ii):
Normal. (However deflection range
(resistance value) varies depending
on the type of tester and testing
1. When using digital tester range.)
1) Switch to diode range and check dis- q Needle deflects with both connection
played value. i) and ii): Defective (internal short cir-
a Voltage of internal battery is dis- cuit)
played by normal tester. q Needle does not deflect with either
2) Set red (+) test lead to diode anode (P) connection i) or ii): Defective (internal
side and black (–) test lead to cathode (N) disconnection)
side. Check displayed value.
3) Judge quality of diode from displayed
value.
q Displayed value does not change:
No continuity (defect)
q Displayed value changes:
Continue (normal) (note)
Note: In the case of silicon diode, the
value between 460 – 600 mV is dis-
played.
q Displayed value becomes 0 or near 0:
Short-circuiting of diode internal part
(defect)
D375A-5E0 7
Handling of optional devices 1 5. Connecting external power source

If an external power source is necessary, con-
a D375A-5E0 has connectors to install optional nect it through the following connectors.
devices in its fuse box. When installing any q AUX1 (Plug connector)
optional device, receive the necessary signals q AUX2 (Plug connector)
and power through those connectors without a A 20A fuse is installed on the upstream
modifying the wiring harness. side of each of these connectors.
1. Connecting the ACC signal of starting

switch
If the ACC signal (ON signal) of the starting
switch is necessary for a optional device such
as the turbocharger timer, connect it through
the following connector pin.
q Pin (B) of CN-ESD (3-pole heavy duty
wire connector)
a A 20A fuse is installed on the upstream
side of this connector pin.
2. Input of engine stop signal

If the engine needs to be stopped with the
starting switch in the ON position for an
optional device such as the engine emergency
stop system, use the circuit of the following
connector pin.
q Pin [A] of CN-ESD (3-pole heavy duty wire
connector)
a Before using this circuit, be sure to notify
your Komatsu distributor.
3. Inputting engine low-idle command

If it is required to keep the engine speed at low
idle for an optional device such as the engine
protector, use the circuit of the following con-
nector pin.
q Pin (C) of CN-ESD (3-pole heavy duty
wire connector)
a Before using this circuit, be sure to notify
your Komatsu distributor.
4. Connecting C signal of starting switch

If the C signal (starting signal) of the starting
switch is necessary for a optional device such
as the pre-lubricator, connect it through the fol-
lowing connector pin.
q CN-PRS (2-pole heavy duty wire connec-
tor)
a Remove the connector installed when the
machine is shipped, and connector pin (1)
to the starting signal to be finally output by
the pre-lubricator and connector pin (2) to
the input signal from the starting switch.
8 D375A-5E0
Initialization procedures for VHMS 1. Check of machine information, engine

controller 1 information and controller information
a This step is a work performed on the
a Initialization tools for VHMS controller whole machine.
Symbol Part No. Part name Check and record the machine information,
engine information, VHMS controller informa-
1 799-608-3211 Diskette tion and ORBCOMM terminal information.
2 799-608-3220 Wiring harness
No. Information to be checked
Z Notebook type personal com-
1 Machine model
Commercially puter (OS: Windows98/2000/
3
available NT/Me/XP Terminal 2 Machine serial No.
"RS232C" is with it)
3 Current service meter reading
a Before starting full operation after completion 4 Engine serial No.

of local assembly or before resuming operation 5 Transmission serial No.
after storage for a long period, initialize the 6 VHMS controller serial No.
VHMS controller according to the following
procedure. ORBCOMM terminal serial No.
7
[For ORBCOMM specification only]
a Machine data collected with the VHMS control-
ler are stored and managed in WebCARE
database. To process the data smoothly on the a VHMS controller (1) is in the control box
WebCARE, it is necessary to set the VHMS on the left side of the floor and ORB-
controller consistently. If it is not set correctly, COMM terminal (2) is in the control box on
data will not be taken into the WebCARE and the right side of the floor.
data in the VHMS controller may not be uti-
lized. Accordingly, be sure to carry out the ini-
tialization.
a For the method of installing the VHMS Initial-
ization Program to the personal computer,
refer to the Operation and Maintenance Man-
ual contained in the package of diskette Z1.
a Since the service menu of the monitor panel
will be used in the following procedure, read
"Special functions of monitor panel" and under-
stand the operating procedure in advance.
a The initialization procedures cover both "ORB-
COMM Specification" and "ORBCOMMLESS
Specification". In case of "ORBCOMMLESS”
Specification", omit the procedures necessary
for "ORBCOMM Specification" only.
a During the initialization work, confirm each
work according to the "VHMS Initialization
Work Checklist".
D375A-5E0 9
2. Connection of personal computer

1) Make sure that the starting switch is in the
OFF position.
k Be sure to connect and disconnect
the personal computer while start-
ing switch is in the OFF position.
2) Connect personal computer Z3 and down-
load connectors (VDW) and (DL1) by wir-
ing harness Z2.
a The download connectors are installed
to the following places.
q (VDW): Inside of cab (Left rear
lower part)
q (DL1): Left rear side of machine
(Side of backup lamp) 3. Check of operation and satellite capturing
a Connect the personal computer to the condition of VHMS controller
RS232C terminal. a This step is a work performed in the oper-
ator's cab.
a Check of satellite capturing condition is
necessary o only [ORBCOMM specifica-
tion].
1) Set the starting switch in the ON position.
2) Select "Service mode" and "Real-time
monitoring mode" in order on the monitor
panel.
3) Input ID = 20301.
4) If the central part of the lower line of the
multi-information display unit counts up,
the VHMS controller is normal.
a Execute initialization of VHMS from

the connector in the cab.
a Use the ground download connector
for only downloading.
5) Judge the operation of the ORBCOMM

controller by the state of the dot at the
right bottom of the LED digit of the VHMS
controller.
10 D375A-5E0
6) The dot at the right bottom of the LED digit 8) Check the controller for normal operation
of the VHMS controller can be checked in referencing 7-segment LED of VHMS con-
the multi-information display unit of the troller.
monitor by the following method. a VHMS controller is fed with switch
1] Set the starting switch in the ON posi- power supply. Thus, its operation is
tion. judged normal if its 7-segment LED
2] For monitor panel specification: starts flashing while rotating as the
Referring to 10. "Real-time monitoring starting switch is turned on and then if
mode" or 11. "Dual display monitoring the controller starts counting in the
mode", input ID = 20301. ascending order.
7) At least 3 minutes after starting the VHMS, 9) Watch the decimal point LED on the right
check the decimal point at the right bottom
of the right-hand 7 segments of the VHMS
of the LED of the VHMS controller or the
controller to check that the ORBCOMM
decimal point at the right bottom of the
controller is capturing the satellite [ORB-
central part of the lower line of the multi-
information display unit. COMM specification].
a Check the communication satellite
capturing condition of the ORBCOMM
controller on the VHMS controller
side.
a If the ORBCOMM controller is nor-
mal, the decimal point LED of the
right-hand 7 segments flashes.
Right decimal
Display
point
• Power is not supplied to ORB-
COMM controller.
OFF
• Communication line to VHMS
controller is abnormal.
• Satellite is not captured.
• Power is supplied to ORB-
ON COMM controller.
• Communication line to VHMS
controller is normal.
• Power is supplied to ORB-
COMM controller.
Blinking • Communication line to VHMS
controller is normal.
• Satellite is captured.
D375A-5E0 11
4. Startup of VHMS initialization tool 5. Initialization of VHMS controller (Tool

a This step is a work performed in the oper- before Ver. 3.5.2.1)
ator's cab (on the personal computer). a This step is a work performed in the oper-
1) Turn on the personal computer and start ator's cab (on the personal computer).
the OS. a When initializing, do not change the data
2) Click the icon of [VHMS Initialization Tool] of service meter [SMR].
on the personal computer screen to start [Machine information]
the VHMS initialization tool. 1) Open the [Machine information] tab.
a The [Machine information] tab is dis-
Important played first in the [Data clear and Set
a The setting screen varies with the up] menu.
version No. of the VHMS setting tool. 2) Check all the data.
a When using a tool before Ver. 3.5.2.1
(CD-ROM), set the VHMS in step 5.
a When using an updated tool (Ver.
3.5.2.1 or after), set the VHMS in step
6.
a It is recommended to download the
latest VHMS setting tool from the
WebCARE and update your tool.
(Related material: Servicemate SMP-
623)
3) Input the 10-digit service ID in [Service
ID].
a Service ID: 7826147000
4) Select [Data clear and Set up] in the
[Select Function] column.
5) Press the [OK] button to go to the setup
screen. 3) If information in the [Date/Time] box is not
correct, change it according to the follow-
ing procedures:
1] Press [Edit] button (1) on the right
lower part of the [Date/Time] box to
display the correction screen.
2] Correct the information and press the
[OK] button.
12 D375A-5E0
4) If information in the [Machine information] [Communication Setting] [For ORBCOMM spec-

box is not correct, change it according to ification only]
the following procedures: a Execute this setting after requesting for open-
1] Press the [Edit] button (2) on the right ing of the ORBCOM terminal and finishing the
lower part of the [Machine informa- opening procedure.
tion] box to display the correction 6) Open the [Communication Setting] tab.
screen. 7) Check all the data.
2] Correct the information and press the
[OK] button.
5) After checking/changing all the data in

[Machine information], press [Apply] but-
ton (3) to settle the setting.
a Press the [Apply] button (3), and the
screen for checking the setting will 8) To change the setting in [SHORT FAULT
appear. Check the setting again and HISTRY], follow the procedure below:
press the [OK] button if the setting is 1] Select [SHORT FAULT HISTRY] on
correct. the screen and press [Edit] button (5)
a In case of the ORBCOMM Specifica- on the left lower part of the [File
tion, execute [Communication Set- Transfer Setting] block to display the
ting] first and then settle the setting. setting screen.
2] Change the setting and then press
the [OK] button.
a At initialization, select [Occur-
rence] at [Timing] and set the
function to [ON].
D375A-5E0 13
9) To change setting in [SHORT TREND 11) After checking/changing all the data in
ANALYSIS], follow the procedures below: [Communication Setting], press [Apply]
1] Select [SHORT TREND ANALYSIS] button to settle the setting.
on the screen and press [Edit] button a If the [Apply] button is pressed, the
on the left lower part of the [File screen for checking the setting
Transfer Setting] block to display the appears. Check the setting again and
setting screen. press the [OK] button if the setting is
2] Change the setting and then press correct.
the [OK] button.
a At initialization, input [20h] to
[SMR] and set the function to
[ON].
10) To change the setting of [Satellite Setting], 12) After checking/changing the data of
follow the procedure below. [Machine Information] and [Communica-
1] Press the [Edit] button in the [Satellite tion Setting], press the [Exit] button at the
Setting] block to display the setting right lower part of the screen to finish
screen. [VHMS Initialization Tool].
2] Set the GCC Code to the applicable
area and then press the [OK] button.
GCC codes and applicable areas

Applicable Applicable
Code Code
Area Area
1 U.S.A. 122 Korea
120 Italy 123 Brazil
121 Malaysia 130 Japan
14 D375A-5E0
6. Initialization of VHMS controller (Ver. 3.5.2.1 3) Check the machine information. If it does
or after) not need to be corrected, press the "Next"
a This step is a work performed in the oper- button.
ator's cab (on the personal computer).
a When initializing, do not change the data
of service meter [SMR].
1) Select [VHMS Setting] and press the
"Next" button.
a If the VHMS was installed addition-

ally, the information of [Serial No.] etc.
must be input.
2) Select [Set up & All clear] and press the

"Next" button.
D375A-5E0 15
4) Select the time zone. 8) The contents of the setting are displayed
5) Input the local time. finally. If there is not a problem, press the
6) If the DST (Daylight Saving Time) is used "Apply" button.
now, select it and press the "Next" button.
a If the DST is selected, the clock is
advanced 1 hour automatically, thus
the time must be corrected again.
9) The system asks you if you save the data

before changing the setting. If you do not
need to save, select "NO".
7) Set the GCC Code to the applicable area

and then press the "Next" button.
GCC codes and applicable areas

Applicable Applicable
Code Code
Area Area
1 U.S.A. 122 Korea
120 Italy 123 Brazil
121 Malaysia 130 Japan
10) After finishing the work of changing the

contents of initialization, press the "OK"
button to finish the program.
16 D375A-5E0
7. Procedures for executing Quick Pm 2] Set the buzzer cancel switch in the
a The Quick Pm means the Pm Clinic exe- [U] position.
cuted with the manual snap shot function 3] "READY" is displayed and the system
of the monitor panel. is ready to start.
a Data in 7 minutes 30 seconds are saved in a On the lower line, 15 pieces of "-"
the VHMS controller. are displayed.
k Stop the machine on a flat place.

2) Set the monitor panel to display the ser-
vice menu.
cial functions of monitor panel".
3) Selection and execution of mode.
1] Select "Snap shot mode" on the
mode selection screen.
a If the mode is selected, code (55)
is displayed in gear speed dis-
play unit (1) and the title is dis-
played in multi-information unit
(2). 4] Set the buzzer cancel switch in the
[U] position, and the snap shot oper-
ation starts.
a After the snap shot operation
starts, the elapsed time is dis-
played on the upper line.
a On the lower line, 1 " " is added
every 30 seconds. While multiple
" " are displayed, the one at the
right end blinks.
a To interrupt the snap shot opera-
tion, set the buzzer cancel switch
in the [t] position.
D375A-5E0 17
5] After starting the snap shot operation,

operate the machine according to
Table 1.
a Check that the engine coolant
temperature and torque con-
verter oil temperature are in the
operating range.
a After 10 " " are displayed (After 5
minutes), "#" is added up to 5.
q " ": The data sampling interval is
10 seconds.
q "#": The data sampling interval is
1 second.
18 D375A-5E0
Table 1 Operations of machine to be executed while snap shot is operated

Operation of machine
Time (sec)
Finish
Start
Fuel
No.
State of machine Steer- Decelera- Brake Parking

Transmission Work equipment control
ing tor pedal pedal brake
dial
1 0:00 1:00 60 N LH N LOW HI Released Released
Low idle
2 1:00 2:00 60 N RH N LOW HI Released Released
3 2:00 3:00 60 High idle N N N HI HI Released Released
4 3:00 4:00 60 Deceleration slow N N N HI LOW Released Released
High-pressure
5 4:00 4:30 30 N N HI HI Released Released
relief & high idle
Ripper lift
High-pressure
6 4:30 5:00 30 N N LOW HI Released Released
relief & low idle
NoF1oF2oF
Torque converter
7 5:00 5:30 30 3oNoR1oR2 N N LOW HI ON Released
stall & low idle
oR3oN
NoF3 (Shift to
Torque converter LOWo
F3, then run
8 5:30 6:00 30 stall (F3) & high N N HI Shift to F3, ON Released
engine at full
idle (Note 1) then HI
throttle)
9 6:00 6:30 30 High idle N N N HI HI Released Released
NoF3 (Shift to
Torque converter LOWo
F3, then run
10 6:30 7:00 30 stall + High-pres- N Ripper lift HI Shift to F3, ON Released
engine at high
sure relief then HI
idle)
High idleo HIo
11 7:00 7:30 30 N N N HI Released ON
Low idle (Note 2) LOW
(Note 1): Press the brake pedal fully and shift the gear to F3, then run the engine at full throttle.
(Note 2): Keep running the engine at low idle until the oil temperature is lowered to the normal level.
a While the torque converter is stalled and the 1st gear speed is selected, do not heighten the engine
speed to high idle.
a After stalling the torque converter, watch the power train oil temperature gauge and take care not to
overheat the power train oil.
(The torque converter stall time of 30 seconds is a reference time. When the power train oil temperature
gauge reaches the top of the green range, return the transmission to the N (Neutral) position and run the
engine at high idle to lower the oil temperature.)
D375A-5E0 19
6] The screen shown below appears 7 q Blowby Press

minutes 30 seconds after the snap q Exhaust Temp FB (Exhaust tem-
shot is started, and then the initial perature of front bank: 1, 2, 3)
screen appears 5 seconds after. (End q Exhaust Temp RB (Exhaust tem-
of snap shot) perature of rear bank: 1, 2, 3,)
q Engine Oil Press
q Engine Oil Temp
q Eng Coolant Temp
q Ambient Temp
q Demand Eng Speed
(Engine speed demanded by
controller)
q T/C Oil Temp
(Torque converter oil tempera-
ture)
q T/M Main Press
(Transmission main relief pres-
sure)
q T/M Output Speed
Important (Transmission output speed)
The data of the Quick Pm is recorded only q Shift Position
once. If the Quick Pm is executed again, ( Tr a n s m i s s i o n , t r a v e l , g e a r
the current data are overwritten. Accord- speed)
ingly, be sure to save the data in the per- q S/T Clutch Pos.
sonal computer after executing the Quick (Steering clutch position)
Pm, referring to "8. Downloading of set q S/T Brake Pos. (Steering brake
data". position)
7] Using the analysis tool, read the data q Hydr Oil Temp
of the Quick Pm. (Hydraulic oil temperature)
a For the usage of the analysis tool, q Pump 1 Press
see the operation manual. (Work equipment pump 1 oil
8] Open the data of the Quick Pm and pressure)
translate them into a graph. q Pump 2 Press
a Set the time to the X-axis and set the (Work equipment pump 2 oil
following items to the Y-axis. pressure)
q Engine Speed q Body Pitch Angle (Pitch angle)
q Fuel Inject
20 D375A-5E0
9] Check "Click position graphic value

display".
D375A-5E0 21
10] Click a point in the graph, and the

value of each test item at that point on
the X-axis is displayed under the
graph.
(Example of displayed graph: This is
different from the actual graph.)
22 D375A-5E0
11] Enter the above value in the Pm Clinic Inspection Sheet.

a The relationship between the data necessary for the Pm Clinic and the test conditions is as fol-
lows.
Test items
Transmission main relief pressure
Steering right clutch fill switch
Steering right brake fill switch

Steering left clutch fill switch
Steering left brake fill switch
Work equipment pump (FR)

Front clutch fill switch
Rear clutch fill switch

Exhaust temperature
State of machine
2nd clutch fill switch
3rd clutch fill switch

Engine oil pressure
1st clutch fill switch

Blow-by pressure
Engine speed
Engine at low idle Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

Engine at high idle Q Q Q
Deceleration slow Q
High-pressure relief & engine at full throttle Q Q
High-pressure relief & engine at slow Q
Torque converter stall & engine at slow Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Torque converter stall (F3) & engine at full
Q Q Q
throttle
Engine at full throttle
Torque converter stall & high-pressure relief Q
Engine at high idle o Engine at low idle Q Q
D375A-5E0 23
8. Downloading of set data 2) When using download connector (VDW)

1) Connect personal computer Z3 and down- in the cab, set the starting switch in the
load connectors (VDW) in the cab or ON position.
ground download connector (DL1) by wir- 3) When using ground download connector
ing harness Z2. (DL1), turn switch (3) ON.
a The green LED lights up.
4) Operate the icon of [VHMS Technical
Analysis Tool] on the personal computer to
start the VHMS technical analysis tool.
a Download connector (VDW) in the a Input [User Name] and [Password].

cab is installed to the left rear lower a For the operation procedures, see the
part of the operator's seat. Operation and Maintenance Manual
for VHMS Technical Analysis Tool.
5) Use the [Download] function to download

the data recorded in the VHMS controller
a The ground download connector (DL1) to the personal computer.
is installed to the side of the left a For the operation procedures, see the
backup lamp on the rear frame of the Operation and Maintenance Manual
machine. for VHMS Technical Analysis Tool.
a Make sure that downloading has
completed before proceeding to the
next step.
24 D375A-5E0
9. Check of downloaded data 3) If the data was downloaded in the cab,

a This step is a work performed in the oper- disconnect wiring harness Z2 from down-
ator's cab (on the personal computer). load connector (VDW).
1) Check the set data with the [View] func-
tion.
a For the operation procedures, refer to
the Operation and Maintenance Man-
ual for VHMS Technical Analysis Tool.
a Make sure that the [MFA0] code at
the time when the snapshot was
operated is displayed in [Fault His-
tory].
a Make sure that the snap shot data is
recorded.
4) If the data was downloaded on the

ground, turn switch (3) OFF and discon-
nect wiring harness Z2 from download
connector (DL1).
2) After checking the set data, terminate

[VHMS Technical Analysis Tool].
10. Disconnection of Personal Computer

1) Make sure that the starting switch is in the
OFF position.
k Be sure to turn off the starting
switch before connecting or dis-
connecting the personal computer.
2) Finish the OS of the personal computer
and then turn the personal computer OFF.
11. Communication to Komatsu
After completing steps 1 to 9 successfully,
send the "VHMS/WebCARE setting notification
form" to VHMS/WebCARE Support Center of
Komatsu, Tokyo.
a Since Komatsu has to set the receiving
side of the satellite communication, be
sure to inform Komatsu of the completion
of the setting.
a Send the VHMS data by Notes (LAN) or
E-mail (WAN).
Komatsu VHMS/WebCARE Support Center
2-3-6, Akasaka Minato-ku Tokyo, Japan
FAX: 81-3-5561-4766 (from outside of Japan)

FAX: 03-5561-4766 (Domestic user)
E-mail: webcare@komatsu.co.jp
D375A-5E0 25
(Objective model: D375A-5E0 Bulldozer)
26 D375A-5E0
(Objective model: D375A-5E0 Bulldozer)
D375A-5E0 27
28 D375A-5E0
Precautions for replacing VHMS 2) Select "Save/Load" and press the "OK"
controller 1 button.
a Tools for replacing VHMS controller
Symbol Part No. Name

1 799-608-3211 Diskette
2 799-608-3220 Wiring harness
Notebook type per-
Z sonal computer (OS:
Commercially
3 Windows98/2000/NT/
available
Me/XP Terminal
"RS232C" is with it)
a When the VHMS controller needs to be

replaced, set it before removing it and the
installed new VHMS controller according to the
following procedure.
a Machine data collected with the VHMS control-
ler are stored and managed in WebCARE
database. To process the data smoothly on the
WebCARE, it is necessary to set the VHMS
controller consistently. If it is not set correctly,
data will not be taken into the WebCARE and 3) Check all the information before replacing
data in the VHMS controller may not be uti- the VHMS controller.
lized. Accordingly, be sure to carry out the ini- 4) Select [Save] from [File] in the menu.
tialization.
a During the initialization work, confirm each
work according to the "VHMS Initialization
Work Checklist".
[Work before replacing VHMS controller]

1. Downloading of remaining data
a This step is a work performed in the oper-
a Using the [Download] function, download
the data currently recorded in the VHMS
controller to the personal computer.
a For the operating procedures, see Initial-
ization procedures for VHMS controller,
"8. Downloading of set data".
2. Check, saving and writing of information

set in VHMS controller (Before Ver. 3.5.2.1)
a Transfer the set data of the VHMS control-
ler to be replaced to the personal com-
puter and then write it in the newly
installed VHMS controller.
2-1. Check and saving of information set in VHMS
controller to be replaced
1) Connect the personal computer and start
the VHMS technical analysis tool.
a See "Initialization procedures for
VHMS controller".
D375A-5E0 29
5) Check the information again and press the 3) Select [Load] from [File] in the menu.
"OK" button to save it.
4) The saved information is displayed. Press

the "OK" button.
6) Select [Exit] from [File] in the menu to fin-

ish the VHMS technical analysis tool.
7) Disconnect the personal computer.
a See Initialization procedures for
VHMS controller, "9. Disconnection of
Personal Computer".
8) Turn the personal computer OFF.
9) Replace the VHMS controller.
2-2. Writing of set information in new VHMS con-

troller
1) Connect the personal computer again and 5) The saved information is displayed on
start the VHMS technical analysis tool. another screen.
a See "Initialization procedures for 6) Press the [Edit] button to set the time.
VHMS controller".
2) Select "Save/Load" and press the "OK"
button.
30 D375A-5E0
7) After setting the time, press the "OK" but- 9) The system asks you if you will save the
ton. previous data. Press the "NO" button.
a Usually, you do not need to save the
previous data.
8) Press the [Apply] button, and the contents

of the setting are displayed. Check the
contents again and press the [OK] button
if there is not a problem.

ish the VHMS setting tool.
3. Check, saving and writing of information

set in VHMS controller (Ver. 3.5.2.1 or after)
a Transfer the set data of the VHMS control-
ler to be replaced to the personal com-
puter and then write it in the newly
installed VHMS controller.
3-1. Check and saving of information set in VHMS

controller to be replaced
1) Connect the personal computer and start
the VHMS technical analysis tool.
VHMS controller".
2) Select [When VHMS needs to be
replaced] and press the "Next" button.
D375A-5E0 31
3) Select [Save Current Setting before 3-2. Writing of set information in new VHMS con-
replacement of VHMS controller] and troller
press the "Next" button. 1) Connect the personal computer again and
start the VHMS technical analysis tool.
VHMS controller".
2) Select [When VHMS needs to be
replaced] and press the "Next" button.
4) Check all the information before replacing

the VHMS controller and press the "Save"
button.
3) Select [Use Previous setting after replace-

ment of VHMS controller] and press the
"Next" button.

ish the VHMS setting tool.
6) Disconnect the personal computer.
a See Initialization procedures for
VHMS controller, "9. Disconnection of
Personal Computer".
7) Turn the personal computer OFF.
8) Replace the VHMS controller.
32 D375A-5E0
4) The saved information is displayed. Press 7) The above completes modification of the
the "Next" button. setting. Press [OK] button to end the
VHMS initial setting tool.
[Work after replacing VHMS controller]

a After replacing the VHMS controller, carry out
initialization according to the "Initialization Pro-
cedure for VHMS Controller".
a Change the data to the information recorded
before the VHMS controller was replaced.
(Input the date and time when the VHMS con-
5) Set the time and press the "Apply" button. troller was replaced.)
a After completing the setting after the replace-
ment, send the check sheet to VHMS/Web-
CARE Support Center of Komatsu, Tokyo.
a Send the data downloaded before and after
replacing the VHMS controller by Notes (LAN)
or E-mail (WAN).
Komatsu VHMS/WebCARE Support Center
2-3-6, Akasaka Minato-ku Tokyo, Japan

FAX: 81-3-5561-4766 (from outside of Japan)
E-mail: webcare@komatsu.co.jp
6) The system asks you if you will save the

previous data. Press the "NO" button.
a Usually, you do not need to save the
previous data.
D375A-5E0 33
Pm Clinic service 1
Model Serial No. Service meter
T D375A-5E0 #50001 and up h
User name Date of clinic Serviceman

/ /
Specifications
Blade Attachment Shoe width
T Semi U blade T Multi-shank ripper T 610 mm
T U blade T Variable giant ripper T 710 mm
T Dual tilt blade T Counterweight ( kg) T 810 mm
T T T
Operating conditions
Quarry, mine Construction Type of soil (specific gravity) Type of work
T Construction, civil engi-
T Coal T Rock T Dozing %
neering
T Gold T Roads T Gravel T Side cutting %
T Limestone T Tunnels T Sand T Ripping %
T T T Clay T Travel %
Existence of abnormalities
Oil, coolant level check
T Engine coolant level When necessary
T Engine oil level T Power train T Damper case
T Hydraulic oil level T Final drive T( )
Ambient temperature Height above sea level

Max.
°C m
Min.
Operator's opinion
Visual check results
Failure code history

[ ] h [ ] h
Content: Content:
[ ] h [ ] h
Content: Content:
a Engine coolant temperature: Max. range a Power train oil temperature: Max. range
34 D375A-5E0
Testing points for Pm clinic (1/3)
Reference pages for measurement procedures

*1. Engine speed: Testing and adjusting (Part 1), Pages 6 – 8
*2. Blow-by pressure: Testing and adjusting (Part 1), Pages 19
*3. Engine oil pressure: Testing and adjusting (Part 1), Page 20
*4. Boost pressure: Testing and adjusting (Part 1), Pages 9
*5. Exhaust temperature: Testing and adjusting (Part 1), Pages 10 – 11
D375A-5E0 35

*6. Torque converter parts: Testing and adjusting (Part 2), Pages 4 – 6
*7. Transmission parts: Testing and adjusting (Part 2), Pages 6 – 9
*8. Steering brake parts: Testing and adjusting (Part 2), Pages 9 – 11
36 D375A-5E0

*9. Work equipment and HSS parts: Testing and adjusting (Part 2), Pages 24 – 26
*10. Control circuits: Testing and adjusting (Part 2), Pages 27 – 29
*11. Fan parts: Testing and adjusting (Part 1), Pages 32
D375A-5E0 37
Pm Clinic check sheet Serial No.

D375A-5E0
Work order No. Date Service meter Serviceman

/ / h
Standard value for Quick

Item Test conditions Unit new machine
Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Pm item
Low idle 700 – 800 700 – 800 q
Deceleration pedal
Decel 850 – 950 850 – 950 q
depressed
Engine speed High idle rpm 1,850 – 1,900 1,850 – 1,900 q
Torque converter stall 1,490 – 1,580 1,450 q
Torque converter stall + work equip-
1,250 – 1,370 1,170 q
ment relief (ripper raise)
kPa Max. 3.43 Max. 9.41
Engine
Blow-by pressure Torque converter stall q

{mmAq} {Max. 350} {Max. 960}
SAE0W30E0S Min. 100 80
Engine oil Low idle q
pressure SAE5W40E0S kPa {Min. 1.0} {0.8}
SAE10W30DH
Oil temperature: {kg/cm2} Min. 340 Min. 210
90 – 110°C High idle SAE15W40DH q
SAE30DH {Min. 3.5} {Min. 2.1}
Boost pressure Torque converter stall kPa Min. 155 Min. 141
{mmHq} {Min. 1,160} {Min. 1,060}
Exhaust tempera- Torque con- No. 1, 2 & 3 q
°C Max. 650 Max. 700
ture verter stall No. 4, 5 & 6 q
* When testing the oil pressure of the torque converter and transmission, use the adjustment mode of the monitor and set to "Both
steering clutches release mode". (Check that the left and right steering clutches are released.) When testing the pressure of each
transmission clutch, check only with the engine at low idle to ensure safety.
Standard value for Service limit value Test results Pass Fail Quick
Item Test conditions Unit new machine Pm item
0.03 – 0.25 0.03 – 0.25
Inlet oil pressure {0.3 – 2.5} {0.3 – 2.5}
0.03 – 0.20 0.03 – 0.20
Outlet oil pressure {0.3 – 2.0} {0.3 – 2.0}
Engine at low idle
Lock-up clutch 0–0 0–0
pressure {0 – 0} {0 – 0}
Stator clutch Transmission: 2.25 – 2.65 2.25 – 2.65
Torque converter
pressure Neutral {23.0 – 27.0} {23.0 – 27.0}

Oil temperature: 0.69 – 1.05 0.69 – 1.05
Inlet oil pressure 70 – 90°C {7.0 – 10.7} {7.0 – 10.7}
MPa
{kg/cm2} 0.44 – 0.69 0.44 – 0.69
Outlet oil pressure {4.5 – 7.0} {4.5 – 7.0}
Engine at high idle
Lock-up clutch 0–0 0–0
pressure {0 – 0} {0 – 0}
Stator clutch 2.55 – 2.74 2.55 – 2.74
pressure {26.0 – 28.0} {26.0 – 28.0}
Lock-up clutch 1.29 – 1.39 1.29 – 1.39
pressure Transmission: F1 Raise engine {13.2 – 14.2} {13.2 – 14.2}
(Adjustment speed, when lock-
Stator clutch code: 5535) up lamp lights up 0–0 0–0
pressure {0 – 0} {0 – 0}
Engine at low idle 2.35 – 2.74 2.25 – 2.94 q
Main relief {24.0 – 28.0} {23.0 – 30.0}
pressure Transmission: Engine at high idle 2.55 – 2.74 2.45 – 2.94 q
Neutral {26.0 – 28.0} {25.0 – 30.0}
Lubricating oil Engine at high idle 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.25
pressure {1.0 – 2.5} {1.0 – 2.5}
Transmission: F3 2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
F clutch pressure (Adjustment Engine at low idle
{23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
Transmission
code: 5535)
Transmission: R3 MPa
R clutch pressure (Adjustment Engine at low idle 2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
{kg/cm2} {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
code: 5535)
Transmission: F1
1st clutch 2.06 – 2.35 2.06 – 2.35
pressure (Adjustment Engine at low idle {21.0 – 24.0} {21.0 – 24.0}
code: 5535)
2nd clutch Transmission: F2 2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
(Adjustment Engine at low idle
pressure code: 5535) {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
Transmission: F3
3rd clutch (Adjustment Engine at low idle 2.25 – 2.65 2.16 – 2.94
pressure {23.0 – 27.0} {22.0 – 30.0}
code: 5535)
38 D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0

/ / h

Pm item
Left clutch 2.25 – 2.65 Min. 2.2
pressure {23.0 – 27.0} {Min. 22.0}
Engine at low idle
Left brake 2.25 – 2.65 Min. 2.2
pressure Transmission: {23.0 – 27.0} {Min. 22.0}
Left clutch Neutral 2.45 – 2.74 Min. 2.4
Steering clutch & brake
pressure {25.0 – 28.0} {Min. 24.0}

Engine at high idle
Left brake 2.45 – 2.74 Min. 2.4
pressure MPa {25.0 – 28.0} {Min. 24.0}
Right clutch {kg/cm2} 2.25 – 2.65 Min. 2.2
pressure {23.0 – 27.0} {Min. 22.0}
Engine at low idle
Right brake 2.25 – 2.65 Min. 2.2
pressure Transmission: {23.0 – 27.0} {Min. 22.0}
Right clutch Neutral 2.45 – 2.74 Min. 2.4
pressure {25.0 – 28.0} {Min. 24.0}
Engine at high idle
Right brake 2.45 – 2.74 Min. 2.4
pressure {25.0 – 28.0} {Min. 24.0}
Brake
Engine at high idle, F2, brake actuated Machine must not move
performance
18.6 – 20.6 Min. 17.6
Front pump Ripper lift relief q
Hydraulic components
{190 – 210} {Min. 180}

Engine at low idle
Blade tilt relief 18.6 – 20.6 Min. 17.6
Rear pump (single tilt only) {190 – 210} {Min. 180} q
MPa 19.6 – 21.6 Min. 18.6
Front pump Ripper lift relief {200 – 220} {Min. 190} q
{kg/cm2}
Blade tilt relief 19.6 – 21.6 Min. 18.6
Rear pump (single tilt only) Engine at high idle {200 – 220} {Min. 190} q
Control circuit 3.43 – 4.12 Min. 3.1
main pressure Neutral {35 – 42} {Min. 32}
Min. speed Engine at low idle 570 – 630 Max. 550

rpm
Fan 100%
Fan
Max. speed mode Engine at high idle 1,160 – 1,260 Max. 1,110
MPa 13.2 – 18.2 13.2 – 18.2
Oil pressure Engine at high idle
{kg/cm2} {135 – 185} {135 – 185}
* Mark q: use quick Pm data.
* Pump oil pressure is standard value tested by monitor panel. When using an oil pressure gauge, see Testing and adjusting standard
values.
Engine at low idle 10 – 16 Max. 27

Blade RAISE
Engine at high idle 4.0 – 5.1 Max. 7

Single tilt (left o right)
Engine at high idle 3–4 Max. 5
Sec.
Dual tilt (right o left)

Ripper tilt (in o out)
D375A-5E0 39

D375A-5E0

/ / h

Pm item
Hydraulic drift
Hydraulic oil temperature °C — —
Blade lift cylinder Engine stopped Max. 200 Max. 400

mm/15min.
Ripper lift cylinder Max. 80 Max. 160

Pm item
Visual inspection of final drive drain There must be no excessive
plug Engine stopped — metal particles
Always fill in the record when repairing, adjusting, or replacing main parts.
Date Service meter Repair record Date Service meter Repair record
40 D375A-5E0
Pm Clinic undercarriage check sheet Serial No.

D375A-5E0

/ / h
q Test the bushing temperature immediately after operations

Left side of machine
Test results Pass Fail
Right side of machine

Test results Pass Fail
q Opening of track link Left track A: Clearance between links

Pin No. 1.4
Right track A: Clearance between links

Pin No. 1.4
D375A-5E0 41
UNDERCARRIAGE TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT (NORMAL)
(Program form No.: SELA195001)
Y Komatsu
Undercarriage Inspection Customer name:
Address:
Model D375A-5E0 Serial# Equip# Work Order No

Location SMR Wet,AR,HD or Dry Wet
Soil condition Dealer Shoe width (mm)
Working condition Inspector Shoe type SINGLE
Insp.Date(yy/mm/dd) (yyyy/m/d) Wear type NORMAL
New 100% Measured Wear SMR Hours on Comments/Observation
Wear mm % New Rebuilt Parts:
LH 1121.2 1141.2
LINK PITCH
R
M L L=l/4 RH 1121.2 1141.2
LH 280.30 285.30
master pin
master l M
i 1.3 RH 280.30 285.30
LH 181.0 163.0
H
RH 181.0 163.0
LINK HEIGHT1.3
New Turned
BUSHING d1 LH 98.5 90.0
New Turned
d
D is the smallest d RH 98.5 90.0
of d1, d2 and, d3 1
GROUSER HIGHT LH 93.0 30.0
H
0 RH 93.0 30.0
CARRIER
CARRIER LH 210.0 185.0
Front
RH 210.0 185.0
D LH 210.0 185.0
Rear
1.3 RH 210.0 185.0
IDLER
IDLER LH 23.5 36.0
Front
H RH 23.5 36.0
LH 23.5 36.0
Rear
1.3 RH 23.5 36.0
1 LH 270.0 200.0
2 LH 270.0 200.0
3 LH 270.0 200.0
4 LH 270.0 200.0
5 LH 270.0 200.0
6 LH 270.0 200.0
7 LH 270.0 200.0
TRACK ROLLER 8 LH 270.0 200.0
9 LH 270.0 200.0
10 LH 270.0 200.0
D 1 RH 270.0 200.0
h1 2 RH 270.0 200.0
h2
3 RH 270.0 200.0
D=2(h1- 4 RH 270.0 200.0
5 RH 270.0 200.0
6 RH 270.0 200.0
7 RH 270.0 200.0
8 RH 270.0 200.0
9 RH 270.0 200.0
1.3 10 RH 270.0 200.0
SPROCKET h1 LH 0.0 8.0
H is the smallest of
h1,h2,h3 h3 h2
1.3 RH 0.0 8.0
Remarks:
42 D375A-5E0
UNDERCARRIAGE TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT (IMPACT)
(Program form No.: SELA195001)
Y Komatsu
Undercarriage Inspection Customer name:
Address:
Model D375A-5E0 Serial# Equip# Work Order No

Location SMR Wet,AR,HD or Dry Wet
Soil condition Dealer Shoe width (mm)
Working condition Inspector Shoe type SINGLE
Insp.Date(yy/mm/dd) (yyyy/m/d) Wear type IMPACT
New 100% Measured Wear SMR Hours on Comments/Observation
Wear mm % New Rebuilt Parts:
LH 1121.2 1133.2
LINK PITCH
R
M L L=l/4 RH 1121.2 1133.2
LH 280.30 283.30
master pin M
master l
i 1.3 RH 280.30 283.30
LH 181.0 163.0
H
RH 181.0 163.0
LINK HEIGHT1.3
New Turned
BUSHING d1 LH 98.5 92.5
New Turned
d
D is the smallest d RH 98.5 92.5
of d1, d2 and, d3 1
GROUSER HIGHT LH 93.0 30.0
H
0 RH 93.0 30.0
CARRIER
CARRIER LH 210.0 185.0
Front
RH 210.0 185.0
D LH 210.0 185.0
Rear
1.3 RH 210.0 185.0
IDLER
IDLER LH 23.5 36.0
Front
H RH 23.5 36.0
LH 23.5 36.0
Rear
1.3 RH 23.5 36.0
1 LH 270.0 200.0
2 LH 270.0 200.0
3 LH 270.0 200.0
4 LH 270.0 200.0
5 LH 270.0 200.0
6 LH 270.0 200.0
7 LH 270.0 200.0
TRACK ROLLER 8 LH 270.0 200.0
9 LH 270.0 200.0
10 LH 270.0 200.0
D 1 RH 270.0 200.0
2 RH 270.0 200.0
h2 h1
3 RH 270.0 200.0
D=2(h1- 4 RH 270.0 200.0
5 RH 270.0 200.0
6 RH 270.0 200.0
7 RH 270.0 200.0
8 RH 270.0 200.0
9 RH 270.0 200.0
1.3 10 RH 270.0 200.0
SPROCKET h1 LH 0.0 8.0
H is the smallest of
h1,h2,h3 h3 h2
1.3 RH 0.0 8.0
Remarks:
D375A-5E0 43
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
44 D375A-5E0
SEN01867-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
40 Troubleshooting 1
Failure code table and fuse locations
Failure codes table.......................................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations............................................................................................................................................... 12
D375A-5E0 1
SEN01867-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure codes table 1

Failure Trouble Applicable Action History Reference
code equipment code classification manual
1380MW Lockup clutch slip TM — Electrical
system
1500L0 Transmission clutch 2 system abnormality TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
15E0MW Transmission clutch slip TM — system
When forward clutch oil pressure command current Electrical
15SAL1 is OFF, fill signal is ON TM CALL E03 system
When forward clutch oil pressure command current Electrical
15SALH is ON, fill signal is OFF TM CALL E03 system
15SBL1 When reverse clutch oil pressure command current TM CALL E03 Electrical
is OFF, fill signal is ON system
15SBLH When reverse clutch oil pressure command current TM CALL E03 Electrical
is ON, fill signal is OFF system
15SEL1 When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is TM CALL E03 Electrical
OFF, fill signal is ON system
15SELH When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is TM CALL E03 Electrical
ON, fill signal is OFF system
When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is Electrical
15SFL1 OFF, fill signal is ON TM CALL E03 system
When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is Electrical
15SFLH ON, fill signal is OFF TM CALL E03 system
When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is Electrical
15SGL1 OFF, fill signal is ON TM CALL E03 system
15SGLH When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is TM CALL E03 Electrical
ON, fill signal is OFF system
1800MW Power train clutch slip TM E02 Electrical
system
2201L1 When right steering clutch oil pressure command ST CALL E04 Electrical Troubleshooting
current is OFF, fill signal is ON system by failure code,
When right steering clutch oil pressure command Electrical Part 1
2201LH current is ON, fill signal is OFF ST CALL E04 system SEN01869-00
When left steering clutch oil pressure command Electrical
2202L1 current is OFF, fill signal is ON ST CALL E04 system
When left steering clutch oil pressure command Electrical
2202LH current is ON, fill signal is OFF ST CALL E04 system
2300NR Brake thermal load abnormality ST — Mechanical
system
2301L1 When right steering brake oil pressure command ST CALL E04 Electrical
current is OFF, fill signal is ON system
2301LH When right steering brake oil pressure command ST CALL E04 Electrical
current is ON, fill signal is OFF system
Mechanical
2301NR Right steering brake thermal load abnormality ST — system
When left steering brake oil pressure command cur- Electrical
2302L1 rent is OFF, fill signal is ON ST CALL E04 system
When left steering brake oil pressure command cur- Electrical
2302LH rent is ON, fill signal is OFF ST CALL E04 system
2302NR Left steering brake thermal load abnormality ST — Mechanical
system
A000NS Engine overheat — — Mechanical
system
AA10NX Air cleaner clogging ST — Mechanical
system
Mechanical
AB00MA Alternator malfunction ST — system
Mechanical
B@BAZG Engine oil pressure reduction ENG — system
Mechanical
B@BAZK Engine oil level reduction ST — system
2 D375A-5E0

B@BCNS Radiator coolant overheat ENG — Mechanical
system
Mechanical
B@BCZK Radiator coolant level reduction ST — system
Mechanical
B@BEBF Water in engine fuel ENG — system
Mechanical
B@BFZK Fuel level reduction ST — system
B@CENS Power train oil overheat ST — Mechanical Troubleshooting
system by failure code,
Mechanical Part 1
B@CHZG HSS charge oil pressure reduction ST — SEN01869-00
system
B@CHZK Power train oil level reduction — — Mechanical
system
Mechanical
B@GAZK Battery electrolyte level reduction — — system
Mechanical
B@HANS Hydraulic oil overheat ST — system
Mechanical
B@HAZK Hydraulic oil level reduction ST — system
Electrical
CA111 Engine controller internal abnormality ENG E04 system
CA115 Engine Ne/Bkup speed sensor abnormality ENG E04 Electrical
system
CA122 Charge pressure sensor abnormally high level ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA123 Boost pressure sensor abnormally low level ENG E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA131 Throttle sensor abnormally high level ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA132 Throttle sensor abnormally low level ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA135 Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally high level ENG E02 system
CA141 Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally low level ENG E02 Electrical
system
CA144 Coolant temperature sensor abnormally high level ENG E02 Electrical
system
CA145 Coolant temperature sensor abnormally low level ENG E02 Electrical
system Troubleshooting
Electrical by failure code,
CA153 Boost temperature sensor abnormally high level ENG E01 system Part 2
Electrical SEN01870-00
CA154 Boost temperature sensor abnormally low level ENG E01 system
Electrical
CA187 Sensor power supply 2 abnormally low level ENG E03 system
CA212 Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally high ENG E01 Electrical
level system
CA213 Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally low level ENG E01 Electrical
system
CA221 Ambient temperature sensor abnormally high level ENG E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA222 Ambient temperature sensor abnormally low level ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA227 Sensor power supply 2 abnormally high level ENG E03 system
Mechanical
CA234 Engine overspeed ENG E00 system
CA238 Ne speed sensor power supply abnormality ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA263 Fuel temperature sensor abnormally high level ENG E01 Electrical
system
D375A-5E0 3

CA265 Fuel temperature sensor abnormally low level ENG E01 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA271 PCV1 short circuit ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA272 PCV1 disconnection ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA273 PCV2 short circuit ENG E03 system
CA274 PCV2 disconnection ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA322 Injector #1 system disconnection or short circuit ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA323 Injector #5 system disconnection or short circuit ENG E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA324 Injector #3 system disconnection or short circuit ENG E03 system
Electrical
Electrical
Electrical
CA342 Engine controller data mismatch ENG E04 Electrical
system
CA351 Injector drive circuit abnormality ENG E03 Electrical
CA352 Sensor power supply 1 abnormally low level ENG E03 Electrical by failure code,
system Part 2
CA386 Sensor power supply 1 abnormally high level ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA441 Power supply voltage abnormally low level ENG E04 system
Electrical
CA442 Power supply voltage abnormally high level ENG E04 system
CA449 Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 2 ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA451 Common rail pressure sensor abnormally high level ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA452 Common rail pressure sensor abnormally low level ENG E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA553 Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 1 ENG E02 system
Electrical
CA554 Common rail pressure sensor in-range abnormality ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA559 Supply pump low pressure 1 ENG E02 system
CA689 Engine Ne speed sensor abnormality ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA731 Engine Bkup speed sensor phase abnormality ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA757 Engine controller all data loss ENG E04 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA778 Engine Bkup speed sensor abnormality ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA1228 EGR valve servo abnormality 1 ENG E02 system
Electrical Troubleshooting
CA1625 EGR valve servo abnormality 2 ENG E03 system by failure code,
Electrical Part 3
CA1633 CAN communication error (Engine controller) ENG E03 SEN01871-00
system
CA2185 Throttle sensor power supply abnormally high level ENG E03 Electrical
system
4 D375A-5E0

CA2186 Throttle sensor power supply abnormally low level ENG E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
CA2249 Supply pump low pressure 2 ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA2271 EGR valve lift sensor abnormally high level ENG E03 system
Electrical
CA2272 EGR valve lift sensor abnormally low level ENG E03 system
CA2351 EGR valve solenoid drive short circuit ENG E03 Electrical
system
CA2352 EGR valve solenoid drive disconnection ENG E03 Electrical
system
D110KA Battery relay hold line disconnection ST — Electrical
system
Electrical
D110KB Battery relay hold line short circuit ST — system
Electrical
D130KA Neutral safety relay disconnection TM E02 system
Electrical
D130KB Neutral safety relay short circuit TM E02 system
Electrical
D161KA Backup alarm relay disconnection TM E01 system
D161KB Backup alarm relay short circuit TM E01 Electrical
system
D182KZ Backup alarm relay short circuit ST E01 Electrical
system
D190KA Engine controller ACC signal cut relay disconnec- ST — Electrical
tion system Troubleshooting
D190KB Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short circuit ST — system Part 3
D5ZRKA Snap shot switch disconnection ST — system
Electrical
D5ZRKB Snap shot switch short circuit ST — system
DAFRKR Machine monitor CAN communication error MON CALL E03 Electrical
system
daFRKR Machine monitor CAN communication error ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
dAFRKR Machine monitor CAN communication error TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DAQ0KT Transmission controller internal abnormality — E01 system
Transmission controller main power supply voltage Electrical
DAQ1KK reduction TM CALL E04 system
Transmission controller load power supply voltage Electrical
DAQ2KK reduction TM CALL E04 system
DAQ5KK Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (1) TM CALL E03 Electrical
voltage reduction system
DAQ6KK Transmission controller sensor 24V power supply TM E01 Electrical
DAQ7KK Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (2) TM CALL E03 Electrical
Transmission controller model selection signal dis- Electrical
DAQ9KQ agreement TM CALL E04 system
Electrical
DAQRKR Transmission controller CAN communication error ST CALL E03 system
Transmission controller S-NET communication Electrical
DAQSKR error TM E01 system
D375A-5E0 5

DB2RKR Engine controller CAN communication error ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
dB2RKR Engine controller CAN communication error TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DB30KT Steering controller internal abnormality ST E01 system
Steering controller main power supply voltage Electrical
DB31KK reduction ST CALL E04 system
DB32KK Steering controller load power supply voltage ST CALL E04 Electrical
reduction system
DB35KK Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (1) volt- ST CALL E03 Electrical
age reduction system
DB36KK Steering controller sensor 24V power supply volt- ST CALL E03 Electrical
age reduction system
Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (2) volt- Electrical
DB37KK age reduction ST CALL E03 system
Steering controller model selection signal disagree- Electrical
DB39KQ ment ST CALL E04 system
Electrical
dB3RKR Steering controller CAN communication error TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DB3SKR Steering controller S-NET communication error ST E01 system
DBB0KK (or VHMS LED display "n901") VHMS supply volt- VHMS — Electrical
age abnormality system
DBB0KQ (or VHMS LED display "nF11") VHMS connector VHMS — Electrical
connection abnormality system Troubleshooting
DBB3KK (or VHMS LED display "n905") VHMS controller VHMS — Electrical by failure code,
battery direct power supply voltage reduction system Part 4
(or VHMS LED display "n904") Sensor power sup- Electrical SEN01872-00
DBB5KP ply (5V) system abnormality VHMS — system
(or VHMS LED display "n902") Sensor power sup- Electrical
DBB6KP ply (24V) system disconnection or short circuit VHMS — system
(or VHMS LED display "n903") Sensor power sup- Electrical
DBB7KP ply (12V) system disconnection or short circuit VHMS — system
DBBQKR (or VHMS LED display "n802") CAN communication VHMS — Electrical
error (VHMS controller) system
dbBRKR VHMS controller CAN communication error ST — Electrical
system
DD12KA Shift-up switch disconnection TM E02 Electrical
system
Electrical
DD12KB Shift-up switch short circuit TM E02 system
Electrical
DD13KA Shift-down switch disconnection TM E02 system
Electrical
DD13KB Shift-down switch short circuit TM E02 system
DD14KA Parking brake lever switch disconnection TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
DD14KB Parking brake lever switch short circuit TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
DDB9L4 Reverse switch disagreement TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DDK3L4 Forward switch signal disagreement TM CALL E03 system
6 D375A-5E0

DDK5KA Shift switch disconnection TM E02 Electrical
system
Electrical
DDK5KB Shift switch short circuit TM E02 system
Blade tilt right oil pressure switch is held down for Electrical
DDN2LD long time TM E02 system
Blade tilt left oil pressure switch is held down for Electrical
DDN3LD long time TM E02 system
DDN7KA Blade pitch switch disconnection TM E02 Electrical
system
DDN7KB Blade pitch switch short circuit TM E02 Electrical
system
DDN9KA Blade tilt switch disconnection TM E01 Electrical
system
Electrical
DDN9KB Blade tilt switch short circuit TM E01 system
Blade lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for Electrical
DDNALD long time TM — system
Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for Electrical
DDNBLD long time TM — system
Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for Electrical
DDNCLD long time TM — system
DDNDLD Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch is held down for TM — Electrical
long time system
DDNELD Ripper tilt back oil pressure switch is held down for TM — Electrical
long time system
DDNFLD Blade lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for TM — Electrical
long time system
Electrical
DDQ2KA Parking brake lever switch disconnection ST CALL E03 system Troubleshooting
DDQ2KB Parking brake lever switch short circuit ST CALL E03 system Part 5
Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal dis- Electrical SEN01873-00
DDQ2L4 agreement ST CALL E03 system
dDQ2L4 Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal dis- TM CALL E03 Electrical
agreement system
DDT5KA Neutral switch disconnection TM CALL E04 Electrical
system
DDT5KB Neutral switch short circuit TM CALL E04 Electrical
system
Electrical
DDT5KQ Lever specification selection signal disagreement TM CALL E04 system
(or VHMS LED display "n40") Ambient temperature Electrical
DGE5KX sensor system disconnection or short circuit VHMS — system
Electrical
DGS1KX Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal out of range TM — system
DGT1KA Power train oil temperature sensor disconnection TM E01 Electrical
system
DGT1KX Power train oil temperature sensor input signal out TM E01 Electrical
of range system
DGT5KA (or VHMS LED display "n322") Front exhaust tem- VHMS — Electrical
perature sensor system short circuit system
(or VHMS LED display "n321") Front exhaust tem- Electrical
DGT5KB perature sensor system disconnection VHMS — system
DGT6KA perature sensor system short circuit VHMS — system
DGT6KB perature sensor system disconnection VHMS — system
DH22KA Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 dis- TM — Electrical
connection system
DH22KB Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 short TM — Electrical
circuit system
D375A-5E0 7

DH23KA Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 dis- TM — Electrical
connection system
Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 short Electrical
DH23KB circuit TM — system
(or VHMS LED display "n332") Engine blow-by Electrical
DHE5KB pressure sensor system disconnection VHMS — system Troubleshooting
(or VHMS LED display "n331") Engine blow-by Electrical by failure code,
DHE5KY pressure sensor system short circuit VHMS — system Part 5
(or VHMS LED display "n614") Transmission oil Electrical SEN01873-00
DHT3KX VHMS —
pressure sensor input signal out of range system
DK10KA Fuel control dial disconnection ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
DK10KB Fuel control dial short circuit ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DK30KA Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK30KB Steering potentiometer 1 short circuit ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK30KX Steering potentiometer 1 input signal out of range ST CALL E04 system
Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection or short cir- Electrical
DK30KZ cuit ST CALL E04 system
DK30L8 Steering potentiometer 1 analog signal disagree- ST CALL E03 Electrical
ment system
DK31KA Steering potentiometer 2 disconnection ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
DK31KB Steering potentiometer 2 short circuit ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DK40KA Brake potentiometer disconnection ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK40KB Brake potentiometer short circuit ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK55KX Direction potentiometer input signal out of range TM CALL E04 system
DK55KZ Direction potentiometer disconnection or short cir- TM CALL E04 Electrical
cuit system
DK55L8 Direction potentiometer analog signal disagreement TM CALL E03 Electrical Troubleshooting
Electrical Part 6
DK56KA Direction potentiometer 1 disconnection TM CALL E03 SEN01874-00
system
Electrical
DK56KB Direction potentiometer 1 short circuit TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK57KA Direction potentiometer 2 disconnection TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK57KB Direction potentiometer 2 short circuit TM CALL E03 system
DK60KA Acceleration sensor disconnection ST E01 Electrical
system
DK60KB Acceleration sensor short circuit ST E01 Electrical
system
DKH1KA Pitch angle sensor disconnection ST CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DKH1KB Pitch angle sensor short circuit ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DKH1KX Pitch angle sensor input signal out of range TM CALL E01 system
Torque converter output speed sensor disconnec- Electrical
DLF1KA tion TM — system
DLT3KA Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 1 ST E01 Electrical
system
dLT3KA Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 2 TM E01 Electrical
system
8 D375A-5E0

DLT3KB Transmission output speed sensor short circuit TM E01 Electrical
system
Electrical
DV00KB Alarm buzzer short circuit MON — system
Electrical
DW59KA Blade dual selector solenoid disconnection TM E01 system
Electrical
DW59KB Blade dual selector solenoid short circuit TM E01 system
DW59KY Blade dual selector solenoid hot short TM E01 Electrical
system
DW5AKA Blade pitch selector solenoid disconnection TM E02 Electrical
system
DW5AKB Blade pitch selector solenoid short circuit TM E02 Electrical
system
Electrical
DW5AKY Blade pitch selector solenoid hot short TM E02 system
Electrical
DW7BKA Fan reverse solenoid disconnection ST E01 system
Electrical Troubleshooting
DW7BKB Fan reverse solenoid short circuit ST E01 system by failure code,
Electrical Part 6
DW7BKY Fan reverse solenoid hot short ST E02 system SEN01874-00
DWN3KA Sudden stop prevention solenoid disconnection ST CALL E04 Electrical

system
DWN3KB Sudden stop prevention solenoid short circuit ST CALL E04 Electrical
system
DWN3KY Sudden stop prevention solenoid hot short ST CALL E04 Electrical
system
Electrical
DWN5KA Fan pulley solenoid 1 disconnection TM E01 system
Electrical
DWN5KB Fan pulley solenoid 1 short circuit TM E01 system
Electrical
DWN5KY Fan pulley solenoid 1 hot short TM E02 system
DWNCKA Fan pulley solenoid 2 disconnection TM E01 Electrical
system
DWNCKB Fan pulley solenoid 2 short circuit TM E01 Electrical
system
DWNCKY Fan pulley solenoid 2 hot short TM E02 Electrical
system
Electrical
DXH1KA Lockup solenoid disconnection TM E01 system
Electrical
DXH1KB Lockup solenoid short circuit TM E01 system
Electrical
DXH1KY Lockup solenoid hot short TM CALL E03 system
DXH4KA 1st clutch ECMV disconnection TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
DXH4KB 1st clutch ECMV short circuit TM CALL E03 Electrical
DXH4KY 1st clutch ECMV hot short TM CALL E03 Electrical by failure code,
system Part 7
DXH5KA 2nd clutch ECMV disconnection TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DXH5KB 2nd clutch ECMV short circuit TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DXH5KY 2nd clutch ECMV hot short TM CALL E03 system
DXH6KA 3rd clutch ECMV disconnection TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
DXH6KB 3rd clutch ECMV short circuit TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
D375A-5E0 9

DXH6KY 3rd clutch ECMV hot short TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DXH7KA Reverse clutch ECMV disconnection TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DXH7KB Reverse clutch ECMV short circuit TM CALL E03 system
Electrical
DXH7KY Reverse clutch ECMV hot short TM CALL E03 system
DXH8KA Forward clutch ECMV hot short TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
DXH8KB Forward clutch ECMV short circuit TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
DXH8KY Forward clutch ECMV hot short TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DXH9KA Right steering clutch ECMV disconnection ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DXH9KB Right steering clutch ECMV short circuit ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DXH9KY Right steering clutch ECMV hot short ST CALL E04 system
Electrical
DXHAKA Left steering clutch ECMV disconnection ST CALL E03 system
DXHAKB Left steering clutch ECMV short circuit ST CALL E03 Electrical Troubleshooting
Electrical Part 7
DXHAKY Left steering clutch ECMV hot short ST CALL E04 SEN01891-00
system
DXHBKA Right brake ECMV disconnection ST CALL E04 Electrical
system
Electrical
DXHBKB Right brake ECMV short circuit ST CALL E04 system
Electrical
DXHBKY Right brake ECMV hot short ST CALL E04 system
Electrical
DXHCKA Left brake ECMV disconnection ST CALL E04 system
DXHCKB Left brake ECMV short circuit ST CALL E04 Electrical
system
DXHCKY Left brake ECMV hot short ST CALL E04 Electrical
system
F@BBZL (or VHMS LED display "n338") Engine blow-by VHMS — Electrical
pressure abnormally high level system
F@BYNR perature abnormally high level (2) VHMS — system
F@BYNS perature abnormally high level (1) VHMS — system
(or VHMS LED display "n372") Rear exhaust tem- Electrical
F@BZNR perature abnormally high level (2) VHMS — system
F@BZNS (or VHMS LED display "n371") Rear exhaust tem- VHMS — Electrical
perature abnormally high level (1) system
1
10 D375A-5E0
Fuse locations 1
Connection table of circuit breakers and fuse boxes
a This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (An
accessory power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the ON position
and an unswitched power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the OFF
and ON positions).
a When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the circuit breakers
and fuses to see if the power is supplied normally.
Circuit breakers
Locations of circuit breakers (1) – (4)
12 D375A-5E0
Locations of circuit breakers (5) – (10)
Circuit breaker
Power suplly breaker Circuit

Capacity (A) breaker Destination of power
(Type of power supply) No.
1 (Switched power supply) 105 CB105 Main power supply
2 (Unswitched power supply) 30 CB30 Unswitched power supply
3 (Switched power supply) 105 CBH1 Preheater relay
Unswitched power supply for engine controller
4 (Unswitched power supply) 30 CB7 Electrically-operated priming pump timer power
supply
CB105
5 20 CB1 Steering controller
(Switched power supply)
Starting switch
6 20 CB2 Machine monitor (ACC)
(Accessory power supply)
7 20 CB3 Transmission controller
CB105
8 20 CB4 Air conditioner
9 20 CB5 Front lamp
CB30
10 20 CB6 Unswitched power supply for starting switch
(Unswitched power supply)
D375A-5E0 13
Fuse boxes
Location of fuse box
Fuse box FS1

Power suplly breaker Fuse
Fuse No. Destination of power
(Type of power supply) capacity (A)
CB105
1 20 Power supply for VHMS controller
2 20 Unswitched power supply for VHMS, T/M, S/T controller
CB30
3 20 Unswitched power supply for Operator's cab
4 10 Unswitched power supply for 12V converter
CB105
5 20 Power supply for 12V converter
Fuse box FS2

1 5 Back alarm
2 20 Preheater, pin puller, air suspension seat
CB105
3 20 Additional heater
4 20 Working lamp
5 20 Rear lamp
Fuse box FS3

Starting switch
1 5 Accessory power supply for engine controller
2 20 Horn
CB105
3 20 Spare 1
4 20 Spare 2
Starting switch
5 20 Spare ACC signal
14 D375A-5E0
Location of fuse box
Fuse box
1 10 Radio, lighter, room lamp
2 10 Rear wiper
3 10 Right door wiper
4 10 Front wiper
CB105
5 10 Left door wiper
6 20 Additional rear lamp
7 20 Additional head lamp, revolving light
8 — —
9 — —
CB30
10 10 Radio memory
a Recovery operation of circuit breaker (1) – (4)

When resetting the electrical circuit after it has been shut off, press the reset button 5 to 10 minutes after
the circuit has been shut off. When the electrical circuit has been shut off, the operation of the reset but-
ton is heavier than when the circuit is normal. The height of the reset button is the same, regardless of
whether the circuit has been shut off or has been reset, so make note of the effort of the reset button
when resetting the circuit.
Do not keep the circuit breaker reset button longer than necessary.
a Recovery operation of circuit breaker (5) – (10)

Turn the starting switch OFF and push in reset button (11) which is pushed out. If the button returns
immediately after it is pushed in, carry out the troubleshooting and repair the defective part.
D375A-5E0 15
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
16 D375A-5E0
SEN01868-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
General information on troubleshooting
Points to remember when troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting........................................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................... 4
Classification and procedures of troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 5
Information in troubleshooting table................................................................................................................ 8
Connection table for connector pin numbers ................................................................................................ 10
T-adapter box and T-adapter table................................................................................................................ 40
D375A-5E0 1
Points to remember when troubleshooting 1

k Stop the machine in a level ground, and check that the lock pin, blocks, and parking brake are
securely fitted.
k When carrying out the operation with two or more workers, keep strictly to the agreed signals,
and do not allow any unauthorized person to come near.
k If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot coolant may spurt out and cause
burns, so wait for the engine to cool down before starting troubleshooting.
k Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts or to get caught in any rotating parts.
k When disconnecting wiring, always disconnect the negative (–) terminal of the battery first.
k When removing the plug or cap from a location which is under pressure from oil, water, or air,
always release the internal pressure first. When installing measuring equipment, be sure to con-
nect it properly.
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to pre-
vent reoccurrence of the failure.
When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to understand the structure and function.
However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form some idea
of possible causes of the failure that would produce the reported symptoms.
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not 4) Check the stroke of the control valve
hurry to disassemble the components. spool.
If components are disassembled immediately 5) Other maintenance items can be checked
any failure occurs: externally, so check any item that is con-
q Parts that have no connection with the fail- sidered to be necessary.
ure or other unnecessary parts will be dis-
4. Confirming failure
assembled.
q Confirm the extent of the failure yourself,
q It will become impossible to find the cause
and judge whether to handle it as a real
of the failure.
failure or as a problem with the method of
It will also cause a waste of manhours, parts,
operation, etc.
or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also
a When operating the machine to reen-
lose the confidence of the user or operator.
act the troubleshooting symptoms, do
For this reason, when carrying out trouble-
not carry out any investigation or
shooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough
measurement that may make the
prior investigation and to carry out trouble-
problem worse.
shooting in accordance with the fixed proce-
dure. 5. Troubleshooting
q Use the results of the investigation and
2. Points to ask user or operator
inspection in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down
1) Have any other problems occurred apart
the causes of failure, then use the trouble-
from the problem that has been reported?
shooting flowchart to locate the position of
2) Was there anything strange about the
the failure exactly.
machine before the failure occurred?
a The basic procedure for troubleshoot-
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were
ing is as follows.
there problems with the machine condition
1) Start from the simple points.
before this?
2) Start from the most likely points.
4) Under what conditions did the failure
3) Investigate other related parts or
occur?
information.
5) Had any repairs been carried out before
the failure? 6. Measures to remove root cause of failure
When were these repairs carried out? q Even if the failure is repaired, if the root
6) Has the same kind of failure occurred cause of the failure is not repaired, the
before? same failure will occur again.
To prevent this, always investigate why
3. Check before troubleshooting
the problem occurred. Then, remove the
1) Check the oil level
root cause.
2) Check for any external leakage of oil from
the piping or hydraulic equipment.
3) Check the travel of the control levers.
2 D375A-5E0
Sequence of events in troubleshooting 1
D375A-5E0 3
Check before troubleshooting 1
Item Criterion Remedy

1. Check of level and type of fuel — Add fuel
2. Check of fuel for foreign matter — Clean and drain
3. Check of hydraulic oil level Between H – L Add oil
4. Check of damper case oil level Between H – L Add oil
Lubricating
5. Check of power train oil level Between H – L Add oil
oil/Coolant
6. Check of level and type of engine oil (in oil pan) Between H – L Add oil
7. Check of coolant level (in sub tank) Between FULL - LOW Add coolant
8. Check of dust indicator for clogging Out of red range Clean or replace
9. Check of brake pedal stroke — Adjust
Hydraulic/ 1. Check for abnormal noise/smell — Repair

Mechanical 2. Check for oil leakage — Repair
equipment 3. Bleeding air — Bleed air
1. Check of battery terminals and wiring for loose-
— Retighten or replace
ness and corrosion
2. Check of alternator terminals and wiring for
looseness and corrosion
3. Check of starting motor terminals and wiring for
looseness and corrosion
4. Check of battery voltage (with engine stopped) 20 – 30 V Charge or replace
5. Check of electrolyte level Between H – L Add or replace
6. Check of wires for discoloration, burn, and
Electrical — Repair or replace
removal of cover
equipment
7. Check for released wire clamp and drooping wire — Repair
8. Check of wires for wetness (Check connectors
— Dry
and terminals for wetness, in particular)
9. Check circuit breaker for turning OFF and fuse
— Replace
for disconnection and corrosion
10. Check of alternator voltage After operating for several
Replace
(while engine speed is at middle or higher) minutes: 27.5 – 29.5 V
11. Check of battery relay for operating sound
— Replace
(when starting switch is turned ON or OFF)
4 D375A-5E0
Classification and procedures of troubleshooting 1

Classification of troubleshooting
Mode Contents
Display of
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code)
code
E-mode Troubleshooting for electric system
H-mode Troubleshooting for hydraulic and mechanical system
S-mode Troubleshooting for engine unit
Procedure for troubleshooting

If a phenomenon looking like a trouble occurs in the machine, select a proper troubleshooting No. according
to the following procedure, and then go to the corresponding troubleshooting section.
1. Procedure for troubleshooting to be taken when action code is displayed on machine monitor:
If an action code is displayed on the machine monitor, display the failure code in the failure code display
mode (for the electrical system and the mechanical system) of the machine monitor (EMMS).
Carry out troubleshooting in [Display of failure code] according to the displayed failure code.
a Each failure code "flashes" when the trouble corresponding to it is detected. Even if a failure code
"lights up" when the starting switch is turned ON, the trouble corresponding to that failure code may
not have been repaired (Some troubles can be detected by simply turning the starting switch ON).
a If a failure code is recorded, be sure to perform the operation for reproducing it to see if the trouble
corresponding to it has been repaired (For the method of reproducing the failure code, see the trou-
bleshooting in [Display of code]).
2. Procedure for troubleshooting to be taken when failure code is recorded:

If an action code is not displayed on the machine monitor, check for a failure code in the failure code dis-
play mode (for the electrical system and the mechanical system) of the machine monitor (EMMS).
If a failure code is recorded, carry out troubleshooting in [Display of code] according to that failure code.
a Each failure code "flashes" when the trouble corresponding to it is detected. Even if a failure code
"lights up" when the starting switch is turned ON, the trouble corresponding to that failure code may
not have been repaired (Some troubles can be detected by simply turning the starting switch ON).
a If a failure code is recorded, be sure to perform the operation for reproducing it to see if the trouble
corresponding to it has been repaired (For the method of reproducing the failure code, see the trou-
bleshooting in [Display of code]).
3. Procedure of troubleshooting to be taken when action code is not displayed and failure code is
not recorded:
If a failure code is not recorded in the machine monitor (EMMS), a trouble that the machine cannot find
out by itself may have occurred in the electrical system or hydraulic and mechanical system.
In this case, check the phenomenon looking like a trouble again and select the same phenomenon from
the table of "Phenomena looking like troubles and troubleshooting Nos.", and then carry out trouble-
shooting related to that phenomenon in the "E-mode", "H-mode", or "S-mode".
D375A-5E0 5
Phenomena considered to be failures and troubleshooting Nos.

Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena looking like troubles Failure
E mode H mode S mode
code
Phenomena related to action code/failure code
1 Action code and failure code are displayed on machine monitor
Accord-
When fault history is checked, failure code is displayed in mechanical
2 ing to dis-
system fault history
played
When fault history is checked, failure code is displayed in electrical code
3
system fault history
When fault history is checked, failure code is displayed in air conditioner
4
or heater fault history
Phenomena related to engine
5 Starting performance is poor S-1
6 Engine does not start E-1 S-2
7 Engine does not pick up smoothly S-3
8 Engine stops during operation S-4
9 Engine does not rotate smoothly S-5
10 Engine lacks output (or lacks power) S-6
11 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion) S-7
12 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue) S-8
13 Oil is contaminated badly S-9
14 Fuel consumption is excessive S-10
15 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down) S-11
16 Oil pressure drops S-12
17 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant/fuel) S-13
18 Coolant temperature becomes too high (overheating) S-14
19 Abnormal noise is made S-15
20 Vibration is excessive S-16
21 Preheater does not operate (Manual preheating function) E-2
Phenomena related to power train
22 Power is low (Drawbar pull is low) H-1
23 Machine does not travel (at 2nd or 3rd gear speed) H-2
24 Machine does not start at any gear speed H-3
25 Machine can travel only forward or in reverse H-4
26 When gear speed or travel direction is changed, time lag is large H-5
27 Machine cannot be steered H-6
28 Machine can be steered in only 1 direction H-7
29 There is hydraulic drift of steering H-8
30 Brake does not work H-9
31 Torque converter is not locked up H-10
32 Torque converter oil overheats H-11
Phenomena related to work equipment
33 Speed of all work equipment is low H-12
34 No work equipment moves H-13
35 Blade lift raise speed or power is low H-14
36 Blade tilt raise speed or power is low H-15
6 D375A-5E0
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena looking like troubles Failure
E mode H mode S mode
code
37 Ripper lift raise speed or power is low H-16
38 Ripper tilt speed or power is low H-17
39 Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large H-18
40 Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large H-19
41 Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large H-20
42 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate E-3 H-21
43 Blade does not pitch H-22
44 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump H-23
Fan rotation is abnormal (Sound or vibration of fan is abnormally large
45 H-24
or engine overheats)
Phenomena related to machine monitor
When starting switch is turned ON, all machine monitor LEDs do not
46 E-4
light up
While starting switch is ON, all machine monitor LEDs light up and does
47 E-5
not go off
When starting switch turned ON (before starting engine), basic check
48 E-6
item lights up
49 Precaution item lights up while engine is running E-7
50 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running E-8
When the preheater is operated, the preheater pilot lamp does not light
51 E-9
up
When the dual tilt is selected, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does not
52 E-10
light up (if the dual tilt system is equipped)
When the torque converter is locked up, the torque converter lockup
53 E-11
pilot lamp does not light up
54 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-12
Power train (Torque converter) oil temperature gauge does not display
55 E-13
normally.
56 Hydraulic temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-14
57 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally E-15
58 Display of the gear speed and engine speed is abnormal E-16
59 Display of the shift mode and service meter is abnormal E-17
60 The switch module cannot be operated E-18
61 The caution lamp does not flash or go off E-19
62 The caution buzzer does not sound or go off E-20
63 The auto shift-down system does not operate or reset E-21
64 Air conditioner does not operate normally E-22
65 The operator mode does not operate E-23
Phenomena related to machine monitor (Service mode: Special function picture)
66 The service mode does not operate E-24
Other phenomena
67 The backup alarm does not sound E-25
The night lamp of the panel, headlamp, working lamp, and rear lamp do
68 E-26
not light up
69 The air conditioner does not operate E-27
70 Orbcomm terminal does not operate normally (Data are not transmitted) E-28
D375A-5E0 7
Information in troubleshooting table 1

a The following information is summarized in the troubleshooting table and the related electrical circuit dia-
gram. Before carrying out troubleshooting, understand that information fully.
Action code Failure code
Display on Trouble Trouble name displayed in fault history of machine monitor
Display on machine
machine moni-
monitor
tor
Contents of
Contents of trouble detected by machine monitor or controller
trouble
Action of
Action taken by machine monitor or controller to protect system or devices when they detect
machine moni-
trouble
tor or controller
Problem that
Problem that appears on machine as result of action taken by machine monitor or controller
appears on
(shown above)
machine
Related infor-
Information related to detected trouble or troubleshooting
mation
Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
<Contents of description>
• Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes
• Remarks on judgment
1
<Troubles in wiring harness>
• Disconnection
Connector is connected defectively or wiring harness is
broken.
• Ground fault
Wiring harness which is not connected to chassis ground
circuit is in contact with chassis ground circuit.
• Hot short
Wiring harness which is not connected to power source (24
2 V) circuit is in contact with power source (24 V) circuit.
• Short circuit
Independent wiring harnesses are in contact with each
Possible causes other abnormally.
and standard Possible causes of trouble
value in normal (Given numbers are refer-
<Precautions for troubleshooting>
state ence numbers, which do not
(1) Method of indicating connector No. and handling of T-
indicate priority)
adapter
Insert or connect T-adapter as explained below for trouble-
shooting, unless otherwise specified.
3 • If connector No. has no marks of "male" and "female",
disconnect connector and insert T-adapters in both male
side and female side.
• If connector No. has marks of "male" and "female", dis-
connect connector and connect T-adapter to only male
side or female side.
(2) Entry order of pin Nos. and handling of tester leads
Connect positive (+) lead and negative (–) lead of tester as
explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise
specified.
4 • Connect positive (+) lead to pin No. or wiring harness
entered on front side.
• Connect negative (–) lead to pin No. or harness entered
on rear side.
8 D375A-5E0
Related circuit diagram
This drawing is a part of the electric circuit diagram related

to troubleshooting.
• Connector No.: Indicates (Model – Number of pins) and
(Color).
• "Connector No. and pin No." from each branching/merg-
ing point: Shows the ends of branch or source of merging
within the parts of the same wiring harness.
• Arrow (i o): Roughly shows the location on the machine.
D375A-5E0 9
Connection table for connector pin numbers 1

a The terms male and female refer to the pins, while the terms male housing and female housing refer to
the mating portion of the housing.
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 15
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
22 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 23
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
26 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 27
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 33
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
36 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 37
38 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 39
T-adapter box and T-adapter table 1

a The vertical column shows part number of T-Branch Box or T-Branch, and horizontal column shows part
number of T-Branch.
T-adapter kit
Identification
No. of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-2900
799-601-3000
799-601-5500
799-601-6000
799-601-6500
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
out of kit
code
Part No. Part name
799-601-2600 T-adapter box (for ECONO) 21 q q q q q q

799-601-3100 T-adapter box (for MS) 37 q
799-601-3200 T-adapter box (for MS) 37 q
799-601-3300 T-adapter box (for ECONO) 24 q
799-601-3360 • Plate for MS (24 pins) q
799-601-3410 Adapter for BENDIX (MS) 24 MS-24P q q
799-601-3510 Adapter for BENDIX (MS) 5 MS-5S q q
799-601-3470 Case q
799-601-2710 Adapter for MIC 5 MIC-5P q q q q
799-601-2730 Adapter for MIC 17 MIC-17P q q q q q q q
799-601-2740 Adapter for MIC 21 MIC-21P q q q q q q q
ECONO
799-601-2750 Adapter for ECONO 2 q q
2P
ECONO
3P
ECONO
4P
ECONO
8P
ECONO
12P
799-601-2810 Adapter for DLI 8 DLI-8P q q
Extension cable ECONO
799-601-2840 12 q q q
(ECONO type) 12P
799-601-2850 Case q
799-601-4210 Adapter for DRC 50 DRC50 q
799-601-7010 Adapter for X (T adapter) 1 q q
799-601-7020 Adapter for X 2 X2P q q q q
40 D375A-5E0
T-adapter kit
Identification
No. of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-2900
799-601-3000
799-601-5500
799-601-6000
799-601-6500
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
out of kit
code
Part No. Part name

799-601-7050 Adapter for SWP 6 SW6P q q q
799-601-7060 Adapter for SWP 8 SW8P q q q
799-601-7310 Adapter for SWP 12 SW12P q
799-601-7070 Adapter for SWP 14 SW14P q q
799-601-7320 Adapter for SWP 16 SW16P q
799-601-7080 Adapter for M (T-adapter) 1 q q
799-601-7090 Adapter for M 2 M2P q q q q
799-601-7340 Adapter for M 8 M8P q
799-601-7140 Adapter for S 8 S8P q q q q
799-601-7150 Adapter for S (white) 10 S10P q q q q
799-601-7160 Adapter for S (blue) 12 S12P q q q
799-601-7170 Adapter for S (blue) 16 S16P q q q q
799-601-7330 Adapter for S (white) 16 S16PW q
799-601-7350 Adapter for S (white) 12 S12PW q
799-601-7180 Adapter for AMP040 8 A8P q
799-601-7190 Adapter for AMP040 12 A12P q q
799-601-7210 Adapter for AMP040 16 A16P q q q q
799-601-7220 Adapter for AMP040 20 A20P q q q q
799-601-7230 Short socket adapter for X 2 q q q q
799-601-7240 Case q q
799-601-7270 Case q
799-601-7510 Adapter for 070 10 07-10 q
799-601-7520 Adapter for 070 12 07-12 q
799-601-7530 Adapter for 070 14 07-14 q
799-601-7540 Adapter for 070 18 07-18 q
799-601-7550 Adapter for 070 20 07-20 q
799-601-7360 Adapter for relay 5 REL-5P q
799-601-7370 Adapter for relay 6 REL-6P q
799-601-7380 Adapter for JFC 2 q
799-601-9010 Adapter for DTM 2 DTM2 q q
799-601-9020 Adapter for DT 2 DT2 q q
799-601-9060 Adapter for DT (gray) 8 DT8GR q q
799-601-9070 Adapter for DT (black) 8 DT8B q q
799-601-9080 Adapter for DT (green) 8 DT8G q q
799-601-9090 Adapter for DT (brown) 8 DT8BR q q
799-601-9110 Adapter for DT (gray) 12 DT12GR q q
799-601-9120 Adapter for DT (black) 12 DT12B q q
799-601-9130 Adapter for DT (green) 12 DT12G q q
D375A-5E0 41
T-adapter kit
Identification
No. of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-2900
799-601-3000
799-601-5500
799-601-6000
799-601-6500
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
out of kit
code
Part No. Part name
799-601-9140 Adapter for DT 12 DT12BR q q

799-601-9210 Adapter for HD30-18 8 D18-8 q q
799-601-9310 Plate for HD30 (24 pins) q q q
T-adapter box
799-601-9320 12 q q q
(for DT and HD)
799-601-9330 Case q
799-601-9340 Case q
799-601-9350 Adapter for DRC 40 DRC-40 q
799-601-9360 Adapter for DRC 24 DRC-24 q
799-601-9410 Adapter for engine (CRI-T2) 2 G q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T2)
799-601-9420 3 A3 q
799-601-9430 2 P q
799-601-9440 Adapter for engine (CRI-T2) 3 1,2,3 q
795-799-5520 Adapter for engine (HPI-T2) 2 S q
Adapter for engine (HPI-T2)
795-799-5530 2 C q
Adapter for engine (HPI-T2)
795-799-5540 2 A q
795-799-5460 Cable for engine (HPI-T2) 3 q
799-601-4160 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) 2 OIL q
799-601-4130 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) 3 FCIN q
799-601-4140 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) 3 FCIG q
799-601-4150 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) 3 FCIB q
799-601-4180 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) 3 FCIP3 q
799-601-4230 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) 4 1,2,3,4 q
— Adapter for controller (ENG) 2 DTP2 q
799-601-4260 Adapter for controller (ENG) 4 DTP4 q
799-601-4210 Adapter for controller (ENG) 50 DRC50 q
799-601-4220 Adapter for controller (ENG) 60 DRC60 q
42 D375A-5E0
T-adapter kit
Identification
No. of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-2900
799-601-3000
799-601-5500
799-601-6000
799-601-6500
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
out of kit
code
Part No. Part name
799-601-4280 Box for controller (PUMP) 121 q

799-601-9720 Adapter for controller (HST) 16 HST16A q
799-601-9710 Adapter for controller (HST) 16 HST16B q
799-601-9370 Adapter for controller (HST) 26 HST26A q
D375A-5E0 43
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
44 D375A-5E0
SEN01869-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 1
Failure code [1380MW] Lockup clutch slip ..................................................................................................... 3
Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch 2 system abnormality.................................................................. 4
Failure code [15E0MW] Transmission clutch slip ........................................................................................... 5
Failure code [15SAL1] When forward clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ............. 6
Failure code [15SALH] When forward clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF ............ 8
Failure code [15SBL1] When reverse clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ........... 10
Failure code [15SBLH] When reverse clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF .......... 12
Failure code [15SEL1] When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON .................. 14
Failure code [15SELH] When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF ................. 16
Failure code [15SFL1] When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ................. 18
Failure code [15SFLH] When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF ................ 20
Failure code [15SGL1] When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ................. 22
Failure code [15SGLH] When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF ................ 24
Failure code [1800MW] Power train clutch slip............................................................................................. 26
Failure code [2201L1] When right steering clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ... 28
Failure code [2201LH] When right steering clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF.. 30
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [2202L1] When left steering clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ..... 32
Failure code [2202LH] When left steering clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF .... 34
Failure code [2300NR] Brake thermal load abnormality ............................................................................... 36
Failure code [2301L1] When right steering brake oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON ... 38
Failure code [2301LH] When right steering brake oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF .. 40
Failure code [2301NR] Right steering brake thermal load abnormality......................................................... 42
Failure code [2302L1] When left steering brake oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is ON...... 44
Failure code [2302LH] When left steering brake oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is OFF..... 46
Failure code [2302NR] Left steering brake thermal load abnormality ........................................................... 48
Failure code [A000NS] Engine overheat....................................................................................................... 49
Failure code [AA10NX] Air cleaner clogging ................................................................................................. 50
Failure code [AB00MA] Alternator malfunction ............................................................................................. 51
Failure code [B@BAZG] Engine oil pressure reduction ................................................................................ 52
Failure code [B@BAZK] Engine oil level reduction ....................................................................................... 53
Failure code [B@BCNS] Radiator coolant overheat ..................................................................................... 54
Failure code [B@BCZK] Radiator coolant level reduction ............................................................................ 55
Failure code [B@BEBF] Water in engine fuel ............................................................................................... 56
Failure code [B@BFZK] Fuel level reduction ................................................................................................ 57
Failure code [B@CENS] Power train oil overheat......................................................................................... 58
Failure code [B@CHZG] HSS charge oil pressure reduction ....................................................................... 59
Failure code [B@CHZK] Power train oil level reduction................................................................................ 59
Failure code [B@GAZK] Battery electrolyte level reduction.......................................................................... 60
Failure code [B@HANS] Hydraulic oil overheat............................................................................................ 60
Failure code [B@HAZK] Hydraulic oil level reduction ................................................................................... 61
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [1380MW] Lockup clutch slip 1

Action code Failure code Lockup clutch slip
Trouble
— 1380MW (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • When torque converter is locked up, sensed engine speed does not match with sensed torque con-
trouble verter output speed.
Action of
• None in particular.
controller
Problem that
appears on • None in particular.
machine
• Engine speed and torque converter speed can be checked in real-time monitoring mode.
Related (Code 01000: Engine speed)
information (Code 31200: Transmission input speed (Torque converter output speed))
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine, turn lockup clutch ON and drive machine.

Lockup clutch slip
1 Check for cause of lockup clutch slip and damage of machine.
(When system is normal)
Possible causes
Defective engine speed sen- If failure code [CA689] or [CA778] is displayed, carry out trouble-
and standard 2
sor system shooting for it.
value in normal
state Defective torque converter If failure code [DLF1KA] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
3
speed sensor it.
Defective transmission con-
4 Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.
troller
D375A-5E0 3
Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch 2 system abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Transmission clutch 2 system abnormality
Trouble
CALL E03 1500L0 (Transmission controller system)
• Among failure codes related to transmission clutch, following codes occurred simultaneously (Gear
speed limit).
1) Either of [DXH4KA] and [DXH4KB] and either of [DXH5KA] and [DXH5KB].
• Among failure codes related to transmission clutch, following codes occurred simultaneously (Travel
trouble).
2) Either of [DXH8KA] and [DXH8KB] and either of [DXH7KA] and [DXH7KB].
Contents of 3) Either of [DXH6KA] and [DXH6KB] and either of [DXH5KA] and [DXH5KB] and either of
trouble [DXH4KA] and [DXH4KB]
4) [15SALH] and [15SBLH]
5) Either of [15SAL1] and [DXH8KY] and either of [15SBL1] and [DXH7KY]
6) [15SELH] and [15SFLH] and [15SGLH]
7) Either of [15SEL1] and [DXH4KY] and either of [15SFL1] and [DXH5KY]
8) Either of [15SEL1] and [DXH4KY] and either of [15SGL1] and [DXH6KY]
9) Either of [15SEL1] and [DXH5KY] and either of [15SGL1] and [DXH6KY]
Action of • Flashes caution lamp and turns on caution buzzer.
controller • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that • The auto shift down function does not start.
appears on • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half).
machine • Once machine is stopped, it can travel only by the minimum gear which can operate.
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Run
information

Possible causes Confirm the failure codes displayed at the same time, then carry out troubleshooting for the codes.
and standard [15SAL1], [15SALH], [15SBL1], [15SBLH], [15SEL1], [15SELH], [15SFL1], [15SFLH], [15SGL1],
value in normal [15SGLH]
state [DXH4KA], [DXH4KB], [DXH5KA], [DXH5KB], [DXH6KA], [DXH6KB], [DXH7KA], [DXH7KB],
[DXH8KA], [DXH8KB], [DXH4KY], [DXH5KY], [DXH6KY], [DXH7KY], [DXH8KY]
4 D375A-5E0
Failure code [15E0MW] Transmission clutch slip 1

Action code Failure code Transmission clutch slip
Trouble
— 15E0MW (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Sensed torque converter output speed does not match with sensed transmission output speed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
• Torque converter speed and transmission speed can be checked in real-time monitoring mode.
Related (Code 31200: Transmission input speed (Torque converter output speed))
information (Code 31400: Transmission output speed)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine and drive machine.

Transmission clutch slip Check for cause of transmission clutch slip and damage of
1
(When system is normal) machine.
Possible causes
Defective torque converter If failure code [DLF1KA] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
and standard 2
speed sensor system it.
value in normal
state Defective transmission If failure code [DLT3KA], [dLT3KA] or [DLT3KB] is displayed,
3
speed sensor carry out troubleshooting for it.
troller
D375A-5E0 5
Failure code [15SAL1] When forward clutch oil pressure command

current is OFF, fill signal is ON 1
Action code Failure code When forward clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill sig-
Trouble nal is ON
CALL E03 15SAL1 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the transmission forward clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
• Flashes caution lamp and turns on caution buzzer.
Action of
• Decides that engine speed is neutral (N) at reverse operation.
controller
• Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half).
appears on • Once machine is stopped, running is limited to F1.
machine • Auto-shift down function does not work.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the forward clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
mode. (Code 31520: Transmission fill switch input state)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Neutral running

a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start the engine for trou-
bleshooting.
Defective forward clutch fill FFT (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
switch (Internal short)
Between (1) – N Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground F (Forward) Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
Possible causes Defective harness grounding ing without turning starting switch ON.
2
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
value in normal Min. 1 Mz
(5) – FFT(female) (1) with chassis ground tance
state
bleshooting.
Defective transmission con- TMCN1 PCCS lever Voltage
3
troller
Between (5) – N 5 – 11 V
chassis ground F (Forward) Max. 1 V
When no fault is detected in the electric system, the hydraulic pres-
Defective hydraulic pressure
4 sure system is assumed to be abnormal. Carry out the related trou-
system
bleshooting (H mode).
6 D375A-5E0
Circuit diagram related
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [15SALH] When forward clutch oil pressure command

current is ON, fill signal is OFF 1
Action code Failure code When forward clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal
Trouble is OFF
CALL E03 15SALH (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output to the transmission forward clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Decides that engine speed is neutral (N) at forward operation.
controller
appears on • Once machine is stopped, running is limited to R1.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the forward clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Forward running

bleshooting.
Defective forward clutch fill FFT (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
chassis ground F (Forward) Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
Possible causes ness (Disconnection in wiring ing without turning starting switch ON.
2
and standard or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
value in normal nector) Max. 1 z
(5) – FFT (female) (1) tance
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
Between (5) – N 5 – 11 V
chassis ground F (Forward) Max. 1 V
system
8 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [15SBL1] When reverse clutch oil pressure command

Action code Failure code When reverse clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill sig-
Trouble nal is ON
CALL E03 15SBL1 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the transmission reverse clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Decides that engine speed is neutral (N) at forward operation.
controller
appears on • Once machine is stopped, running is limited to R1.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the reverse clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Neutral running

bleshooting.
Defective reverse clutch fill FRT (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
chassis ground R (Reverse) Max. 1 z
2
(24) – FFT (female) (1) with chassis ground tance
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
Between (24) – N 5 – 11 V
chassis ground R (Reverse) Max. 1 V
system
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
Failure code [15SBLH] When reverse clutch oil pressure command

Action code Failure code When reverse clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal
Trouble is OFF
CALL E03 15SBLH (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set on at output to the transmission reverse clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Decides that engine speed is neutral (N) at reverse operation.
controller
appears on • Once machine is stopped, running is limited to F1.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the reverse clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Reverse running

bleshooting.
Defective reverse clutch fill FRT (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
chassis ground R (Reverse) Max. 1 z
2
(24) – FRT (female) (1) tance
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
Between (24) – N 5 – 11 V
chassis ground R (Reverse) Max. 1 V
system
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [15SEL1] When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is
OFF, fill signal is ON 1
Action code Failure code When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is
Trouble ON
CALL E03 15SEL1 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the transmission level 1 clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
appears on • Once machine is stopped, running is limited to F1 and R1.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the level 1 clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + F1 or R1 running o Neutral running

bleshooting.
Defective 1st clutch fill switch F1T (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
(Internal short)
Between (1) – Other than F1/R1 Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground F1·R1 Max. 1 z
2
(23) – F1T (female) (1) with chassis ground tance
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
Between (23) – Other than F1/R1 5 – 11 V
chassis ground F1·R1 Max. 1 V
system
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 15
Failure code [15SELH] When 1st clutch oil pressure command current
is ON, fill signal is OFF 1
Action code Failure code When 1st clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is
Trouble OFF
CALL E03 15SELH (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output to the transmission 1st clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Problem that • The auto shift down function does not start.
machine • Once machine is stopped, running is limited to F2 and R2.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the 1st clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + F1 or R1 running

bleshooting.
Defective 1st clutch fill switch F1T (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
(Internal short)
2
(23) – F1T (female) (1) tance
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
system
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [15SFL1] When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current
is OFF, fill signal is ON 1
Action code Failure code When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is
Trouble ON
CALL E03 15SFL1 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at stop of output of the transmission 2nd clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Problem that • The auto shift down function does not operate.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the 2nd clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
mode.(Code 31520: Transmission fill switch input state)
information

bleshooting.
Defective 2nd clutch fill F2T (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
2
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
system
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
Failure code [15SFLH] When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current
Action code Failure code When 2nd clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is
Trouble OFF
CALL E03 15SFLH (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set on at output to the transmission level 2 clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the 2nd clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information

bleshooting.
Defective 2nd clutch fill F2T (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
2
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
system
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [15SGL1] When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current
is OFF, fill signal is ON 1
Action code Failure code When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill signal is
Trouble ON
CALL E03 15SGL1 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the transmission 3rd clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Problem that • The auto shift down function does not operate.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the 3rd clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information

bleshooting.
Defective 3rd clutch fill switch F3T (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
(Internal short)
2
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
system
22 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 23
Failure code [15SGLH] When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current
Action code Failure code When 3rd clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill signal is
Trouble OFF
CALL E03 15SGLH (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output to the transmission 3rd clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the 3rd clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related
information

bleshooting.
Defective 3rd clutch fill switch F3T (male) PCCS lever Resistance
1
(Internal short)
2
state
bleshooting.
3
troller
system
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [1800MW] Power train clutch slip 1

Action code Failure code Power train clutch slip
Trouble
E02 1800MW (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When torque converter is locked up, engine speed does not match sensed transmission output.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Auto-shift down function does not work.
machine
• Engine state (speed) and torque converter state (speed) can be checked in real-time monitoring
Related mode.(Code 01000: Engine speed, Code 31200: Transmission input speed (Torque converter
information speed)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Turn lockup clutch ON + Drive machine.

Power train clutch slip (When a Clutch slip was detected; check the cause and machine dam-
1
the system is normal) age state, then repair the machine.
Possible causes
Defective engine rotation Check whether failure codes [CA689] and [CA778] are displayed. If
and standard 2
sensor they are displayed, carry out the troubleshooting.
value in normal
state Defective transmission Check whether failure code [DLT3KA], [dLT3KA] or [DLT3KB] is
3
speed sensor system displayed. If it is displayed, carry out the troubleshooting.
4 Internally trouble; troubleshooting is impossible.
troller
26 D375A-5E0
Failure code [2201L1] When right steering clutch oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When right steering clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill
Trouble signal is ON
CALL E04 2201L1 (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the right steering clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
controller • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake.
appears on • Once machine is stopped, it never runs.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the right steering clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time moni-
Related
toring mode. (Code 31521: Steering fill switch input state)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start

a Prepare with starting switch OFF. Engine start for troubleshoot-
ing.
Defective right steering
1 clutch fill switch FRC (male) PCCS lever Resistance
(Internal short) Between (1) – N (Neutral) Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground Right max. steering Max. 1 z
2
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis- Min. 1
value in normal (39) – FRC (female) (1) with chassis ground tance Mz
state
ing.
3 Defective steering controller STCN3 PCCS lever Voltage
Between (39) – N (Neutral) 5 – 11 V
chassis ground Right max. steering Max. 1 V
system
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [2201LH] When right steering clutch oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When right steering clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill
Trouble signal is OFF
CALL E04 2201LH (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output to the right steering clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the right steering clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time moni-
Related toring mode. (Code 31521: Steering fill switch input state)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Parking brake lever release + PCCS lever oper-
ate (right steering)

ing.
1 clutch fill switch FRC (male) PCCS lever Resistance
chassis ground Right max. steering Max. 1 z
2
and standard or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) Resis-
(39) – FRC (female) (1) tance
state
ing.
chassis ground Right max. steering Max. 1 V
system
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
Failure code [2202L1] When left steering clutch oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When left steering clutch oil pressure command current is OFF, fill
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the left steering clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the left steering clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time moni-
Related
information

ing.
Defective left steering clutch
1 fill switch FLC (male) PCCS lever Resistance
chassis ground Left max. steering Max. 1 z
2
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
(29) – FLC (female) (1) with chassis ground tance
state
ing.
chassis ground Left max. steering Max. 1 V
system
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 33
Failure code [2202LH] When left steering clutch oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When left steering clutch oil pressure command current is ON, fill
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output to the left steering clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the left steering clutch fill switch can be checked in real-time moni-
Related toring mode. (Code 31521: Steering fill switch input state)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Parking brake lever release + PCCS lever oper-
ate (left steering)

ing.
1 fill switch FLC (male) PCCS lever Resistance
2
(29) – FLC (female) (1) tance
state
ing.
chassis ground Left max. steering Max. 1 V
system
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
Failure code [2300NR] Brake thermal load abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Brake thermal load abnormality
Trouble
— 2300NR (Steering controller system)
Contents of • The steering controller judged from the pitch angle, travel speed, continuous operating time of the
trouble brake pedal, etc. that the brake was heating abnormally.
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
—
information

Possible causes
and standard 1 Improper braking during downslope travel (Machine traveled down with brake pedal pressed)
value in normal
state 2 Defective steering controller When the operation in cause 1 is not performed
36 D375A-5E0
Failure code [2301L1] When right steering brake oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When right steering brake oil pressure command current is OFF, fill
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the right steering brake solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the right steering brake fill switch can be checked in real-time moni-
Related
information

a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, release
parking brake lever and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective right steering brake
1 fill switch FRB (male) PCCS lever Resistance
(Internal short) Between (1) – N (Neutral) Max. 1 z
chassis ground Right max. steering Min. 1 Mz
2
(25) – FRB (female) (1) with chassis ground tance
state
Between (25) – N (Neutral) Max. 1 V
chassis ground Right max. steering 5 – 11 V
system
38 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 39
Failure code [2301LH] When right steering brake oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When right steering brake oil pressure command current is ON, fill
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output to the right steering brake solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the right steering brake fill switch can be checked in real-time moni-
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Parking brake lever release.

1 clutch fill switch FRB (male) PCCS lever Resistance
chassis ground Right max. steering Min. 1 Mz
Disconnection in wiring a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
Possible causes harness (Disconnection in ing without turning starting switch ON.
2
and standard wiring or defective contact in Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) Resis-
value in normal connector) Max. 1 Mz
(25) – FRB (female) (1) tance
state
chassis ground Right max. steering 5 – 11 V
system
40 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 41
Failure code [2301NR] Right steering brake thermal load abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Right steering brake thermal load abnormality
Trouble
Contents of • The steering controller judged from the pitch angle and continuous operating time of the right steer-
trouble ing that the steering brake was heating abnormally.
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
—
information

Possible causes
Improper steering during downslope travel (Machine traveled down and was steered to right con-
and standard 1
tinuously)
value in normal
42 D375A-5E0
Failure code [2302L1] When left steering brake oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When left steering brake oil pressure command current is OFF, fill
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set off at output stop of the left steering brake solenoid circuit.
trouble
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the left steering brake fill switch can be checked in real-time monitor-
Related
ing mode. (Code 31521: Steering fill switch input state)
information

Defective left steering brake
1 fill switch FLB (male) PCCS lever Resistance
chassis ground Left max. steering Min. 1 Mz
2
(35) – FLB (female) (1) with chassis ground tance
state
chassis ground Left max. steering 5 – 11 V
system
44 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 45
Failure code [2302LH] When left steering brake oil pressure command
Action code Failure code When left steering brake oil pressure command current is ON, fill
Contents of
• The fill switch signal is not set on at output stop of the left steering brake solenoid circuit.
trouble
controller • Limits operations of engine, transmission and brake.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the left steering brake fill switch can be checked in real-time monitor-
Related
ing mode. (Code 31521: Steering fill switch input state)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Parking brake lever release

1 fill switch FLB (male) PCCS lever Resistance
2
(35) – FLB (female) (1) tance
state
chassis ground Left max. steering 5 – 11 V
system
46 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 47
Failure code [2302NR] Left steering brake thermal load abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Left steering brake thermal load abnormality
Trouble
• The steering controller judged from the pitch angle, travel speed and continuous operating time of
Contents of
the left steering that the steering brake was heating abnormally (machine traveled down slope with
trouble
foot brake pressed).
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Possible causes
Improper steering during downslope travel (Machine traveled down and was steered to left contin-
and standard 1
uously)
value in normal
48 D375A-5E0
Failure code [A000NS] Engine overheat 1

Trouble Engine overheat
— A000NS
Contents of
• While engine was running, engine overheat lamp blinked.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related • Since lighting of above caution lamp is not set for this machine, above failure code is not displayed.
information Above code is listed in the mechanical system error code table, however.
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [AA10NX] Air cleaner clogging 1

Action code Failure code Air cleaner clogging
Trouble
— AA10NX (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• While engine was running, air cleaner clogging was detected.
trouble
Action of
• Blinks warning lamp and sounds alarm buzzer.
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is operated as it is, engine output may be decreased and engine may be damaged.
machine
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start.
Related
• The air cleaner clogging caution symbol on the machine monitor blinks and this failure code is
information
recorded.

It is suspected that a problem causing clogging of the air cleaner is
Possible causes Clogged air cleaner
1 occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate the cause and
and standard (When system is normal)
damage condition, and correct it.
value in normal
state Carry out troubleshooting of the air cleaner clogging caution lamp
Defective air cleaner clog-
2 system in accordance with "E-7 During running of engine, caution
ging caution lamp system
item flashes" in E-mode.
50 D375A-5E0
Failure code [AB00MA] Alternator malfunction 1

Action code Failure code Alternator malfunction
Trouble
— AB00MA (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• While engine was running, charge circuit from alternator detected voltage reduction.
trouble
Action of
• Blinks warning lamp.
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is used as it is, battery may not be charged.
machine
Related • The battery voltage can be checked in the rear-time monitoring mode.
information (Code: 03200 Battery voltage)
• The charge level caution symbol on the machine monitor blinks and this failure code is recorded.

Defective battery charge It is suspected that problem causing defective battery charge is
Possible causes
1 (When system is in normal occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate cause and
and standard
state) damage condition, and correct it.
value in normal
state Carry out troubleshooting of charge level caution lamp system in
Defective charge level cau-
2 accordance with “E-7 During running of engine, emergency caution
tion lamp system
item flashes” in E mode.
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [B@BAZG] Engine oil pressure reduction 1

Action code Failure code Engine oil pressure reduction
Trouble
— B@BAZG (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• While engine was running, engine oil pressure abnormality occurred.
trouble
Action of • Limits operation of engine.
controller • Blinks warning lamp and sounds alarm buzzer.
Problem that
• After caution lamp blinks, engine speed is limited to medium (half) at a certain rate.
appears on
• If machine is operated as it is, engine may be damaged.
machine
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start.
information • Engine oil pressure caution symbol on machine monitor blinks and this failure code is recorded.

Engine oil pressure reduction It is suspected that problem causing engine oil pressure reduction
Possible causes
1 (When system is in normal is occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate cause and
and standard
value in normal
state Carry out troubleshooting of engine oil pressure caution lamp sys-
Defective engine oil pressure
2 tem in accordance with “During running of engine, emergency cau-
caution lamp system
tion item flashes” in E mode.
52 D375A-5E0
Failure code [B@BAZK] Engine oil level reduction 1

Action code Failure code Engine oil level reduction
Trouble
— B@BAZK (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• During rotation of engine, engine oil level caution lamp flashes.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is operated as it is, engine may be damaged.
machine
Related • Since lighting of above caution lamp is not set for this machine, above failure code is not displayed.
information Above code is listed in the mechanical system error code table, however.

Engine oil level reduction It is suspected that problem causing engine oil level reduction is
Possible causes
and standard
value in normal
state Carry out troubleshooting of engine oil level caution lamp system in
Defective engine oil level
2 accordance with “During running of engine, emergency caution item
caution lamp system
flashes” in E mode.
D375A-5E0 53
Failure code [B@BCNS] Radiator coolant overheat 1

Action code Failure code Radiator coolant overheat
Trouble
— B@BCNS (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• During rotation of engine, radiator coolant temperature caution lamp flashes.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
• Radiator coolant temperature caution symbol on machine monitor blinks and this failure code is
information
recorded.

Radiator coolant temperature It is suspected that problem causing radiator coolant temperature
Possible causes
1 overheat (When system is in overheat is occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate
and standard
normal state) cause and damage condition, and correct it.
value in normal
state Defective radiator coolant Carry out troubleshooting of radiator coolant temperature caution
2 temperature caution lamp lamp system in accordance with “During running of engine, emer-
system gency caution item flashes” in E mode.
54 D375A-5E0
Failure code [B@BCZK] Radiator coolant level reduction 1

Action code Failure code Radiator coolant level reduction
Trouble
— B@BCZK (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• When turning starting switch ON, radiator coolant caution lamp flashes.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
information • Radiator coolant level caution symbol on machine monitor blinks and this failure code is recorded.

Radiator coolant level reduc- It is suspected that problem causing radiator coolant level reduction
Possible causes
1 tion (When system is in nor- is occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate cause and
and standard
mal state) damage condition, and correct it.
value in normal
state Carry out troubleshooting of radiator coolant level caution lamp sys-
Defective radiator coolant
2 tem in accordance with “When turning starting switch ON, basic
level caution lamp system
check item flashes” in E mode.
D375A-5E0 55
Failure code [B@BEBF] Water in engine fuel 1

Trouble Water in engine fuel
— B@BEBF
Contents of
• There was water in fuel and water separator lamp lighted up.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related • Since above caution lamp is not set on this machine, above failure code does not occur. Above fail-
information ure code is listed up in mechanical system failure code table, however.
56 D375A-5E0
Failure code [B@BFZK] Fuel level reduction 1

Trouble Fuel level reduction
— B@BFZK
Contents of
• Fuel level reduced and fuel level caution lamp lighted up.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
D375A-5E0 57
Failure code [B@CENS] Power train oil overheat 1

Action code Failure code Power train oil overheat
Trouble
— B@CENS (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• During rotation of engine, power train oil temperature caution lamp flashes.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is operated as it is, power train may be damaged.
machine
Related
• Power train oil temperature caution symbol on machine monitor blinks and this failure code is
information
recorded.

Power train oil temperature It is suspected that problem causing power train oil temperature
Possible causes
1 overheat (When system is in overheat is occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate
and standard
normal state) cause and damage condition, and correct it.
value in normal
state Defective power train oil tem- Carry out troubleshooting of power train oil temperature caution
2 perature overheat caution lamp system in accordance with “E-8 During running of engine,
lamp system emergency caution item flashes” in E mode.
58 D375A-5E0
Failure code [B@CHZG] HSS charge oil pressure reduction 1

Trouble HSS charge oil pressure reduction
— B@CHZG
Contents of
• HSS charge oil pressure reduced.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • HSS charge oil pressure caution lamp lights up.
machine
Failure code [B@CHZK] Power train oil level reduction 1

Trouble Power train oil level reduction
— B@CHZK
Contents of
• While engine was running, power train oil caution lamp blinked.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
D375A-5E0 59
Failure code [B@GAZK] Battery electrolyte level reduction 1

Trouble Battery electrolyte level reduction
— B@CHZK
Contents of
• Battery electrolyte level reduced and battery electrolyte level reduction lamp lighted.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Failure code [B@HANS] Hydraulic oil overheat 1

Action code Failure code Hydraulic oil overheat
Trouble
— B@HANS (Mechanical system)
Hydraulic oil
overheat • During rotation of engine, hydraulic oil caution lamp flashes.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is operated as it is, work equipment circuit units may be damaged.
machine
Related
• Hydraulic oil temperature caution symbol on machine monitor blinks and this failure code is
information
recorded.

Hydraulic oil temperature It is suspected that problem causing hydraulic oil temperature over-
Possible causes
1 overheat (When system is in heat is occurring at present or occurred in past. Investigate cause
and standard
normal state) and damage condition, and correct it.
value in normal
state Defective hydraulic oil tem- Carry out troubleshooting of hydraulic oil temperature caution lamp
2 perature caution lamp sys- system in accordance with “E-8 During running of engine, emer-
tem gency caution item flashes” in E mode.
60 D375A-5E0
Failure code [B@HAZK] Hydraulic oil level reduction 1

Action code Failure code Hydraulic oil level reduction
Trouble
— B@HAZK (Mechanical system)
Contents of
• During rotation of engine, hydraulic oil caution lamp flashes.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is operated as it is, work equipment circuit units may be damaged.
machine
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start.
information • Hydraulic oil level caution symbol on machine monitor blinks and this failure code is recorded.

Hydraulic oil level reduction It is suspected that problem causing hydraulic oil level reduction is
Possible causes
and standard
value in normal
state Carry out troubleshooting of hydraulic oil level caution lamp system
Defective hydraulic oil level
2 in accordance with “E-8 During running of engine, emergency cau-
caution lamp system
tion item flashes” in E mode.
D375A-5E0 61
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
62 D375A-5E0
SEN01870-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Failure code [CA111] Engine controller internal abnormality .......................................................................... 4
Failure code [CA115] Engine Ne/Bkup speed sensor abnormality ................................................................. 6
Failure code [CA122] Charge pressure sensor abnormally high level............................................................ 8
Failure code [CA123] Boost pressure sensor abnormally low level.............................................................. 10
Failure code [CA131] Throttle sensor abnormally high level ........................................................................ 12
Failure code [CA132] Throttle sensor abnormally low level.......................................................................... 14
Failure code [CA135] Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally high level...................................................... 16
Failure code [CA141] Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally low level ....................................................... 18
Failure code [CA144] Coolant temperature sensor abnormally high level.................................................... 20
Failure code [CA145] Coolant temperature sensor abnormally low level ..................................................... 22
Failure code [CA153] Boost temperature sensor abnormally high level ....................................................... 24
Failure code [CA154] Boost temperature sensor abnormally low level ........................................................ 26
Failure code [CA187] Sensor power supply 2 abnormally low level ............................................................. 27
Failure code [CA212] Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally high level ................................................ 28
Failure code [CA213] Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally low level .................................................. 30
Failure code [CA221] Ambient temperature sensor abnormally high level ................................................... 32
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [CA222] Ambient temperature sensor abnormally low level..................................................... 34

Failure code [CA227] Sensor power supply 2 abnormally high level ............................................................ 36
Failure code [CA234] Engine overspeed ...................................................................................................... 38
Failure code [CA238] Ne speed sensor power supply abnormality .............................................................. 40
Failure code [CA263] Fuel temperature sensor abnormally high level ......................................................... 42
Failure code [CA265] Fuel temperature sensor abnormally low level........................................................... 44
Failure code [CA271] PCV1 short circuit....................................................................................................... 46
Failure code [CA272] PCV1 disconnection ................................................................................................... 48
Failure code [CA273] PCV2 short circuit....................................................................................................... 50
Failure code [CA274] PCV2 disconnection ................................................................................................... 52
Failure code [CA322] Injector #1 system disconnection or short circuit........................................................ 54
Failure code [CA342] Engine controller data mismatch ................................................................................ 66
Failure code [CA351] Injector drive circuit abnormality................................................................................. 68
Failure code [CA352] Sensor power supply 1 abnormally low level ............................................................. 70
Failure code [CA386] Sensor power supply 1 abnormally high level ............................................................ 72
Failure code [CA441] Power supply voltage abnormally low level................................................................ 74
Failure code [CA442] Power supply voltage abnormally high level .............................................................. 74
Failure code [CA449] Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 2.................................................... 75
Failure code [CA451] Common rail pressure sensor abnormally high level ................................................. 76
Failure code [CA452] Common rail pressure sensor abnormally low level................................................... 78
Failure code [CA553] Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 1.................................................... 79
Failure code [CA554] Common rail pressure sensor in-range abnormality .................................................. 80
Failure code [CA559] Supply pump low pressure 1 ...................................................................................... 81
Failure code [CA689] Engine Ne speed sensor abnormality ........................................................................ 86
Failure code [CA731] Engine Bkup speed sensor phase abnormality .......................................................... 88
Failure code [CA757] Engine controller all data loss .................................................................................... 89
Failure code [CA778] Engine Bkup speed sensor abnormality..................................................................... 90
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA111] Engine controller internal abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Engine controller internal abnormality
Trouble
E04 CA111 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Trouble occurred in engine controller.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine runs normally but may stop during operation or may not be able to start.
machine
• Source voltage of engine controller can be checked with real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code: 03200 Battery Power Supply)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.

Defective circuit breaker If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault.
1
(CB30 or CB7) (See cause 3.)
ing without turning starting switch ON.
Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (3), Resis-
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring (4) – CB7 (B7L) tance
harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between CB7 (B7S) – CB30 Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (B30S) tance
connector) Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – ter- Resis-
Max. 1 z
minal BRB tance
Max. 1 z
(2) – chassis ground (GND11) tance
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
and standard ing without turning starting switch ON.
value in normal Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (3), Resis-
state Min. 1 Mz
(4) – CB7 (B7L) and chassis ground tance
Wiring harness between CB7 (B7S) – CB30
Ground fault in wiring Resis-
(B30S), circuit branch end and chassis Min. 1 Mz
3 harness tance
ground
(Contact with ground circuit)
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – ter- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
minal BRB and chassis ground tance
Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (1),
Resis-
(2) – chassis ground (GND11) and chassis Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
and carry out troubleshooting.
4 Defective engine controller EGC3 Starting switch Voltage
Between
ON 20 – 30 V
(3), (4) – (1), (2)
4 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 5
Failure code [CA115] Engine Ne/Bkup speed sensor abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Engine Ne/Bkup speed sensor abnormality
Trouble
Contents of
• Abnormality occurred in Ne and Bkup speed sensor circuits at the same time.
trouble
Action of • Stop the engine.
controller • Turns the centralized warning lamp and alarm buzzer ON.
Problem that
• The engine does not start. (if engine has been stopped.)
appears on
• Engine stops. (if engine has been running.)
machine
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine.
information

Defective Ne speed sensor
1 Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA689].
system
Defective Bkup speed
2 Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA778].
sensor system
Ne speed sensor may be installed defectively. Check it directly.
Defective installation of Ne
Possible causes 3 (Defective installation of sensor itself, internal defect of flywheel,
speed sensor
and standard etc.)
value in normal Bkup speed sensor may be installed defectively. Check it directly.
state Defective installation of Bkup
4 (Defective installation of sensor itself, internal defect of supply
speed sensor
pump, etc.)
Defective sensor connection Ne and Bkup speed sensors may be connected defectively
5
(Improper connection) (improper connection). Check them directly.
If causes 1 – 5 are not the cause of the trouble, the engine control-
6 Defective engine controller ler may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting
cannot be carried out.)
6 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA122] Charge pressure sensor abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Charge pressure sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Charge pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of • Sets charge pressure to fixed value (400 kPa {4.1 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not accelerate smoothly.
machine
• The input state (charge pressure) from the charge pressure sensor can be checked with the real-
time moniitoring mode (Code: 36500).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the charge pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time monii-
information
toring mode (Code: 36501).

Defective power supply
If failure code [CA187] or [CA227] is also indicated, carry out trou-
1 system of charge pressure
bleshooting for it first.
sensor)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or
start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
PIM Voltage
Defective charge pressure
2 Between (1) and (3) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
sensor (Internal defect)
Charge pressure sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness
connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring har-
ness and controller for another cause of trouble before judgment.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
Possible causes without turning starting switch ON.
and standard
value in normal Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
state harness (37) – PIM (female) (1) tance
3
(Disconnection or defective Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
contact of connector) Max. 1 z
(47) – PIM (female) (3) tance
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(44) – PIM (female) (2) tance
without turning starting switch ON.
Grounding fault in wiring Min. 1 Mz
(37) – PIM (female) (1) and chassis ground tance
4 harness
(Contact with ground circuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
8 D375A-5E0

Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
(37) – PIM (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring (female) (47) – PIM (female) (2)
5 harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
(with another wiring harness) (37) – PIM (female) (1) and between EGC1 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes tance
(female) (44) – PIM (female) (3)
and standard
value in normal Resis-
(47) – PIM (female) (2) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
state tance
(female) (44) – PIM (female) (3)
EGC1 Voltage
6 Defective engine controller Between
Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
(37) and (47)
Between
Signal 0.3 – 4.7 V
(44) and (47)
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [CA123] Boost pressure sensor abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Boost pressure sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Boost pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of • Sets boost pressure to fixed value (400 kPa {4.1 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not accelerate smoothly.
machine
• The input state (boost pressure) from the boost pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
moniitoring mode (Code: 36500).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the boost pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time monii-
information
Possible causes Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting

and standard
value in normal Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA122].
state
10 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA131] Throttle sensor abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Throttle sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Signal voltage in decelerator pedal potentiometer circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of • Sets throttle position with fuel control dial signal and continues operation.
controller • Turns centralized warning lamp ON and sounds alarm buzzer.
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not run at fuel throttle.
machine
• Signal state of decelerator potentiometer (Decelerator position) can be checked with real-time moni-
itoring mode (Code: 31701).
Related
• Signal state of decelerator potentiometer (Voltage) can be checked with real-time moniitoring mode
information
(Code: 31703).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.

Defective sensor power If failure code [CA2185] or [CA2186] is also indicated, carry out
1
supply system troubleshooting for it first.
Defective fuel control dial DEC (male) Resistance

2
(Internal trouble) Between (B) – (C) 4.0 – 6.0 kz
Between (A) – (B) 0.25 – 5.0 kz
Between (A) – (C) 0.25 – 5.0 kz
Disconnection in wiring har- Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (9) Resis-
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring – DEC (female) (B) tance
3
Possible causes or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
and standard (22) – DEC (female) (A) tance
value in normal Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) Resis-
state Max. 1 z
(23) – DEC (female) (C) tance
Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (9) Resis-
Ground fault in wiring Min. 1 Mz
– DEC (female) (B) and chassis ground tance
4 harness
Min. 1 Mz
(22) – DEC (female) (A) and chassis ground tance
Min. 1 Mz
(23) – DEC (female) (C) and chassis ground tance
5 Defective engine controller EGC2 Voltage
Between (22) – (23) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (9) – (23) Signal 0.5 – 4.5 V
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [CA132] Throttle sensor abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Throttle sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Decelerator potentiometer circuit of throttle sensor detected abnormally low level.
trouble
Action of • Keeps engine speed constant.
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not reach full throttle.
machine
• Signal state of decelerator potentiometer (Decelerator position) can be checked with real-time
Related
• Signal state of decelerator potentiometer (Voltage) can be checked with real-time moniitoring mode
information
(Code: 31703).

and standard
state
14 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA135] Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally high level1
Action code Failure code Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil pressure to default (250 kPa {2.5 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• The input state (oil pressure) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

Defective power supply
1 system of engine oil pressure
sensor
POIL Voltage
2 Between (1) and (2) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected.
Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and con-
troller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge.
and standard
value in normal Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
state harness (37) – POIL (female) (1) tance
3
(47) – POIL (female) (2) tance
Max. 1 z
4 harness
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
16 D375A-5E0

Resis-
(37) – POIL (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring (female) (47) – POIL (female) (2)
(with another wiring harness) (37) – POIL (female) (1) and between EGC1 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
and standard
value in normal Resis-
(47) – POIL (female) (2) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
state tance
(female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
EGC1 Voltage
Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
(37) and (47)
Between
Signal 0.3 – 4.7 V
(13) and (47)
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [CA141] Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally low level 1
Action code Failure code Engine oil pressure sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil pressure to default (250 kPa {2.5 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
• The input state (oil pressure) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

and standard
state
18 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA144] Coolant temperature sensor abnormally high level1

Action code Failure code Coolant temperature sensor abnormally high
Trouble
Contents of
• Coolant sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets coolant temperature to fixed value (90°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not start easily at low temperature.
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the coolant temperature sensor can be checked with the real-
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the coolant temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

Defective coolant tempera- without turning starting switch ON.
1
ture sensor (Internal defect) TWTR (male) Coolant temperature Resistance
Between (A) and (B) 10 – 100°C 0.6 – 20 kz
Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
Possible causes (Disconnection or defective (15) – TWTR (female) (A) tance
and standard contact of connector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
value in normal Max. 1 z
(38) – TWTR (female) (B) tance
state
Grounding fault in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
3 harness
Min. 1 Mz
(15) – TWTR (female) (A) tance
4 Defective engine controller EGC1 (female) Coolant temperature Resistance
Between
10 – 100°C 0.6 – 20 kz
(15) and (38)
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [CA145] Coolant temperature sensor abnormally low level1

Action code Failure code Coolant temperature sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Coolant sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets coolant temperature to fixed value (90°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the coolant temperature sensor can be checked with the real-
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the coolant temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

and standard
state
22 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA153] Boost temperature sensor abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Boost temperature sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Boost temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets boost temperature to fixed value (70°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the boost temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the boost temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

Air boost tempera-
Defective boost temperature TIM (male) Resistance
1 ture
Between (A) and
In all range Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Possible causes harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
and standard (Disconnection or defective (23) – TIM (female) (A) tance
value in normal contact of connector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
state Max. 1 z
(47) – TIM (female) (B) tance
3 harness
Min. 1 Mz
(23) – TIM (female) (A) tance
Air boost
4 Defective engine controller EGC1 (female) Resistance
temperature
Between
10 – 100°C 0.5 – 20 kz
(23) and (47)
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [CA154] Boost temperature sensor abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Boost temperature sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Boost temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets boost temperature to fixed value (70°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the boost temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
moniitoring mode function (Code: 18500).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the boost temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
information
moniitoring mode function (Code: 18501).

and standard
state
26 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA187] Sensor power supply 2 abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Sensor power supply 2 abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Sensor power supply 2 (5 V) circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
• Bkup speed sensor: Operates with signal from Ne speed sensor.
• Engine oil pressure sensor sets engine oil pressure to default (250 kPa {2.5 kg/cm2}), and continues
operation.
• Atmospheric pressure sensor sets atmospheric pressure to default (50.99 kPa {0.52 kg/cm2}), and
Action of
continues operation.
controller
• Boost pressure sensor sets boost pressure to fixed value (400 kPa {4.1 kg/cm2}), and continues
operation.
• EGR valve lift sensor limits output and closes EGR and bypass valves.
• Turns the centralized warning lamp and alarm buzzer ON.
Problem that
appears on • Engine output drops.
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
D375A-5E0 27
Failure code [CA212] Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally high level1
Action code Failure code Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil temperature to fixed value (100°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the real-
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

Defective engine oil temper- without turning starting switch ON.
1
ature sensor (Internal defect) TOIL (male) Oil temperature Resistance
Between (1) and (2) 10 – 100°C 0.6 – 20 kz
2 Max. 1 z
Possible causes (Disconnection or defective (17) – TOIL (female) (1) tance
(47) – TOIL (female) (2) tance
state
3 harness
Min. 1 Mz
(17) – TOIL (female) (1) tance
4 Defective engine controller EGC1 (female) Oil temperature Resistance
Between
10 – 100°C 0.6 – 20 kz
(17) and (47)
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [CA213] Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally low level1
Action code Failure code Engine oil temperature sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil temperature to fixed value (100°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
• The input state (oil temperature) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the
real-time moniitoring mode (Code: 42700).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

and standard
state
30 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA221] Ambient temperature sensor abnormally high level1

Action code Failure code Ambient temperature sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets atmospheric pressure to default (50.99 kPa {0.52 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The input state (atmospheric pressure) from the atmospheric pressure sensor can be checked with
the real-time moniitoring mode (Code: 37400).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the atmospheric pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

Defective power supply sys-
1 tem of atmospheric pressure
sensor
and carry out troubleshooting
PAMB Voltage
Defective atmospheric pres- Between (1) and (3) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
2
sure sensor (Internal defect) Between (2) and (3) Signal 0.3 – 4.7 V
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring Max. 1 z
state (37) – PAMB (female) (1) tance
harness
3
(38) – PAMB (female) (3) tance
Max. 1 z
– PAMB (female) (2) tance
4 harness
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
– PAMB (female) (2) tance
32 D375A-5E0

Resis-
(37) – PAMB (female) (1) and between Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring EGC1 (female) (38) – PAMB (female) (3)
Possible causes (with another wiring harness) (37) – PAMB (female) (1) and between Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
and standard tance
EGC1 (female) (3) – PAMB (female) (2)
value in normal
state Resis-
(38) – PAMB (female) (3) and between Min. 1 Mz
tance
EGC1 (female) (3) – PAMB (female) (2)
Between (37) and (38) 4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (3) and (38) 0.3 – 4.7 V
D375A-5E0 33
Failure code [CA222] Ambient temperature sensor abnormally low level1

Action code Failure code Ambient temperature sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets atmospheric pressure to default (50.99 kPa {0.52 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The input state (atmospheric pressure) from the atmospheric pressure sensor can be checked with
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the atmospheric pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

and standard
state
34 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA227] Sensor power supply 2 abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Sensor power supply 2 abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Sensor of engine controller power supply 2 (5 V) circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
• Bkup speed sensor operates with signal from Ne speed sensor.
• Engine oil pressure sensor sets engine oil pressure to default (250 kPa {2.5 kg/cm2}), and continues
operation.
• Atmospheric pressure sensor sets atmospheric pressure to default (50.99 kPa {0.52 kg/cm2}), and
Action of
continues operation.
controller
• Boost pressure sensor sets boost pressure to fixed value (400 kPa {4.1 kg/cm2}), and continues
operation.
• EGR valve lift sensor limits output and closes EGR valve.
Problem that
machine
Related
information

1 Related system defects If another code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
Bkup speed sensor
G connector
system
Oil pressure sensor POIL connector
Disconnect device
Defective sensor suggested on the Boost pressure
2 PIM connector
(Internal defect) right. At this time, if sensor
failure code is not Atmospheric
indicated, the device PAMB connector
pressure sensor
is defective.
Possible causes EGR valve lift sensor SEGR connector
and standard Bypass valve
value in normal SBP connector
position sensor
state
3 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective (37) – each sensor (female) tance
contact of connector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(47) – each sensor (female) (B) tance
Grounding fault in wiring
4 harness Min. 1 Mz
(37) – each sensor (female) tance
Min. 1 Mz
(47) – each sensor (female) tance
36 D375A-5E0

Short circuit in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes 5 harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
(with another wiring harness) (37) – each sensor (female) and between Resis-
and standard Min. 1 Mz
tance
value in normal EGC1 (female) (47) – each sensor (female)
state a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
6 Defective engine controller
EGC1 Voltage
Between (37) and (47) 4.75 – 5.25 V
D375A-5E0 37
Failure code [CA234] Engine overspeed 1

Action code Failure code Engine overspeed
Trouble
Contents of
• Engine speed exceeded operating range.
trouble
Action of • Reduce fuel injection rate until engine speed lowers in operating range.
Problem that
appears on • Engine speed changes.
machine
Related • Engine speed can be checked by real-time moniitoring mode (Code: 01000).
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine and keep running at high idle.

1 Defect in related system If another code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
Possible causes
and standard The method of using the installed machine may be improper, so
2 Usage is improper
value in normal instruct the operator on how to use the machine properly.
state If causes 1 and 2 are not the cause of the trouble, the engine con-
3 Defective engine controller troller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshoot-
ing cannot be carried out.)
38 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA238] Ne speed sensor power supply abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Ne speed sensor power supply error
Trouble
Contents of
• Error occurred in Ne speed sensor power supply (5 V) circuit.
trouble
• Controls with signal from Bkup speed sensor.
Action of
• Limits output and continues operation.
controller
Problem that • Engine output drops.
appears on • Engine stops during operation (when Bkup speed sensor is also defective)
machine • Engine cannot start during stop (when Bkup speed sensor is also defective)
Related
information

Disconnect device
Defective Ne speed sensor suggested on the
1
(Internal defect) right. At this time, if
Ne speed sensor NE connector
failure code is not
indicated, the device
is defective.
2 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective (16) – NE (female) (1) tance
Possible causes Max. 1 z
(48) – NE (female) (2) tance
and standard
value in normal a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
state without turning starting switch ON.
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
(with another wiring harness) (16) – NE (female) (1) and between EGC1 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (48) – NE (female) (2)
EGC1 Voltage
Between (16) and (48) 4.75 – 5.25 V
40 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 41
Failure code [CA263] Fuel temperature sensor abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Fuel temperature sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Fuel temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
• Coolant temperature sensor is used as substitute for fuel temperature sensor to correct fuel injec-
Action of
tion rate.
controller
• Sets fuel temperature to fixed value (90°C), and continues operation.
Problem that
appears on —
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the fuel temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the fuel temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time monii-
information

Defective fuel temperature without turning starting switch ON.
1
sensor (Internal defect) TFUEL (male) Fuel temperature Resistance
2 Max. 1 z
Possible causes (Disconnection or defective (30) – TFUEL (female) (A) tance
(47) – TFUEL (female) (B) tance
state
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
(30) – TFUEL (female) (A) tance
EGC1 (female) Fuel temperature Resistance
10 – 100°C 0.6 – 20 kz
(30) and (47)
42 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 43
Failure code [CA265] Fuel temperature sensor abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Fuel temperature sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Fuel temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
• Injection rate by fuel temperature sensor is compensated with coolant temperature sensor (If cool-
Action of
ant temperature sensor is abnormal, the controller sets to fixed value (90°C) and continues opera-
controller
tion.)
Problem that
appears on —
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the fuel temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the fuel temperature sensor can be checked with the real-time monii-
information

and standard
value in normal Carry out trouble shooting for failure code [CA263].
state
44 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA271] PCV1 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code PCV1 short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Short circuit was detected in supply pump PCV1 circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
information

Defective supply pump PCV1 (male) Resistance
1
PCV1 (Internal short circuit) Between (1) and (2) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (1), (2) and chassis
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 harness Min. 1 Mz
– PCV1 (female) (1) tance
Possible causes (Contact with ground circuit)
value in normal
Hot short in wiring harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (4)
3 Voltage Max. 1 V
(Contact with 24 V circuit) – PCV1 (female) (1)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (5)
Voltage Max. 1 V
– PCV1 (female) (2)
EGC1 (female) Resistance
Between (4) and (5) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (4), (5) and
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
46 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 47
Failure code [CA272] PCV1 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code PCV1 disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• Disconnection was detected in supply pump PCV1 circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
information

1 PCV1
(Internal disconnection) Between (1) and (2) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Min. 1 Mz
ground
harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (4) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective – PCV1 (female) (1) tance
Possible causes contact of connector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (5) Resis-
and standard Max. 1 z
value in normal
state a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (4) and (5) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
48 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [CA273] PCV2 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code PCV2 short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Short circuit was detected in supply pump PCV2 circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
information

1
PCV2 (Internal short circuit) Between (1) and (2) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 harness Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes (Contact with ground circuit)
(10) – PCV2 (female) (2) tance
value in normal
Hot short in wiring harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (9)
3 Voltage Max. 1 V
(Contact with 24 V circuit) – PCV2 (female) (1)
Voltage Max. 1 V
(10) – PCV2 (female) (2)
Between (9) and (10) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [CA274] PCV2 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code PCV2 disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• Disconnection was detected in supply pump PCV2 circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
information

Defective supply pump without turning starting switch ON.
1 PCV2
PCV2 (male) Resistance
(Internal disconnection)
Between (1) and (2) 2.3 – 5.3 z
2 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective – PCV2 (female) (1) tance
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (9) and (10) 2.3 – 5.3 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
52 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 53
Failure code [CA322] Injector #1 system disconnection or short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Injector #1 system disconnection or short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Disconnection or short circuit was detected in injector #1 circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• Engine output drops.
appears on
• Speed does not become stable
machine
Related
information

Defective injector #1 CN1 (male) Resistance
1
(Internal defect) Between (1) and (2) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective (45) – CN1 (female) (1) tance
(53) – CN1 (female) (2) tance
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (45) and (53) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Defective injector or wiring If another failure code for injector abnormality is displayed, carry
5
harness of another cylinder out troubleshooting for it, too.
54 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 55

Trouble
Contents of
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
• Speed does not become stable
machine
Related
information

1
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 Max. 1 z
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (46) and (60) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
5
56 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 57

Trouble
Contents of
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
• Speed does not become stable.
machine
Related
information

1
Between (1), (2) – chassis
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 Max. 1 z
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (55) and (52) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
5
58 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 59

Trouble
Contents of
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

1
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 Max. 1 z
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (57) and (59) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
5
60 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 61

Trouble
Contents of
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

1
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 Max. 1 z
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (54) and (51) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
5
62 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 63

Trouble
Contents of
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

1
Min. 1 Mz
ground
2 Max. 1 z
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Between (56) and (58) 0.4 – 1.1 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
5
64 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 65
Failure code [CA342] Engine controller data mismatch 1

Action code Failure code Engine controller data mismatch
Trouble
Contents of
• Data mismatch occurred in engine controller.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• Normal operation is continued; however, the machine may stop during travel or may not start in
appears on
stopped state.
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
66 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA351] Injector drive circuit abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Injector drive circuit abnormality
Trouble
Contents of
• Trouble occurred in injector drive circuit.
trouble
Action of • Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure).
Problem that
machine
• Source voltage of engine controller can be checked with real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code: 03200 Battery Power Supply)
information

If another failure code (failure code of trouble in injector system) is
1 Defective related system
indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it.
Defective circuit breaker If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault
2
(CB30 or CB8) (See cause 4).
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- (4) – CB7 (B7L) tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CB7 (B7S) – CB30 Resis-
3 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- (B30S) tance
nector) Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – ter- Resis-
Max. 1 z
minal BRB tance
(2) – chassis ground (GND11) tance
and standard
value in normal a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
state ing without turning starting switch ON.
Min. 1 Mz
(4) – CB7 (B7L) and chassis ground tance
Wiring harness between CB7 (B7S) – CB30
Ground fault in wiring Resis-
(B30S) or circuit branch end and chassis Min. 1 Mz
4 harness tance
ground
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – ter- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
minal BRB and chassis ground tance
Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (1),
Resis-
(2) – chassis ground (GND11) and chassis Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
EGC3 Voltage
Between (3), (4) – (1), (2) 20 – 30 V
68 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 69
Failure code [CA352] Sensor power supply 1 abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Sensor power supply 1 abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Sensor power supply 1 (5 V) circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of • Common rail pressure sensor: Limits output for travel (Limits common rail pressure)
Problem that
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
70 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA386] Sensor power supply 1 abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Sensor power supply 1 abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Sensor power supply 1 (5 V) circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of • Common rail pressure sensor: Limits output for travel (Limits common rail pressure)
Problem that
machine
Related
information

1 Defect in related system If another code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
Disconnect device
Defective sensor Common rail
suggested on the PFUEL
2 pressure sensor
(Internal defect) right. At this time, if
failure code is not
indicated, the device Ne speed sensor NE connector
is defective.
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) tance
3 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective (16) and NE (female) (1) – chassis ground tance
Max. 1 z
(47) – PFUEL (female) (3) tance
Possible causes
value in normal
Resis-
(33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and chassis Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
4 harness Min. 1 Mz
(16) – NE (female) (1) and chassis ground tance
Resis-
tance
ground
Min. 1 Mz
(48) – NE (female) (2) and chassis ground tance
Short circuit in wiring har- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
5 ness (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and between Min. 1 Mz
tance
(with another wiring harness) EGC1 (female) (47) – each sensor (female)
Min. 1 Mz
72 D375A-5E0

Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
and standard and carry out troubleshooting
value in normal 6 Defective engine controller EGC1 Voltage
state
Between (16) – (48) and
4.75 – 5.25 V
(33) – (47)
D375A-5E0 73
Failure code [CA441] Power supply voltage abnormally low level 1

Action code Failure code Power supply voltage abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Low voltage was detected in battery voltage circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
stopped state.
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
Failure code [CA442] Power supply voltage abnormally high level 1

Action code Failure code Power supply voltage abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• High voltage was detected in battery voltage circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
stopped state.
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
74 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA449] Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 21

Action code Failure code Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 2
Trouble
Contents of
• There is high pressure error (level 2) in common rail pressure sensor circuit.
trouble
Action of • Limits output and continues operation (limits common rail pressure).
Problem that
appears on • Engine output lowers.
machine
• The input state (common rail pressure) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with the real-time
information

and standard
state
D375A-5E0 75
Failure code [CA451] Common rail pressure sensor abnormally high

level 1
Action code Failure code Common rail pressure sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Common rail pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of • Limits output for travel (Limits common rail pressure)
Problem that
machine
Related
information

Defective common rail pres- If failure code [CA352] or [CA386] is also indicated, carry out trou-
1
sure sensor power system bleshooting for it first.
PFUEL Voltage
Defective common rail pres- Between (1) and (3) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
2
sure sensor (Internal defect) Between (2) and (3) Signal 0.25 – 4.6 V
troller for another cause of trouble before judgment
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
and standard harness Max. 1 z
value in normal 3 (Disconnection in wiring or
state defective contact in connec- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
tor) (25) – PFUEL (female) (2) tance
Max. 1 z
Resis-
Ground fault in wiring tance
ground
harness
4
(Short circuit with ground cir- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
cuit) (25) – PFUEL (female) (2) and chassis Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
Resis-
tance
ground
76 D375A-5E0

Resis-
(33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and between Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring EGC1 (female) (25) – PFUEL (female) (2)
Possible causes (with another wiring harness) (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and between Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
and standard tance
EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
value in normal
state Resis-
(25) – PFUEL (female) (2) and between Min. 1 Mz
tance
EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
Between (33) and (47) 4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (25) and (47) 0.25 – 4.6 V
D375A-5E0 77
Failure code [CA452] Common rail pressure sensor abnormally low

level 1
Action code Failure code Common rail pressure sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Common rail pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of • Limits output and continues operation (limits common rail pressure).
Problem that
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
78 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA553] Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 11

Action code Failure code Common rail pressure abnormally high pressure 1
Trouble
Contents of
• There is high pressure error (level 1) in common rail pressure sensor circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

1 Defect in related system If another failure code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
2 Use of improper fuel Fuel used may be improper. Check it directly. (Viscosity is high)
Defective electrical system of Electrical system of common rail pressure sensor may be defec-
3
Possible causes common rail pressure sensor tive. Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA451].
and standard Defective mechanical system
value in normal Mechanical system of common rail pressure sensor may be defec-
4 of common rail pressure sen-
state tive. Check it directly.
sor
Spring damage, seat wear, or ball stuck of overflow valve is sus-
5 Defective overflow valve
pected. Check it directly.
6 Clogged overflow pipe Overflow pipe may be clogged. Check it directly.
7 Defective pressure limiter Pressure limiter may be damaged mechanically. Check it directly.
D375A-5E0 79
Failure code [CA554] Common rail pressure sensor in-range abnormality1

Action code Failure code Common rail pressure sensor in-range abnormality
Trouble
Contents of
• In-range error occurred in common rail pressure sensor circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure).
controller
Problem that
machine
Related • State of common rail pressure sensor signal can be checked with real-time moniitoring mode.
information (Code: 36401 Common Rail Pressure Sens Volt)

and standard
state
80 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA559] Supply pump low pressure 1 1

Action code Failure code Supply pump low pressure 1
Trouble
Contents of
• There is no-pressure feed error (level 1) in supply pump.
trouble
Action of • Limits common rail pressure.
Problem that
machine
Related
information

If another failure code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it
1 Defect in related system
first.
2 Use of improper fuel Fuel used may be improper. Check it directly.
a For more information on troubleshooting, see Note 1. For check
of pressure in fuel low pressure circuit, see Testing and adjust-
Defect in low pressure ing, “Testing fuel pressure”.
3
circuit parts
Fuel low-pressure circuit Min. 0.15 MPa
pressure (High idle) {Min. 1.5 kg/cm2}
4 Clogged fuel filter, strainer a For more information on troubleshooting, see Note 2.
Electrical system of supply pump PCV may be defective. Carry out
Defective electrical system of
5 troubleshooting for failure code [CA271], [CA272], [CA273], or
supply pump PCV
[CA274].
Defective common rail Mechanical system of common rail pressure sensor may be defec-
6
pressure sensor tive. Check whether wiring harness is damaged.
Possible causes
and standard a For check of leakage through pressure limiter, see Testing and
value in normal adjusting, “Testing fuel return rate and leakage”.
state Leakage through pressure
7 Defective pressure limiter
limiter Max. 10 cc/min
(Operation equivalent to rating (at full stall or relief)
(Stall load))
a For check of limited return rate (spill) from injector, see Testing
and adjusting, “Testing fuel return rate and leakage”.
Speed at rated operation Limited return (spill) rate
(stall load) from injector
8 Defective injector 1,600 rpm 960 cc/min

1,700 rpm 1,020 cc/min
1,800 rpm 1,080 cc/min
1,900 rpm 1,140 cc/min
2,000 rpm 1,200 cc/min
If causes 1 – 8 are not the cause of the trouble, supply pump may
9 Defective supply pump
be defective.
<Using check sheet>

While carrying out troubleshooting above, record troubleshooting contents on the “Check sheet for no-pres-
sure feed” attached separately.
D375A-5E0 81
Note 1: When low-pressure circuit is defective, check the following:

1) Fuel level
2) Clogged fuel tank breather
3) Stuck or worn feed pump, clogged filter
4) Leaked or clogged low-pressure fuel pipe
5) Bypass valve malfunction, defective assembly of other parts (See Fig.1.)
6) Clogged fuel filter
7) Fuel in oil pan (fuel leakage in head cover)
Fig. 1: Locations of overflow valve (1), bypass valve (2), and fuel inlet joint (3)
q Overflow valve (1): Spring is seen through both holes.
q Bypass valve (2): Spring is seen through hole on nut side.
q Fuel inlet joint (3): Gauze filter is seen through both holes.
Note 2: Check, clean, and replace the filters and strainers according to the following procedure.
1) Gauze filter: Disassemble and check. If clogged, clean.
2) Upstream strainer of gauze filter: If the gauze filter is clogged, clean the upstream filter, too.
3) Fuel filter: If the trouble is not solved by performing 1) and 2) above, replace the fuel filter.
82 D375A-5E0
Check sheet for rail pressure low error
Model D375A-5 Work No.

Machine serial No. # Date of check / /
Engine SAA6D170E-5 Service meter h
Engine serial No. # Worker's name
A. Visual check Good NG

1 Fuel leakage to outside
2 Clogging of fuel tank breather
B. Check with machine monitor (02 Fault history, 01 monitoring, and 09 reduced cylinder mode operation) Good NG
3 Check of failure code / / / /
Check of monitoring information
Standard value Measured
Code Displayed item Checking condition ISO unit Good NG
(Reference value) value
Low idle r/min 700 – 750
01000 Engine speed High idle r/min 2,200 – 2,250
Torque converter stall r/min 2,000
Final decelerator Low idle % 0
31701
position High idle % 100
Final fuel injection
18600 rate command Torque converter stall mg/st — — —
(by weight)
4
Final common rail
36200 Torque converter stall MPa — — —
pressure command
Common rail pres-
36400 Torque converter stall MPa — — —
sure
Low idle CA — — —
Final injection tim-
36300 High idle CA — — —
ing command
Torque converter stall CA — — —
36500 Boost pressure Torque converter stall kPa — — —
Engine coolant tem-
04104 Low idle °C — — —
perature
14200 Fuel temperature Low idle °C — — —
Check of reduced cylinder mode operation (Engine speed)
Setting Reduced cylinder Checking condition ISO unit Good NG
No. 1 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
5 No. 2 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
Reduce No. 3 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
each
cylinder No. 4 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
D375A-5E0 83

C. Check of fuel circuit pressure Checking condition Unit Good NG
Fuel low-pressure circuit High idle or load equiva- MPa Min. 0.15
6
pressure lent to rating (at stall) {kg/cm2} {Min. 1.5}
D. Check of strainers and filters Good NG

7 Visual check of strainers
8 Visual check of gauze filter
9 Visual check of fuel filter
10 Visual check of bypass valve
E. Check of leakage and Standard value Measured

Checking condition Unit Good NG
return rate (Reference value) value
Leakage through pressure
11 Torque converter stall cc/min Max. 10
limiter
Torque converter stall
cc/min 960
1,600 rpm
cc/min 1,020
1,700 rpm
Torque converter stall Speed:
12 Return rate from injector cc/min 1,080
1,800 rpm Leakage
cc/min 1,140
1,900 rpm
cc/min 1,200
2,000 rpm
84 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA689] Engine Ne speed sensor abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Engine Ne speed sensor abnormality
Trouble
Contents of
• Error was detected in engine Ne speed sensor circuit.
trouble
Action of • Operates the engine with signal from engine Bkup speed sensor.
Problem that
• Engine stops during operations. (When engine Bkup speed sensor is also defective)
appears on
• Engine cannot be started during operations. (When engine Bkup speed sensor is also defective)
machine
Related
information

Defective sensor power If failure code [CA238] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it
1
supply system first.
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
harness Max. 1 z
2 (Disconnection in wiring or
defective contact in connec- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
tor) (48) – NE (female) (2) tance
Max. 1 z
Ground fault in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
harness (16) – NE (female) (1) tance
3
(Short circuit with ground Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
circuit) Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
and standard (27) – NE (female) (3) tance
Resis-
(16) – NE (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring (female) (48) – NE (female) (2)
(with another wiring harness) (16) – NE (female) (1) and between EGC1 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
Resis-
(48) – NE (female) (2) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Defective installation of sen- Installation of Ne speed sensor may be defective (wrong clear-
5 sor or defective speed sens- ance) and speed sensing part (flywheel) may be defective. Check
ing part them directly.
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine Ne speed sensor may be
Defective engine Ne speed
6 defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be
sensor
carried out.)
If causes 1 – 6 are not detected, engine controller may be defec-
7 Defective engine controller tive. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried
out.)
86 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 87
Failure code [CA731] Engine Bkup speed sensor phase abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Engine Bkup speed sensor phase abnormality
Trouble
Contents of
• There is phase error in engine Bkup speed sensor circuit.
trouble
Action of • Controls the engine with signal from engine Ne speed sensor.
Problem that
• Engine stops during operations. (When engine Ne speed sensor is also defective)
appears on
• Engine cannot be started during operations. (When engine Ne speed sensor is also defective)
machine
Related
information

Possible causes
Defective engine Ne speed Engine Ne speed sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshoot-
and standard 1
sensor system ing for failure code [CA689].
value in normal
state Defective engine Bkup Engine Bkup speed sensor may be defective. Carry out trouble-
2
speed sensor system shooting for failure code [CA778].
88 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA757] Engine controller all data loss 1

Action code Failure code Engine controller all data loss
Trouble
Contents of
• All data in engine controller are lost.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Operations are continued, but engine may stop during operations or may not start in stopped state.
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
D375A-5E0 89
Failure code [CA778] Engine Bkup speed sensor abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Engine Bkup speed sensor abnormality
Trouble
Contents of
• Error was detected in engine Bkup speed sensor circuit.
trouble
• Operates the engine with signal from engine Ne speed sensor.
Action of
controller
Problem that
• Engine stops during operations. (When engine Ne speed sensor is also defective)
appears on
• Engine cannot be started during operations. (When engine Ne speed sensor is also defective)
machine
Related
information

Defective sensor power sup- If failure code [CA187] or [CA227] is displayed, carry out trouble-
1
ply system shooting for it first.
harness Max. 1 z
(37) – G (female) (A) tance
2 (Disconnection in wiring or
defective contact in connec- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
tor) (47) – G (female) (B) tance
Max. 1 z
(26) – G (female) (C) tance
Ground fault in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
harness (37) – G (female) (A) tance
3
(Short circuit with ground Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
circuit) Min. 1 Mz
(47) – G (female) (B) tance
Possible causes Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
and standard (26) – G (female) (C) tance
Resis-
(37) – G (female) (A) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring (female) (47) – G (female) (B)
(with another wiring harness) (37) – G (female) (A) and between EGC1 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (26) – G (female) (C)
Resis-
(47) – G (female) (B) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (29) – G (female) (C)
Defective installation of sen- Installation of Bkup speed sensor may be defective (wrong clear-
5 sor or defective speed sens- ance) and speed sensing part (in supply pump) may be defective.
ing part Check them directly.
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine Bkup speed sensor may
Defective engine Bkup
6 be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot
speed sensor
be carried out.)
If causes 1 – 6 are not detected, engine controller may be defec-
7 Defective engine controller tive. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried
out.)
90 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 91
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
92 D375A-5E0
SEN01871-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Failure code [CA1228] EGR valve servo abnormality 1.................................................................................. 3
Failure code [CA1625] EGR valve servo abnormality 2.................................................................................. 4
Failure code [CA1633] CAN communication error (Engine controller) ........................................................... 6
Failure code [CA2185] Throttle sensor power supply abnormally high level .................................................. 8
Failure code [CA2186] Throttle sensor power supply abnormally low level.................................................. 10
Failure code [CA2249] Supply pump low pressure 2.....................................................................................11
Failure code [CA2271] EGR valve lift sensor abnormally high level ............................................................. 12
Failure code [CA2272] EGR valve lift sensor abnormally low level .............................................................. 14
Failure code [CA2351] EGR valve solenoid drive short circuit ..................................................................... 16
Failure code [CA2352] EGR valve solenoid drive disconnection.................................................................. 18
Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay hold line disconnection ....................................................................... 20
Failure code [D110KB] Battery relay hold line short circuit ........................................................................... 22
Failure code [D130KA] Neutral safety relay disconnection........................................................................... 24
Failure code [D130KB] Neutral safety relay short circuit .............................................................................. 26
Failure code [D161KA] Backup alarm relay disconnection ........................................................................... 28
Failure code [D161KB] Backup alarm relay short circuit............................................................................... 30
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [D182KZ] Backup alarm relay short circuit ............................................................................... 32

Failure code [D190KA] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay disconnection ............................................. 34
Failure code [D190KB] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short circuit ................................................. 36
Failure code [D5ZRKA] Snap shot switch disconnection .............................................................................. 38
Failure code [D5ZRKB] Snap shot switch short circuit.................................................................................. 39
Failure code [DAFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error........................................................... 40
Failure code [daFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error............................................................ 42
Failure code [dAFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error ........................................................... 44
Failure code [DAQ0KT] Transmission controller internal abnormality........................................................... 46
Failure code [DAQ1KK] Transmission controller main power supply voltage reduction ............................... 48
Failure code [DAQ2KK] Transmission controller load power supply voltage reduction ................................ 50
Failure code [DAQ5KK] Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (1) voltage reduction.................. 52
Failure code [DAQ6KK] Transmission controller sensor 24V power supply voltage reduction ..................... 54
Failure code [DAQ7KK] Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (2) voltage reduction.................. 56
Failure code [DAQ9KQ] Transmission controller model selection signal disagreement ............................... 58
Failure code [DAQRKR] Transmission controller CAN communication error................................................ 60
Failure code [DAQSKR] Transmission controller S-NET communication error............................................. 62
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA1228] EGR valve servo abnormality 1 1

Action code Failure code EGR valve servo abnormality 1
Trouble
Contents of
• There is servo error (level 1) of EGR valve.
trouble
Action of • Performs open control.
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
information

1 Defect in related system If another failure code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
a For check of engine oil pressure, see Testing and adjusting,
“Testing engine oil pressure”.
Engine Engine oil pressure
2 Low idle 0.08 MPa {0.8 kg/cm2}
system (main circuit)
High idle 0.21 MPa {2.1 kg/cm2}
Possible causes If engine oil pressure is not normal, carry out troubleshooting (S-
and standard mode) for mechanical system. (S-12 Oil pressure lowers.)
value in normal Defective EGR valve oil Oil pump or relief valve for EGR valve circuit may be defective.
3
state pump Check it directly.
Defective EGR valve oil Oil pressure supply piping for EGR valve circuit may be defective.
4
pressure supply piping Check it directly.
Defective EGR valve oil Oil pressure return piping for EGR valve circuit may be defective.
5
pressure return piping Check it directly.
6 Defective EGR valve EGR valve may be damaged mechanically. Check it directly.
If causes 1 – 6 are not the cause of the trouble, engine controller
7 Defective engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting can-
not be carried out.)
D375A-5E0 3
Failure code [CA1625] EGR valve servo abnormality 2 1

Action code Failure code EGR valve servo abnormality 2
Trouble
Contents of
• There is servo error (level 2) of EGR valve.
trouble
Action of
• Close EGR and bypass valves.
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
4 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA1633] CAN communication error (Engine controller) 1

Action code Failure code CAN communication error (Engine controller)
Trouble
Contents of
• Error was made in communication of engine controller in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Action of • Continues operation in default mode or keeps condition at time when error occurred.
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine
information

– STCN2 (female) (32), – TMCN2 (female)
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring har- (32), – CT1 (female) (A), – CT2 (female) (A), Max. 1 z
tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring – V4A (female) (4), – S04 (female) (1), (2), –
1
or defective contact in con- SRV (male) (3)
nector) Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (47)
– STCN2 (female) (22), – TMCN2 (female)
Resis-
(22) – CT1 (female) (B) – CT2 (female) (B), Max. 1 z
tance
– V4A (female) (12), – S04 (female) (3), (4),
– SRV (male) (10)
Short circuit of wiring harness between
EGC2 (female) (46) – STCN2 (female) (32),
– TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT1 (female) (A), Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes – CT2 (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4), tance
Short circuit with chassis
and standard – S04 (female) (1), (2), – SRV (male) (3)
2 ground in wiring harness
value in normal with chassis ground
state Short circuit of wiring harness between
– TMCN2 (female) (22), – CT1 (female) (B) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
– CT2 (female) (B), – V4A (female) (12), tance
– S04 (female) (3), (4), – SRV (male) (10)
with chassis ground
– TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT1 (female) (A) –
Voltage Max. 1 V
CT2 (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4), – S04
Hot short in wiring harness (female) (1), (2), – SRV (male) (3) with chas-
3
(Contact with 24 V circuit) sis ground
– TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT1 (female) (B) –
Voltage Max. 1 V
CT2 (female) (B), – V4A (female) (12), – S04
(female) (3), (4), – SRV (male) (10) with
chassis ground
6 D375A-5E0

Possible causes Defective CAN terminal resis- without turning starting switch ON.
4
and standard tance CT1 (male), CT2 (male) Resistance
value in normal Between (A) – (B) 120 ± 12 z
state
If no problem is found in causes 1 to 4, it is suspected that machine
Defective machine monitor or
5 monitor or steering controller is defective. (Troubleshooting cannot
defective steering controller
be carried out since it is internal defect.)
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [CA2185] Throttle sensor power supply abnormally high

level 1
Action code Failure code Throttle sensor power supply abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• Voltage of throttle sensor power supply (5V) circuit is high.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • The engine does not reach full throttle.
machine
Related
information

Defective decelerator Disconnect device

1 potentiometer suggested on the
(Internal defect) right. At this time, if Decelerator
DEC connector
failure code is not potentiometer
indicated, the device
is defective.
2 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective – DEC (female) (B) tance
(23) – DEC (female) (C) tance
and standard
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
– DEC (female) (B) and chassis ground tance
Min. 1 Mz
(23) – DEC (female) (C) and chassis ground tance
4 harness Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (9)
(with another wiring harness) – DEC (female) (B) and EGC2 (female) (23) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
– DEC (female) (C) and chassis ground
EGC2 Voltage
Between (9) and (23) 4.75 – 5.25 V
8 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [CA2186] Throttle sensor power supply abnormally low

level 1
Action code Failure code Throttle sensor power supply abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• Voltage of throttle sensor power supply (5V) circuit is low.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not reach full throttle.
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
10 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA2249] Supply pump low pressure 2 1

Action code Failure code Supply pump low pressure 2
Trouble
Contents of
• There is no-pressure feed error (level 2) in supply pump.
trouble
Action of • Limits common rail pressure.
Problem that
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
D375A-5E0 11
Failure code [CA2271] EGR valve lift sensor abnormally high level 1
Action code Failure code EGR valve lift sensor abnormally high level
Trouble
Contents of
• EGR valve lift sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Closes EGR valve.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The input state (position: mm) from the EGR valve lift sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the EGR valve lift sensor can be checked with the real-time moniitor-
information
ing mode (Code: 18101).

Defective sensor power sup- If failure code [CA187] or [CA227] is also indicated, carry out trou-
1
ply system bleshooting for it first.
SEGR Voltage
Between (1) and (2) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
Defective EGR valve lift
2 Between (3) and (2) Signal 0.8 – 1.2 V
Between (4) and (2) Signal 0.8 – 1.2 V
value in normal
state Max. 1 z
harness (37) – SEGR (female) (1) tance
3
(47) – SEGR (female) (2) tance
Max. 1 z
(19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4) tance
4 harness
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
(19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4) tance
12 D375A-5E0

Resis-
(37) – SEGR (female) (1) and EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring (female) (47) – SEGR (female) (2)
Possible causes 5 harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
(with another wiring harness) (37) – SEGR (female) (1) and EGC1 Resis-
tance
value in normal (female) (19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4)
state Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
(47) – SEGR (female) (2) and EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4)
EGC1 Voltage
Between (37) and (47) 4.75 – 5.25 V
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [CA2272] EGR valve lift sensor abnormally low level 1
Action code Failure code EGR valve lift sensor abnormally low level
Trouble
Contents of
• EGR valve lift sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
• The input state (position: mm) from the EGR valve lift sensor can be checked with the real-time
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the EGR valve lift sensor can be checked with the real-time moniitor-
information
ing mode (Code: 18101).

and standard
state
14 D375A-5E0
Failure code [CA2351] EGR valve solenoid drive short circuit 1

Action code Failure code EGR valve solenoid drive short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• High current was detected in drive circuit of EGR valve solenoid.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

Defective EGR valve sole- without turning starting switch ON.
1
noid (Internal defect) EGR (male) Resistance
Between (1) and (2) 10 – 21 z
2 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection or defective (22) – EGR (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(11) – EGR (female) (2) tance
and standard Grounding fault in wiring
3 harness Min. 1 Mz
state (22) – EGR (female) (1) and chassis ground tance
Min. 1 Mz
(11) – EGR (female) (2) and chassis ground tance
Hot short in wiring harness Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
4 Voltage Max. 1 V
(Contact with 24 V circuit) (22) – EGR (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage Max. 1 V
(11) – EGR (female) (2) and chassis ground
Between (22) and (11) 10 – 21z
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [CA2352] EGR valve solenoid drive disconnection 1

Action code Failure code EGR valve solenoid drive disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• Disconnection error was detected in drive circuit of EGR valve solenoid.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

and standard
state
18 D375A-5E0
Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay hold line disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Battery relay hold line disconnection
Trouble
— D110KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Current does not flow when outputting it to battery relay circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Stops output to battery relay circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Problem may occur in data writing to ROM (nonvolatile storage) of each controller.
machine
• Output state (voltage) to battery relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 60600: Battery relay drive voltage)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Switch starting switch from ON.

Defective battery relay
1 Battery relay Continuity
Between terminals SW –
Continue
ground terminal
Disconnection in wiring har- without turning starting switch ON.
ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) (4) Resis-
Possible causes 2 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- – battery relay SW terminal tance
and standard nector)
value in normal Wiring harness between battery relay Resis-
Max. 1 z
state ground terminal – chassis ground tance
Ground fault in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
3 harness Short circuit of wiring harness between
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN3 (female) (4) – battery relay terminal Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
SW – KEY (female) (4) with chassis ground
4 Defective steering controller
STCN3 (male) Continuity
Between (4) – chassis ground Continue
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [D110KB] Battery relay hold line short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Battery relay hold line short circuit
Trouble
— D110KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Abnormal current flowed to battery relay circuit when outputting it.
trouble
Action of
• Stops output to battery relay circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Problem may occur in data writing to ROM (nonvolatile storage) of each controller.
machine
• Output state (voltage) to battery relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 60600: Battery relay drive voltage)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Switch starting switch from ON to OFF.

Battery relay Continuity/resistance
1 Between terminal BRE –
(Internal short circuit) Continue
ground terminal
Between terminal BRE –
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes chassis ground
and standard a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
value in normal Hot short and carry out troubleshooting.
state 2 (Contact with 24V circuit) in Short circuit of wiring harness between
wiring harness STCN3 (female) (4) – battery relay terminal Voltage Max. 1 V
SW – KEY (female) (4) with chassis ground
3 Defective steering controller STCN3 Starting switch Voltage
Between (4) –
ON 20 – 30 V
chassis ground
22 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 23
Failure code [D130KA] Neutral safety relay disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Neutral safety relay disconnection
Trouble
E02 D130KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Voltage of neutral safety relay circuit does not match output state of controller.
trouble
controller • Stops ground output to neutral safety relay circuit.
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not start.
machine
• Output state (voltage) to neutral safety relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 50900: Neutral safety relay drive voltage)
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate parking brake lever .
information
a This failure code detects abnormality in primary side (coil side) of neutral safety relay, but not in
secondary side (contact side)

Defective neutral safety relay without turning starting switch ON.
1
(Internal disconnection) NSF (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 200 – 400 z
Defective disconnection in without turning starting switch ON.
wiring harness (Disconnec- Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
tion in wiring or defective con- (8) –NSF (female) (2) tance
tact in connector) Wiring harness between NSF (female) (1) - Resis-
Max. 1 z
Possible causes starting switch ACC (270) tance
and standard a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
value in normal without turning starting switch ON.
state
Short circuit with chassis Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (8) – NSF (female) (2) with Min. 1 Mz
3 ground in wiring harness tance
chassis ground
Short circuit of wiring harness between NSF
Resis-
(female) (1) - starting switch ACC (270) or Min. 1 Mz
tance
branch end with chassis ground
Defective transmission TMCN2 Parking brake lever Voltage
4
controller
Between (8) – Lock position Max. 1 V
chassis ground Free position 20 – 30 V
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [D130KB] Neutral safety relay short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Neutral safety relay short circuit
Trouble
E02 D130KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Abnormal current flowed in neutral safety relay circuit at the time of output.
trouble
controller • Stops ground output to neutral safety relay circuit.
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not start.
machine
• Output state (voltage) to neutral safety relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 50900: Neutral safety relay drive voltage)
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate parking brake lever
information (Free position).
a This failure code detects abnormality in primary side (coil side) of neutral safety relay, but not in

Defective neutral safety relay without turning starting switch ON.
1
(Internal short circuit) NSF (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 200 – 400 z
Possible causes and carry out troubleshooting.
and standard Hot short in wiring harness
2 Short circuit of wiring harness between
value in normal (Contact with 24 V circuit)
state TMCN2 (female) (8) – NSF (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
3
controller
Between (8) – Lock position Max. 1 V
chassis ground Free position 20 – 30 V
26 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 27
Failure code [D161KA] Backup alarm relay disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Backup alarm relay disconnection
Trouble
E01 D161KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Voltage of backup alarm relay circuit does not match output state of controller.
trouble
Action of
• Stops output to back-up alarm relay circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Back-up alarm is not turned on.
machine
• Output state (voltage) to back-up alarm relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 70400: Back-up alarm relay drive voltage)
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (+ operate PCCS lever).
information
a This failure code detects abnormality in primary side (coil side) of back-up alarm relay, but not in

If fuse is burnout, circuit probably has short circuit with chassis
1 Defective fuse FS22(1)
ground.
Defective back-up alarm without turning starting switch ON.
2
relay (Internal disconnection) BKAL (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 200 – 400 z
Defective disconnection in without turning starting switch ON.
wiring harness (Disconnec- Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
3 Max. 1 z
tion in wiring or defective con- (18) –BKAL (female) (2) tance
Possible causes tact in connector) Wiring harness between BKAL (female) (1) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard FS22 (1) outlet port tance
TMCN2 (female) (18) – BKAL (female) (2) Min. 1 Mz
with chassis ground
Resis-
BKAL (female) (1) – FS22 (1) outlet port with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Defective transmission TMCN2 PCCS lever Voltage
5
controller
Between (18) – N (Neutral position) 20 – 30 V
chassis ground R (Reverse position) Max. 1 V
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [D161KB] Backup alarm relay short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Backup alarm relay short circuit
Trouble
E01 D161KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Abnormal current flowed in back-up alarm relay circuit at the time of output.
trouble
Action of
• Stops output to back-up alarm relay circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Back-up alarm is not turned on.
machine
• Output state (voltage) to back-up alarm relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 70400: Back-up alarm relay drive voltage)
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + operate PCCS lever
information (Reverse position).
a This failure code detects abnormality in primary side (coil side) of back-up alarm relay, but not in

Defective back-up alarm without turning starting switch ON.
1
relay (Internal short circuit) BKAL (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 200 – 400 z
and standard Hot short in wiring harness
value in normal (Contact with 24 V circuit)
state TMCN2 (female) (18) – BKAL (female) (2) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
3
controller
Between (18) – N (Neutral position) 20 – 30 V
chassis ground R (Reverse position) Max. 1 V
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
Failure code [D182KZ] Backup alarm relay short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Backup alarm relay short circuit
Trouble
E01 D182KZ (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• The upstream relay of the preheater relay does not operate.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting signal to preheater relay.
controller
Problem that
• Automatic preheater system does not operate.
appears on
• The preheater can be operated manually.
machine
• The output state to the preheater relay can be checked in the real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 40914: Steering controller output signal)
Related
information
• This failure code detects abnormality on the primary (coil) side of the preheater relay and cannot de-
tect abnormality on the secondary (contact) side.

1 Defective fuse FS22 (2) If the fuse is broken, the circuit probably has a grounding fault, etc.
Defective preheater relay without turning starting switch ON.
2
(Internal disconnection) PHR (male) Resistance
Between (1) and (2) 200 – 400 z
harness
Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) Resis-
3 (Disconnection in wiring har- Max. 1 z
(19) and PHR (female) (2) tance
ness or defective contact in
connector) Wiring harness between PHR (female) (1) Resis-
and starting switch ACC (270) outlet side tance
and standard
Between wiring harness between STCN2
(female) (19) and PHR (female) (2) and Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Between wiring harness between PHR
Resis-
(female) (1) and starting switch ACC (270) Min. 1 Mz
tance
outlet side and chassis ground
Between (19) – ON 20 – 30 V
chassis ground OFF Max. 1 V
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 33
Failure code [D190KA] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay

disconnection 1
Action code Failure code Engine controller ACC signal cut relay disconnection
Trouble
— D190KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Voltage of engine controller ACC cut relay circuit does not match controller output.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting signal to engine controller ACC cut relay.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine stop function of steering controller does not work.
machine
• Output state (Voltage) to engine controller ACC cut relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring
mode (Code 60500: Engine controller ACC cut relay voltage).
Related
information
a This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of engine controller ACC cut relay
but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side).

1 Defective fuse FS32 (1) If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault etc.
Defective engine controller without turning starting switch ON.
2 ACC cut relay (Internal dis-
ACT (male) Resistance
connection)
Between (1) and (2) 200 – 400 z
Disconnection in wiring
Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) (8) Resis-
harness Max. 1 z
– ACT (female) (2) tance
3 (Disconnection in wiring har-
ness or defective contact in Wiring harness between ACT (female) (1) –
Possible causes connector) FSB (female) (3), FSB (3) (male) – DS3 (1) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard (female), DS3 (1) (male) – KEY (female) (1), tance
value in normal KEY (male) (1) – 270
Short circuit with chassis Min. 1 Mz
– ACT (female) (2) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) Wiring harness between ACT (female) (1) –
FSB (female) (3), FSB (3) (male) – DS3 (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(female), DS3 (1) (male) – KEY (female) (1), tance
KEY (male) (1) – 270 and chassis ground
Between (8) –
ON Max. 1 V
chassis ground
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
Failure code [D190KB] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short
circuit 1
Action code Failure code Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short circuit
Trouble
— D190KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to engine controller ACC cut relay, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting signal to engine controller ACC cut relay.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine stop function of steering controller does not work.
machine
• Output state (Voltage) to engine controller ACC cut relay can be checked in real-time moniitoring
mode (Code 60500: Engine controller ACC cut relay voltage).
Related
information
a This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of engine controller ACC cut relay
but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side).

Defective engine controller without turning starting switch ON.
1 ACC cut relay (Internal short
ACT (male) Resistance
circuit)
Between (1) and (2) 200 – 400 z
and standard Hot short (Contact with 24V and carry out troubleshooting.
value in normal 2
circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) (8)
state Voltage Max. 1 V
– ACT (female) (2) and chassis ground
Between (8) –
ON Max. 1 V
chassis ground
36 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 37
Failure code [D5ZRKA] Snap shot switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Snap shot switch disconnection
Trouble
— D5ZRKA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Voltage of snap shot switch circuit does not match controller output.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Snap shot data cannot be collected normally.
machine
Related
• Enter the snap shot mode and apply a trigger.
information

Disconnection in wiring a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
harness (Disconnection in without turning starting switch ON.
1
wiring harness or defective Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) (9)
contact in connector) Voltage Max. 1 V
and V3B (female) (6)
Short circuit with chassis without turning starting switch ON.
2 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between STCN2
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (9) and V3B (female) (6) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
sis ground
and standard
value in normal a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
state and carry out troubleshooting.
STCN2 Snap shot switch Voltage
Trigger Max. 1 V
Between (9) and
chassis ground Out of period just
20 – 30 V
after trigger
4 Defective VHMS controller
V3B Voltage
Between (6) and chassis ground 20 – 30 V
38 D375A-5E0
Failure code [D5ZRKB] Snap shot switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Snap shot switch short circuit
Trouble
— D5ZRKB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to snap shot switch circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Snap shot data cannot be collected normally.
machine
Related
• Enter the snap shot mode and apply a trigger.
information

Short circuit with power and carry out troubleshooting.
1 source in wiring harness Between wiring harness between STCN2
(Contact with 24 V circuit) (female) (9) and V3B (female) (6) and chas- Voltage Max. 1 V
sis ground
Possible causes
and standard
value in normal STCN2 Snap shot switch Voltage
state Trigger Max. 1 V
Between (9) and
chassis ground Out of period
20 – 30 V
just after trigger
V3B Voltage
Between (6) and chassis ground 20 – 30 V
D375A-5E0 39
Failure code [DAFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error 1

Action code Failure code Machine monitor CAN communication error
Trouble
CALL E03 DAFRKR (Machine monitor system)
Contents of
• Machine monitor cannot recognize steering controller with CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Problem that • System may not operate normally.
machine • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related
information

Wiring harness between S04 (female) (1),
(2) – STCN2 (female) (32), – TMCN2
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring har- (female) (32), – CT1 (female) (A), – CT2 Max. 1 z
tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4), – EGC2
1
or defective contact in con- (female) (46), – SRV (male) (3)
nector) Wiring harness between S04 (female) (3),
(4) – STCN2 (female) (22), – TMCN2
Resis-
(female) (22) – CT1 (female) (B) – CT2 Max. 1 z
tance
(female) (B), – V4A (female) (12), – EGC2
(female) (47), – SRV (male) (10)
Short circuit of wiring harness between S04
(female) (1), (2) – STCN2 (female) (32), –
TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT1 (female) (A), – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes CT2 (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4), – tance
and standard EGC2 (female) (46), – SRV (male) (3) with
value in normal chassis ground
state Short circuit of wiring harness between S04
TMCN2 (female) (22), – CT1 (female) (B) – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
CT2 (female) (B), – V4A (female) (12), – tance
EGC2 (female) (47), – SRV (male) (10) with
chassis ground
TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT1 (female) (A) –
Voltage Max. 1 V
CT2 (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4), –
Hot short in wiring harness EGC2 (female) (46), – SRV (male) (3) with
3
(Contact with 24 V circuit) chassis ground
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT1 (female) (B) –
Voltage Max. 1 V
CT2 (female) (B), – V4A (female) (12), –
EGC2 (female) (47), – SRV (male) (10) with
chassis ground
40 D375A-5E0

4
value in normal Between (A) – (B) 100 – 140 z
state
If no problem is found in causes 1 to 4, it is suspected that machine
5 monitor or steering controller is defective. (Troubleshooting cannot
defective steering controller
be carried out since it is internal defect.)
D375A-5E0 41
Failure code [daFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error 1

Trouble
CALL E03 daFRKR (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Steering controller cannot recognize machine monitor in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Action of • Blinks warning lamp and sounds alarm buzzer.
machine • Once machine is stopped, gear speed is limited to F1 and R1.
Related
information

(2) – CT1 (female) (A) – STCN2 (female)
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring har- (32) – TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) Max. 1 z
tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring (A) – EGC2 (female) (46) – V4A (female) (4)
1
or defective contact in con- – SRV (male) (3)
(4) – CT1 (female) (B) – STCN2 (female)
Resis-
(22) – TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(B) – EGC2 (female) (47) – V4A (female)
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
Possible causes (2) – CT1 (female) (A) – STCN2 (female)
Resis-
and standard (32) – TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring tance
value in normal (A) – EGC2 (female) (46) – V4A (female) (4)
2 harness
state – SRV (male) (3)
Resis-
(22) – TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) Min. 1 Mz
tance
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
(32) – TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) Voltage Max. 1 V
Hot short in wiring harness (A) – EGC2 (female) (46) – V4A (female) (4)
3
(Contact with 24 V circuit) – SRV (male) (3)
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
42 D375A-5E0

Possible causes Defective CAN terminal without turning starting switch ON.
4
and standard resistor CT1 (male), CT2 (male) Resistance
state
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor or steering con-
5 troller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshoot-
steering controller
D375A-5E0 43
Failure code [dAFRKR] Machine monitor CAN communication error 1

Trouble
CALL E03 dAFRKR (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Transmission controller cannot recognize machine monitor in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Related
information

Resis-
tance
1
Resis-
tance
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
Possible causes (2) – CT1 (female) (A) – STCN2 (female)
Resis-
Short circuit with chassis tance
Resis-
tance
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
3
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
44 D375A-5E0

4
state
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor or transmission
5 controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, trouble-
shooting cannot be carried out.)
D375A-5E0 45
Failure code [DAQ0KT] Transmission controller internal abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Transmission controller internal abnormality
Trouble
E01 DAQ0KT (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Information of ROM (nonvolatile storage) of transmission controller is not normal.
trouble
Action of
• Sets internal adjustment value to initial value.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Gear shift feeling of transmission may become worse.
machine
Related
information

and standard Troubleshooting cannot be carried out since it is internal defect.
Defective transmission
value in normal 1 (It is no problem even if you use controller unless no visible problem
state controller
appears on machine.)
46 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DAQ1KK] Transmission controller main power supply

voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller main power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
CALL E04 DAQ1KK (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Power source voltage of transmission controller is below 17V.
trouble
Action of • Flashes warning lamp and turns on alarm buzzer.
• Machine monitor may not display normally.
Problem that
• Relay and solenoid may not be driven and therefore system may not operate properly.
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half).
machine
• Once machine is stopped, it can not travel any more.
• Battery charge state (voltage) can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 03200: Battery voltage)
information

If fuse FS12 (2) is blown, it is highly possible that a defective
1 Defective fuse FS12 (2)
grounding, etc. has occurred in the circuit.
Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, it is highly possible that a defec-
2
CB30 tive harness grounding has occurred in the circuit.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF and diagnose with starting
switch still OFF.
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
harness (1), (11) – FS12 (2) tance
3
(disconnection or defective Wiring harness between FS12 (2) – battery Resis-
contact of connectors) Max. 1 z
relay BRB terminal tance
Possible causes Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard (21), (31), (32), (33) and ground GND01 tance
value in normal a Prepare with starting switch OFF and diagnose with starting
state switch still OFF.
Between ground and wiring harness
Resis-
Defective harness grounding between TMCN3 (female) (1), (11) – FS12 Min. 1 Mz
4 tance
(contact with ground circuit) (2)
Resis-
between FS12 (2) – battery relay BRB ter- Min. 1 Mz
tance
minal
switch ON.
5 TMCN3 Voltage
controller
Between (1), (11) – (21), (31)
20 – 30V
(32), (33)
48 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [DAQ2KK] Transmission controller load power supply

voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller load power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
Contents of
• Power source voltage of load (relay, solenoid, etc.) on transmission controller is below 17V.
trouble
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Display of machine monitor may be abnormal.
Related
information

Defective circuit breaker CB3 If circuit breaker CB3 is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground
1
(20 A) fault etc.
Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker CB105 is cut off, it is highly possible that
2
CB105 (105A) a defective harness grounding has occurred in the circuit.
switch still OFF.
Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female)
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring (2), (12), (22) – CB3 (2) – between CB3 (2) Max. 1 z
tance
harness – B105 (L)
3
(Disconnection or defective Wiring harness between B105 (S) – terminal
contact of connectors) Resis-
block (TR1L) or between terminal block Max. 1 z
(TR1S) – battery relay BRC terminal
and standard
Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
(21), (31), (32), (33) – ground tance
state
switch still OFF.
Defective harness grounding Min. 1 Mz
4 (2), (12), (22) – CB3 (2), CB3 (1) – B105 (L) tance
Wiring harness between CB105 (S) – termi-
Resis-
nal block (TR1L) or between terminal block Min. 1 Mz
tance
switch ON.
Defective steering and trans-
5 TMCN3 Voltage
mission controller
Between (2), (12), (22) – (21),
20 – 30 V
(31), (32), (33)
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [DAQ5KK] Transmission controller sensor 5V power

supply (1) voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (1) voltage reduc-
Trouble tion
• Voltage of 5 V power source (1) circuit of transmission controller sensor is less than 4.5 V or more
Contents of
than 5.5 V.
trouble
• Abnormal current flowed in 5 V power source (1) circuit of transmission controller sensor.
• Flashes warning lamp and turns on alarm buzzer.
Action of
• Stops output of 5 V power source circuit if abnormal voltage has flowed.
controller
Related
information

switch still OFF.
Defective forward and TL2 (male) Resistance
1 reverse potentiometer
(Internal short circuit) Between (4) – (1) 3.2 kz ± 20%
Sensor Between (4) and
Min. 1 Mz
ground
switch still OFF.
Possible causes Defective harness grounding
2
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) Between ground and wiring harnesses Resis-
value in normal between TMCN1 (female) (22) – TL2 Min. 1 Mz
tance
state (female) (4)
switch ON.
Hot short of wiring harness
3 Between ground and wiring harnesses
(Contact with 24 V circuit)
between TMCN1 (female) (22) – TL2 Voltage Max. 1V
(female) (4)
Defective transmission switch ON.
4
controller TMCN1 Voltage
Between (22) – (21) 4.5 – 5.5 V
52 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 53

supply voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller sensor 24V power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
E01 DAQ6KK (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Voltage of 24 V power supply circuit of transmission controller sensor is below 12 V or above 30 V.
trouble • Abnormal current flowed in 24 V power supply circuit of transmission controller sensor.
Action of
• Stops output to 24 V power supply circuit if abnormal voltage flows
controller
Problem that
appears on —
machine
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
information • This power supply is not used.

and standard and carry out troubleshooting.
value in normal Defective transmission
1
state controller TMCN1 Voltage
(16) – (21) 20 – 30 V
54 D375A-5E0

supply (2) voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller sensor 5V power supply (2) voltage reduc-
Trouble tion
• Voltage of 5 V power source (2) circuit of transmission controller sensor is less than 4.5 V or more
Contents of
than 5.5 V.
trouble
• Abnormal current flowed in 5 V power source (2) circuit of transmission controller sensor.
Action of
• Stops output of 5 V power source (2) circuit if abnormal voltage has flowed.
controller
Problem that
appears on • System may not operate normally.
machine
Related
information

If service code lights up steadily (reset display) when
Defective work equipment
right connector is disconnected, the defect is internal. LPP, SPP
1 pump oil pressure sensor
a Disconnect connector with starting switch OFF and connector
(internal short circuit)
turn the switch ON to diagnose.
switch still OFF.
Defective harness grounding
2
(contact with ground circuit) Between ground and wiring harness Resis-
Possible causes between TMCN3 (female) (34) – LPP Min. 1 Mz
tance
and standard (female) (B), – SPP (female) (B)
state switch ON.
3 Between ground and wiring harness
(contact with 24 V circuit)
between TMCN3 (female) (34) – LPP Voltage Max. 1V
(female) (B), – SPP (female) (B)
switch ON.
4 TMCN3, TMC1 Voltage
controller
Between TMCN3 (34) –
4.5 – 5.5 V
TMC1(21)
56 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 57
Failure code [DAQ9KQ] Transmission controller model selection signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller model selection signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E04 DAQ9KQ (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Internal spec. setting of transmission controller is inconsistent with spec. set signal.
trouble (Cannot recognize transmission controller)
Action of
• Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake.
controller
• Stops all outputs of transmission controller.
Problem that • Machine does not operate at all.
machine • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel any more.
Related
information

It is normal if error code lights on (reset display) after carrying out
1 adjustment mode.
controller adjustment
• Adjustment code: 0003: Transmission controller spec.
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, carry out troubleshooting with-
and standard ness (Disconnection in wiring out turning starting switch ON.
2
value in normal or defective contact in con- Short circuit of wiring harness between Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
state TMCN3 (female) (10) – chassis ground tance
Defective transmission and carry out troubleshooting.
3
Between (10) – chassis ground Max. 1 V
58 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 59
Failure code [DAQRKR] Transmission controller CAN communication

error 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller CAN communication error
Trouble
CALL E03 DAQRKR (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Steering controller cannot recognize transmission controller with CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Related
information

Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female)
(32) – STCN2 (female) (32), – S04 (female)
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring har- (1), (2) – CT1 (female) (A) – CT2 (female) Max. 1 z
tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring (A), – V4A (female) (4), – EGC2 (female)
1
or defective contact in con- (46), – SRV (male) (3)
nector) Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female)
(22) – STCN2 (female) (22), – S04 (female)
Resis-
(3), (4), – CT1 (female) (B), – CT2 (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(B), – V4A (female) (12), – EGC2 (female)
(47), – SRV (male) (10)
TMCN2 (female) (32) – STCN2 (female)
(32), – S04 (female) (1), (2), – CT1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes (A), – CT2 (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4), tance
and standard – EGC2 (female) (46), – SRV (male) (3) with
(22), – S04 (female) (3), (4), – CT1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(B) – CT2 (female) (B), – V4A (female) (12), tance
– EGC2 (female) (47), – SRV (male) (10)
with chassis ground
(32), – S04 (female) (1), (2), – CT1 (female)
Voltage Max. 1 V
(A), – CT2 (female) (A), – V4A (female) (4),
Hot short in wiring harness – EGC2 (female) (46), – SRV (male) (3) with
3
(22), – S04 (female) (3), (4), – CT1 (female)
Voltage Max. 1 V
(B), – CT2 (female) (B), – V4A (female) (12),
– EGC2 (female) (47), – SRV (male) (10)
with chassis ground
60 D375A-5E0

4
and standard resistance CT1 (male), CT2 (male) Resistance
state
Defective transmission con- If no problem is found in causes 1 to 4, it is suspected that transmis-
5 troller or defective steering sion controller or steering controller. (Troubleshooting cannot be
controller carried out since it is internal defect.)
D375A-5E0 61
Failure code [DAQSKR] Transmission controller S-NET communication

error 1
Action code Failure code Transmission controller S-NET communication error
Trouble
E01 DAQSKR (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Transmission controller cannot recognize S-NET.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Machine may not acquire switch signal of machine monitor, not allowing normal operation of system.
machine
Related
information

Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
ness (Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
1
or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
(21) – S01 (female) (8) tance
2 ground in wiring harness Short circuit of wiring harness between
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN2 (female) (21) – S01 (female) (8) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
value in normal Hot short in wiring harness
state (Contact with 24 V circuit)
TMCN2 (female) (21) – S01 (female) (8) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
Defective machine monitor and carry out troubleshooting.
4
(Switch module) S01 Voltage
Between (8) – chassis ground 6–9V
5
Between (21) – (31) 6–9V
62 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 63
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
64 D375A-5E0
SEN01872-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Failure code [DB2RKR] Engine controller CAN communication error ............................................................ 4
Failure code [dB2RKR] Engine controller CAN communication error ............................................................. 6
Failure code [DB30KT] Steering controller internal abnormality ..................................................................... 8
Failure code [DB31KK] Steering controller main power supply voltage reduction ........................................ 10
Failure code [DB32KK] Steering controller load power supply voltage reduction ......................................... 12
Failure code [DB35KK] Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (1) voltage reduction .......................... 14
Failure code [DB36KK] Steering controller sensor 24V power supply voltage reduction.............................. 16
Failure code [DB37KK] Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (2) voltage reduction .......................... 18
Failure code [DB39KQ] Steering controller model selection signal disagreement........................................ 20
Failure code [dB3RKR] Steering controller CAN communication error......................................................... 22
Failure code [DB3SKR] Steering controller S-NET communication error ..................................................... 24
Failure code [DBB0KK] (or VHMS LED display "n901") VHMS supply voltage abnormality ........................ 26
Failure code [DBB0KQ] (or VHMS LED display "nF11") VHMS connector connection abnormality............. 28
Failure code [DBB3KK] (or VHMS LED display "n905") VHMS controller battery direct power supply voltage
reduction ................................................................................................................................................... 30
Failure code [DBB5KP] (or VHMS LED display "n904") Sensor power supply (5V) system abnormality ..... 32
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [DBB6KP] (or VHMS LED display "n902") Sensor power supply (24V) system disconnection or
short circuit................................................................................................................................................ 34
Failure code [DBB7KP] (or VHMS LED display "n903") Sensor power supply (12V) system disconnection or
short circuit................................................................................................................................................ 36
Failure code [DBBQKR] (or VHMS LED display "n802") CAN communication error (VHMS controller) ...... 38
Failure code [dbBRKR] VHMS controller CAN communication error............................................................ 42
Failure code [DD12KA] Shift-up switch disconnection .................................................................................. 44
Failure code [DD12KB] Shift-up switch short circuit...................................................................................... 46
Failure code [DD13KA] Shift-down switch disconnection ............................................................................. 48
Failure code [DD13KB] Shift-down switch short circuit ................................................................................. 50
Failure code [DD14KA] Parking brake lever switch disconnection ............................................................... 52
Failure code [DD14KB] Parking brake lever switch short circuit ................................................................... 54
Failure code [DDB9L4] Reverse switch disagreement.................................................................................. 56
Failure code [DDK3L4] Forward switch signal disagreement ....................................................................... 58
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DB2RKR] Engine controller CAN communication error 1

Action code Failure code Engine controller CAN communication error
Trouble
CALL E03 DB2RKR (Stering controller system)
Contents of
• Steering controller cannot recognize engine controller in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Related
information

– CT1 (female) (A) – STCN2 (female) (32) –
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring har- TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) (A) – Max. 1 z
tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring S04 (female) (1), (2) – V4A (female) (4) –
1
– CT1 (female) (B) – STCN2 (female) (22) –
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) (B) – Max. 1 z
tance
S04 (female) (3), (4) – V4A (female) (12) –
SRV (male) (10)
Possible causes – CT1 (female) (A) – STCN2 (female) (32) –
Resis-
and standard TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) (A) – Min. 1 Mz
value in normal S04 (female) (1), (2) – V4A (female) (4) –
state SRV (male) (3)
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) (B) – Min. 1 Mz
tance
SRV (male) (10)
TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) (A) – Voltage Max. 1 V
Hot short in wiring harness S04 (female) (1), (2) – V4A (female) (4) –
3
(Contact with 24 V circuit) SRV (male) (3)
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) (B) – Voltage Max. 1 V
SRV (male) (10)
4 D375A-5E0

Possible causes Defective CAN terminal and carry out troubleshooting.
4
state
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, engine controller or steering con-
Defective engine controller or
steering controller
D375A-5E0 5
Failure code [dB2RKR] Engine controller CAN communication error 1

Action code Failure code Engine controller CAN communication error
Trouble
CALL E03 dB2RKR (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Transmission controller cannot recognize engine controller in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Related
information

Resis-
Disconnection in wiring har- TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) (A) – Max. 1 z
tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring S04 (female) (1), (2) – V4A (female) (4) –
1
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) (B) – Max. 1 z
tance
SRV (male) (10)
Possible causes – CT1 (female) (A) – STCN2 (female) (32) –
Resis-
and standard TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) (A) – Min. 1 Mz
value in normal S04 (female) (1), (2) – V4A (female) (4) –
state SRV (male) (3)
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) (B) – Min. 1 Mz
tance
SRV (male) (10)
TMCN2 (female) (32) – CT2 (female) (A) – Voltage Max. 1 V
Hot short in wiring harness S04 (female) (1), (2) – V4A (female) (4) –
3
(Contact with 24 V circuit) SRV (male) (3)
TMCN2 (female) (22) – CT2 (female) (B) – Voltage Max. 1 V
SRV (male) (10)
6 D375A-5E0

Possible causes Defective CAN terminal and carry out troubleshooting.
4
state
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, engine controller or transmission
Defective engine controller or
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [DB30KT] Steering controller internal abnormality 1

Action code Failure code Steering controller internal abnormality
Trouble
E01 DB30KT (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Information of ROM (nonvolatile storage) of steering controller is not normal.
trouble
Action of
• Sets internal adjustment value to initial value.
controller
Problem that
• Steering performance may be reduced.
appears on
• Brake performance may be reduced.
machine
Related
information

and standard Troubleshooting cannot be carried out since it is internal defect. (It
value in normal 1 Defective steering controller is no problem even if you use controller unless no visible problem
state appears on machine.)
8 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DB31KK] Steering controller main power supply voltage

reduction 1
Action code Failure code Steering controller main power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
CALL E04 DB31KK (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Power source voltage of steering controller is below 17V.
trouble
• Machine monitor may not display normally.
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective fuse FS12 (2) If fuse FS12 (2) is blown, it is highly possible that a defective
1
(20A) grounding, etc. has occurred in the circuit.
Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker CB30 is cut off, it is highly possible that a
2
CB30 (30A) defective harness grounding has occurred in the circuit.
switch still OFF.
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
harness (1) (11) – FS12 (2) tance
3
(Disconnection or defective Wiring harness between FS12 (2) – battery Resis-
contact of connectors) Max. 1 z
relay BRB terminal tance
Possible causes Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard (21) (31) (32) (33) and ground GND01 tance
state switch still OFF.
Resis-
Defective harness grounding between STCN3 (female) (1) (11) – FS12 Min. 1 Mz
4 tance
(Contact with ground circuit) (2)
Resis-
between FS12 (2) – battery relay BRB ter- Min. 1 Mz
tance
minal
switch ON.
Defective steering and trans-
5 STCN3 Voltage
mission controller
Between (1) (11) – (21) (31) (32)
20 – 30V
(33)
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
Failure code [DB32KK] Steering controller load power supply voltage

reduction 1
Action code Failure code Steering controller load power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
Contents of
• Power source voltage of load (relay, solenoid, etc.) on steering controller is below 17V.
trouble
controller • Limits operation of engine, transmission and brake.
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Display of machine monitor may be abnormal.
Related
information

Defective circuit breaker CB1 If circuit breaker is blown, it is highly possible that a defective
1
(20A) grounding, etc. has occurred in the circuit.
Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, it is highly possible that a defec-
2
CB105 (105A) tive harness grounding has occurred in the circuit.
switch still OFF.
Wiring harness between STCN3 (female)
Resis-
Disconnection in wiring (2), (12), (22) – CB1 (2), or between CB1 (2) Max. 1 z
tance
harness or B105 (L)
3
(Disconnection or defective Wiring harness between B105 (S) – terminal
contact of connectors) Resis-
block (TR1L) or between terminal block Max. 1 z
and standard
(21), (31), (32), (33) – ground tance
state
switch still OFF.
Defective harness grounding Min. 1 Mz
4 (2), (12), (22) – CB1 (2), CB1(1) – B105 (L) tance
Wiring harness between B105 (S) – terminal
Resis-
block (TR1L) or between terminal block Min. 1 Mz
tance
switch ON.
5 Defective steering controller STCN3 Voltage
Between (2), (12), (22) –
20 – 30 V
(21), (31), (32), (33)
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [DB35KK] Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (1)

voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (1) (for POT) voltage
Trouble reduction (Input)
• Voltage of 5 V power source (1) circuit of steering controller sensor is less than 4.5 V or more than
Contents of
5.5 V.
trouble
• Abnormal current flowed in 5 V power source (1) circuit of steering controller sensor.
Action of
• Stops output of 5 V power source circuit if abnormal voltage has flowed.
controller
Related
information

switch still OFF.
Defective brake potentiome- BRK (male) Resistance
1
ter (Internal short circuit) Between (C) – (A) 5 kz ± 20%
Sensor Between (C) and
Min. 1 Mz
ground
switch still OFF.
Defective fuel dial potentiom- DIAL (male) Resistance
2
eter (Internal short circuit) Between (1) – (3) 5 kz ± 15%
Possible causes
and standard Sensor Between (1) and
Min. 1 Mz
value in normal ground
state a Prepare with starting switch OFF and diagnose with starting
switch still OFF.
Defective steering TL2 (male) Resistance
3 potentiometer
(Internal short circuit) Between (5) – (8) 3.2 kz ± 20%
Sensor Between (5) and
Min. 1 Mz
ground
switch still OFF.
Defective harness grounding Between ground and wiring harnesses
4
(Contact with ground circuit) between STCN1 (female) (22) – TL2 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(female) (5) – DIAL (female) (1) – BRK tance
(female) (C)
14 D375A-5E0

switch ON.
Hot short of wiring harness Between ground and wiring harnesses
Possible causes 5
(contact with 24 V circuit) between STCN1 (female) (22) – TL2
and standard Voltage Max. 1V
(female) (5) – DIAL (female) (1) – BRK
value in normal (female) (C)
state
switch ON.
STCN1 Voltage
Between (22) – (21) 4.5 – 5.5 V
D375A-5E0 15
Failure code [DB36KK] Steering controller sensor 24V power supply

voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Steering controller sensor 24V power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
Contents of • Voltage of 24 V power supply circuit of steering controller sensor is below 12 V or above 30 V.
trouble • Abnormal current flowed in 24 V power supply circuit of steering controller sensor.
Related
information

It is internal defect if error code lights on (reset display)
when disconnecting right connector.
Defective blade pitch angle PT1
1 a Disconnect connector with starting switch OFF, then
sensor (Internal short circuit) connector
turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshoot-
ing.
and standard Short circuit with chassis without turning starting switch ON.
value in normal 2 ground in wiring harness Short circuit of wiring harness between
state (Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (16) – PT1 (female) (C) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
carry out troubleshooting.
STCN1 Voltage
Between (16) – (21) 20 – 30 V
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [DB37KK] Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (2)

voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code Steering controller sensor 5V power supply (2) voltage reduction
Trouble
• Voltage of 5 V power source (2) circuit of steering controller sensor is less than 4.5 V or more than
Contents of
5.5 V.
trouble
• Abnormal current flowed in 5 V power source (2) circuit of steering controller sensor.
Action of • Stops output of 5 V power source (2) circuit if abnormal voltage has flowed.
controller • Flashes caution lamp and turns on caution buzzer.
Related
information

If service code lights up steadily (reset display) when
Defective acceleration
right connector is disconnected, the defect is internal. SSA
1 sensor (if equipped)
a Disconnect connector with starting switch OFF and connector
(internal short circuit)
turn the switch ON to diagnose.
switch still OFF.
Defective harness grounding
2
(Contact with ground circuit) Between ground and wiring harness Resis-
Possible causes between STCN3 (female) (34) – SSA Min. 1 Mz
tance
and standard (female) (1)
state switch ON.
between STCN3 (female) (34) – SSA Voltage Max. 1V
(female) (1)
switch ON.
Defective steering and
4 STCN3, STCN1 Voltage
Between STCN3 (34) –
4.5 – 5.5 V
STCN1(21)
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
Failure code [DB39KQ] Steering controller model selection signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Steering controller model selection signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E04 DB39KQ (Steering controller system)
Contents of • Internal spec. setting of steering controller is inconsistent with spec. set signal.
trouble (Steering controller may not recognizes normally)
Action of
• Stops all outputs of steering controller.
controller
Problem that • Machine does not operate at all.
Related
information

When adjustment mode is carried out, if failure code lights up (to
Defective steering controller
1 indicate reset), controller is normal.
adjustment
• Adjustment code: 0002 (Steering controller spec. set)
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard ness (Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
2
value in normal or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
state (20) – chassis ground tance
Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and carry
out troubleshooting.
STCN3 Voltage
Between (20) – chassis ground Max. 1 V
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [dB3RKR] Steering controller CAN communication error 1

Action code Failure code Steering controller CAN communication error
Trouble
CALL E03 dB3RKR (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
Transmission controller cannot recognize engine controller in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Related
information

(32) – CT1 (female) (A) – S04 (female) (1),
Resis-
tance
1
nector) Wiring harness between STCN2 (female)
(22) – CT1 (female) (B) – S04 (female) (3),
Resis-
tance
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
Possible causes (32) – CT1 (female) (A) – S04 (female) (1),
Resis-
Resis-
tance
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
(32) – CT1 (female) (A) – S04 (female) (1),
3
(12) – SRV (male) (10)
22 D375A-5E0

4
state
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, steering controller or transmission
Defective steering controller
or transmission controller
D375A-5E0 23
Failure code [DB3SKR] Steering controller S-NET communication error 1

Action code Failure code Steering controller S-NET communication error
Trouble
E01 DB3SKR (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Transmission controller cannot recognize S-NET.
trouble
Action of
• Takes no particular action.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Machine may not acquire switch signal of machine monitor, not allowing normal operation of system.
machine
Related
information

Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
ness (Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
1
or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
(21) – S01 (female) (8) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN2 (female) (21) – S01 (female) (8) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
and standard carry out troubleshooting.
value in normal Hot short in wiring harness
state (Contact with 24 V circuit)
STCN2 (female) (21) – S01 (female) (8) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
Defective machine monitor carry out troubleshooting.
4
Between (8) – chassis ground 6–9V
STCN2 Voltage
Between (21) – (31) 6–9V
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [DBB0KK] (or VHMS LED display "n901") VHMS supply
voltage abnormality 1
Action code Failure code VHMS supply voltage abnormality
Trouble
— DBB0KK (VHMS controller system)
Contents of
• Accessory power supply voltage is below 19.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
• LED displays "n901".
information

1) Turn starting switch OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors V1, VF2, FSB, FS11 and FS12 in order.
Disconnection in wiring 3) Connect T-adapter.
harness
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (8), (9)
1 (Disconnection in wiring or Resis-
– VF2 (female) (6) - FSB (female) (12) – Max. 1 z
defective contact in connec- tance
FS11, 12 (fuse) (1)
tor)
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (11), Resis-
Max. 1 z
(12) – VF2 (female) (7) – ground tance
Possible causes
and standard 1) Turn starting switch OFF.
value in normal 2) Disconnect connectors V1, VF2 and FSB.
state Ground fault in wiring 3) Connect T-adapter.
2
harness Wiring harness between V1 (female) (8), (9)
Resis-
– VF2 (female) (6) - FSB (female) (12) – Min. 1 Mz
tance
FS11 (1) or FS12 (1)
2) Disconnect connector V1.
3) Connect T-adapter.
3 Defective VHMS controller 4) Turn starting switch ON.
Between V1 (female) (8), (9) – V1 (female)
Voltage 20 – 30 V
(11), (12), (19), (20)
26 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 27
Failure code [DBB0KQ] (or VHMS LED display "nF11") VHMS connector
connection abnormality 1
Action code Failure code VHMS connector connection abnormality
Trouble
— DBB0KQ (VHMS controller system)
Contents of
• Connector connection abnormality is displayed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
• LED displays "nF11".
information

Wrong connection of VHMS Check connectors CN-V2A and CN-V3A and connectors CN-V2B
1 controller connectors (When and CN-3B for wrong connection. If they are connected wrongly,
system is normal) correct.
Disconnection in wiring 2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2B and V3A.
harness 3) Connect T-adapter.
Possible causes 2 (Disconnection in wiring or Between V1 (female) (11), (12), (19), (20) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard defective contact in connec- chassis ground tance
value in normal tor) Between V2B (female) (9) – (12) or between Resis-
Max. 1 z
state V3A (9) - chassis ground tance
2) Disconnect connectors V1 and V3A.
Between V1 (female) (11), (12), (19), (20) –
Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
Between V3A (female) (9) – chassis ground Voltage Max. 1 V
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [DBB3KK] (or VHMS LED display "n905") VHMS controller
battery direct power supply voltage reduction 1
Action code Failure code VHMS controller battery direct power supply voltage reduction
Trouble
— DBB3KK (VHMS controller system)
Contents of
• Sensor power supply voltage (24 V) is out of normal range (20 – 30 V).
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

1) Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect battery.
2) Disconnect connectors V1, VF2 and FSB in order.
harness
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (6), (7)
1 (Disconnection in wiring or Resis-
– VF2 (male) (5) – FSB (female) (8) – FS11 Max. 1 z
defective contact in connec- tance
(2) or FS12 (2)
tor)
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (11), Resis-
Max. 1 z
(12) – VF2 (female) (7) – chassis ground tance
Possible causes
and standard 1) Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect battery.
value in normal 2) Disconnect connectors V1, VF2 and FSB.
state Ground fault in wiring 3) Connect T-adapter.
2
harness Wiring harness between V1 (female) (6), (7)
Resis-
– VF2 (male) (5) – FSB (male) (8) – FS11 (2) Min. 1 Mz
tance
or FS12 (2)
1) Connect battery and turn starting switch OFF.
2) Disconnect connector V1.
Between V1 (female) (6), (7) – V1 (female)
Voltage 20 – 30 V
(11), (12), (19), (20)
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
Failure code [DBB5KP] (or VHMS LED display "n904") Sensor power
supply (5V) system abnormality 1
Action code Failure code Sensor power supply (5V) system abnormality
Trouble
— DBB5KP (VHMS controller system)
Contents of
• Sensor power supply voltage (5 V) is out of normal range (4.5 – 5.5 V).
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A, VF1, VED, VEG and ENBP in
Ground fault in wiring order.
1 3) Connect T-adapter.
harness
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (4) – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
ENBP (female) (B) tance
Possible causes 2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A, VF1, VED, VEG and ENBP in
and standard order.
value in normal Disconnection in wiring 3) Connect T-adapter.
2
state harness
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (4) –
Resis-
ENBP (female) (B) or between V2A (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(12) – ENBP (female) (A)
Voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V
V2A (female) (12)
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 33
supply (24V) system disconnection or short circuit 1
Action code Failure code Sensor power supply (24V) system disconnection or short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Sensor power supply voltage (24 V) is out of normal range (20 – 30 V)
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between V1 (female) (2) –

1 EXHF (female) (1), between V1 (female) (2)
harness Resis-
– EXHR (female) (1) or between V1 (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(2) - VF2 (female) (10) – PL2 (female) (21) –
TMMD (female) (B)
1) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A, EXHF, EXHR, VF2, PL2 and
Possible causes
TMMD.
and standard
value in normal Ground fault in wiring Wiring harness between V1 (female) (2) –
state 2 EXHF (female) (1), between V1 (female) (2)
harness Resis-
– EXHR (female) (1) or between V1 (female) Min. 1 Mz
tance
(2) – VF2 (female) (10) – PL2 (female) (21)
– TMMD (female) (B)
Between V1 (female) (2) – V2A (female)
Voltage 20 – 30 V
(12), (13)
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
supply (12V) system disconnection or short circuit 1
Action code Failure code Sensor power supply (12V) system disconnection or short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Sensor power supply voltage (12 V) is out of normal range (11.5 – 12.5 V)
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

2) Disconnect connectors V1, VF2, VDB, VDA and DLT in order.
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between V1 (female) (3) –
1
harness VF2 (female) (25), between VF2 (female)
Resis-
(25) – VDB (female) (2), between VDB Max. 1 z
tance
(female) (2) – VDA (female) (2) or between
Possible causes VDA (female) (2) – DLT (female) (1)
value in normal 2) Disconnect connectors V1, VF2, VDB, VDA and DLT.
state 2 Short circuit in wiring harness 3) Connect T-adapter.
Wiring harness between V1 (female) (3) – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
DLT (female) (1) tance
2) Disconnect connector CN-V1.
11.5 –
Between V1 (female) (3) – (11), (12) Voltage
12.5 V
36 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 37
Failure code [DBBQKR] (or VHMS LED display "n802") CAN

communication error (VHMS controller) 1
Trouble CAN communication error (VHMS controller)
— DBBQKR
Contents of
• VHMS controller cannot obtain communication (CAN) information from each controller.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

2) Disconnect connectors V4A, VF2, DS2, S04, TMCN2,
STCN2FD1, EG2 and EGC2 in order.
Wiring harness between V4A (female) (4) –
VF2 (female) (1), between V4A (female) (12)
– VF2 (female) (2), between VF2 (male) (1)
– DS2 (female) (1), between VF2 (male) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
– DS2 (female) (2), between DS2 (male) (1) tance
– S04 (female) (1) or S04 (female) (2), or
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring between DS2 (male) (2) – S04 (female) (3)
and standard harness or S04 (female) (4)
value in normal 1 (Disconnection in wiring or Wiring harness between VF2 (male) (1) –
state Resis-
defective contact in connec- TMCN2 (female) (32) or between VF2 (male) Max. 1 z
tance
tor) (2) – TMCN2 (22)
Wiring harness between VF2 (male) (1) –
Resis-
STCN2 (female) (32) or between VF2 (male) Max. 1 z
tance
(2) – STCN2 (female) (22)
FD1 (male) (5) , between VF2 (male) (2) –
FD1 (male) (6), between FD1 (female) (5) –
Resis-
EG2 (female) (1), between FD1 (female) (6) Max. 1 z
tance
– EG2 (female) (2), between EG2 (male) (1)
– EGC2 (female) (46), or between EG2
(male) (2) – EGC2 (female) (47)
38 D375A-5E0

Min. 1 Mz
between DS2 (male) (2) - S04 (female) (3) or
S04 (female) (4)
Ground fault in wiring
2 Wiring harness between VF2 (male) (1) –
harness Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (32) or between VF2 (2) – Min. 1 Mz
tance
TMCN (female) (22)
Resis-
STCN2 (female) (32) or between VF2 (male) Min. 1 Mz
tance
Resis-
EG2 (female) (1), between FD1 (female) (6) Min. 1 Mz
tance
Possible causes
and standard
value in normal
state
Min. 1 Mz
between DS2 (male) (2) - S04 (female) (3) or
S04 (female) (4)
3 Short circuit in wiring harness Wiring harness between VF2 (male) (1) –
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (32) or between VF2 (male) Min. 1 Mz
tance
(2) – TMCN (female) (22)
Resis-
STCN2 (female) (32) or between VF2 (male) Min. 1 Mz
tance
Resis-
EG2 (female) (1), between FD1 (female) (6) Min. 1 Mz
tance
Defective CAN terminal 2) Disconnect connector COT.
4
resistor Resistance between terminal resistors (A) – Resis- 110 – 130
(B) tance z
D375A-5E0 39
40 D375A-5E0
Failure code [dbBRKR] VHMS controller CAN communication error 1

Action code Failure code VHMS controller CAN communication error
Trouble
— dbBRKR (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Steering controller cannot recognize VHMS controller in CAN communication circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Data related to VHMS cannot be monitored.
machine
Related • Data related to VHMS may not be obtained normally.
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.

(32) – TMCN2 (female) (32), S04 (female)
Resis-
(1), S04 (female) (2), EGC2 (female) (46), Max. 1 z
tance
Disconnection in wiring V4A (female) (4), CT1 (female) (A), CT2
1
harness (female) (A) or SRV (male) (3)
(22), TMCN2 (female) (22), S04 (female) (3),
Resis-
S04 (female) (4), EGC2 (female) (47), V4A Max. 1 z
tance
(female) (12), CT1 (female) (B), CT2
(female) (B) or SRV (male) (10)
Resis-
(1), S04 (female) (2), EGC2 (female) (46), Max. 1 Mz
tance
Ground fault in wiring V4A (female) (4), CT1 (female) (A), CT2
Possible causes 2
harness (female) (A) or SRV (male) (3)
and standard
value in normal
state Resis-
S04 (female) (4), EGC2 (female) (47), V4A Max. 1 Mz
tance
(1), S04 (female) (2), EGC2 (female) (46), Voltage Min. 1 V
V4A (female) (4), CT1 (female) (A), CT2
3 Hot short in wiring harness
(female) (A) or SRV (male) (3)
S04 (female) (4), EGC2 (female) (47), V4A Voltage Min. 1 V
Defective CAN terminal without turning starting switch ON.
4
resistor CT1, CT2 Resistance
Between (male) (A) – (male) (B) 100 – 140 z
42 D375A-5E0

and standard If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, steering controller or VHMS con-
value in normal Defective steering controller
state or VHMS controller
D375A-5E0 43
Failure code [DD12KA] Shift-up switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Shift-up switch disconnection
Trouble
E02 DD12KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of shift up switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same time.
trouble
controller • Recognizes that switch is not pressed.
Problem that
• Shift up is not possible.
appears on
• Auto shift down does not function.
machine
• Of signals of two systems of switch, NO is for operation detection and NC is for error detection.
Related • Input state (ON/OFF) from shift up switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
information (Code 40905: Transmission controller input signal 1)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate shift up switch).

Shift up switch
SFTU (male)
Defective shift up switch OFF (Release) ON (Press)
1
(Internal disconnection) Resistance between
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (1)
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in (6) – SFTU (female) (3) tance
2
wiring or defective contact in Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
connector) Max. 1 z
(37) – SFTU (female) (1) tance

Max. 1 z
and standard (10) – SFTU (female) (2) tance
value in normal a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
state carry out troubleshooting.
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN1 (female) (6) – SFTU (female) (3) Voltage Max. 1 V
3
(Contact with 24 V circuit) with chassis ground
TMCN2 (female) (37) – SFTU (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
Shift up switch
TMCN1,TMCN2
OFF (Release) ON (Press)
Defective transmission Voltage between
4
controller TMCN1 (6) – TMCN1 Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
(10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (37) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
44 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 45
Failure code [DD12KB] Shift-up switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Shift-up switch short circuit
Trouble
E02 DD12KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of shift up switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
• Shift up is not possible.
appears on
machine

Shift up switch
SFTU (male)
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (1)
Possible causes Short circuit of wiring harness between

and standard TMCN1 (female) (6) – SFTU (female) (3) Min. 1 Mz
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (37) – SFTU (female) (1) Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
Shift up switch
TMCN1,TMCN2
3
controller TMCN1 (6) – TMCN1 Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
(10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (37) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
46 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 47
Failure code [DD13KA] Shift-down switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Shift-down switch disconnection
Trouble
E02 DD13KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of shift down switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
• Shift down is not possible.
appears on
machine
Related • Input state (ON/OFF) from shift down switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
information (Code 40905:Transmission controller input signal 1)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate shift down switch).

Shift down switch
SFTD (female)
Defective shift down switch OFF (Release) ON (Press)
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (1)
Disconnection in wiring har- Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring (19) – SFTD (male) (3) tance
2
nector) Max. 1 z
(29) – SFTD (male) (1) tance

Max. 1 z
and standard (10) – SFTD (male) (2) tance
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (19) – SFTD (male) (3) with Voltage Max. 1 V
3
TMCN3 (female) (29) – SFTD (male) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
Shift down switch
TMCN1, TMCN3
4
controller TMCN3 (19) – Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN3 (29) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
48 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [DD13KB] Shift-down switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Shift-down switch short circuit
Trouble
E02 DD13KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of shift down switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE).
trouble
Problem that
• Shift down is not possible.
appears on
machine
Related • Input state (ON/OFF) from shift down switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.

Shift down switch
SFTD (female)
Defective shift down switch OFF (Release) ON (Press)
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (1)
and standard TMCN3 (female) (19) – SFTD (male) (3) with Min. 1 Mz
Resis-
TMCN3 (female) (29) – SFTD (male) (1) with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Shift down switch
TMCN1, TMCN3
3
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN3 (29) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [DD14KA] Parking brake lever switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Parking brake lever switch disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DD14KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Signals of two systems of parking brake lever switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same
trouble time.
Action of
• Recognizes parking brake lever is in Free position.
controller
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
machine
a Signals of parking brake switch are commonly used by transmission controller and steering control-
ler. Depending on where problem occurs, related codes may be displayed at the same time.
(Related code: DDQ2KA, DDQ2L4).
Related
• Of signals of two systems of switch, NC is for operation detection and NO is for error detection.
information
• Input state (ON/OFF) from parking brake switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 40905: Transmission controller input signal 1)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate parking brake lever).
When failure code [DD14KA] occurred alone

harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
1 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (18) – branched point of circuit M tance
connector) Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
(12) – branched point of circuit N tance
and standard
value in normal
state
Parking brake lever
TMCN1
Defective transmission Free position Lock position
2
controller Between (18) –
Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
chassis ground
Between (12) –
5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
chassis ground
When error failure [DD14KA] and [DDQ2KA] occurred at the same time
Parking brake lever switch Parking brake lever

1 NSW
(Internal disconnection) Free position Lock position
Between (A) – (B) Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes
and standard Between (A) – (C) Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between NSW (female) (B) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in merged point of circuit tance
2
wiring or defective contact in Wiring harness between NSW (female) (C) – Resis-
connector) Max. 1 z
merged point of circuit tance
Wiring harness between NSW (female) (A) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
chassis ground tance
52 D375A-5E0
When failure codes [DD14KA] and [DDQ2KA] occurred at the same time
Short circuit of wiring harness between NSW
Possible causes
(female) (B) – TMCN1 (female) (18) – Voltage Max. 1 V
and standard
Hot short in wiring harness STCN2 (female) (5) with chassis ground
value in normal 3
state (Contact with 24 V circuit) Short circuit of wiring harness between NSW
(female) (C) – TMCN1 (female) (12) – Voltage Max. 1 V
STCN2 (female) (15) with chassis ground
Voltage Max. 1 V
(female) (A) – GND 02 with chassis ground
D375A-5E0 53
Failure code [DD14KB] Parking brake lever switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Parking brake lever switch short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DD14KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Signals of two systems of parking brake lever switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE) at the same
trouble time.
Action of
• Recognizes parking brake lever is in Free position.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
(Related code: DDQ2KB, DDQ2L4).
Related
information


1 NSW (male)
Between (A) – (C) Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
Possible causes Wiring harness between NSW (female) (B) –

and standard TMCN1 (female) (18) – STCN2 (female) (5) Min. 1 Mz
state Wiring harness between NSW (female) (C) –
Resis-
TMCN1 (female) (12) – STCN2 (female) (15) Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
Parking brake lever
TMCN1
Defective transmission Free position Lock position
3
controller Between (18) –
Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
chassis ground
Between (12) –
5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
chassis ground
54 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 55
Failure code [DDB9L4] Reverse switch disagreement 1

Action code Failure code Reverse switch disagreement
Trouble
CALL E03 DDB9L4 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of reverse switch circuit disagree.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that switch is not pressed.
controller
• Limits operations of engine, transmission and brake.
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, gear speed is limited to F1.
machine
• Input state (ON/OFF) from reverse switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 40905:Transmission controller input signal 1)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate reverse switch).

Wrong selection of travel If failure code [DDT5KQ] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
1
lever type it.
Reverse switch
Defective reverse switch Resistance between
2
(Internal disconnection) RTS (female) Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
RTS (female) (1) – Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
FTS (male) (2)
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring (19) – RTS (male) (3) tance
Possible causes 3
nector) Max. 1 z
value in normal (29) – RTS (male) (1) tance
state Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(10) – RTS (male) (2) , – FTS (female) (2) tance
TMCN3 (female) (19) – RTS (male) (3) with Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Resis-
TMCN3 (female) (29) – RTS (male) (1) with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (19) – RTS (male) (3) with Voltage Max. 1 V
5
TMCN3 (female) (29) – RTS (male) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
56 D375A-5E0

Reverse switch
Possible causes TMCN1, TMCN3
and standard OFF (Release) ON (Press)
value in normal Defective transmission Voltage between
6
state controller TMCN3 (19) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN3 (29) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
D375A-5E0 57
Failure code [DDK3L4] Forward switch signal disagreement 1

Action code Failure code Forward switch signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E03 DDK3L4 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of forward switch circuit disagree.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that switch is not pressed.
controller
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, gear speed is limited to F1.
machine
• Input state (ON/OFF) from forward switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate forward switch).

1
lever type it.
Forward switch
Defective forward switch Resistance between
2
(Internal disconnection) FTS (male) Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(1) – (2)
Resistance between
FTS (male) (3) – RTS Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(female) (2)
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring (6) – FTS (female) (3) tance
Possible causes 3
nector) Max. 1 z
value in normal (37) – FTS (male) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(10) – FTS (female) (2) , – RTS (male) (2) tance
TMCN1 (female) (6) – FTS (female) (3) with Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (37) – FTS (female) (1) with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN1 (female) (6) – FTS (female) (3) with Voltage Max. 1 V
5
TMCN2 (female) (37) – FTS (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
58 D375A-5E0

Forward switch
Possible causes TMCN1, TMCN2
and standard OFF (Release) ON (Press)
value in normal Defective transmission Voltage between
6
state controller TMCN1 (6) – TMCN1 Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
(10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (37) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
D375A-5E0 59
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
60 D375A-5E0
SEN01873-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Failure code [DDK5KA] Shift switch disconnection......................................................................................... 4
Failure code [DDK5KB] Shift switch short circuit ............................................................................................ 6
Failure code [DDN2LD] Blade tilt right oil pressure switch is held down for long time.................................... 8
Failure code [DDN3LD] Blade tilt left oil pressure switch is held down for long time .................................... 10
Failure code [DDN7KA] Blade pitch switch disconnection............................................................................ 12
Failure code [DDN7KB] Blade pitch switch short circuit ............................................................................... 14
Failure code [DDN9KA] Blade tilt switch disconnection................................................................................ 16
Failure code [DDN9KB] Blade tilt switch short circuit ................................................................................... 18
Failure code [DDNALD] Blade lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for long time................................. 20
Failure code [DDNBLD] Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for long time ............................... 22
Failure code [DDNCLD] Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for long time .............................. 24
Failure code [DDNDLD] Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch is held down for long time .................................... 26
Failure code [DDNELD] Ripper tilt back oil pressure switch is held down for long time ............................... 28
Failure code [DDNFLD] Blade lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for long time ................................ 30
Failure code [DDQ2KA] Parking brake lever switch disconnection .............................................................. 32
Failure code [DDQ2KB] Parking brake lever switch short circuit .................................................................. 34
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [DDQ2L4] Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal disagreement....................................... 36
Failure code [dDQ2L4] Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal disagreement ....................................... 37
Failure code [DDT5KA] Neutral switch disconnection................................................................................... 38
Failure code [DDT5KB] Neutral switch short circuit ...................................................................................... 40
Failure code [DDT5KQ] Lever specification selection signal disagreement.................................................. 42
Failure code [DGE5KX] (or VHMS LED display "n40") Ambient temperature sensor system disconnection or
short circuit................................................................................................................................................ 44
Failure code [DGS1KX] Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal out of range ............................................. 46
Failure code [DGT1KA] Power train oil temperature sensor disconnection .................................................. 48
Failure code [DGT1KX] Power train oil temperature sensor input signal out of range .................................. 50
Failure code [DGT5KA] (or VHMS LED display "n322") Front exhaust temperature sensor system short cir-
cuit ............................................................................................................................................................ 52
Failure code [DGT5KB] (or VHMS LED display "n321") Front exhaust temperature sensor system discon-
nection ...................................................................................................................................................... 54
Failure code [DGT6KA] (or VHMS LED display "n312") Front exhaust temperature sensor system short cir-
cuit ............................................................................................................................................................ 56
Failure code [DGT6KB] (or VHMS LED display "n311") Front exhaust temperature sensor system disconnec-
tion .................................................................................................................................................................. 58
Failure code [DH22KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 disconnection ................................... 60
Failure code [DH22KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 short circuit ...................................... 62
Failure code [DH23KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 disconnection ................................... 64
Failure code [DH23KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 short circuit ...................................... 66
Failure code [DHE5KB] (or VHMS LED display "n332") Engine blow-by pressure sensor system disconnec-
tion ............................................................................................................................................................ 68
Failure code [DHE5KY] (or VHMS LED display "n331") Engine blow-by pressure sensor system short cir-
cuit .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Failure code [DHT3KX] (or VHMS LED display "n614") Transmission oil pressure sensor input signal out of
range ......................................................................................................................................................... 72
Failure code [DK10KA] Fuel control dial disconnection ................................................................................ 74
Failure code [DK10KB] Fuel control dial short circuit.................................................................................... 76
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DDK5KA] Shift switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Shift switch disconnection
Trouble
E02 DDK5KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of shift up switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • Gear cannot be shifted up and down (1st 2nd).
machine
• Input state (ON/OFF) from shift up switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate shift switch).

1
lever type it.
Shift switch
SNC (male)
2
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(1) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (1)
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring (10) – SNC (male) (3) tance
3
nector) Max. 1 z
(10) – SNC (male) (1) tance
Possible causes
and standard Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
value in normal (7) – SNC (male) (2) tance
state a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN2 (female) (10) – SNC (male) (3) with Voltage Max. 1 V
4
TMCN2 (female) (7) – SNC (male) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
Shift switch
TMCN1, TMCN2
Defective transmission con- Voltage between
5
troller TMCN2 (10) – Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (7) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
4 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 5
Failure code [DDK5KB] Shift switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Shift switch short circuit
Trouble
E02 DDK5KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of shift up switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • Gear cannot be shifted up and down (1st 2nd).
machine
• Input state (ON/OFF) from shift switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information

1
lever type it.
Shift switch
SNC (male)
2
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(1) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(2) – (1)
Possible causes
and standard Short circuit of wiring harness between
value in normal TMCN2 (female) (10) – SNC (male) (3) with Min. 1 Mz
state chassis ground
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (7) – SNC (male) (2) with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Shift switch
TMCN1,TMCN2
4
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (7) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
6 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [DDN2LD] Blade tilt right oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Blade tilt right oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
E02 DDN2LD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the blade tilt right oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of • Flashes the caution lamp and turns on the caution buzzer.
controller • Recognizes that the oil pressure switch is turned OFF.
Problem that • Blade right tilt operation speed decreases.
appears on • During right dual tilt operation, tilting is not limited.
machine • Data communication speed of VHMS may decrease.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the blade tilt right oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
Related moniitoring mode. (Code 40908: Blade lever oil pressure switch input state)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON (Error is reproduced after 60 sec-
onds).

Wrong operation of lever
After resetting operation is performed, if failure code still lights up
1 (When electrical system is
(displays reset), lever may have been operated to detect error.
normal)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out
troubleshooting.
Defective blade tilt right oil
2 pressure switch TRS (male) Blade lever Resistance
(Internal short circuit) Neutral Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes Between (1) and (2)
Right tilt Max. 1 z
and standard
state Short circuit with chassis without turning starting switch ON.
3 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between TMCN2
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (6) and TRS (female) (1) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
sis ground
troubleshooting.
Defective transmission TMCN2, TMCN1 Blade lever Voltage
4
controller
Between TMCN2 (6) Neutral 5 – 11 V
and TMCN1 (10) Right tilt Max. 1 V
8 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [DDN3LD] Blade tilt left oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Blade tilt left oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
E02 DDN3LD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the blade tilt left oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
controller • Recognizes that the oil pressure switch is turned OFF.
Problem that • Blade left tilt operation speed decreases.
appears on • During left dual tilt operation, tilting is not limited.
machine • Data communication speed of VHMS may decrease.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the blade tilt left oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
Related moniitoring mode. (Code 40908: Blade lever oil pressure switch input state)
onds).

Wrong operation of lever If the error code lamp still lights up (resetting is still urged) after the
1 (When electrical system is resetting operation is performed, it is suspected that the lever was
normal) operated to cause an error.
troubleshooting.
Defective blade tilt left oil
2 pressure switch (Internal TLS (male) Blade lever Resistance
short circuit) Neutral Min. 1 Mz
Left tilt Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (16) and TLS (female) (1) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
sis ground
troubleshooting.
4
controller
Between TMCN2 Neutral 5 – 11 V
(16) and TMCN1 (4) Left tilt Max. 1 V
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
Failure code [DDN7KA] Blade pitch switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Blade pitch switch disconnection
Trouble
E02 DDN7KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signals of the 2 blade pitch switch circuit systems are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously.
trouble
controller • Recognizes that the switch is not pressed.
Problem that
appears on • The blade is not pitched (When pitching operation is performed, the blade is tilted).
machine
• "NO" of the 2 switch system signals is for detection of operations and "NC" is for detection of errors.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the blade pitch switch can be checked in the real-time moniitoring
Related
mode.
information
(Code 70300: Blade lever knob switch input signal)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON + (Operate blade pitch switch).

Blade pitch switch
WNBL (female)
Defective blade pitch switch OFF (Released) ON (Pressed)
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) and (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(1) and (2)
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in (15) and WNBL (male) (3) tance
2
wiring harness or defective Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
contact in connector) Max. 1 z
(5) and WNBL (male) (1) tance

Max. 1 z
and standard (4) and WNBL (male) (2) tance
Between wiring harness between TMCN2
Short circuit with power
(female) (15) and WNBL (male) (3) and Voltage Max. 1 V
3 source in wiring harness
chassis ground
(Contact with 24-V circuit)
(female) (5) and WNBL (male) (1) and chas- Voltage Max. 1 V
sis ground
Blade pitch switch
TMCN1, TMCN2
OFF (Released) ON (Pressed)
4
controller TMCN2 (15) and Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
TMCN1 (4)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (5) and 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (4)
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [DDN7KB] Blade pitch switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Blade pitch switch short circuit
Trouble
E02 DDN7KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of blade pitch switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • Blade pitch does not function (Operating blade pitch causes tilt operation.)
machine
Related • Input state (ON/OFF) from blade pitch switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
information (Code 70300: Blade lever knob switch input)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate blade pitch switch.

Blade pitch switch
WNBL (female)
Defective blade pitch switch OFF (Release) ON (Press)
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(1) – (2)

and standard TMCN2 (female) (15) – WNBL (male) (3) Min. 1 Mz
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (5) – WNBL (male) (1) with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Blade pitch switch
TMCN1, TMCN2
3
TMCN1 (4)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (5) – TMCN1 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
(4)
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 15
Failure code [DDN9KA] Blade tilt switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Blade tilt switch disconnection
Trouble
E01 DDN9KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of blade tilt switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same time.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes switch is set at SINGLE side.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Blade dual tilt does not function. (Operating dual tilt causes single tilt operation.)
machine
Related • Input state (ON/OFF) from blade tilt switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
information (Code 70300: Blade lever knob switch input signal)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate blade tilt switch).

Blade tilt switch
WNBU (male)
Defective blade tilt switch SINGLE DUAL
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(1) – (2)
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in (35) – WNBU (female) (3) tance
2
connector) Max. 1 z
(25) – WNBU (female) (1) tance

Max. 1 z
and standard (4) – WNBU (female) (2) tance
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN2 (female) (35) – WNBU (female) (3) Voltage Max. 1 V
3
TMCN2 (female) (25) – WNBU (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
Blade tilt switch
TMCN1, TMCN2
SINGLE DUAL
4
TMCN1 (4)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (25) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (4)
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [DDN9KB] Blade tilt switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Blade tilt switch short circuit
Trouble
E01 DDN9KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of blade tilt switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE) at the same time.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes switch is set at SINGLE side.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Blade dual tilt does not function. (Operating dual tilt causes single tilt operation.)
machine
Related • Input state (ON/OFF) from blade tilt switch can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
information (Code 70300: Blade lever knob switch input state)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (and operate blade tilt switch).

Blade tilt switch
WNBU (male)
Defective blade tilt switch SINGLE DUAL
1
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(2) – (3)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(1) – (2)

and standard TMCN2 (female) (35) – WNBU (female) (3) Min. 1 Mz
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (25) – WNBU (female) (1) Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
Blade tilt switch
TMCN1, TMCN2
SINGLE DUAL
Defective transmission con- Voltage between
3
troller TMCN2 (35) – Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
TMCN1 (4)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (25) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (4)
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
Failure code [DDNALD] Blade lift raise oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Blade lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
— DDNALD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the blade lift raise full oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that the oil pressure switch is turned OFF.
controller
Problem that
• The data of the VHMS may become abnormal.
appears on
• Blade lift raise operation speed decreases.
machine
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the blade lift raise full oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-
Related time moniitoring mode. (Code 40908: Blade lever oil pressure switch input signal)
onds).

Wrong operation of lever If the failure code lamp still lights up (resetting is still urged) after the
troubleshooting.
Defective blade lift raise full
2 oil pressure switch BLU (male) Blade lever Resistance
Raise Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (36) and BLU (female) (1) and Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
troubleshooting.
4
controller
(36) and TMCN1 (10) Raise Max. 1 V
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [DDNBLD] Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
— DDNBLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper lift raise oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that • The shoe slip control (SSC) function does not operate normally.
appears on • Ripper raise operation speed decreases.
machine • VHMS data may become abnormal.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper lift raise oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
Related moniitoring mode. (Code 70305: Ripper lever oil pressure switch input signal)
onds).

Wrong operation of lever If the error code lamp still lights up (resetting is still urged) after the
troubleshooting.
Defective ripper lift raise oil
2 pressure switch RPU (male) Ripper lever Resistance
Raise Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (3) and RPU (female) (1) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
sis ground
troubleshooting.
Defective transmission TMCN2, TMCN1 Ripper lever Voltage
4
controller
(13) and TMCN1 (10) Raise Max. 1 V
22 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 23
Failure code [DDNCLD] Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is held
down for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
— DDNCLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper lift lower oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
controller
appears on • Ripper lower operation speed decreases.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper lift lower oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
onds).

troubleshooting.
Defective ripper lift lower oil
2 pressure switch RPD (male) Ripper lever Resistance
Lower Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (3) and RPD (female) (1) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
sis ground
troubleshooting.
4
controller
and TMCN1 (4) Lower Max. 1 V
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [DDNDLD] Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
— DDNDLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper tilt in oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
controller
appears on • Ripper tilt in operation speed decreases.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper tilt in oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
onds).

troubleshooting.
Defective ripper tilt in oil
2 pressure switch RT1 (male) Ripper lever Resistance
Tilt in Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (2) and RT1 (female) (1) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
sis ground
troubleshooting.
4
controller
and TMCN1 (10) Tilt in Max. 1 V
26 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 27
Failure code [DDNELD] Ripper tilt back oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper tilt back oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
— DDNELD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper tilt back oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
controller
appears on • The tilt back speed of the ripper lowers.
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper tilt back oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
onds).

troubleshooting.
Defective ripper tilt back oil
2 pressure switch RT8 (male) Ripper lever Resistance
Tilt back Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (38) and RT8 (female) (1) and chas- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
sis ground
troubleshooting.
4
controller
(38) and TMCN1 (4) Tilt back Max. 1 V
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [DDNFLD] Blade lift lower oil pressure switch is held down
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Blade lift lower oil pressure switch is held down for long time
Trouble
— DDNFLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the blade lift lower oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• VHMS data may become abnormal.
appears on
• The lift lower speed of the blade lowers.
machine
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the blade lift lower full oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-
Related time moniitoring mode. (Code 40908: Blade lever oil pressure switch input signal)
onds).

troubleshooting.
Defective blade lift lower full
2 oil pressure switch BLD (male) Blade lever Resistance
Lower Max. 1 z
and standard
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (26) and BLD (female) (1) and Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
troubleshooting.
4
controller
TMCN2 (26) – Neutral 5 – 11 V
TMCN1 (4) Lower Max. 1 V
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
Failure code [DDQ2KA] Parking brake lever switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Parking brake lever switch disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DDQ2KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of parking lever switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same time.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes parking lever is in Free position.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
(Related code: DD14KA, DDQ2L4).
Related
• Of signals of two systems of switch, NC is for operation detection and NOC is for error detection.
information
(Code 40910: Steering controller input signal 1)
When failure code [DDQ2KA] occurred alone

harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) (5) Resis-
1 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in – branched point of circuit M tance
connector) Wiring harness between STCN2 (female) Resis-
(15) – branched point of circuit N tance
and standard
value in normal
state
Parking brake lever
STCN2
Free position Lock position
Between (5) –
Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
chassis ground
Between (15) –
5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
chassis ground
When failure codes [DDQ2KA] and [DD14KA] occurred at the same time

1 NSW (male)
Possible causes
and standard Between (A) – (C) Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between NSW (female) (B) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in branched point of circuit M tance
2
wiring or defective contact in Wiring harness between NSW (female) (C) – Resis-
connector) Max. 1 z
branched point of circuit N tance
Wiring harness between NSW (female) (A) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
32 D375A-5E0
When failure codes [DDQ2KA] and [DD14KA] occurred at the same time
Possible causes
(female) (B) – TMCN1 (female) (18) – Voltage Max. 1 V
and standard
Hot short in wiring harness STCN2 (female) (5) with chassis ground
value in normal 3
state (Contact with 24 V circuit) Short circuit of wiring harness between NSW
(female) (C) – TMCN1 (female) (12) – Voltage Max. 1 V
Voltage Max. 1 V
(female) (A) – GND02 with chassis ground
D375A-5E0 33
Failure code [DDQ2KB] Parking brake lever switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Parking brake lever switch short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DDQ2KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of both parking brake lever switch circuit systems are turned ON (closed) simultaneously.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that parking brake lever is at FREE position.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
a Since parking brake switch signal is used by both transmission controller and steering controller,
related codes may be displayed simultaneously, depending on troubled part. (Related codes:
DD14KB, DDQ2L4)
Related
• NC and NO signals of both switch systems are for detecting operation and error respectively.
information
• Inputting from parking brake switch (ON • OFF) can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.

Defective parking brake lever Parking brake lever

1 NSW (male)
switch (Internal short circuit) Free position Lock position
Between (A) – (C) Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
Possible causes Short circuit of wiring harness between NSW

and standard (female) (B) – TMCN1 (female) (18) – Min. 1 Mz
value in normal STCN2 (female) (5) with chassis ground
state Short circuit of wiring harness between NSW
Resis-
(female) (C) – TMCN1 (female) (12) – Min. 1 Mz
tance
Parking brake lever
STCN2
Free position Lock position
Between (5) –
Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
chassis ground
Between (15) –
5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
chassis ground
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
Failure code [DDQ2L4] Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E03 DDQ2L4 (Steering controller system)
Contents of • Switch input signal of steering controller disagrees with communication signal from transmission con-
trouble troller.
Problem that
appears on
machine
a Since parking brake switch signal is used by both transmission controller and steering controller
and information is exchanged by CAN communication, related codes may be displayed simulta-
neously, depending on troubled part. (Related codes: DAFRKR, DBBQKR, dB3RKR, DAQRKR,
Related
DD14KA, DD14KB, DDQ2KA, DDQ2KB)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate parking brake lever.

See if failure codes [DAFRKR], [DBBQKR], [dB3RKR], and
Defective CAN communica-
Possible causes 1 [DAQRKR] are displayed. If they are displayed, carry out trouble-
tion signal system
and standard shooting for them first.
value in normal See if failure codes [DD14KA], [DD14KB], [DDQ2KA], and
state Defective parking brake lever
2 [DDQ2KB] are displayed. If they are displayed, carry out trouble-
switch signal system
shooting for them first.
3 Defective steering controller Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.
36 D375A-5E0
Failure code [dDQ2L4] Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Parking brake lever switch ON/OFF signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E03 dDQ2L4 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Switch input signal of steering controller disagrees with communication signal from transmission
trouble controller.
Problem that
appears on
machine
a Since parking brake switch signal is used by both transmission controller and steering controller
and information is exchanged by CAN communication, related codes may be displayed simulta-
neously, depending on troubled part. (Related codes: DAFRKR, DBBQKR, dB3RKR, DAQRKR,
Related
DD14KA, DD14KB, DDQ2KA, DDQ2KB)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate parking brake lever.

See if failure codes [DAFRKR], [DBBQKR], [dB3RKR], and
Defective CAN communica-
1 [DAQRKR] are displayed. If they are displayed, carry out trouble-
Possible causes tion signal system
and standard
value in normal See if failure codes [DD14KA], [DD14KB], [DDQ2KA], and
Defective parking brake lever
state 2 [DDQ2KB] are displayed. If they are displayed, carry out trouble-
switch signal system
troller
D375A-5E0 37
Failure code [DDT5KA] Neutral switch disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Neutral switch disconnection
Trouble
E02 DDT5KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of neutral switch circuit were turned OFF (OPEN) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
machine
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (+ Operate neutral switch).

1
lever type it.
Shift up switch
SNC (female)
2
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(4) – (6)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(4) – (5)
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in (27) – SNC (male) (6) tance
3
connector) Max. 1 z
(17) – SNC (male) (5) tance
Possible causes
and standard Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
value in normal (10) – SNC (male) (4) tance
state a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN2 (female) (27) – SNC (male) (6) with Voltage Max. 1 V
4
TMCN2 (female) (17) – SNC (male) (5) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
Shift up switch
TMCN1,TMCN2
5
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (17) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
38 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 39
Failure code [DDT5KB] Neutral switch short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Neutral switch short circuit
Trouble
CALL E04 DDT5KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals of two systems of neutral switch circuit were turned ON (CLOSE) at the same time.
trouble
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (+ Operate neutral switch).

1
lever type it.
Shift up switch
SNC (female)
2
Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
(4) – (6)
Resistance between
Min. 1 Mz Max. 1 z
(4) – (5)
Possible causes
value in normal TMCN2 (female) (27) – SNC (male) (6) with Min. 1 Mz
Resis-
TMCN2 (female) (17) – SNC(male) (5) with Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
Shift up switch
TMCN1,TMCN2
4
TMCN1 (10)
Voltage between
TMCN2 (17) – 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (10)
40 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 41
Failure code [DDT5KQ] Lever specification selection signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Lever specification selection signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E04 DDT5KQ (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• While optional travel lever is installed, optional travel lever device is not set.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Wrong selection of travel Check type of travel lever in
1 Select optional travel lever.
lever adjustment mode: 0004.
and standard Ground fault in wiring
value in normal 2 harness Min. 1 Mz
(17) – SMC (female) (5) tance
state (Contact with ground circuit)
Min. 1 Mz
(27) – SMC (female) (6) tance
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, transmission controller may be
controller
carried out.)
42 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 43
Failure code [DGE5KX] (or VHMS LED display "n40") Ambient

temperature sensor system disconnection or short circuit 1
Trouble Ambient temperature sensor system disconnection or short circuit
— DGE5KX
Contents of
• Signal voltage of ambient temperature sensor is abnormal (below 0.3 V or above 4.9 V).
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Ambient temperature cannot be monitored with real-time moniitoring mode.
machine
Related
• LED displays "n40"
information

2) Disconnect connector INT.
3) Insert T-adapter.
Defective ambient tempera- Approx.
Resis-
1 ture sensor 25 °C 3.8 – 4.5
tance
(Disconnection) kz
Between INT (male) (A) – (B)
Approx.
Resis-
40 °C 2.2 – 2.6
tance
Possible causes kz
value in normal 2) Disconnect connectors V2A, VF1, PRT1, EG4 and INT in order.
state 2 Disconnect in wiring harness Wiring harness between V2A (female) (10) –
Resis-
INT (female) (A) or between V2A (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(12) –INT (female) (B)
2) Disconnect connectors V2A, VF1, PRT1, EG4 and INT in order.
Short circuit or ground fault in Resis-
3 INT (female) (A) or between V2A (female) Min. 1 Mz
wiring harness tance
(12) – INT (female) (B)
Wiring harness between V2A (female) (10) – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
INT (female) (A) tance
44 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 45
Failure code [DGS1KX] Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal out of

range 1
Action code Failure code Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal out of range
Trouble
— DGS1KX (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of hydraulic oil temperature sensor is out of normal range.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes hydraulic oil temperature to be 130 °C after machine stops.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Hydraulic oil temperature gauge of machine monitor may not display normally.
machine
• Hydraulic oil temperature (temperature) can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 04401: Hydraulic oil temperature)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON or start engine.

Defective hydraulic oil
1 temperature sensor (Internal HDT (male) Resistance
disconnection or short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 3.5 k – 90 kz
Between (1) – chassis ground Min. 1 Mz
2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (14) – HDT (female) (1) tance
and standard (21) – HDT (female) (2) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN2 (female) (14) – HDT (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
Short circuit with power carry out troubleshooting.
4 source in wiring harness Short circuit of wiring harness between
(Contact with 24 V circuit) TMCN1 (female) (14) – HDT (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, transmission controller may be
controller
carried out.)
46 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 47
Failure code [DGT1KA] Power train oil temperature sensor

disconnection 1
Action code Failure code Power train oil temperature sensor disconnection
Trouble
E01 DGT1KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal of power train oil temperature sensor is lower than specified value.
trouble
Action of
• Limits operation of fan.
controller
Problem that
• Power train oil temperature may not be displayed normally on machine monitor.
appears on
• Gear shift shock of transmission may increase.
machine
• Power train oil temperature can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode
Related
(Code 30100: Power train oil temperature).
information

Defective power train oil
1 temperature sensor (Internal 453 (male) Resistance
disconnection or short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 3.5 – 90 kz
Between (1), (2) – ground Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between S04 (female) (12) –
DS2 (male) (11), between DS2 (female) (11) Resis-
– PL2 (male) (27), or between PL2 (female) tance
harness (Disconnection in
2 (27) - 453 (female) (1)
wiring or defective contact in
connector) Wiring harness between GND01 – DS1
(female) (2), between DS1 (male) (2) –
Possible causes Resis-
JMG1 – DS2 (male) (12), between DS2 Max. 1 z
and standard tance
(female) (12) – PL2 (male) (26), or between
value in normal PL2 (female) (28) – 453 (female) (2)
state
3 harness Wiring harness between S04 (female) (12) –
(Contact with ground circuit) DS2 (male) (11), between DS2 (female) (11) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(27) - 453 (female) (1)
Hot short
4 (Contact with 24V circuit) in Wiring harness between S04 (female) (12) –
wiring harness DS2 (male) (11), between DS2 (female) (11)
Voltage Max. 1 V
– PL2 (male) (27), or between PL2 (female)
(27) – 453 (female) (1)
controller
carried out.)
48 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [DGT1KX] Power train oil temperature sensor input signal
out of range 1
Action code Failure code Power train oil temperature sensor input signal out of range
Trouble
E01 DGT1KX (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal of power train oil temperature sensor is out of normal range.
trouble
Action of
• Limits operation of fan.
controller
Problem that
• Power train oil temperature may not be displayed normally on machine monitor.
appears on
• Gear shift shock of transmission may increase.
machine
• Power train oil temperature can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode
Related
(Code 30100: Power train oil temperature).
information

Defective power train oil
1 temperature sensor (Internal 453 (male) Resistance
disconnection or short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 3.5 – 90 kz
Between (1) – ground Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between S04 (female) (12) –
DS2 (male) (11), between DS2 (female) (11) Resis-
2 (27) – 453 (female) (1)
wiring or defective contact in
connector) Wiring harness between GND01 – DS1
(female) (2), between DS1 (male) (2) –
Possible causes Resis-
JMG1 – DS2 (male) (12), between DS2 Max. 1 z
and standard tance
(female) (12) – PL2 (male) (26), or between
value in normal PL2 (female) (28) – 453 (female) (2)
state
3 harness Wiring harness between S04 (female) (12) –
(Contact with ground circuit) DS2 (male) (11), between DS2 (female) (11) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(27) – 453 (female) (1)
Hot short (Contact with 24V Wiring harness between S04 (female) (12) –
4
circuit) in wiring harness DS2 (male) (11), between DS2 (female) (11)
Voltage Max. 1 V
– PL2 (male) (27), or between PL2 (female)
(27) – 453 (female) (1)
controller
carried out.)
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [DGT5KA] (or VHMS LED display "n322") Front exhaust
temperature sensor system short circuit 1
Trouble Front exhaust temperature sensor system short circuit
— DGT5KA
Contents of
• Signal voltage of No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature sensor is above 4.9 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature cannot be monitored with real-time monii-
appears on
toring mode.
machine
Related
information

2) Replace No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature
Defective No. 1, 2 and 3 sensor.
1 cylinder (front side) exhaust Signal does not become normal Exhaust temperature sensor is
temperature sensor after replacement. normal.
Signal becomes normal after Exhaust temperature sensor is
replacement. defective.
2) Disconnect connector EXTF.
4) Connect connector.
5) Start engine.
Defective No. 1, 2 and 3 Between (A) - (C) Voltage 20 – 30 V
2 cylinder (front side) exhaust
temperature sensor amplifier Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
EXTF - V1, V2A line Between V
Possible causes (B) – (C) Approx.
and standard 600 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
value in normal V
state 1) Turn starting switch OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors EXTF, VF1, VED, VEG, EXHF, V1 and
V2A in order.
Ground fault in wiring EXTF (female) (A), between V2A (female)
3 Resis-
harness (7) – EXTF (female) (B), between V2A Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (13) – EXTF (female) (C) or VF1
(male) (6)
Wiring harness between VF1 (female) (4),
Resis-
(5) – VED (female) (4), (5) or between VED Min. 1 Mz
tance
(male) (4), (5) – VEG (female) (1), (2)
2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A and EXTF.
4 Hot short in wiring harness Wiring harness between V1 (female) (2) –
EXTF (female) (A), between V2A (female)
Voltage Min. 1 Mz
(7) – EXTF (female) (B), or between V2A
(female) (13) – EXTF (female) (C)
52 D375A-5E0

4) Connect connectors.
Possible causes 5) Start engine.
and standard
Between V1 (2) – V2A (13) Voltage 20 – 30 V
value in normal 5 Defective VHMS controller
state Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Between V2A (7) – (13)
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
D375A-5E0 53
Failure code [DGT5KB] (or VHMS LED display "n321") Front exhaust
temperature sensor system disconnection 1
Trouble Front exhaust temperature sensor system disconnection
— DGT5KB
Contents of
• Signal voltage of No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature sensor is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature cannot be monitored with monitoring
appears on
function.
machine
Related
information

Abnormal increase of No. 1, 2
and 3 cylinder (front side)
1 Check engine and then repair if necessary.
exhaust temperature (When
system is normal)
2) Replace No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature
2 cylinder (front side) exhaust Signal does not become normal after Exhaust temperature
temperature sensor replacement. sensor is normal.
Exhaust temperature
Signal becomes normal after replacement.
sensor is defective.
2) Disconnect connector EXTF.
5) Start engine.
Defective No. 1, 2 and 3 Between (A) – (C) Voltage 20 – 30 V
3 cylinder (front side) exhaust
Possible causes temperature sensor amplifier Approx.
value in normal EXTF – V1, V2A line Between V
state (B) – (C) Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
2) Disconnect connectors EXHF, VEG, VED, VF1, EXTF, V1 and
V2A in order.
Wiring harness between EXHF (female) (1)
Resis-
– VEG (male) (1) or between EXHF (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(2) – VEG (male) (2)
Wiring harness between VEG (female) (1) –
harness (Disconnection in Resis-
4 VED (male) (4) or between VEG (female) (2) Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in tance
– VED (male) (5)
connector)
Wiring harness between VED (female) (4) –
Resis-
VF1 (female) (4) or between VED (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(5) – VF1 (female) (5)
EXTF (male) (1), between VF1 (male) (5) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
EXTF (male) (2), or between VF1 (male) (6) tance
– V2A (female) (13)
54 D375A-5E0

Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EXAF (female) (A)
harness (Disconnection in – V1 (female) (2), between EXAF (female) Resis-
4 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (B) – V2A (female) (7), or between EXAF tance
connector) (female) (C) – V2A (female) (13)
Possible causes 3) Connect T-adapter.
and standard 4) Connect connectors.
value in normal 5) Start engine.
state
Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
D375A-5E0 55
Failure code [DGT6KA] (or VHMS LED display "n312") Front exhaust
temperature sensor system short circuit 1
Trouble Front exhaust temperature sensor system short circuit
— DGT6KA
Contents of
• Signal voltage of No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature sensor is above 4.9 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature cannot be monitored with monitoring
appears on
function.
machine
Related
information

2) Replace No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature
1 cylinder (rear side) exhaust Signal does not become normal after Exhaust temperature
Exhaust temperature
2) Disconnect connector EXTR.
5) Start engine.
2 cylinder (rear side) exhaust
temperature sensor amplifier Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
EXTR – V1, V2A line Between V
Possible causes (B) – (C) Approx.
value in normal V
state 1) Turn starting switch OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors EXTR, VF1, VED, VEG, EXHR, V1 and
V2A in order.
Ground fault in wiring EXTR (female) (A), between V2A (female)
3 Resis-
harness (5) – EXTR (female) (B), between V2A Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (13) – EXTR (female) (C) or VF1
(male) (9)
Wiring harness between VF1 (female) (7),
Resis-
(8) – VED (female) (7), (8) or between VED Min. 1 Mz
tance
(male) (7), (8) – VEG (female) (3), (4)
2) Disconnect connectors V1, CN-V2A and EXTR.
EXTR (female) (A), between V2A (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(5) – EXTR (female) (B), or between V2A tance
(female) (13) – EXTR (female) (C)
56 D375A-5E0

4) Connect connectors.
Possible causes 5) Start engine.
and standard
value in normal 5 Defective VHMS controller
state Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
D375A-5E0 57
Failure code [DGT6KB] (or VHMS LED display "n311") Front exhaust
temperature sensor system disconnection 1
Trouble Front exhaust temperature sensor system disconnection
— DGT6KB
Contents of
• Signal voltage of No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature sensor is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
• No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature cannot be monitored with real-time moniitor-
appears on
ing mode.
machine
Related
information

and 6 cylinder (rear side)
system is normal)
2) Replace No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature
2 cylinder (rear side) exhaust Signal does not become normal after Exhaust temperature
Exhaust temperature
2) Disconnect connector EXTR.
5) Start engine.
3 cylinder (rear side) exhaust
Possible causes temperature sensor amplifier Approx.
value in normal EXTR – V1, V2A line Between V
state (B) – (C) Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
2) Disconnect connectors EXHR, VEG, VED, VF1, EXTR, V1 and
V2A in order.
Wiring harness between EXHR (female) (1)
Resis-
– VEG (male) (3) or between EXHR (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(2) – VEG (male) (4)
Wiring harness between VEG (female) (3) –
harness (Disconnection in Resis-
4 VED (male) (7) or between VEG (female) (4) Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in tance
– VED (male) (8)
connector)
Wiring harness between VED (female) (7) –
Resis-
VF1 (female) (7) or between VED (female) Max. 1 z
tance
(8) – VF1 (female) (8)
EXTR (male) (1), between VF1 (male) (8) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
EXTR (male) (2), or between VF1 (male) (9) tance
– V2A (female) (13)
58 D375A-5E0

Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EXTR (female) (A)
harness (Disconnection in – V1 (female) (2), between EXTR (female) Resis-
4 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (B) – V2A (female) (5), or between EXTR tance
connector) (female) (C) – V2A (female) (13)
state
Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
D375A-5E0 59
Failure code [DH22KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1

disconnection 1
Action code Failure code Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 disconnection
Trouble
— DH22KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 is below specified value.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes hydraulic pump 1 oil pressure to be 0.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Work equipment pump 1 oil pressure cannot be monitored.
machine
• Input (Voltage) from work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 can be checked in real-time
Related
moniitoring mode. (Code 70701: Voltage of work equipment pump oil sensor 1)
information

Defective 5 V power source See if failure code [DAQ7KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry
1
system out troubleshooting for it first.
Defective work equipment carry out troubleshooting.
2 pump oil pressure sensor 1
LPP Voltage
(Internal trouble)
Between (C) – (A) 0.5 – 6.0 V
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in (34) – LPP (female) (B) tance
Possible causes 3
and standard connector) Max. 1 z
(9) – LPP (female) (C) tance
value in normal
Max. 1 z
(21) – LPP (female) (A) tance
TMCN1 (female) (9) – LPP (female) (C) with Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Resis-
TMCN3 (female) (34) – LPP (female) (B) Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
60 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 61
Failure code [DH22KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1

short circuit 1
Action code Failure code Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 short circuit
Trouble
— DH22KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1 is above specified value.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes hydraulic pump 1 oil pressure to be 0.
controller
Problem that
machine
Related moniitoring mode.
information (Code 70701: Voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 1)

1
LPP Voltage
(Internal trouble)
Between (C) – (A) 0.5 – 6.0 V
Possible causes carry out troubleshooting.
value in normal TMCN1 (female) (9) – LPP (female) (C) with Voltage Max. 1 V
Hot short in wiring harness
TMCN1 (female) (21) – LPP (female) (A) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
TMCN3 (female) (34) – LPP (female) (B) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
62 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 63
Failure code [DH23KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2

disconnection 1
Action code Failure code Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 disconnection
Trouble
— DH23KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 circuit is below 0.2 V.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes work equipment pump 2 oil pressure to be 0.
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
moniitoring mode. (Code 70703: Voltage of work equipment pump oil sensor 2)
information

1
SPP Voltage
(Internal trouble)
Between (C) – (A) 0.5 – 6.0 V
Max. 1 z
harness (Disconnection in (34) – SPP (female) (B) tance
Possible causes 3
and standard connector) Max. 1 z
(3) – SPP (female) (C) tance
value in normal
Max. 1 z
(21) – SPP (female) (A) tance
TMCN1 (female) (3) – SPP (female) (C) with Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
Resis-
TMCN3 (female) (34) – SPP (female) (B) Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
64 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 65
Failure code [DH23KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2

short circuit 1
Action code Failure code Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 short circuit
Trouble
— DH23KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 circuit is above specified value.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes work equipment pump 2 oil pressure to be 0.
controller
Problem that
machine
• Input (Voltage) from work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2 can be checked in real-time monii-
Related toring mode.
information (Code 70703: Voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor 2)

1
SPP Voltage
(Internal trouble)
Between (C) – (A) 0.5 – 6.0 V
Possible causes carry out troubleshooting.
value in normal TMCN1 (female) (3) – SPP (female) (C) with Voltage Max. 1 V
TMCN1 (female) (21) – SPP (female) (A) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
TMCN3 (female) (34) – SPP (female) (B) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
66 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 67
Failure code [DHE5KB] (or VHMS LED display "n332") Engine blow-by
pressure sensor system disconnection 1
Trouble Engine blow-by pressure sensor system disconnection
— DHE5KB
Contents of
• Signal voltage of engine blow-by pressure sensor is below 0.1 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine blow-by pressure cannot be monitored with real-time moniitoring mode.
machine
Related
information

2) Disconnect connector ENBP.
Defective engine blow-by 5) Turn starting switch ON.
1
pressure sensor
4.5 – 5.5
Between ENBP (female) (B) – (female) (A) Voltage
V
0.3 – 0.7
Between ENBP (female) (C) – (female) (A) Voltage
V
Possible causes 2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A, VF1, VED, VEG and ENBP.
and standard 3) Connect T-adapter.
value in normal Disconnection in wiring
state 2 Between V1 (female) (4) – ENBP (female) Resis-
harness Max. 1 z
(B) tance
Between V2A (female) (18) – ENBP (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(C) tance
4) Turn starting switch ON.
4.5 – 5.5
Between V1 (female) (4) – V2A (female) (12) Voltage
V
Between V2A (female) (18) – V2A (female) 0.3 – 0.7
Voltage
(12) V
68 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 69
Failure code [DHE5KY] (or VHMS LED display "n331") Engine blow-by
pressure sensor system short circuit 1
Trouble Engine blow-by pressure sensor system short circuit
— DHE5KY
Contents of
• Signal voltage of engine blow-by pressure sensor is above 4.7 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine blow-by pressure cannot be monitored with real-time moniitoring mode.
machine
Related
information

2) Disconnect connector ENBP.
Defective engine blow-by 5) Turn starting switch ON.
1
pressure sensor
4.5 – 5.5
Between ENBP (female) (B) – (female) (A) Voltage
V
0.3 – 0.7
Between ENBP (female) (C) – (female) (A) Voltage
V
Possible causes 1) Turn starting switch OFF.
and standard 2) Disconnect connectors V2A and ENBP.
value in normal 3) Connect T-adapter.
state 2 Short circuit in wiring harness 4) Turn starting switch ON.
Min. 1 Mz
ENBP (female) (C) tance
4) Turn starting switch ON.
Resis- 4.5 – 5.5
Between V1 (female) (4) – V2A (female) (12)
tance V
Between V2A (female) (18) – V2A (female) Resis- 0.3 – 0.7
(12) tance V
70 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 71
Failure code [DHT3KX] (or VHMS LED display "n614") Transmission oil
pressure sensor input signal out of range 1
Trouble Transmission oil pressure sensor input signal out of range
— DHT3KX
Contents of
• Transmission oil pressure signal cannot be obtained.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A, VF2, PL2 and TMMD in order.
1 Wiring harness between V1 (female) (2) – Resis-
wiring or defective contact in Max. 1 z
TMMD (female) (B) tance
connector)
Max. 1 z
TMMD (female) (C) tance
2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A, VF2, PL2 and TMMD in order.
2 Wiring harness between V1 (female) (2) – Resis-
harness Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes TMMD (female) (B) tance
and standard Wiring harness between V2A (female) (15) – Resis-
TMMD (female) (C) tance
state
2) Disconnect connectors V1, V2A and TMMD in order.
TMMD (female) (B), between V2A (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(12) – TMMD (female) (A), or between V2A tance
(female) (15) – TMMD (female) (C)
Below 20
Between V1 (female) (2) – V2A (female) (12) Voltage
– 30 V
72 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 73
Failure code [DK10KA] Fuel control dial disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Fuel control dial disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DK10KA (Steering and controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of fuel control dial circuit is below specified value.
trouble
Action of
• Operation of engine and transmission is limited.
controller
• Continues control with signal of decelerator pedal potentiometer.
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input state (Voltage) from fuel control dial can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode
Related
(Code 03000: Fuel control dial input voltage).
information

Defective sensor 5 V power If failure code [DB35KK] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
1
supply system it.
switch still OFF.
Defective fuel control dial DIAL (male) Resistance
2 (Internal disconnection or
Between (1) – (3) 4.0 – 6.0 kz
short circuit)
Between (1) – (2) 0.5 – 4.5 kz
Between (2) – (3) 0.5 – 4.5 kz
switch still OFF.
Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
Possible causes harness (22) – DIAL (female) (1) tance
3
and standard (Disconnection or defective Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
value in normal contact of connectors) Max. 1 z
(8) – DIAL (female) (2) tance
state
Max. 1 z
switch still OFF.
Defective harness grounding Between ground and wiring harness between Resis-
4 Min. 1 Mz
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (22) – DIAL (female) (1) tance
Between ground and wiring harness between Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
STCN1 (female) (20) – DIAL (female) (2) tance
switch ON.
Between (22) – (21) 4.6 – 5.4 V
Between (8) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
74 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 75
Failure code [DK10KB] Fuel control dial short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Fuel control dial short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DK10KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of fuel control dial circuit is above specified value.
trouble
Action of
controller
• Continues control with signal of decelerator pedal potentiometer.
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input state (Voltage) from fuel control dial can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode
Related
(Code 03000: Fuel control dial input voltage).
information

Defective sensor 5 V power If failure code [DB35KK] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
1
supply system it.
switch still OFF.
Defective fuel control dial DIAL (male) Resistance
2 (Internal disconnection or
Between (1) – (3) 4.0 – 6.0 kz
short circuit)
Between (1) – (2) 0.5 – 4.5 kz
Between (2) – (3) 0.5 – 4.5 kz
Disconnection in wiring a Prepare with starting switch OFF and diagnose with starting
harness switch still OFF.
3
(Disconnection or defective Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
contact of connectors) Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes
and standard a Prepare with starting switch OFF and diagnose with starting
value in normal switch ON.
state Between ground and wiring harness
between STCN1 (female) (22) – DIAL Voltage Max. 1V
(female) (1)
(female) (2)
(female) (3)
switch ON.
Between (22) – (21) 4.6 – 5.4 V
Between (8) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
76 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 77
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
78 D375A-5E0
SEN01874-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Failure code [DK30KA] Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection .................................................................... 4
Failure code [DK30KB] Steering potentiometer 1 short circuit........................................................................ 6
Failure code [DK30KX] Steering potentiometer 1 input signal out of range.................................................... 8
Failure code [DK30KZ] Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection or short circuit............................................. 9
Failure code [DK30L8] Steering potentiometer 1 analog signal disagreement ............................................. 10
Failure code [DK31KA] Steering potentiometer 2 disconnection .................................................................. 12
Failure code [DK31KB] Steering potentiometer 2 short circuit...................................................................... 14
Failure code [DK40KA] Brake potentiometer disconnection ......................................................................... 16
Failure code [DK40KB] Brake potentiometer short circuit............................................................................. 18
Failure code [DK55KX] Direction potentiometer input signal out of range.................................................... 20
Failure code [DK55KZ] Direction potentiometer disconnection or short circuit............................................. 21
Failure code [DK55L8] Direction potentiometer analog signal disagreement ............................................... 22
Failure code [DK56KA] Direction potentiometer 1 disconnection ................................................................. 24
Failure code [DK56KB] Direction potentiometer 1 short circuit..................................................................... 26
Failure code [DK57KA] Direction potentiometer 2 disconnection ................................................................. 28
Failure code [DK57KB] Direction potentiometer 2 short circuit..................................................................... 30
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [DK60KA] Acceleration sensor disconnection .......................................................................... 32

Failure code [DK60KB] Acceleration sensor short circuit.............................................................................. 34
Failure code [DKH1KA] Pitch angle sensor disconnection ........................................................................... 36
Failure code [DKH1KB] Pitch angle sensor short circuit ............................................................................... 38
Failure code [DKH1KX] Pitch angle sensor input signal out of range ........................................................... 39
Failure code [DLF1KA] Torque converter output speed sensor disconnection ............................................. 40
Failure code [DLT3KA] Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 1 ................................................ 41
Failure code [dLT3KA] Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 2................................................. 42
Failure code [DLT3KB] Transmission output speed sensor short circuit....................................................... 43
Failure code [DV00KB] Alarm buzzer short circuit ........................................................................................ 44
Failure code [DW59KA] Blade dual selector solenoid disconnection............................................................ 45
Failure code [DW59KB] Blade dual selector solenoid short circuit ............................................................... 46
Failure code [DW59KY] Blade dual selector solenoid hot short.................................................................... 47
Failure code [DW5AKA] Blade pitch selector solenoid disconnection .......................................................... 48
Failure code [DW5AKB] Blade pitch selector solenoid short circuit .............................................................. 49
Failure code [DW5AKY] Blade pitch selector solenoid hot short .................................................................. 50
Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan reverse solenoid disconnection....................................................................... 51
Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan reverse solenoid short circuit .......................................................................... 52
Failure code [DW7BKY] Fan reverse solenoid hot short............................................................................... 53
Failure code [DWN3KA] Sudden stop prevention solenoid disconnection.................................................... 54
Failure code [DWN3KB] Sudden stop prevention solenoid short circuit ....................................................... 56
Failure code [DWN3KY] Sudden stop prevention solenoid hot short............................................................ 58
Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pulley solenoid 1 disconnection ...................................................................... 60
Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pulley solenoid 1 short circuit.......................................................................... 62
Failure code [DWN5KY] Fan pulley solenoid 1 hot short .............................................................................. 64
Failure code [DWNCKA] Fan pulley solenoid 2 disconnection ..................................................................... 66
Failure code [DWNCKB] Fan pulley solenoid 2 short circuit ......................................................................... 68
Failure code [DWNCKY] Fan pulley solenoid 2 hot short ............................................................................. 70
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DK30KA] Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DK30KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of steering potentiometer 1 (ST1) is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
• Continues controlling with signal of steering potentiometer 2 (ST2).
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input (Voltage) from steering potentiometer 1 (ST1) can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 50300: Voltage of steering potentiometer 1)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate PCCS lever (for steering).

Defective 5 V sensor power See if failure code [DB35KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry out
1
source system troubleshooting for it first.
Defective steering potentiom- TL2 (male) Resistance
2 eter 1 (Internal disconnection
Between (5) – (8) 2.56 – 3.84 kz
or short circuit)
Between (7) – (5) —
Between (7) – (8) —
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring har- without turning starting switch ON.
and standard ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
value in normal 3 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- (22) – TL2 (female) (5) tance
state nector) Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
– TL2 (female) (7) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (2) – TL2 (female) (7) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
STCN1 Voltage
Between (2) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
4 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 5
Failure code [DK30KB] Steering potentiometer 1 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 1 short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Signal voltage of steering potentiometer 1 (ST1) is above 4.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

1
Defective steering potentiom- TL2 (male) Resistance
Between (5) – (8) 2.56 – 3.84 kz
or short circuit)
Possible causes Between (7) – (5) —
and standard Between (7) – (8) —
value in normal
state
(Contact with 24 V circuit) STCN1 (female) (2) – TL2 (female) (7) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
STCN1 Voltage
Between (2) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
6 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [DK30KX] Steering potentiometer 1 input signal out of

range 1
Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 1 input signal out of range
Trouble
CALL E04 DK30KX (Steering controller system)
Contents of • Either of failure codes [DK30KA] and [DK30KB] of steering potentiometers 1 (ST1) and 2 (ST2) and
trouble failure codes [DK31KA] and [DK31KB] are displayed simultaneously.
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel any more.
machine
• Input (Voltage) from steering potentiometers can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related (Code 50300: Voltage of steering potentiometer 1)
information (Code 50301: Voltage of steering potentiometer 2)

and standard
value in normal Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK30KA], [DK30KB], [DK31KA], and [DK31KB].
state
8 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DK30KZ] Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection or short

circuit 1
Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 1 disconnection or short circuit
Trouble
CALL E04 DK30KZ (Steering controller system)
• When starting switch is turned ON, either of steering potentiometers 1 (ST1) and 2 (ST2) is abnormal,
Contents of
then either of failure codes [DK30KA] and [DK30KB] and failure codes [DK31KA] and [DK31KB] are
trouble
displayed simultaneously.
Problem that
appears on
machine

and standard
state
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [DK30L8] Steering potentiometer 1 analog signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 1 analog signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E03 DK30L8 (Steering controller system)
Contents of • Total signal voltage of each of steering potentiometers 1 (ST1) and 2 (ST2) is below 4.41 V or above
trouble 5.59 V.
Action of
• Continues controlling with signal of normal one of steering potentiometer 1 (ST1) or 2 (ST2).
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine

and standard
state
10 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DK31KA] Steering potentiometer 2 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 2 disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• Signal voltage of steering potentiometer 2 (ST2) is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective sensor power See if failure code [DB35KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry out
1
Defective steering potentiom-
2 eter 2 (Internal disconnection TL2 (male) Resistance
or short circuit) Between (5) – (8) 1.8 – 2.2 kz
Between (6) – (5) —
Possible causes
and standard harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
3 Max. 1 z
value in normal wiring or defective contact in (22) – TL2 (female) (5) tance
state connector) Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(19) – TL2 (female) (6) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (19) – TL2 (female) (6) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
STCN1 Voltage
Between (19) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [DK31KB] Steering potentiometer 2 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Steering potentiometer 2 short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Signal voltage of steering potentiometer 2 (ST2) is above 4.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective sensor power See if failure code [DB35KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry
1
source system out troubleshooting for it first.
Defective steering potentiom- TL2 (male) Voltage
Between (5) – (8) 1.8 – 2.2 kz
or short circuit)
value in normal
state
STCN1 (female) (19) – TL2 (female) (6) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
STCN1 Voltage
Between (19) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 15
Failure code [DK40KA] Brake potentiometer disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Brake potentiometer disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• Signal voltage of brake potentiometer circuit is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
• Does not control with signal of brake potentiometer (Brake can be operated with pedal).
controller
Problem that • Brake control performance of brake pedal lowers.
• Input (Voltage) from brake potentiometer can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 50400: Voltage of brake potentiometer)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate brake pedal.

1
2 ter (Internal disconnection or
Between (A) – (C) 4.0 – 6.0 kz
short circuit)
Between (A) – (B) 0.25 – 7.0 kz
Between (B) – (C) 0.25 – 7.0 kz
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON.
wiring or defective contact in (22) – BRK (female) (C) tance
state connector) Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) (3) Resis-
Max. 1 z
– BRK (female) (B) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (3) – BRK (female) (B) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
STCN1 Voltage
Between (3) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [DK40KB] Brake potentiometer short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Brake potentiometer short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• Signal voltage of brake potentiometer circuit is below 0.5 V or above 4.5 V.
trouble
Action of
• Does not control with signal of brake potentiometer (Brake can be operated with pedal).
controller
Problem that • Brake control performance of brake pedal lowers.
• Input (Voltage) from brake potentiometer can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 50400: Voltage of brake potentiometer)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate brake pedal.

1
2 ter (Internal disconnection or
(A) – (C) 4.0 – 6.0 kz
short circuit)
Possible causes (A) – (B) 0.25 – 7.0 kz
and standard (B) – (C) 0.25 – 7.0 kz
value in normal
state
STCN1 (female) (3) – BRK (female) (B) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
STCN1 Voltage
Between (3) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
Failure code [DK55KX] Direction potentiometer input signal out of

range 1
Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer input signal out of range
Trouble
CALL E04 DK55KX (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Either of failure codes [DK56KA] and [DK56KB] of forward-reverse potentiometers 1 (FR3) and 2
trouble (FR4) and either of failure codes [DK57KA] and [DK57KB] are displayed simultaneously.
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input (Voltage) from forward-reverse potentiometers can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
(Code 50200: Voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 1)
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate PCCS lever (for forward/
reverse travel).

and standard
state
20 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DK55KZ] Direction potentiometer disconnection or short

circuit 1
Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer disconnection or short circuit
Trouble
CALL E04 DK55KZ (Transmission controller system)
• When starting switch is turned ON, either of forward-reverse potentiometers 1 (FR3) and 2 (FR4) is
Contents of
abnormal, then either of failure codes [DK56KA] and [DK56KB] and either of failure codes [DK57KA]
trouble
and [DK57KB] are displayed simultaneously.
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information
reverse travel).

and standard
state
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [DK55L8] Direction potentiometer analog signal

disagreement 1
Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer analog signal disagreement
Trouble
CALL E03 DK55L8 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Total signal voltage of each of forward-reverse potentiometers 1 (FR3) and 2 (FR4) is below 4.41 V
trouble or above 5.59 V.
Action of • Continues controlling with signal of normal one of forward-reverse potentiometer 1 system (FR3) and
controller 2 (FR4).
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information
reverse travel).

and standard
state
22 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DK56KA] Direction potentiometer 1 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer 1 disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DK56KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 1 (FR3) is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
• Continues controlling with signal of forward-reverse potentiometer 2 (FR4).
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input (Voltage) from forward-reverse potentiometer 1 (FR3) can be checked in real-time moniitoring
Related mode. (Code 50200: Voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 1)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate PCCS lever (for forward/
reverse travel).

Defective 5 V sensor power See if failure code [DAQ5KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry
1
Defective forward-reverse TL2 (male) Resistance
2 potentiometer 1 (Internal dis-
Between (4) – (1) 1.8 – 2.2 kz
connection or short circuit)
Between (3) – (4) —
Between (3) – (1) —
and standard harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
wiring or defective contact in (22) – TL2 (female) (4) tance
state connector) Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN1 (female) (2) – TL2 (female) (3) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
5
Between (2) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [DK56KB] Direction potentiometer 1 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer 1 short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DK56KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 1 (FR3) is above 4.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related mode. (Code 50200: Voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 1)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON and operate PCCS lever (for forward/
reverse travel).

Defective 5 V sensor power See if failure code [DAQ5KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry
1
2 potentiometer 1 (Internal
Between (4) – (1) 1.8 –2.2 kz
disconnection or short circuit)
value in normal
state
(Contact with 24 V circuit) TMCN1 (female) (2) – TL2 (female) (3) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
4
Between (2) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
26 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 27
Failure code [DK57KA] Direction potentiometer 2 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer 2 disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DK57KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 2 (FR4) is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
mode.
Related
information
reverse travel).

Defective 5 V sensor power a See if failure code [DAQ5KK] is displayed. If it is displayed,
1
source system carry out troubleshooting for it first.
Between (4) – (1) 1.8 – 2.2 kz
disconnection or short circuit)
Between (2) – (4) —
Between (2) – (1) —
and standard harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
wiring or defective contact in (22) – TL2 (female) (4) tance
state connector) Wiring harness between TMCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN1 (female) (19) – TL2(female) (2) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
5
Between (19) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [DK57KB] Direction potentiometer 2 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Direction potentiometer 2 short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DK57KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of forward-reverse potentiometer 2 (FR4) is above 4.5 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
mode.
Related
information
reverse travel).

harness (Disconnection in See if failure code [DAQ5KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry
1
wiring or defective contact in out troubleshooting for it first.
connector)
Between (4) – (1) 1.8 – 2.2 kz
Possible causes disconnection or short circuit)
value in normal Between (2) – (1) —
state
TMCN1 (female) (19) – TL2 (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
4
Between (19) – (21) 0.5 – 4.5 V
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
Failure code [DK60KA] Acceleration sensor disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Acceleration sensor disconnection
Trouble
E01 DK60KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of acceleration sensor is below 0.5 V.
trouble
Action of
• Turns shoe slip control (SSC) function OFF.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Even if shoe slips, engine speed does not change.
machine
• Input (Voltage) from acceleration sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 60200: Voltage of acceleration sensor)
information

Defective 5 V power source See if failure code [DB37KK] is displayed. If it is displayed, carry out
1
system troubleshooting for it first.
Defective acceleration and carry out troubleshooting.
2
sensor (Internal trouble) SSA Voltage
Between (2) – (3) 0.75 – 4.25 V
Possible causes
3 Max. 1 z
value in normal wiring or defective contact in (34) – SSA (female) (1) tance
state connector) Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) (1) Resis-
Max. 1 z
– SSA (female) (2) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (1) – SS3 (female) (2) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, steering controller may be defec-
5 Defective steering controller tive. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried
out.)
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 33
Failure code [DK60KB] Acceleration sensor short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Acceleration sensor short circuit
Trouble
E01 DK60KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of acceleration sensor is above 4.5 V.
trouble
Action of
• Turns shoe slip control (SSC) function OFF.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Even if shoe slips, engine speed does not change.
machine
• Input (Voltage) from acceleration sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 60200: Voltage of acceleration sensor)
information

1
Defective acceleration and carry out troubleshooting.
2
sensor (Internal trouble) SSA Voltage
Possible causes
and standard Between (2) – (3) 0.75 – 4.25 V
state Short circuit with power and carry out troubleshooting.
(Contact with 24 V circuit) STCN1 (female) (1) – SSA (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
out.)
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
Failure code [DKH1KA] Pitch angle sensor disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Pitch angle sensor disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DKH1KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of pitch angle sensor is below 0.15 V.
trouble
Action of
• Cannot recognize pitch angle.
controller
Problem that • Shocks are made when gear is shifted on slope and when machine is steered on level place.
• Input (Voltage) from pitch angle sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 60100: Voltage of pitch angle sensor)
information

1
Defective pitch angle sensor and carry out troubleshooting.
2
(Internal trouble) PT1 Voltage
Between (B) – (A) 0.15 – 4.85 V
Possible causes
3 Max. 1 z
value in normal wiring or defective contact in (16) – PT1 (female) (C) tance
state connector) Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(13) – PT1 (female) (B) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) STCN1 (female) (13) – PT1 (female) (B) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
out.)
36 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 37
Failure code [DKH1KB] Pitch angle sensor short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Pitch angle sensor short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DKH1KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of pitch angle sensor is above 4.85 V.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that • Shocks are made when gear is shifted on slope and when machine is steered on level place.
• Input (Voltage) from pitch angle sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information

1
Defective pitch angle sensor and carry out troubleshooting.
2
(Internal trouble) PT1 Voltage
Possible causes
and standard Between (B) – (A) 0.15 – 4.85 V
STCN1 (female) (13) – PT1 (female) (B) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
out.)
38 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DKH1KX] Pitch angle sensor input signal out of range 1
Action code Failure code Pitch angle sensor input signal out of range
Trouble
CALL E01 DKH1KX (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Either of pitch angle sensor errors [DKH1KA] and [DKH1KB] occurred or steering controller CAN
trouble communication error [DB3RKR] occurred.
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • Automatic gearshift system does not work.
machine
• Input voltage from pitch angle sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information

and standard
value in normal If failure code [DKH1KA], [DKH1KB] or [DB3RKR] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
state
D375A-5E0 39
Failure code [DLF1KA] Torque converter output speed sensor

disconnection 1
Action code Failure code Torque converter output speed sensor disconnection
Trouble
— DLF1KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signals from the torque converter output speed sensor are not input.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes torque converter output speed to be 0 rpm.
controller
Problem that
appears on • The torque converter speed cannot be monitored.
machine
• The input state (rpm) from the torque converter output speed sensor can be checked in the real-time
Related
moniitoring mode. (Code 31200: Torque converter speed)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine.

Defective torque converter without turning starting switch ON.
output speed sensor TC1 (male) Resistance
1
(Internal disconnection or
short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 500 – 1,000 z
Possible causes harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between TMCN2 (female) Resis-
and standard 2 Max. 1 z
wiring harness or defective (20) – TC1 (female) (1) tance
value in normal contact in connector)
Max. 1 z
(39) – TC1 (female) (2) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (20) – TC1 (female) (1) – chassis Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
controller
carried out.)
40 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DLT3KA] Transmission output speed sensor

disconnection 1 1
Action code Failure code Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 1
Trouble
E01 DLT3KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of • Transmission output speed sensor error [dLT3KA] occurred or transmission CAN communication
trouble error [DAQRKR] occurred.
Action of
• Recognizes transmission output speed to be 0 rpm.
controller
Problem that
• Transmission speed cannot be monitored.
appears on
• Traction force cannot be calculated.
machine
• Input voltage from transmission output speed sensor can be checked in the real-time moniitoring
Related
mode (31400: Transmission speed).
information
If failure code [dLT3KA] or [DAQRKR] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
Possible causes
and standard See transmission output speed sensor disconnection [dLT3KA] and
value in normal transmission controller CAN communication error [DAQRKR].
state
D375A-5E0 41
Failure code [dLT3KA] Transmission output speed sensor

disconnection 2 1
Action code Failure code Transmission output speed sensor disconnection 2
Trouble
E01 dLT3KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal is not input from transmission output speed sensor.
trouble
Action of
• Assumes that transmission output speed is 0 rpm.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input (rpm) from transmission output speed sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31400: Transmission speed
information

1 output speed sensor (Internal TM1 (male) Resistance
disconnection or short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 500 – 1,000 z
wiring or defective contact in (30) – TM1 (female) (1) tance
value in normal connector)
Max. 1 z
(29) – TM1 (female) (2) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN2 (female) (30) – TM1 (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
42 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DLT3KB] Transmission output speed sensor short circuit1

Action code Failure code Transmission output speed sensor short circuit
Trouble
E01 DLT3KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Signal is not input normally from transmission output speed sensor.
trouble
Action of
—
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Input (rpm) from transmission output speed sensor can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31400: Transmission speed)
information

1 output speed sensor (Internal TM1 (male) Resistance
disconnection or short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 500 – 1,000 z
wiring or defective contact in (30) – TM1 (female) (1) tance
value in normal connector)
Max. 1 z
(29) – TM1 (female) (2) tance
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN2 (female) (30) – TM1 (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
D375A-5E0 43
Failure code [DV00KB] Alarm buzzer short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Alarm buzzer short circuit
Trouble
E01 DV00KB (Machine monitor system)
Contents of
• Abnormal current flowed when caution buzzer circuit output ground signal.
trouble
Action of • Flashes caution lamp.
controller • Stops caution buzzer circuit from outputting ground signal.
Problem that
appears on • Caution buzzer does not sound.
machine
Related • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON (When it is turned ON, buzzer sounds
information for 1 second).

Defective caution buzzer without turning starting switch ON.
1
(Internal short circuit) 217 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 200 z
and standard 2 Short circuit of wiring harness between 217
value in normal (female) (1) – S03 (female) (18) with chassis Voltage Max. 1 V
state ground
S03 Caution buzzer Voltage
3 Defective machine monitor
When turned OFF 20 – 30 V
Between (18) –
chassis ground When turned ON
Max. 3 V
(sounding)
44 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DW59KA] Blade dual selector solenoid disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Blade dual selector solenoid disconnection
Trouble
E01 DW59KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to blade dual selector solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to blade dual selector solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Blade dual tilt mechanism does not work (When it is operated, single tilt mechanism works).
machine
• Output (Current) to blade dual selector solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 70600: Blade dual solenoid drive current)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Perform blade dual tilt operation.

Defective blade dual selector without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
SOL2 (male) Resistance
(Internal short circuit)
Between (1) – (2) 10 – 40 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (27) – SOL2 (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(23) – SOL2 (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
D375A-5E0 45
Failure code [DW59KB] Blade dual selector solenoid short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Blade dual selector solenoid short circuit
Trouble
E01 DW59KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to blade dual selector solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to blade dual selector solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Blade dual tilt mechanism does not work (When it is operated, single tilt mechanism works).
machine
Related
information

Defective blade dual selector
1 solenoid SOL2 (male) Resistance
(Internal short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 10 – 40 z
Possible causes Between (1) – chassis ground Min. 1 Mz
and standard
value in normal
state
(Contact with ground circuit) TMCN3 (female) (27) – SOL2 (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
46 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DW59KY] Blade dual selector solenoid hot short 1

Action code Failure code Blade dual selector solenoid hot short
Trouble
E01 DW59KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always into blade dual selector solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Some current always flows into blade dual selector solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
• Blade single tilt system does not operate (When single tilt operation is performed, dual tilt system
appears on
operates).
machine
Related
information

Defective blade dual selector without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
Between (1) – (2) 10 – 40 z
Possible causes
value in normal and carry out troubleshooting.
state 2 Short circuit of wiring harness between
TMCN3 (female) (27) – SOL2 (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
D375A-5E0 47
Failure code [DW5AKA] Blade pitch selector solenoid disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Blade pitch selector solenoid disconnection
Trouble
E02 DW5AKA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When the signal is output to the blade pitch selector solenoid circuit, no current flows.
trouble
controller • Stops outputting the signal to the blade pitch selector solenoid circuit.
Problem that
appears on • The blade is not pitched back. (When the pitch back operation is performed, the blade may be tilted.)
machine
• The output state (current) to the blade pitch selector solenoid can be checked in the real-time moni-
Related itoring mode.
information (Code 31625: Blade pitch solenoid drive current)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. + Pitch the blade back.

Defective blade pitch without turning starting switch ON.
1 selector solenoid
Between (1) and (2) 10 – 40 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring harness or defective (37) and SOL1 (female) (1) tance
contact in connector) Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(23) and SOL1 (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
48 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DW5AKB] Blade pitch selector solenoid short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Blade pitch selector solenoid short circuit
Trouble
E02 DW5AKB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When the signal is output to the blade pitch selector solenoid circuit, an abnormal current flows.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • The blade is not pitched back. (When the pitch back operation is performed, the blade may be tilted.)
machine
• The output state (current) to the blade pitch selector solenoid can be checked in the real-time
Related
moniitoring mode. (Code 31625: Blade pitch solenoid drive current)
information

Defective blade pitch
1 selector solenoid SOL1 (male) Resistance
(Internal short circuit) Between (1) and (2) 10 – 40 z
Possible causes Between (1) and chassis ground Min. 1 Mz
and standard
value in normal
state
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (37) and SOL1 (female) (1) and Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [DW5AKY] Blade pitch selector solenoid hot short 1

Action code Failure code Blade pitch selector solenoid hot short
Trouble
E02 DW5AKY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into the blade pitch selector solenoid circuit.
trouble
Problem that
appears on • The blade is not tilt back. (When the tilt operation is performed, the blade may be pitched.)
machine
• The output state (current) to the blade pitch selector solenoid can be checked in the real-time moni-
Related
itoring mode. (Code 31625: Blade pitch solenoid drive current)
information

Defective blade pitch without turning starting switch ON.
1 selector solenoid
Between (1) – (2) 10 – 40 z
Possible causes
state 2 Between wiring harness between TMCN3
(female) (37) – SOL1 (female) (1) and chas- Voltage Max. 1 V
sis ground
controller
carried out.)
50 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan reverse solenoid disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Fan reverse solenoid disconnection
Trouble
— DW7BKA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When the signal is output to the fan reverse solenoid circuit, no current flows.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting the signal to the fan reverse solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • The fan reverse function cannot be used.
machine
• The output state (ON/OFF) to the fan reverse solenoid can be checked in the real-time moniitoring
Related
mode. (Code 40914: Steering controller output signal 1)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. + Reverse the fan rotation direction.

Defective fan reverse without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
FAR2 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 34 – 44 z
value in normal
harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring harness or defective (17) – FAR2 (female) (1) tance
contact in connector) Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(13) – FAR2 (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan reverse solenoid short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Fan reverse solenoid short circuit
Trouble
E01 DW7BKB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When the signal is output to the fan reverse solenoid circuit, an abnormal current flows.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting the signal to the fan reverse solenoid.
controller
Problem that
appears on • The fan reverse function cannot be used.
machine
Related
information

Defective fan reverse
1 solenoid FAR2 (male) Resistance
Between (1) and chassis ground Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes 2 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between STCN3
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) (female) (17) – FAR2 (female) (1) and chas- Resis- Min. 1 Mz
value in normal tance
sis ground
state
harness Between wiring harness between STCN3
3
(Short circuit between (female) (17) – FAR2 (female) (1) – wiring Resis-
wiring harnesses) Min. 1 Mz
harness between STCN3 (female) (13) – tance
FAR2 (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
52 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DW7BKY] Fan reverse solenoid hot short 1

Action code Failure code Fan reverse solenoid hot short
Trouble
E02 DW7BKY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into the fan reverse solenoid circuit, no current flows.
trouble
controller • Stops outputting the signal to the fan reverse solenoid circuit.
Problem that
appears on • Fan always rotates in reverse.
machine
Related
information

Defective fan reverse without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
FAR2 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 34 – 44 z
Possible causes
state 2 Between wiring harness between STCN3
(Contact with 24-V circuit)
(female) (17) – FAR2 (female) (1) and chas- Voltage Max. 1 V
sis ground
controller
carried out.)
D375A-5E0 53
Failure code [DWN3KA] Sudden stop prevention solenoid

disconnection 1
Action code Failure code Sudden stop prevention solenoid disconnection
Trouble
CALL E04 DWN3KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to sudden stop prevention solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Output (Current) to sudden stop prevention solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31628: Sudden stop prevention solenoid drive current)
information

Defective sudden stop without turning starting switch ON.
1 prevention solenoid
ST8 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 25 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in – ST8 (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(13) – ST8 (female) (2) tance
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, steering controller may be defec-
out.)
54 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 55
Failure code [DWN3KB] Sudden stop prevention solenoid short circuit1

Action code Failure code Sudden stop prevention solenoid short circuit
Trouble
CALL E04 DWN3KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to sudden stop prevention solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective sudden stop
1 prevention solenoid ST8 (male) Resistance
Possible causes 2 ground in wiring harness Short circuit of wiring harness between
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) STCN3 (female) (7) – ST8 (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
Short circuit in wiring harness Short circuit in wiring harness between
3
(with another wiring harness) STCN3 (female) (7) – ST8 (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
wiring harness between STCN3 (female) tance
(13) – ST8 (female) (2)
out.)
56 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 57
Failure code [DWN3KY] Sudden stop prevention solenoid hot short 1

Action code Failure code Sudden stop prevention solenoid hot short
Trouble
CALL E04 DWN3KY (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into sudden stop prevention solenoid circuit.
trouble
Problem that • Emergency sudden stop prevention function does not work.
Related
information

Defective sudden stop
1 prevention solenoid ST8 (male) Resistance
(Internal disconnection) Between (1) – (2) 5 – 25 z
value in normal Short circuit of wiring harness between
state Hot short in wiring harness STCN3 (female) (7) – ST8 (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
STCN3 (female) (13) – ST8 (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
out.)
58 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 59
Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pulley solenoid 1 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Fan pulley solenoid 1 disconnection
Trouble
E01 DWN5KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to fan pump solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to fan pump solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Output of the fan pump (LPV90) is kept at maximum.
machine
• Output (Current) to fan pump solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31623, 31624: Cooling fan solenoid command current, output current)
information

Defective fan pump solenoid without turning starting switch ON.
1
(Internal disconnection) FA1 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 15 – 25 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (17) – FA1 (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(23) – FA1 (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
60 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 61
Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pulley solenoid 1 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Fan pulley solenoid 1 short circuit
Trouble
E01 DWN5KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to fan pump solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to fan pump solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
machine
Related
information

Defective fan pump solenoid FA1 (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 15 – 25 z
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) TMCN3 (female) (17) – FA1 (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) TMCN3 (female) (17) – FA1 (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) tance
(23) – FA1 (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
62 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 63
Failure code [DWN5KY] Fan pulley solenoid 1 hot short 1

Action code Failure code Fan pulley solenoid 1 hot short
Trouble
E02 DWN5KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into fan pump solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of • Emergency sudden stop prevention function does not work.
controller • Stops outputting to fan pump solenoid circuit.
Problem that
• Output of the fan pump (LPV90) is kept at minimum.
appears on
• Fan speed does not increase.
machine
Related
information

Defective fan pump solenoid FA1 (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 15 – 25 z
state Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (17) – FA1 (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
TMCN3 (female) (23) – FA1 (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
64 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 65
Failure code [DWNCKA] Fan pulley solenoid 2 disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Fan pulley solenoid 2 disconnection
Trouble
E01 DWNCKA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When the signal is output to the fan pump solenoid circuit, no current flows.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting the signal to the fan pump solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The output state (current) to the fan pump solenoid can be checked in the real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information

Defective fan pump without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid 2
FA2 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 15 – 25 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring harness or defective (7) – FA2 (female) (1) tance
contact in connector) Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(23) – FA2 (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
66 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 67
Failure code [DWNCKB] Fan pulley solenoid 2 short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Fan pulley solenoid 2 short circuit
Trouble
E01 DWNCKB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When the signal is output to the fan pump solenoid circuit, an abnormal current flows.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting the signal to the fan pump solenoid.
controller
Problem that
machine
• The output state (ON/OFF) to the fan pump solenoid can be checked in the real-time moniitoring
Related
mode. (Code 31633, 31634: Cooling fan solenoid command current, output current)
information

Defective fan pump
1 solenoid 2 FA2 (male) Resistance
Possible causes 2 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between TMCN3
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) (female) (7) – FA2 (female) (1) with chassis Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
ground
state
harness Between wiring harness between TMCN3
3
(Short circuit between (female) (7) – FA2 (female) (1) – wiring har- Resis-
wiring harnesses) Min. 1 Mz
ness between TMCN3 (female) (23) – FA2 tance
(female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
68 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 69
Failure code [DWNCKY] Fan pulley solenoid 2 hot short 1

Action code Failure code Fan pulley solenoid 2 hot short
Trouble
E02 DWNCKY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into fan pump solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of • Emergency sudden stop prevention function does not work.
controller • Stops outputting the signal to the fan pump solenoid circuit.
Problem that
• Output of the fan pump (LPV30) is kept at minimum.
appears on
• Fan speed does not increase.
machine
• The output state (current) to the fan pump solenoid can be checked in the real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
information

Defective fan pump
1 solenoid 2 FA2 (male) Resistance
value in normal Between wiring harness between TMCN3
state Hot short in wiring harness (female) (7) – FA2 (female) (1) with chassis Voltage Max. 1 V
2
(Contact with 24-V circuit) ground
(female) (23) – FA2 (female) (2) and chassis Voltage Max. 1 V
ground
controller
carried out.)
70 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 71
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
72 D375A-5E0
SEN01891-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Failure code [DXH1KA] Lockup solenoid disconnection................................................................................. 4
Failure code [DXH1KB] Lockup solenoid short circuit .................................................................................... 6
Failure code [DXH1KY] Lockup solenoid hot short......................................................................................... 8
Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV disconnection .............................................................................. 10
Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV short circuit.................................................................................. 12
Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV hot short ...................................................................................... 14
Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV disconnection ............................................................................. 16
Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV short circuit................................................................................. 18
Failure code [DXH5KY] 2nd clutch ECMV hot short ..................................................................................... 20
Failure code [DXH6KA] 3rd clutch ECMV disconnection.............................................................................. 22
Failure code [DXH6KB] 3rd clutch ECMV short circuit ................................................................................. 24
Failure code [DXH6KY] 3rd clutch ECMV hot short...................................................................................... 26
Failure code [DXH7KA] Reverse clutch ECMV disconnection...................................................................... 28
Failure code [DXH7KB] Reverse clutch ECMV short circuit ......................................................................... 30
Failure code [DXH7KY] Reverse clutch ECMV hot short.............................................................................. 32
Failure code [DXH8KA] Forward clutch ECMV hot short.............................................................................. 34
D375A-5E0 1
Failure code [DXH8KB] Forward clutch ECMV short circuit.......................................................................... 36

Failure code [DXH8KY] Forward clutch ECMV hot short .............................................................................. 38
Failure code [DXH9KA] Right steering clutch ECMV disconnection ............................................................. 40
Failure code [DXH9KB] Right steering clutch ECMV short circuit................................................................. 42
Failure code [DXH9KY] Right steering clutch ECMV hot short ..................................................................... 44
Failure code [DXHAKA] Left steering clutch ECMV disconnection ............................................................... 46
Failure code [DXHAKB] Left steering clutch ECMV short circuit................................................................... 48
Failure code [DXHAKY] Left steering clutch ECMV hot short ....................................................................... 50
Failure code [DXHBKA] Right brake ECMV disconnection........................................................................... 52
Failure code [DXHBKB] Right brake ECMV short circuit .............................................................................. 54
Failure code [DXHBKY] Right brake ECMV hot short................................................................................... 56
Failure code [DXHCKA] Left brake ECMV disconnection ............................................................................. 58
Failure code [DXHCKB] Left brake ECMV short circuit................................................................................. 60
Failure code [DXHCKY] Left brake ECMV hot short ..................................................................................... 62
Failure code [F@BBZL] (or VHMS LED display "n338") Engine blow-by pressure abnormally high level ... 64
Failure code [F@BYNR] (or VHMS LED display "n362") Front exhaust temperature abnormally high level
(2) ........................................................................................................................................................... 66
Failure code [F@BYNS] (or VHMS LED display "n361") Front exhaust temperature abnormally high level
(1) ........................................................................................................................................................... 68
Failure code [F@BZNR] (or VHMS LED display "n372") Rear exhaust temperature abnormally high level
(2) ........................................................................................................................................................... 70
Failure code [F@BZNS] (or VHMS LED display "n371") Rear exhaust temperature abnormally high level
(1) ........................................................................................................................................................... 72
2 D375A-5E0
Failure code [DXH1KA] Lockup solenoid disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Lockup solenoid disconnection
Trouble
E01 DXH1KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to torque converter lock-up solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to torque converter lock-up solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Torque converter is not locked-up.
machine
• Output (Current) to torque converter lock-up solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31627: Torque converter lock-up solenoid drive current)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Turn lock-up switch ON + Drive machine.

Defective torque converter without turning starting switch ON.
1 lock-up solenoid (Internal
653 (male) Resistance
short circuit)
Between (1) – (2) 30 – 80 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (38) – 653 (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(23) – 653 (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
4 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 5
Failure code [DXH1KB] Lockup solenoid short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Lockup solenoid short circuit
Trouble
E01 DXH1KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to torque converter lock-up solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to torque converter lock-up solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Torque converter is not locked-up.
machine
Related
information

Defective torque converter
1 lock-up solenoid (Internal 653 (male) Resistance
short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 30 – 80 z
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) TMCN3 (female) (38) – 653 (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) TMCN3 (female) (38) – 653 (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(23) – 653 (female) (2)
troller
carried out.)
6 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 7
Failure code [DXH1KY] Lockup solenoid hot short 1

Action code Failure code Lockup solenoid hot short
Trouble
E03 DXH1KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into torque converter lockup solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of • Flashes caution lamp and turn on caution buzzer.
controller • Stops outputting to torque converter lock-up solenoid circuit.
Problem that
• Torque converter is keeps operating.
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, gear speed is limited to F1 and R1.
machine
• Engine may stall.
Related
information

Defective torque converter
1 lock-up solenoid (Internal 653 (male) Resistance
short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 30 – 80 z
Possible causes Between (1) – chassis ground Min. 1 Mz
and standard
value in normal
state Hot short in wiring harness
TMCN3 (female) (38) – 653 (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
8 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 9
Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code 1st clutch ECMV disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DXH4KA (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to 1st clutch solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to transmission 1st clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Output (Current) to 1st clutch solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31602, 31612: command current, output current of 1st clutch ECMV)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine in F1 or R1.

Defective 1st clutch solenoid without turning starting switch ON.
1
(Internal short circuit) S1T (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (15) – S1T (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(3) – S1T (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code 1st clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DXH4KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to transmission 1st clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective 1st clutch solenoid S1T (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) TMCN3 (female) (15) – S1T (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) TMCN3 (female) (15) – S1T (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) (3) tance
– S1T (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code 1st clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
CALL E03 DXH4KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into 1st clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective 1st clutch solenoid without turning starting switch ON.
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
and standard
value in normal
Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (15) – S1T (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
state 2
TMCN3 (female) (3) – S1T (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
troller
carried out.)
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 15
Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code 2nd clutch ECMV disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal is output to 2nd clutch solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to transmission 2nd clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Output (Current) to 2nd clutch solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31603, 31613: command current, output current of 2nd clutch ECMV)
information

Defective 2nd clutch solenoid without turning starting switch ON.
1
(Internal short circuit) S2T5 (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (36) – S2T (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(13) – S2T (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
16 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 17
Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code 2nd clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal was output to transmission 2nd clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective 2nd clutch solenoid S2T (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
Min. 1 Mz
(13) – S2T (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
Failure code [DXH5KY] 2nd clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code 2nd clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
Contents of
• Some current always flows into 2nd clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective 2nd clutch solenoid S2T (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
state Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (36) – S2T (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Failure code [DXH6KA] 3rd clutch ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code 3rd clutch ECMV disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal is output to 3rd clutch solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to transmission 3rd clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Output (Current) to 3rd clutch solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31604, 31614: command current, output current of 3rd clutch ECMV)
information

Defective 3rd clutch solenoid without turning starting switch ON.
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between TMCN (female) (5) Resis-
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in – S3T (female) (1) tance
connector) Wiring harness between TMCN (female) (3) Resis-
Max. 1 z
– S3T (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
22 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 23
Failure code [DXH6KB] 3rd clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code 3rd clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal was output to transmission 3rd clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective 3rd clutch solenoid S3T (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
Min. 1 Mz
wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) (3) tance
– S3T (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
24 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 25
Failure code [DXH6KY] 3rd clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code 3rd clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
Contents of
• Some current always flows into transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information

Defective 3rd clutch solenoid S3T (male) Resistance
1
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
state Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (5) – S3T (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
26 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 27
Failure code [DXH7KA] Reverse clutch ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Reverse clutch ECMV disconnection
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal is output to reverse clutch solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to transmission reverse clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1.
machine
• Output (Current) to reverse clutch solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31606, 31616: command current, output current of reverse clutch ECMV)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine in reverse.

Defective reverse clutch without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
SRT (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (25) – SRT (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(13) – SRT (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Failure code [DXH7KB] Reverse clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Reverse clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal was output to transmission reverse clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine in reverse.

Defective reverse clutch
1 solenoid SRT (male) Resistance
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) TMCN3 (female) (25) – SRT (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
with chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) TMCN3 (female) (25) – SRT (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
with wiring harness between TMCN3 tance
(female) (13) – SRT (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
30 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 31
Failure code [DXH7KY] Reverse clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Reverse clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
Contents of
• Some current always flows into reverse clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
• Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1.
machine
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine in forward.

Defective reverse clutch
1 solenoid SRT (male) Resistance
state Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (25) – SRT (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V
2
TMCN3 (female) (13) – SRT (female) (2) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
32 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 33
Failure code [DXH8KA] Forward clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Forward clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal is output to forward clutch solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to transmission forward clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• Output (Current) to forward clutch solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31608, 31622: command current, output current of forward clutch ECMV)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine forward.

Defective forward clutch without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
SFT (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (35) – SFT (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(13) – SFT (female) (2) tance
controller
carried out.)
34 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 35
Failure code [DXH8KB] Forward clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Forward clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
Contents of
• When signal was output to transmission forward clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine forward.

Defective forward clutch
1 solenoid SFT (male) Resistance
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) TMCN3 (female) (35) – SFT (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) TMCN3 (female) (35) – SFT (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(13) – SFT (female) (2)
controller
carried out.)
36 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 37
Failure code [DXH8KY] Forward clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Forward clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
Contents of
• Some current always flows into transmission forward clutch ECMV solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Drive machine reverse.

Defective forward clutch
1 solenoid SFT (male) Resistance
state Hot short in wiring harness TMCN3 (female) (35) – SFT (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
TMCN3 (female) (13) – SFT (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
controller
carried out.)
38 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 39
Failure code [DXH9KA] Right steering clutch ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Right steering clutch ECMV disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DXH9KA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to right steering clutch solenoid circuit, current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to right steering clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that • Machine cannot be steered to right.
• Outputting to right steering clutch solenoid (Current) can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related (Code 90601, 90603: Right steering clutch ECMV (E-POCV) command current, output current)
information • Method of reproducing failure code:
Turn starting switch ON + Release parking brake lever, + Operate PCCS lever (to steer to right).

Defective right steering without turning starting switch ON.
1 clutch solenoid
SRC (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (35) – SRC (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(23) – SRC7 (female) (2) tance
out.)
40 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 41
Failure code [DXH9KB] Right steering clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Right steering clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DXH9KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to right steering clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that • Machine cannot be steered to right.

1 clutch solenoid SRC (male) Resistance
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) STCN3 (female) (35) – SRC (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
with chassis ground
state
Short circuit in wiring
3 harness (with another wiring Short circuit of wiring harness between
harness) STCN3 (female) (35) – SRC (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
with wiring harness between STCN3 tance
(female) (23) – SRC (female) (2)
out.)
42 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 43
Failure code [DXH9KY] Right steering clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Right steering clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
CALL E04 DXH9KY (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into right steering clutch solenoid circuit.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that • Machine cannot be steered to right. (R clutch cannot be disengaged.)

1 clutch solenoid SRC (male) Resistance
state Hot short in wiring harness STCN3 (female) (35) – SRC (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V
2
STCN3 (female) (23) – SRC (female) (2) Voltage Max. 1 V
with chassis ground
out.)
44 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 45
Failure code [DXHAKA] Left steering clutch ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Left steering clutch ECMV disconnection
Trouble
CALL E03 DXHAKA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to left steering clutch solenoid circuit, current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
• Stops outputting to left steering clutch solenoid circuit.
controller
Problem that • Machine cannot be steered to left.
• Outputting to left steering clutch solenoid (Current) can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related (Code 90600, 90602: Left steering clutch ECMV (E-POCV) command current, output current)
Turn starting switch ON + Release parking brake lever, + Operate PCCS lever (to steer to left).

Defective left steering clutch without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
SLC (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (25) – SLC (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(23) – SLC (female) (2) tance
out.)
46 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 47
Failure code [DXHAKB] Left steering clutch ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Left steering clutch ECMV short circuit
Trouble
CALL E03 DXHAKB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to left steering clutch solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that • Machine cannot be steered to left.
information • Method of reproducing error code:

1 solenoid SLC (male) Resistance
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) STCN3 (female) (25) – SLC (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
Short circuit in wiring
3 harness (with another wiring Short circuit of wiring harness between
harness) STCN3 (female) (25) – SLC (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(23) – SLC (female) (2)
out.)
48 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 49
Failure code [DXHAKY] Left steering clutch ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Left steering clutch ECMV hot short
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHAKY (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into left steering clutch solenoid circuit, current does not flow.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that • Machine cannot be steered to left. (L clutch cannot be disengaged.)

1 solenoid SL (male) Resistance
state Hot short in wiring harness STCN3 (female) (25) – SLC (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
STCN3 (female) (23) – SLC (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
out.)
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 51
Failure code [DXHBKA] Right brake ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Right brake ECMV disconnection
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHBKA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to right steering brake solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of • Stops outputting to right steering brake solenoid circuit.
• Operates sudden stop prevention valve.
Problem that • Right brake keeps operating.
• Output (Current) to right steering brake solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31620, 31618: command current, output current of right steering brake ECMV)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Rrelease parking brake lever.

Defective right steering brake without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
SRB (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in (15) – SRB (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(13) – SRB (female) (2) tance
out.)
52 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 53
Failure code [DXHBKB] Right brake ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Right brake ECMV short circuit
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHBKB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to right steering brake solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Problem that • Right brake keeps operating.
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Release parking brake lever.

1 solenoid SRB (male) Resistance
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) STCN3 (female) (15) – SRB (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) STCN3 (female) (15) – SRB (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(13) – SRB (female) (2)
out.)
54 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 55
Failure code [DXHBKY] Right brake ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Right brake ECMV hot short
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHBKY (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to right steering brake solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Problem that • Right brake does not operate.
Related
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Lock).

1 solenoid SRB (male) Resistance
state Hot short in wiring harness STCN3 (female) (15) – SRB (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
(Contact with 24V circuit) chassis ground
STCN3 (female) (13) – SRB (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
out.)
56 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 57
Failure code [DXHCKA] Left brake ECMV disconnection 1

Action code Failure code Left brake ECMV disconnection
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHCKA (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal is output to left steering brake solenoid circuit, any current does not flow.
trouble
Action of • Stops outputting to left steering brake solenoid circuit.
Problem that • Left brake keeps operating.
• Output (Current) to left steering brake solenoid can be checked in real-time moniitoring mode.
Related
(Code 31621, 31619: command current, output current of left steering brake ECMV)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Release parking brake lever.

Defective left steering brake without turning starting switch ON.
1 solenoid
SLB (male) Resistance
Between (1) – (2) 5 – 15 z
value in normal
state 2 Max. 1 z
wiring or defective contact in – SLB (female) (1) tance
Max. 1 z
(13) – SLB (female) (2) tance
out.)
58 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 59
Failure code [DXHCKB] Left brake ECMV short circuit 1

Action code Failure code Left brake ECMV short circuit
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHCKB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to left steering brake ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Problem that • Left brake keeps operating.
Related
(Code 31621, 31619: command current, output current of left steering brake ECMV)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Engine start + Release parking brake lever.

1 solenoid SLB (male) Resistance
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) STCN3 (female) (5) – SLB (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
chassis ground
state
3
(with another wiring harness) STCN3 (female) (5) – SLB (female) (1) with Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(13) – SLB (female) (2)
out.)
60 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 61
Failure code [DXHCKY] Left brake ECMV hot short 1

Action code Failure code Left brake ECMV hot short
Trouble
CALL E04 DXHCKY (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Some current always flows into left steering brake solenoid circuit.
trouble
Problem that • Left brake does not operate.
Related
(Code 31621, 31619: Left brake ECMV command current, output current)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Lock).

1 solenoid SLB (male) Resistance
state Hot short in wiring harness STCN3 (female) (5) – SLB (female) (1) with Voltage Max. 1 V
2
(Contact with 24V circuit) chassis ground
STCN3 (female) (13) – SLB (female) (2) with Voltage Max. 1 V
chassis ground
out.)
62 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 63
Failure code [F@BBZL] (or VHMS LED display "n338") Engine blow-by
pressure abnormally high level 1
Trouble Engine blow-by pressure abnormally high level
— F@BBZL
Contents of
• Engine blow-by pressure is higher than threshold value of 900 mmH2O {8.83 kPa}.
trouble
Action of
controller
Problem that
appears on • If machine is used as it is, engine may be broken.
machine
Related • LED displays "n338".
information • If failure code [DHE5KB] or [DHE5KY] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.

• Check engine and then repair if necessary.
Possible causes Abnormal increase of engine
1 • Check breather hose outlet for clogging with dirt, bend and fold,
and standard blow-by pressure
and then repair if necessary.
value in normal
state Defective engine blow-by
2 Check sensor and then repair if necessary.
pressure sensor
3 Defective VHMS controller If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, VHMS controller is defective.
64 D375A-5E0
Failure code [F@BYNR] (or VHMS LED display "n362") Front exhaust
temperature abnormally high level (2) 1
Trouble Front exhaust temperature abnormally high level (2)
— F@BYNR
• Signal circuit of No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature sensor detected temperature
Contents of higher than exhaust temperature limit line 2 for 10 seconds.
trouble (Exhaust temperature limit line 2: Straight line between 750 °C in range above rated output speed
and 800 °C in range below maximum torque speed)
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine
information • If failure code [DGT5KA] or [DGT5KB] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.

system is normal)
state
Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
66 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 67
Failure code [F@BYNS] (or VHMS LED display "n361") Front exhaust
Trouble Front exhaust temperature abnormally high level (1)
— F@BYNS
• Signal circuit of No. 1, 2 and 3 cylinder (front side) exhaust temperature sensor detected temperature
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine

system is normal)
state
Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
68 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 69
Failure code [F@BZNR] (or VHMS LED display "n372") Rear exhaust
Trouble Rear exhaust temperature abnormally high level (2)
— F@BZNR
• Signal circuit of No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature sensor detected temperature
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine

system is normal)
state
Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
70 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 71
Failure code [F@BZNS] (or VHMS LED display "n371") Rear exhaust
Trouble Rear exhaust temperature abnormally high level (1)
— F@BZNS
• Signal circuit of No. 4, 5 and 6 cylinder (rear side) exhaust temperature sensor detected temperature
Action of
controller
Problem that
machine

system is normal)
state
Approx.
20 °C Voltage 0.9 – 1.2
V
Approx.
500 °C Voltage 2.6 – 3.5
V
72 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 73
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
74 D375A-5E0
SEN01875-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Troubleshooting of electrical system
(E-mode)
Information in troubleshooting table ................................................................................................................ 3
E-1 The engine does not start......................................................................................................................... 4
E-2 Preheat does not operate (Manual preheating function) .......................................................................... 9
E-3 The ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate ...................................................................................... 12
E-4 When the starting switch is ON, none of the machine monitor come on ................................................ 14
E-5 When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor completely remains lighted and does not go
out.......................................................................................................................................................... 16
E-6 When the starting switch is ON, the basic check item flashes ............................................................... 18
E-7 While the engine is operating, any caution item flashes ........................................................................ 20
E-8 An emergency caution item flashes while the engine is running............................................................ 23
E-9 While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not come on ..................................... 28
E-10 At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does not come on (Dual tilt-mounted
machine) ................................................................................................................................................ 30
D375A-5E0 1
E-11 At the locking-up of the torque converter, the torque converter lock-up display lamp
does not come on .................................................................................................................................. 30
E-12 The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally..................................................... 30
E-13 Indication of the power train (torque converter) temperature gauge is abnormal................................. 31
E-14 The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally ......................................................... 32
E-15 Indication of the fuel gauge is abnormal............................................................................................... 33
E-16 Indications of gear speed and engine speed are abnormal.................................................................. 34
E-17 Indication of the shift mode service meter is abnormal ........................................................................ 34
E-18 The switch module cannot be operated................................................................................................ 35
E-19 The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out............................................................................ 36
E-20 The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop ............................................................................. 37
E-21 Auto shift down is not possible or is not released................................................................................. 38
E-22 The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled................................................................................................. 39
E-23 The operator mode cannot be operated ............................................................................................... 40
E-24 The service mode cannot be operated ................................................................................................. 42
E-25 The back-up alarm does not sound ...................................................................................................... 44
E-26 The night light, the headlamp, the working lamp and the rear lamp on the panel do not come on ...... 46
E-27 Air conditioner does not operate........................................................................................................... 52
E-28 Orbcomm terminal does not operate normally (Data are not transmitted) ........................................... 56
2 D375A-5E0

Trouble Trouble which occurred in the machine

Related
information
1
<Troubles in wiring harness>
• Disconnection
Connector is connected defectively or wiring harness is
broken.
• Ground fault
Wiring harness which is not connected to chassis ground
circuit is in contact with chassis ground circuit.
• Hot short
Wiring harness which is not connected to power source (24
2 V) circuit is in contact with power source (24 V) circuit.
• Short circuit
Independent wiring harnesses are in contact with each
Possible causes other abnormally.
<Precautions for troubleshooting>
state ence numbers, which do
(1) Method of indicating connector No. and handling of T-
not indicate priority)
adapter
Insert or connect T-adapter as explained below for trouble-
shooting, unless otherwise specified.
3 • If connector No. has no marks of "male" and "female",
disconnect connector and insert T-adapters in both male
side and female side.
• If connector No. has marks of "male" and "female", dis-
connect connector and connect T-adapter to only male
side or female side.
(2) Entry order of pin Nos. and handling of tester leads
Connect positive (+) lead and negative (–) lead of tester as
explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise
specified.
4 • Connect positive (+) lead to pin No. or wiring harness
entered on front side.
• Connect negative (–) lead to pin No. or harness entered
on rear side.
Related circuit diagram
This drawing is a part of the electric circuit diagram related to troubleshooting.

• Connector No.: Indicates (Model – Number of pins) and (Color).
• "Connector No. and pin No." from each branching/merging point:
Shows the ends of branch or source of merging within the parts of the
same wiring harness.
• Arrow (io): Roughly shows the location on the machine.
D375A-5E0 3
E-1 The engine does not start 1

Trouble (1) • The engine does not start.
• The engine start circuit has the neutral safety function, and the engine does not start unless the
parking brake lever is set to the lock position or the travel lever is set to the neutral position.
Related
information • If "the machine monitor does not come on" or "the battery relay does not cause operating sound"
when the starting switch is set to ON, the main electric power supply system is supposed to be out
of order. So, inspect the main electric power supply system.

Battery voltage Battery specific gravity
1 Insufficient battery capacity
Min. 24 V Min. 1.26
a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
Defective starting switch Key switch Switch position Resistance
2
(internal disconnection)
Between terminals OFF Min. 1 Mz
250 and 280 START Max. 1 z
a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then start the engine and
Defective neutral safety relay
3 If the engine starts in accordance with the engine starting arrange-
(internal disconnection)
ment after the neutral safety relay (NSF) is replaced with another
one while the starting switch is set to OFF, the relay is defective.
a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then turn the starting
Defective alternator (internal switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
short-circuit) Alternator Voltage
Possible causes
and standard Between Terminal R and ground Max. 1 V
value in normal a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then start the engine and
Starting motor Voltage
Electric power supply : between
20 – 30 V
Terminal B and ground
Detective starting motor Charge : between Terminal R
5 Max. 1 V
(internal defect) and ground
Starting : between Terminal C
20 – 30 V
and ground
When the voltages of electric power supply, for charging and start-
ing are normal but the starting motor does not rotate, the starting
motor is defective.
Disconnection in wiring har- shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
ness (disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between 280 terminal and Resis-
6 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- NFS (female) (3) tance
nector) Between NSF (female) (5) – ST1 (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(1), – ST2 (female) (1) tance
4 D375A-5E0

switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Hot short of wiring harness between alterna-
Hot short in wiring harness tor R terminal and starting motor R terminal
7 or TMCN1 (female) (15) or S04 (female) (9)
or STCN1 (female) (15) or RSD (female) (2) Voltage Max. 1 V
with ground (Note: While a hot short occurs,
Possible causes the battery charge level lamp comes on
and standard when the starting switch is turned ON.)
value in normal Defective diode If diode RSD is shorted, voltage at starting motor terminal R is 20 –
8
state (Internal short circuit) 30 V and starting motor does not operate.
Short circuit of wiring harness between NSF
Ground fault in wiring har- Resis-
(female) (5) – ST1 (female) (1) or ST2 Min. 1 Mz
9 ness (Contact with GND cir- tance
(female) (1) with chassis ground
cuit)
Short circuit of wiring harness between ter-
Resis-
minal 280 – NSF (female) (3) with chassis Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
D375A-5E0 5
• Trouble (1) is not detected but the engine does not start (When the machine is equipped with pre-
Trouble (2) lubricator).
• "PE" is displayed on the gear speed display unit and "E" on the right side flashes.
• After the engine is started, if "Po" is displayed on the gear speed display unit and "0" on the right
side flashes, the engine oil pressure is not heightened sufficiently even if pre-lubrication is applied.
Related (In this case, the pre-lubrication motor and the engine oil pressure switch for pre-lubrication may be
information defective. Accordingly, carry out the following troubleshooting.)
• If the trouble is related pre-lubrication, the engine can be started temporarily by using the pre-lubri-
cation skip mode.

a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then keep starting switch
Defective engine oil
OFF or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
pressure switch for
1 pre-lubrication STCN2 Starting switch Resistance
(Internal disconnection or Between (3) and OFF Max. 1 z
short circuit) chassis ground Start engine Min. 1 Mz
Defective pre-lubrication a Check if the relay is operating normally by checking operating
2
relay (Internal defect) sound.
a Replace the relay with another one with the starting switch
Defective pre-lubrication OFF. If the engine can be started at this time or "E" of "PE" on
3
relay (PLUB) the gear speed display unit is not displayed after the starting
switch is turned ON, the relay may be defective.
ing during pre-lubrication.
Possible causes Pre-lubrication motor Voltage
and standard Defective pre-lubrication
4 Between wiring harness
value in normal motor
between terminal PM1, PR2 and
state 20 – 30 V
STCN 1 (female) (23) and chas-
sis ground
Between pre-lubrication pressure switch ter- Resis-
Max. 1 z
minal POP and STCN2 (female) (3) tance
Between key switch terminal 270 and pre- Resis-
Max. 1 z
lubrication relay (PLUB) (female) (1) tance
Between pre-lubrication relay (PLUB) Resis-
harness (Disconnection in Max. 1 z
5 (female) (2) and STCN2 (female) (18) tance
wiring harness or defective
contact in connector) Between pre-lubrication motor signal termi- Resis-
Max. 1 z
nal and STCN1 (female) (23) tance
Between pre-lubrication relay (PLUB) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(female) (3) and key terminal 270 tance
Between pre-lubrication relay (PLUB)
Resis-
(female) (5) and pre-lubrication relay termi- Max. 1 z
tance
nal PR3
6 D375A-5E0

Between wiring harness between key switch
Resis-
terminal 270 and pre-lubrication relay Min. 1 Mz
tance
(PLUB) (female) (1) and chassis ground
Between wiring harness between pre-lubri-
Resis-
cation relay (PLUB) (female) (2) and STCN2 Min. 1 Mz
(female) (18) and chassis ground
and standard Short circuit with chassis
value in normal 6 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between pre-lubri-
Resis-
state (Contact with ground circuit) cation motor signal terminal and STCN1 tance
Min. 1 Mz
Resis-
cation relay (PLUB) (female) (3) and key ter- Min. 1 Mz
tance
minal 270 and chassis ground
cation relay (PLUB) (female) (5) and pre- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
lubrication relay terminal PR3 and chassis tance
ground
D375A-5E0 7
8 D375A-5E0
E-2 Preheat does not operate (Manual preheating function) 1

Trouble • Preheat does not operate.
a This troubleshooting describes the procedures when the electrical intake air heater mounting unit
is not heated (if only the preheating lamp does not come on, execute the diagnosis indicating that
the "Preheating lamp does not come on".)
Related
• Preheat includes the "Automatic preheating function" and the "Manual preheating function". Even if
information
which function is operated, the preheating lamp comes on.
• If the "machine monitor does not come on" or "No operating sound of the battery relay is heard"
when the starting switch is ON, a main power system abnormality is assumed. So inspect it.

Carry out troubleshooting only when manual heating operation is
defective.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then keep starting switch
Starting switch failure OFF and turn it to HEAT and carry out troubleshooting in each
1 case.
Starting switch Switch position Resistance
Between terminals OFF Min. 1 Mz
250 and 255 HEAT Max. 1 z
If the fuse is damaged by fire, the possibility of a ground fault having
2 Fuse (FS22-2) failure
occurred in the circuit is great.
Defective circuit breaker
3 a If circuit breaker is shorted, circuit probably has ground fault.
(CBH1)
a Prepare the engine with the starting switch OFF and diagnose
it with HEAT.
Relay for preheater failure
4 Replace the relay with another one with starting switch OFF. Then
if the heater operate while starting switch is at HEAT position, the
preheater relay (PHR) may be defective.
Possible causes it with HEAT.
and standard Preheater Voltage
value in normal Power: Between power sup-
state Heater relay failure ply terminal and 20 – 30 V
5
(Internal fault) ground
Signal: Between signal termi-
20 – 30 V
nal and ground
If each voltage of power and signal is normal and no operation
sound is heard, the heater relay is faulty.
Electrical intake air heater it with the starting switch OFF as is.
6 failure
Electrical intake air heater Continuity
(Internal fault)
Between terminals Continue
it with the starting switch OFF as is.
Between harnesses between FS22-2 exit Resis-
Max. 1 z
Harness disconnection and PHR (female) (5) tance
failure Wiring harness between PHR (female) (3) Resis-
7 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection/connector and 255 or preheater relay terminal HT tance
contact failure) Wiring harness between battery relay termi- Resis-
Max. 1 z
nal BRC and preheater relay terminal HT/A tance
Wiring harness between heater relay termi- Resis-
Max. 1 z
nal HT/B and electrical intake air heater tance
D375A-5E0 9

Resis-
FS22-2 (outlet side) and PHR (female) (5) Min. 1 Mz
tance
Possible causes with chassis ground
Harness ground fault
and standard 8
(Contact with ground circuit) Between wiring harness between PHR (fe- Resis-
value in normal male) (3) and heater relay terminal HT and Min. 1 Mz
state tance
chassis ground
Between wiring harness between heater re-
Resis-
lay terminal HT and HTD (1) and chassis Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
Defecive diode HTD If diode HTD is shorted, circuit is shorted to chassis ground and
9
(Internal short circuit) heater probably does not operate.
10 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 11
E-3 The ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate 1

Trouble • The ripper pin puller cylinder does not operates.
Related
—
information

If the fuse is damaged by fire, the possibility of a ground fault having
1 Fuse (FS22-2) failure
occurred in the circuit is great.
Pin puller switch failure
2 (Internal disconnection/short PLSW (male) Switch Resistance
circuit) Draw-in Max. 1 z
Between (1) and (2)
Pull-in Min. 1 Mz
Pin puller solenoid failure
3 (Internal disconnection/short PPL (male) Resistance
circuit) Between (1) and (2) 10 – 80 z
Between (1) and groud Min. 1 Mz
it with the starting switch Off as is.
Possible causes
Harness disconnection Between harnesses between FS22-2 and Resis-
failure PLSW (female) (1) tance
value in normal 4
state (Disconnection/connector Between harnesses between PLSW (fe- Resis-
contact failure) Max. 1 z
male) (2) and PPL (male) (1) tance
Between harnesses between PPL (male) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Between wiring harness between FS22-2
Harness ground fault Resis-
5 (outlet side) - PLSW (female) (1) and chassis Min. 1 Mz
(Contact with ground circuit) tance
ground
Between harness and ground between Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
PLSW (2) and PPL (male) (1) tance
it with the starting switch ON (Push in switch).
Harness hot short-circuiting
Between harness and ground between
6 failure Voltage Max. 1 V
PLSW (female) (2) and PPL (male) (1)
(24 V circuit and contact)
Wiring harness between PPL (female) (2)
Voltage Max. 1 V
and chassis ground
12 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 13
E-4 When the starting switch is ON, none of the machine monitor come
on 1
Trouble • The machine monitor does not come on at all when the starting switch is turned ON.
Related • When the starting switch is turned ON, the gear speed indicator, the multi information section, the
information gauge section and the lamp section come on for 3 sec.

Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, the circuit may have possibly
1
(CB2, CB6) been short-circuited with ground.
shooting without turning the starting switch ON .
Wiring harness between S03 (female) (1), Resis-
Max. 1 z
(2) and CB2 outlet tance
Disconnection of wiring har- Wiring harness between S03 (female) (3), Resis-
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring (4) and ground tance
2
or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between S03 (female) (5), Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
(6) and CB6 outlet tance
Wiring harness between S01 (female) (1) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and CB2 outlet tance
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Possible causes
and standard
value in normal Ground fault of wiring har- Between wiring harness CB2 (outlet side)
Resis-
state 3 ness (Contact with ground and S03 (female) (2) and S01 (female) (1) Min. 1 Mz
tance
circuit) and ground
Between wiring harness CB6 (outlet side) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
and S03 (female) (5) (6) and ground tance
S03 Voltage
Between (1), (2) and (3), (4) 20 – 30 V
Defective machine monitor S01 Voltage
4
(Gauge/lamp module) Between (1) and (2) 20 – 30 V
shooting without turning the starting switch ON and OFF.
S03 Voltage
Between (5) (6) and (3) (4) 20 – 30 V
If failure code [DAFRKR] of CAN communication error is dis-
5 CAN communication error
played, carry out troubleshooting for it.
14 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 15
E-5 When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor
completely remains lighted and does not go out 1
• When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor completely remains lighted and does
Trouble
not go out.
Related • When the starting switch is turned ON, the gear speed indicator, the multi information section, the
information gauge section and the lamp section come on for 3 sec. and go out.

and standard
value in normal Defective machine monitor
1 This internal defect cannot be diagnosed.
state (Gauge/lamp module)
16 D375A-5E0
E-6 When the starting switch is ON, the basic check item flashes 1
Trouble • The radiator water level lamp flashes.
Related
• The basic check item flashes when an abnormality is detected before the engine starts.
information

Radiator water level Because the radiator water level decrease is detected, inspect the
1
decrease radiator water level (the lamp flashes below the specified level).
Radiator water level failure WLD (male) Radiator water level Resistance
2
At normal time Max. 1 z
Between (1) and (2)
At decreased time Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes
and standard
Harness disconnection it with the starting switch OFF as is.
value in normal
state failure Between harnesses between S03 (female) Resis-
3 Max. 1 z
(Disconnection/connector (11) and WLD (female) (1) tance
contact failure) Between harnesses between WLD (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
(2) and ground tance
it with the starting switch ON.
Machine monitor failure S03 Radiator water level Voltage
4
(Gauge lamp module)
Between (11) and At normal time Max. 1 V
chassis ground At decreased time 20 – 20 V
18 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 19
E-7 While the engine is operating, any caution item flashes 1

Trouble (1) • The battery charge level caution lamp flashes.
Related
• When any abnormality is detected during engine operation, the relevant caution item will flash.
information

a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then start the engine and
Defective alternator (insuffi-
1 Alternator Engine speed Voltage
cient power generation)
Between Terminal R Min. medium speed
20 – 30 V
and ground (half)
Disconnection of wiring har- a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
ness (Disconnection in wiring shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
2
or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between S04 (female) (9) Resis-
Possible causes nector) Max. 1 z
and alternator R terminal tance
and standard
value in normal a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
state shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
3 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between S04
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (9) – alternator terminal R – starting Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
motor terminal R – STCN1 (15) – TMCN1 tance
Defective machine monitor
4 S04 Engine speed Voltage
(Gauge/lamp module)
Between (9) and Min. medium speed
20 – 30 V
ground (half)
20 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 21
Trouble (2) • The air cleaner clogging caution lamp flashes.

Related
• If abnormality is detected while the engine is running, the caution item lamp flashes.
information

1 Clogged air cleaner Clean or replace the air cleaner.
Disconnection in wiring ing without turning starting switch ON.
harness (Disconnection in Wiring harness between S03 (female) (13) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
wiring harness or defective and AF1 (female) (1) tance
contact in connector) Wiring harness between AF1 (female) (2) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
Short circuit with chassis ing without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes 3 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness between S03
and standard (Contact with ground circuit) (female) (13) and AF1 (female) (1) and chas- Resis- Min. 1 Mz
sis ground
state
Defective machine monitor S03 Air cleaner Voltage
4
(gauge, lamp module)
Between (13) and When normal Max. 1 V
chassis ground When clogged 20 – 30 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry
out troubleshooting.
Defective air cleaner clog-
5 ging switch (Internal discon- AF1 (male) Air cleaner Resistance
nection) When normal Max. 1 z
Between (1) and (2)
When clogged Min. 1 Mz
22 D375A-5E0
E-8 An emergency caution item flashes while the engine is running 1

Trouble (1) • The engine oil pressure caution lamp flashes.
• If abnormality is detected while the engine is running, the emergency calculation item flashes and
Related the caution buzzer sounds.
information • The engine controller checks the engine oil pressure for abnormality.
• Failure code [B@BAZG] may be displayed, too.

Check the engine oil pressure, as the drop of engine oil pressure is
Reduction of engine oil pres-
1 detected.
Possible causes sure
• Carry out the troubleshooting of "S-12 Oil pressure drops."
and standard
value in normal If no problem is found in cause 1, the engine oil pressure sensor cir-
state Defective engine hydraulic cuit can be suspected to be defective. So, carry out the trouble-
2
system shooting of "Failure codes [CA135] and [CA141] Abnormal engine
oil pressure sensor."
3 Defective machine monitor Since this is an internal defect, it cannot be diagnosed.
D375A-5E0 23
Trouble (2) • The engine coolant temperature caution lamp flashes.

• When any abnormality is detected during engine operation, the relevant emergency warning item
will sound the alarm buzzer.
Related • The engine coolant temperature caution lamp flashes or goes out as it links with indication on the
information engine coolant temperature gauge.
• The engine controller checks the engine coolant temperature for abnormality.
• Failure code [B@BCNS] may be displayed, too.

As overheated engine coolant was detected, check the engine cool-
Overheated engine coolant ant temperature. (When the coolant temperature is over 102°C, the
1
temperature lamp flashes. When the coolant temperature is over 105°C, the
lamp flashes and the buzzer sounds.)
Check the indication on the engine coolant temperature gauge. If
the indication is abnormal, carry out the troubleshooting of "E-12
Indication on the engine coolant temperature gauge is abnormal".
a Coolant temperatures are guides for
selecting indications.
Possible causes
and standard The engine coolant tempera-
value in normal ture sensor system is defec- Coolant temperature
state 2 gauge
tive. (Engine controller
system)
White range/
Coolant temperature Red range
Green range
lamp
Goes out. Flashes.
When Causes 1 and 2 are not applicable, the machine monitor is
3 supposed to be defective. (This is an internal defect, which cannot
(Gauge/lamp module)
be troubleshot.)
24 D375A-5E0
Trouble (3) • The power train oil temperature caution lamp flashes.
Related
• The power train oil temperature caution lamp flashes or goes out as it links with indication on the
information
power train oil temperature gauge.
• Failure code [B@CENS] may be displayed, too.

As an overheated power train oil temperature was detected, check
Overheated oil temperature
1 the power train oil temperature. (Oil temperature above 120°C:
of power train
Lamp blinks, above 130°C: Lamp blinks and buzzer sounds)
Check the indication on the power train oil temperature gauge. If the
indication is abnormal, carry out the troubleshooting of "E-13 Indi-
cation on the power train oil temperature gauge is abnormal".
a Oil temperatures are guides for select-
ing indications.
Possible causes
and standard The power train oil tempera-
ture sensor system is defec- Oil temperature
value in normal 2
tive. (Machine monitor gauge
state
system)
White range/
Red range
Oil temperature lamp Green range
Goes out Flashes
(Gauge/lamp module)
be troubleshot.)
D375A-5E0 25
Trouble (4) • The hydraulic oil temperature caution lamp flashes.

Related
• The hydraulic oil temperature caution lamp flashes or goes out as it links with indication on the
information
hydraulic oil temperature gauge.
• Failure code [B@HANS] may be displayed, too.

As an overheated hydraulic oil temperature was detected, check the
Overheated hydraulic oil tem-
1 hydraulic oil temperature. (Above 100°C: Lamp blinks, above 110°C
perature
: Lamp blinks and buzzer sounds)
Check the indication on the engine coolant temperature gauge. If
the indication is abnormal, carry out the troubleshooting of "E-14
Indication on the hydraulic oil temperature gauge is abnormal".
a Oil temperatures are guides for select-
ing indications.
Possible causes
and standard The hydraulic oil temperature Oil temperature
value in normal 2 sensor system is defective. gauge
state (Machine monitor system)
White range/
Red range
Oil temperature lamp Green range
Goes out Flashes
(Gauge/lamp module)
be troubleshot.)
26 D375A-5E0
E-9 While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not
come on 1
Trouble • While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not come on.
a This troubleshooting describes the procedures to be followed when the preheating lamp doe not
come on. (When the preheater mounting section is not heated, carry out the troubleshooting of
Related
"The preheater does not work.")
information
• For preheating, both the "Automatic Preheating Function" and the "Manual Preheating Function"
are available. Even when either function is performed, the preheating lamp comes on.

Disconnection of wiring har- a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
ness (Disconnection in wiring shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
1
or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between S03 (female) (9) Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
and heater relay HT terminal tance
Possible causes Ground fault of wiring har- shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
and standard 2 ness (Contact with ground Between wiring harness between S03
value in normal circuit) Resis-
(female) (9) and heater relay HT terminal Min. 1 Mz
state tance
and ground
Defective machine monitor S03 Starting switch Voltage
3
(Gauge/lamp module)
Between (9) and ON Max. 1 V
ground HEAT 20 – 30 V
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
E-10 At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp
does not come on (Dual tilt-mounted machine) 1
• At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does not come on. (Dual tilt-mounted
Trouble
machine)
• Before troubleshooting the blade, make sure that the dual tilt can operate. (When the blade does not
Related
operate normally, the electrical system on the machine side or the hydraulic/mechanical system is
information
supposed to be out of order. So, troubleshoot the relevant system.)

and standard
1 This is an internal defect, which cannot be troubleshot.
E-11 At the locking-up of the torque converter, the torque converter

lock-up display lamp does not come on 1
• At the locking-up of the torque converter, the torque converter lock-up display lamp does not come
Trouble
on.
• Before troubleshooting the torque converter, make sure that the lock-up is operating. (When the
Related
lock-up does not operate normally, the electrical system on the machine side or the hydraulic/
information
mechanical system is supposed to be out of order. So, troubleshoot the relevant system.)

and standard
E-12 The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate

normally 1
Trouble • The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally.
• Information of the engine coolant temperature sensor is received from the engine controller by CAN
Related communication.
information • When any abnormality occurs in the engine coolant temperature sensor system, failure code
[CA144] or [CA145] may be displayed.

Defective engine coolant If failure code [CA144] or [CA145] is displayed, carry out trouble-
1
temperature sensor system shooting for it.
Possible causes
Engine controller CAN com- If failure code [DB2RKR] or [dB2RKR] is displayed, carry out trou-
and standard 2
munication error bleshooting for it.
value in normal
state 3 Defective engine controller Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, machine monitor may be defec-
4 Defective machine monitor tive. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried
out.)
30 D375A-5E0
E-13 Indication of the power train (torque converter) temperature gauge

is abnormal 1
Trouble • Indication of the power train (torque converter) temperature gauge is abnormal.
Related • When any abnormality occurs in the power train oil pressure sensor system, failure code [DGT1KX]
information or [DGT1KA] may be displayed.

Defective power train oil If failure code [DGT1KX] or [DGT1KA] is displayed, carry out trou-
1
pressure sensor system bleshooting for it.
Possible causes
and standard
value in normal
state Defective machine monitor Torque converter oil
2 S04 (female) Resistance
(Gauge/lamp module) temperature
Between (12) and About 3.8 k –
10 – 130°C
ground about 80 kz
D375A-5E0 31
E-14 The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally 1
Trouble • The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally.
• Signals of the hydraulic oil temperature sensor are received from the transmission controller
Related through communication.
information • When any abnormality occurred in the hydraulic oil temperature sensor system, the failure code
[DGS1KX] is displayed sometimes.

Defective hydraulic oil tem- If failure code [DGS1KX] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
1
perature sensor system it.
Possible causes
Transmission controller CAN If failure code [DAQRKR] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting
and standard 2
communication error for it.
value in normal
state Defective transmission
controller
(Gauge/lamp module)
32 D375A-5E0
E-15 Indication of the fuel gauge is abnormal 1

Trouble • Indication of the fuel gauge is abnormal.
Related
—
information

Defective fuel level sensor.
1 (Internal disconnection or FGS (male) Remained fuel level Resistance
short circuit) Between (1) and (2) Full About 4 z
(ground) Empty About 85 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between S04 (female) (10) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- and FGS (female) (1) tance
nector) Wiring harness between FGS (female) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Possible causes
and standard a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
value in normal Short circuit with chassis shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
state 3 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness (between S04
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (10) and FGS (female) (1)) and Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
4 Between wiring harness (between S04
(female) (10) and FGS (female) (1)) and Voltage Max. 1 V
ground
Defective machine monitor S04 (female) Remained fuel level Resistance
5
(Gauge/lamp module)
Between (10) and Full About 4 z
ground Empty About 85 z
D375A-5E0 33
E-16 Indications of gear speed and engine speed are abnormal 1

Trouble • Indications of gear speed and engine speed are abnormal.
Related • Signals of gear speed and engine speed are received from the transmission controller and the
information engine controller through communication.

Possible causes Engine controller or transmis-
If failure code [DB2RKR], [dB2RKR] or [DAQRKR] is displayed,
and standard 1 sion controller CAN commu-
carry out troubleshooting for it.
value in normal nication error
state Defective machine monitor
(Gauge/lamp module)
E-17 Indication of the shift mode service meter is abnormal 1

Trouble (1) • During engine operation, the service meter does not advance.
Related
• The service meter measures time according to engine drive signals (alternator voltage).
information

Possible causes When the battery charge level caution lamp flashes during engine
and standard 1 Defective alternator system operation, carry out the troubleshooting of "While the engine is
value in normal operating, caution items flash."
state Defective machine monitor
(Gauge/lamp module)
Trouble (2) • Shift mode and service meter are not displayed at all.
Related
—
information

and standard
34 D375A-5E0
E-18 The switch module cannot be operated 1

Trouble (1) • Though the switch is used, lamps do not change.
Related
—
information

and standard
state (Switch module)
Trouble (2) • Though the switch is used, the system setting does not change.
Related
• Switch module signals are transmitted to each controller through communication.
information

ness (Disconnection in wiring
1
Possible causes or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between S01 (female) (8) – Resis-
and standard nector) STCN2 (female) (21), – TMCN2 (female) Max. 1 z
tance
value in normal (21)
state a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then start the engine and
Defective machine monitor carry out the troubleshooting.
2
Between (8) and ground 6–9V
D375A-5E0 35
E-19 The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out 1
Trouble • The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out.
Related
—
information

and standard
36 D375A-5E0
E-20 The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop 1
Trouble • The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop.
Related • When a short circuit occurs in the alarm buzzer system, the failure code is displayed but no other
information failure codes are displayed.

Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, a ground fault may have possibly
1
(CB2) occurred in the circuit.
Defective alarm buzzer
2 (Internal disconnection or 217 (male) Resistance
short circuit) Between (1) and (2) 200 z
Between (2) and ground Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between S03 (female) (18) Resis-
3 Max. 1 z
and standard or defective contact in con- and 217 (female) (1) tance
value in normal nector) Wiring harness between 217 (female) (2) Resis-
state Max. 1 z
Short circuit with chassis shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
(Contact with ground circuit) Between wiring harness related to CB2 (out- Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
let side) and ground tance
Defective machine monitor S03 Alarm buzzer Voltage
5
(Gauge/lamp module) At stop 20 – 30 V
Between (18) and
ground At operation
Max. 3 V
(sounding)
D375A-5E0 37
E-21 Auto shift down is not possible or is not released 1

Trouble • Auto shift down is not possible or is not released.
Related
—
information

Defective auto shift down Auto shift down
1 switch (Internal disconnec- ASD (male) Resistance
switch
tion or short circuit)
OFF (0) Min. 1 Mz
Between (2) and (3)
ON (1) Max. 1 z
Possible causes ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between TMCN3 (female) Resis-
or defective contact in con- (39) and ADS (female) (3) tance
value in normal nector) Wiring harness between ADS (female) (2) Resis-
state Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Short circuit with chassis shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
3 ground in wiring harness Between wiring harness (between TMCN3
(Contact with ground circuit) (female) (39) and ASD (female) (3)) and Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
troller
Defective transmission con- If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, transmission controller may have
5
trol system defects related to this function.
38 D375A-5E0
E-22 The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled 1

Trouble • The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled.
Related
• The cancel signal is sent from the steering controller to the machine monitor by communication.
information

BUZ (male) Buzzer cancel switch Resistance
Defective buzzer cancel
OFF (0) Min. 1 Mz
1 switch (Internal disconnec- Between (1) and (2)
tion or short circuit) Max. 1 z
OFF (0) Min. 1 Mz
Between (1) and (3)
Max. 1 z
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring har- Wiring harness between STCN2 (36) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard ness (Disconnection in BUZ (female) (2) tance
value in normal 2
wiring or defective contact in Wiring harness between STCN2 (26) and Resis-
state connector) Max. 1 z
BUZ (female) (3) tance
Wiring harness between BUZ (female) (1) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Between wiring harness (between STCN2 Resis-
3 ground in wiring harness Min. 1 Mz
(36) and BUZ (female) (2)) and ground tance
Min. 1 Mz
(26) and BUZ (female) (3)) and ground tance
Machine monitor CAN com- If failure code [DAFRKR] is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for
4
munication error it.
D375A-5E0 39
E-23 The operator mode cannot be operated 1

Trouble • The operator mode cannot be operated.
Related
—
information

Since the buzzer cancel switch system is supposed to be out of
1 order, carry out the troubleshooting of "The alarm buzzer cannot be
switch system
cancelled."
CUR (male) Information switch Resistance
Defective information switch
2 (Internal short circuit or dis- OFF (0) Min. 1 Mz
Between (1) and (2)
connection) Max. 1 z
OFF (0) Min. 1 Mz
Between (1) and (3)
Max. 1 z
Possible causes a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
and standard shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
value in normal
state Disconnection in wiring har- Wiring harness between STCN2 (16) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring CUR (female) (2) tance
3
or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STCN2 (6) and Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
CUR (female) (3) tance
Wiring harness between CUR (female) (1) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
(16) and CUR (female) (2)) and ground tance
Min. 1 Mz
(6) and CUR (female) (3)) and ground tance
40 D375A-5E0
E-24 The service mode cannot be operated 1

Trouble • The service mode cannot be operated.
Related
—
information

Since the buzzer cancel switch system is supposed to be out of
1 order, carry out the troubleshooting of "E-22 The alarm buzzer can-
switch system
not be cancelled."
Since the information switch system is supposed to be out of order,
Defective information switch
2 carry out the troubleshooting of "E-23 The operator mode cannot be
system
cancelled."
Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, a ground fault may have possibly
3
(CB6) occurred in the circuit.
Defective service switch
4 (Internal short circuit or dis- S24 Service switch Resistance
connection) Between (5) and (6), OFF Min. 1 Mz
Between (2) and (3) ON Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB6 outlet and S24 Resis-
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- (3) tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring Resis-
5 Wiring harness between S24 (6) and ground Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- tance
nector) Wiring harness between S03 (female) (16) Resis-
and S24 (2) tance
and standard
value in normal Wiring harness between STCN1 (female) (6) Resis-
Max. 1 z
state and S24 (4) tance
Wiring harness between CB6 outlet and S24 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(3) tance
Wiring harness between S24 (6) and chassis Resis-
ground tance
Wiring harness between S03 (female) (16) – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
S24 (2) tance
Min. 1 Mz
– S24 (5) tance
Defective machine monitor S03 Service switch Voltage
7
(Gauge/lamp module)
Between (16) and OFF Max. 1 V
ground ON 20 – 30 V
8 Defective steering controller STCN1 Service switch Voltage
Between (6) and OFF About 8 V
ground ON Max. 1 V
42 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 43
E-25 The back-up alarm does not sound 1

Trouble • The back-up alarm does not sound.
• When a failure occurs on the primary side (coil side) of the back-up alarm relay, a relevant failure
Related
code is displayed, but in case of failure on the secondary side (contact side), no failure code is dis-
information
played.

When the fuse is blown, a ground fault may have probably occurred
1 Defective fuse (FS22-1)
in the circuit.
Defective back-up relay When the relay is replaced with another relay while the starting
2
(Internal disconnection) switch is set to OFF and the alarm sounds after the starting switch
is turned on and the machine is operated in reverse, the back-up
alarm relay (BKA) is defective.
Wiring harness between FS22-1 outlet and Resis-
Max. 1 z
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring har- BKA (female) (1), (3) tance
and standard ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between BKA (female) (5) Resis-
3 Max. 1 z
value in normal or defective contact in con- and BKAL (female) (1) tance
state nector) Wiring harness between BKAL (female) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Max. 1 z
(18) – BKA (female) (2) tance
Wiring harness between FS22-1 (outlet) and Resis-
ground in wiring harness Min. 1 Mz
4 BKA (female) (1), (3) tance
(Contact with ground
circuit) Between wiring harness (between BKA
Resis-
(female) (5) and BKAL (female) (1)) and Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground
Defective back-up alarm When Causes 1 to 4 are not applicable, the back-up alarm is sup-
5
(Internal defect) posed to be defective.
44 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 45
E-26 The night light, the headlamp, the working lamp and the rear lamp
on the panel do not come on 1
Trouble (1) • None of the night light, the headlamp and the working lamp on the panel comes on.
Related • Headlamp and working lamp are operated with 1 switch.
information • If headlamp switch is operated, panel lighting is changed for night.

If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault
1 Defective circuit breaker CB5
etc.
Defective headlamp and
2 working lamp switch (Inter- FWL (male) Switch Resistance
national disconnection) OFF Min. 1 Mz
Between (2) and (3)
ON Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between FWL (female) (3) Resis-
Max. 1 z
Disconnection of wiring har-
Possible causes ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between FWL (female) (2)
3
and standard or defective contact in con- and LMFL (female) (1) and LMFR (female) Resis-
Max. 1 z
nector) (1) and LMW (female) (1) and S01 (female) tance
value in normal
(10) or S03 (female) (8)
state
Wiring harness between LMFL (female) (2)
Resis-
and LMFR (female) (2) or LMW (female) (2) Max. 1 z
tance
and ground
Wiring harness between FWL (female) (3) – Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
CB5 outlet and ground tance
Ground fault of wiring har- Wiring harness between FWL (female) (2) –
4 ness (Contact with ground LMFL (female) (1), LMFR (female) (1), LMW Resis-
circuit) Min. 1 Mz
(female) (1), S01 (female) (10) or S03 tance
(female) (8) and ground
Wiring harness between LMFL (female) (2),
Resis-
LMFR (female) (2), or LMW (female) (2) – Min. 1 Mz
tance
ground and ground
46 D375A-5E0
Trouble (2) • Only the night light on the panel does not comes on. (Whole or part)
Related
• If headlamp switch is operated, panel lighting is changed for night.
information

Defective night lamp (S02) The night lamp is supposed to be defective. Check if the bulb is
1
(Blown) blown.
Max. 1 z
and FWL (female) (2) tance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection of wiring har- and ground tance
ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between S02 (female) (1) Resis-
2 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- and CB2 (outlet) tance
nector) Wiring harness between S02 (female) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between S03 (female) (3), Resis-
(4) and ground tance
and standard
value in normal a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
state shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
Ground fault of wiring har- Min. 1 Mz
3 ness (Contact with ground
circuit) Wiring harness between S02 (female) (1) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
and CB2 (outlet) tance
Min. 1 Mz
Defective machine monitor Between S01 (10)
4
(Switch module) and (2)
Light switch ON 20 – 30 V
Between S02 (1) and
(2)
Defective machine monitor switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
5
(Gauge/lamp module) Between S03 (8) and
Light switch ON 20 – 30 V
(3), (4)
D375A-5E0 47
Trouble (3) • Only the headlamp does not comes on. (Both right and left, or one side only)
Related
—
information

The headlamp is supposed to be defective. Check if the bulb is
1 Defective headlamp (Blown)
blown.
Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, a ground fault may have possi-
2
(CB5) bly occurred in the circuit.
Defective headlamp relay When the relay is replace with another relay while the starting
3
(Internal disconnection) switch is set to OFF and the headlamp comes on after the starting
switch is turned ON and the light switch is turned ON, the head-
lamp relay (LMFL, LMFR) are defective.
Wiring harness between CB5 outlet and Resis-
Max. 1 z
LMFL (female) (3) and LMFR (female) (3) tance
Disconnection of wiring har-
ness (Disconnection in wiring Resis-
Possible causes 4 – LHDL (female) (1) and LMFR (female) (5) Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- tance
and standard – LHDR (female) (1)
nector)
value in normal Wiring harness between LMFL (female) (2) Resis-
state Max. 1 z
– ground tance
Wiring harness between LMFR (female) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
– ground tance
Between wiring harness between CB5 (out-
Ground fault of wiring har- Resis-
let side) and LMFL (female) (3) and LMFR Min. 1 Mz
5 ness (Contact with ground tance
circuit)
Resis-
– LHDL (female) (1) and LMFR (female) (5) Min. 1 Mz
tance
– LHDR (female) (1) and ground
Hot short (Contact with 24V Between wiring harness between LMFL
6 Voltage Max. 1 V
circuit) in wiring harness (female) (2) and ground and ground
Between wiring harness between LMFR
Voltage Max. 1 V
(female) (3) and ground and ground
48 D375A-5E0
Trouble (4) • Only the working lamp does not comes on. (Both right and left, or one side only)
Related
—
information

Defective working lamp The working lamp is supposed to be defective. Check if the bulb is
1
(Blown) blown.
When the fuse is blown, a ground fault may have probably
occurred in the circuit.
Defective working lamp relay When the relay is replace with another relay while the starting
3
(Internal disconnection) switch is set to OFF and the headlamp comes on after the starting
switch is turned ON and the light switch is turned ON, the working
lamp relay (LMW) is defective.
Possible causes Disconnection of wiring har- Wiring harness between FS22-4 outlet and Resis-
Max. 1 z
and standard ness (Disconnection in wiring LMW (female) (3) tance
4
value in normal or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between LMW (female) (5) Resis-
state nector) Max. 1 z
and LMKL (female) (1) or 242 (female) (1) tance
Wiring harness between LMW (female) (2) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and ground tance
Ground fault of wiring har- Between wiring harness between FS22-4 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
5 ness (Contact with ground (outlet side) LMW (female) (3) and ground tance
circuit) Between wiring harness between LMW
Resis-
(female) (5) and LMKL (female) (1) or 242 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Hot short (Contact with 24V shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
6
circuit) in wiring harness Between wiring harness between LMW
Voltage Max. 1 V
(female) (2) and ground and ground
D375A-5E0 49
Trouble (5) • Only the rear lamp does not comes on. (Both right and left, or one side only)
Related
—
information

The working lamp is supposed to be defective. Check if the bulb is
1 Defective rear lamp (Blown)
blown.
When the fuse is blown, a ground fault may have probably
occurred in the circuit.
Defective rear lamp switch RWL (male) Switch Resistance
3
(International disconnection)
OFF Min. 1 Mz
Between (2) and (3)
ON Max. 1 z
Possible causes
and standard a Prepare with the starting switch OFF, then carry out trouble-
value in normal Disconnection of wiring har- shooting without turning the starting switch ON.
state ness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between RWL (female) (2) Resis-
4 Max. 1 z
or defective contact in con- and FS22-5 (outlet side) tance
nector) Wiring harness between RWL (female) (3) Resis-
Max. 1 z
and LRER (female) (1) or LREL (female) (1) tance
Ground fault of wiring har- Between wiring harness between FS22-5 Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
5 ness (Contact with ground (outlet side) - RWL (female) (2) and ground tance
circuit) Between wiring harness between RWL
Resis-
(female) (3) - LRER (female) (1) and LREL Min. 1 Mz
tance
50 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 51
E-27 Air conditioner does not operate 1

Trouble (1) • No airflow occurs
Related
—
information

Defective circuit breaker When the circuit breaker is cut off, there is a high possibility that the
1
(CB4) circuit was short-circuited with ground.
a Set the starting switch to OFF for preparation and troubleshoot
Defective blower main relay while keeping it to OFF.
2
(coil side) CN-R1 (male) Resistance
Between (1) and (2) 240 ± 40 z
a Set the starting switch to OFF for preparation and set it to ON
Defective blower main relay for troubleshooting.
3
(contact side) CN-R1 Voltage
Between (6C) and ground 20 – 30 V
Defective blower Hi relay while keeping it to OFF.
4
Between (1) and (2) 240 ± 40 z
Defective blower Hi relay for troubleshooting.
5
(contact side) Set the starting switch to ON and set the blower Hi switch to ON. If
the motor rotates, the relay is normal.
Defective blower Mi relay while keeping it to OFF.
6
Between (1) and (2) 240 ± 40 z
Defective blower Mi relay for troubleshooting.
7
(contact side) Set the starting switch to ON and set the blower Mi switch to ON. If
Possible causes the motor rotates, the relay is normal.
and standard a Set the starting switch to OFF for preparation and set it to ON
value in normal for troubleshooting.
state 8 Defective blower motor
Set the starting switch to ON and set the blower Lo switch to ON. If
the motor rotates, the relay is normal.
while keeping it to OFF.
Harness between CR-R3 (female) (0B), CN-
Resis-
AC1 (female) (0C), CN-R (female) (0D) or Max. 1 z
tance
CCN-R2 (female) (0E) and ground
Harness between CN-B (female) (10A) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
CN-R (female) (10B) tance
Harnesses between CN-B (female) (11A)
Resis-
and CN-R2 (female) (11B) and between CN- Max. 1 z
tance
B (female) (11A) and CN-R (female) (11C)
Disconnection of harness Harnesses between CB4 outlet and CNAC1
9 (Disconnection, defective (female) (13C), between CB4 outlet and CN-
Resis-
contact of connector) R1 (female) (13D), between CB4 outlet and Max. 1 z
tance
CN-R2 (female) (13E) and between CB4
outlet and CN-R3 (female) (13H)
Harness between CN-R1 (female) (14A) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
CN-AC1 (female) (14B) tance
Max. 1 z
Max. 1 z
When cases 1 to 9 are not applicable, the control panel is supposed to
10 Defective control panel
be defective.
Mistake of failure phenome- When any specific cause cannot be determined, failure phenomena
11
non might have been mistaken. Execute the troubleshooting of "No cooling."
52 D375A-5E0
Trouble (2) • No cooling

Related
—
information

for troubleshooting.
1 Defective pressure switch CN-P Blower switch Voltage
Between (26A) and
ON 20 – 30 V
ground
Defective compressor clutch while keeping it to OFF.
2
relay (coil side) CN-R4 (male) Resistance
Between (1) and (2) 240 ± 40 z
Defective compressor clutch for troubleshooting.
3
relay (contact side) CN-R4 Voltage
Between (9B) and ground 20 – 30 V
Condenser relay for troubleshooting.
4
(contact side) CN-R5 Voltage
Between (7B) and ground 20 – 30 V
5 Defective thermistor
CN-AC1 (male) Resistance
Between (15B) and (16C) Max. 3,500 z
Defective condenser blower while keeping it to OFF.
6
resistor Condenser blower resistor Resistance
Possible causes Between terminals 2.8 z ± 5%
and standard
value in normal a Set the starting switch to ON for troubleshooting.
state 7 Defective condenser motor
Set the air conditioner switch to ON. If the motor rotates, it is normal.
a Start the engine for troubleshooting.
Defective compressor mag-
8 The compressor magnet clutch is supposed to be defective. Check
net clutch
it directly.
9 Defective compressor
The compressor is supposed to be defective. Check it directly.
Harnesses between CB4 outlet and CN-R5
Resis-
(female) (6B) and between CB4 outlet and Max. 1 z
tance
CN-R4 (female) (6D)
Harness between CN-R5 (female) (7B) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
ARC (female) (2) tance
Harness between CN-R4 (female) (9B) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
Disconnection of harness 351 (female) (1) tance
10 (Disconnection, defective Harnesses between CB4 outlet and CN-R4 Resis-
Max. 1 z
contact of connector) (female) (131) tance
Harness between CN-T (female) (15A) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
Harness between CN-P (female) (19A) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
CN-R4 (female) (19C) tance
Harness between CN-P (female) (26A) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
Harness between ARC (female) (1) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
ground tance
When cases 1 to 10 are not applicable, the control panel is sup-
11 Defective control panel
posed to be defective.
D375A-5E0 53
54 D375A-5E0
E-28 Orbcomm terminal does not operate normally (Data are not
transmitted) 1
Trouble • The ORBCOMM terminal does not operate normally (Data are not transmitted).
Related
• Even if the ORBCOMM terminal is abnormal,it does not cause a trouble in the machine.
information

At least 3 minutes after starting the VHMS,check the decimal point
at the right bottom of the LED of the VHMS controller or the decimal
point at the right bottom of the central part of the lower line of the
multi-information display unit.
* To check the decimal point on the multi-information display
unit,turn the starting switch ON and select the "Real-time monitoring
mode"or "Dual display monitoring mode"and input the ID = 20300.
Terminal power supply is
1 abnormal or satellite is not Lamp is Power is not applied to ORBCOMM terminal or the com-
captured OFF munication with VHMS controller is abnormal.
Power is applied to ORBCOMM terminal and the com-
Lamp is
munication with VHMS controller is normal. But it does
ON
not capture satellite.
Power is applied to ORBCOMM terminal, capturing
Flashing satellie and the communication with VHMS controller is
normal.
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
and standard ing without turning starting switch ON.
value in normal
state Between KOM1 (female) (36), (39), (40) – Resis-
Max. 1 z
VF2 (male) (5) and chassis ground tance
Disconnection in wiring har- Between KOM1 (female) (37), (38) and Resis-
Max. 1 z
ness (Disconnection in wiring chassis ground tance
2
harness or defective contact Between V4B (female) (3) and KOM1 Resis-
in connector) Max. 1 z
(female) (11) tance
Between V4B (female) (4) and KOM1 Resis-
Max. 1 z
(female) (4) tance
Between V4B (female) (10) and KOM1 Resis-
Max. 1 z
(female) (5) tance
Defective ORBCOMM termi-
nal a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
(When LED is turned OFF) ing without turning starting switch ON.
3 * Constant power supply is
used. When disconnecting Between KOM1 (female) (36), (39), (40) and
connector and carrying out Voltage 20 – 30 V
KOM1 (female) (37), (38)
troubleshooting, take care.
Decimal point position of VHMS controller
56 D375A-5E0
Decimal point position of multi-function monitor
D375A-5E0 57
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
58 D375A-5E0
SEN01876-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Troubleshooting of hydraulic, mechanical
system (H-mode)
Information in troubleshooting table................................................................................................................ 3
H-1 No force (no drawbar pull)........................................................................................................................ 4
H-2 No travel (at 2nd or 3rd speed) ................................................................................................................ 6
H-3 No travel at all gear speeds ..................................................................................................................... 8
H-4 Machine travels only in one direction forward or in reverse ................................................................... 10
H-5 Large time lag at gear speed shifting or forward-reverse shifting ...........................................................11
H-6 Steering is not possible .......................................................................................................................... 12
H-7 Steering is possible only on one side ..................................................................................................... 13
H-8 Steering overrun occurs ......................................................................................................................... 14
H-9 Brake does not work .............................................................................................................................. 15
H-10 Torque converter is not lock-up ............................................................................................................ 16
H-11 Power train oil overheats ...................................................................................................................... 17
H-12 All work equipment operates slowly ..................................................................................................... 18
H-13 All work equipment does not operate................................................................................................... 19
D375A-5E0 1
H-14 Blade lift speed is slow or lacks power................................................................................................. 20

H-15 Blade tilt speed is slow or lacks power................................................................................................. 20
H-16 Ripper lift speed is slow or lacks power ............................................................................................... 21
H-17 Ripper tilt speed is slow or lacks power ............................................................................................... 21
H-18 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade lift .................................................................................................... 22
H-19 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade tilt .................................................................................................... 23
H-20 Excessive hydraulic drift of ripper lift .................................................................................................... 24
H-21 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not work (giant ripper attachment machine)........................................ 25
H-22 Blade pitch does not work (dual tilt attachment machine) .................................................................... 26
H-23 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump......................................................... 27
H-24 Fan speed is abnormal (Sound and/or vibration are abnormally large or engine over heats).............. 28
2 D375A-5E0

Trouble Trouble in machine

Related
information
Possible causes 2
state ence numbers, which do not
indicate priority)
3
D375A-5E0 3
H-1 No force (no drawbar pull) 1

Trouble • No force (No drawbar pull)
Related
• Before troubleshooting, check that the power train oil level is normal.
information

1 Defective power train pump The power train pump is supposed to be defective. Check it directly.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
idle mode for troubleshooting (after checking that the transmis-
sion main relief pressure is normal).
Internal defect of torque con- Torque converter Torque converter
2 PCCS lever
verter inlet pressure outlet pressure
0.69 – 1.05 MPa 0.44 – 0.69 MPa
Full neutral
{7.0 – 10.7 kg/cm2} {4.5 – 7.0 kg/cm2}
idle mode for troubleshooting.
Incorrect pressure set to Transmission main relief
3 PCCS lever
transmission main relief valve pressure
2.45 – 2.94 MPa
Full neutral
{25.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Defective operation of trans- ing without turning starting switch ON.
4
mission main relief valve Check it directly that the spring free length (120.3 mm) is normal
and that the spool moves smoothly.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in low
Possible causes
and standard Transmission clutch Clutch pressure
value in normal 2.16 – 2.94 MPa
FWD
state {22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Defective operation of trans- 2.16 – 2.94 MPa
5 REV
mission valve (ECMV) {22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
1.96 – 2.55 MPa
1ST
{20.0 – 26.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
2ND
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
3RD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Defective engine or transmis- Measuring conditions Engine speed
6
sion F3 stall Min. 1,450 rpm
F3 stall + Work equipment relief
Min. 1,170 rpm
(pitch back)
a Move the machine to a flat ground and start the engine for trou-
bleshooting.
Defective operation (drag-
7 Drive the engine in low idle mode and operate F2. Unless the
ging) of brake
machine moves, the brake is being dragged. (Execute the trouble-
shooting of “Brake does not work.”)
Defective parking brake lever If cause 7 is detected, parking brake lever or brake pedal linkage is
8
or brake pedal linkage not adjusted properly. Check them directly.
4 D375A-5E0

PCCS lever Left stroke end Right stroke end
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
Possible causes Left clutch pressure
{Min. 24 kg/cm2} {0 kg/cm2}
and standard
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
value in normal 9 Defective steering clutch Right clutch pressure
state {0 kg/cm2} {Min. 24 kg/cm2}
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Left brake pressure
{0 kg/cm2} {Min. 24 kg/cm2}
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
Right brake pressure
When the oil pressure is abnormal, execute the troubleshooting of
“Steering is not possible.”
D375A-5E0 5
H-2 No travel (at 2nd or 3rd speed) 1

Trouble • No travel (at 2nd or 3rd speed)
Related • Before troubleshooting, check that the power train oil level is normal.
information • Before troubleshooting, check that the transmission main relief pressure is normal. (See H-1.)

1 PCCS lever
0.69 – 1.05 MPa 0.44 – 0.69 MPa
Full neutral
{7.0 – 10.7 kg/cm2} {4.5 – 7.0 kg/cm2}
Transmission clutch Clutch pressure
Defective operation of trans-
2 2.16 – 2.94 MPa
mission valve (ECMV) 2ND
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
3RD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Internal defect of transmis- The inside of transmission clutch (2nd speed, 3rd speed) is sup-
3
sion clutch posed to be defective. Check it directly.
Possible causes 4 Defective operation (dragging) is supposed, check linkage valves.
ging) of parking brake
and standard
value in normal a Move the machine to a flat ground and start the engine for trou-
state bleshooting.
ging) of brake
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
Left clutch pressure
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Defective steering clutch, Right clutch pressure
6 {0 kg/cm2} {Min. 24 kg/cm2}
brake
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Left brake pressure
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
When the oil pressure is abnormal, execute the troubleshooting of
“Steering is not possible.”
7 Defect in transmission Transmission may have defect in it. Check it directly.
6 D375A-5E0
H-3 No travel at all gear speeds 1

Trouble • No travel at all gear speeds
Related
information

Incorrect pressure set to Transmission main relief pres-
2 PCCS lever
transmission main relief valve sure
2.45 – 2.94 MPa
Full neutral
{26.0 – 31.0 kg/cm2}
3
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
FWD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
4 REV
1.96 – 2.55 MPa
1ST
{20.0 – 26.0 kg/cm2}
Possible causes 2.16 – 2.94 MPa
2ND
and standard {22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
value in normal 2.16 – 2.94 MPa
state 3RD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Internal defect of transmis- The inside of transmission clutch (2nd speed, 3rd speed) is sup-
5
sion clutch posed to be defective. Check it directly.
a Move machine to level ground, raise parking brake lever, run
engine at high idle, and carry out troubleshooting. (Before
starting troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief
pressure is normal.)
6 Defective operation of brake
Brake pedal Brake oil pressure (right and left)
Release Min. 2.4 MPa {Min. 24 kg/cm2}
Step on 0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, raise parking brake lever, run
engine at high idle, and carry out troubleshooting. (Before
starting troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief
pressure is normal.)
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
Defective seal of steering Left clutch pressure
7 {Min. 24 kg/cm2} {0 kg/cm2}
clutch. brake
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Right clutch pressure
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Left brake pressure
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
8 D375A-5E0

Internal defect of steering The inside of the steering clutch is supposed to be defective, check
Possible causes 8
clutch, brake it directly.
and standard
value in normal Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DDQ2KA], [DDQ2KB],
state Malfunction of parking brake [DDQ214] and [dDQ214].
9
lever switch Even if failure code is not displayed, check that switch operates nor-
mally.
D375A-5E0 9
H-4 Machine travels only in one direction forward or in reverse 1

Trouble • Machine travels only in one direction Forward or in Reverse.
Related
information

Transmission main relief pres-
PCCS lever
Incorrect pressure set to sure
2
transmission main relief valve 2.45 – 2.94 MPa
Full neutral
{25.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
When the oil pressure is abnormal, clean the valve and then check
the oil pressure again.
3
Possible causes
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
and standard FWD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
value in normal
state Defective operation of trans- 2.16 – 2.94 MPa
4 REV
1.96 – 2.55 MPa
1ST
{20.0 – 26.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
2ND
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
3RD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Defective seal of transmis- When the cause 4 is not applicable, the clutch seal is supposed to
5
sion clutch be defective. Check it directly.
Internal defect of transmis- The inside of the transmission clutch is supposed to be defective,
6
sion clutch check it directly.
bleshooting.
ging) of brake
shooting of “H-9 Brake does not work.”)
Malfunction of directional
8 Carry out troubleshooting related to directional potentiometer.
potentiometer of travel lever
10 D375A-5E0
H-5 Large time lag at gear speed shifting or forward-reverse shifting 1

Trouble • Large time lag at gear speed shifting or forward-reverse shifting
Related
information

Transmission main relief pres-
PCCS lever
Defective operation of trans- sure
2
mission main relief valve 2.55 – 3.04 MPa
Full neutral
{26.0 – 31.0 kg/cm2}
When the oil pressure is abnormal, clean the valve and then check
the oil pressure again.
Malfunction of transmission ing without turning starting switch ON.
3
main relief valve Check directly that spring free length (120.3 mm) is normal and
spool is moving smoothly.
Possible causes Transmission clutch Clutch pressure
and standard
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
value in normal FWD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
state
4 REV
1.96 – 2.55 MPa
1ST
{20.0 – 26.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
2ND
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
2.16 – 2.94 MPa
3RD
{22.0 – 30.0 kg/cm2}
Defective seal of transmis- When the cause 3 is not applicable, the clutch seal is supposed to
5
sion clutch be defective. Check it directly.
Internal defect of transmis- The inside of the transmission clutch is supposed to be defective,
6
sion clutch check it directly.
bleshooting.
ging) of brake
shooting of “H-9 Brake does not work.”)
D375A-5E0 11
H-6 Steering is not possible 1

Trouble • Steering is not possible.

a Prepare with starting the engine, then drive the engine in low
1 Defective operation of brake Raise machine with blade and ripper, drive it in F3 (or R3), and steer
it in direction in which machine cannot turn. If track shoe stops at
this time, brake is defective. (Carry out troubleshooting for "H-9
Brake does not work".)
Possible causes Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa

and standard {Min. 24 kg/cm2} {0 kg/cm2}
Defective operation of steer-
value in normal 2 0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
ing clutch valve (ECMV) Right clutch pressure
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Left brake pressure
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
Defective seal of steering When the cause 2 is not applicable, the clutch seal is supposed to
3
clutch be defective. Check it directly.
4
clutch it directly.
Malfunction of steering
5 Carry out troubleshooting related to steering potentiometer.
12 D375A-5E0
H-7 Steering is possible only on one side 1

Trouble • Steering is possible only on one side.

1 Defective operation of brake Raise machine with blade and ripper, drive it in F3 (or R3), and steer
it in direction in which machine cannot turn. If track shoe stops at
this time, brake is defective. (Carry out troubleshooting for "H-9
Brake does not work".)
Possible causes Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa

and standard {Min. 24 kg/cm2} {0 kg/cm2}
value in normal 2 0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
ing clutch valve (ECMV) Right clutch pressure
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Left brake pressure
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
Defective seal of steering When the cause 1 is not applicable, the clutch seal is supposed to
3
clutch be defective. Check it directly.
4
clutch it directly.
Malfunction of steering
5 Carry out troubleshooting related to steering potentiometer.
D375A-5E0 13
H-8 Steering overrun occurs 1

Trouble • Steering overrun occurs.

Possible causes
1 Defective operation of brake Lift the machine with the blade and the ripper and steer the wheel
and standard
value in normal for F3 travel (or R3 travel). If the track shoe stops, the brake is
state defective. (Execute the troubleshooting of “Brake does not work.”)
When the track shoe does not stop in the troubleshooting of the
2 cause 1, the steering clutch is defective. (Execute the troubleshoot-
ing clutch
ing of “Steering is not possible.”)
14 D375A-5E0
H-9 Brake does not work 1

Trouble • Brake does not work.

1 Degradation of brake Step on the brake pedal, shift the gear to F2 and drive the engine in
high idle mode. When the machine moves, the brake performance
is degraded.
Defective operation of brake The brake pedal and the brake valve are supposed not to work nor-
2
pedal mally. Check them directly.
Possible causes
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
and standard Left clutch pressure
value in normal Defective operation of steer-
state 3 0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
ing brake valve (ECMV) Right clutch pressure
0 MPa Min. 2.4 MPa
Left brake pressure
Min. 2.4 MPa 0 MPa
When the brake seal is not normal in the troubleshooting of the
4 Defective brake seal cause 3, the brake seal is supposed to be defective. Check it
directly.
The inside of the brake is supposed to be defective. Check it
5 Internal defect of brake
directly.
D375A-5E0 15
H-10 Torque converter is not lock-up 1

Trouble • The torque converter is not lock-up.

Defective operation of torque
2 Torque converter Clutch pressure
converter lock-up valve
Min. 1.29 – 1.39 MPa
At lock-up time
{Min. 13.2 – 14.2 kg/cm2}
Possible causes
Defective seal of lock-up When the troubleshooting of the case 2 is not normal, the lock-up
and standard 3
clutch clutch seal is supposed to be defective. Check it directly.
value in normal
state Internal defect of lock-up The inside of the lock-up clutch is supposed to be defective. Check
4
clutch it directly.
Internal defect of torque con- Measuring conditions Engine speed
5
verter F3 stall 1,450 rpm
F3 stall + Work equipment relief
1,170 rpm
(pitch back)
16 D375A-5E0
H-11 Power train oil overheats 1

Trouble • Power train oil overheats
• Before starting troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal.
• Before starting troubleshooting, check that reading of power train oil temperature gauge is same as
Related
actual power train oil temperature. (If not, carry out troubleshooting for "E-13 Power train oil tem-
information
perature gauge does not indicate normally".)
• Before starting troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief pressure is normal (See H-1).

Engine cooling system may be defective and engine output may be
1 Defective engine system increased abnormally. Carry out troubleshooting according to
Engine volume, Shop manual.
Defective power train pump The power train pump is supposed to be defective, or air is sup-
2
or air entry in suction circuit posed to have entered from the suction circuit. Check them directly.
3 PCCS lever
Possible causes 0.69 – 1.05 MPa 0.44 – 0.69 MPa
and standard Full neutral
{7.0 – 10.7 kg/cm2} {4.5 – 7.0 kg/cm2}
value in normal
state Defective operation (slide) of The inside of the transmission clutch is supposed to be defective
4
transmission clutch (the clutch slides). Check it directly.
Defective operation (drag- Drive the engine in low idle mode and operate F2. Unless the
5
ging) of brake machine moves, the brake is being dragged. (Execute the trouble-
Defective operation (slide) of The inside of the steering clutch is supposed to be defective (the
6
steering clutch clutch slides). Check it directly.
a Start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
7 Malfunction (Slip) of brake Stall engine in F3. If machine does not stop completely at this time,
brake is slipping.
D375A-5E0 17
H-12 All work equipment operates slowly 1

Trouble • The torque converter oil is overheated.
Related
• Before troubleshooting, check that the hydraulic tank oil level is normal.
information

Defective PTO (work equip- The work equipment pump drive of the PTO is supposed to be
1
ment pump drive) defective. Check it directly.
Defective work equipment The work equipment large pump is supposed to be defective. Check
2
large pump it directly.
Defective work equipment The work equipment small pump is supposed to be defective.
3
small pump Check it directly.
a Set the starting switch to OFF for preparation and idle the
Improper pressure set to engine at a high speed for troubleshooting.
4 main relief valve for blade lift Blade lever Main relief pressure
valve Min. 19.6 MPa
Raise
{Min. 200 kg/cm2}
Possible causes Internal defect of main relief The inside of the main relief valve for blade lift valve is supposed to
5
and standard valve for blade lift valve be defective. Check it directly.
value in normal a Set the starting switch to OFF for preparation and idle the
state engine at a high speed for troubleshooting.
Improper pressure set to
6 main relief valve for blade tilt Blade lever Raise
ripper Lo valve Min. 19.6 MPa
Raise
{Min. 200 kg/cm2}
Internal defect of main relief
The inside of the main relief valve for blade tilt ripper Lo valve is sup-
7 valve for blade tilt ripper Lo
posed to be defective. Check it directly.
valve
Malfunction of self pressure engine at a high speed for troubleshooting.
8 reducing valve (PPC basic
Work equipment lever Control relief pressure
pressure)
Full neutral Min. 3.72 MPa {Min. 38 kg/cm2}
If cause 8 is detected, oil may be leaking in PPC valve. Check PPC
9 Internal leak of PPC valve
valve directly.
18 D375A-5E0
H-13 All work equipment does not operate 1

Trouble • All work equipment does not operate.
Related
• Before troubleshooting, check that the hydraulic tank oil level is normal.
information

Defective PTO (work equip- The work equipment pump drive of the PTO is supposed to be
1
ment pump drive) defective. Check it directly.
Defective work equipment The work equipment large pump is supposed to be defective. Check
2
large pump it directly.
Defective work equipment The work equipment small pump is supposed to be defective.
3
small pump Check it directly.
Improper pressure set to engine at a high speed for troubleshooting.
4 main relief valve for blade lift Blade lever Main relief pressure
valve Min. 19.6 MPa
Raise
{Min. 200 kg/cm2}
Possible causes Internal defect of main relief The inside of the main relief valve for blade lift valve is supposed to
5
and standard valve for blade lift valve be defective. Check it directly.
value in normal a Set the starting switch to OFF for preparation and idle the
state engine at a high speed for troubleshooting.
Improper pressure set to
6 main relief valve for blade tilt Blade lever Main relief pressure
ripper Lo valve Min. 19.6 MPa
Raise
{Min. 200 kg/cm2}
Internal defect of main relief
The inside of the main relief valve for blade tilt ripper Lo valve is sup-
7 valve for blade tilt ripper Lo
posed to be defective. Check it directly.
valve
Malfunction of self pressure engine at a high speed for troubleshooting.
8 reducing valve (PPC basic
Work equipment lever Control relief pressure
pressure)
Full neutral Min. 3.72 MPa {Min. 38 kg/cm2}
Defective operation of PPC The PPC lock valve is supposed to operate abnormally. Check the
9
lock valve lever linkage or the lock valve directly.
D375A-5E0 19
H-14 Blade lift speed is slow or lacks power 1

Trouble • Blade lift speed is slow or lacks power.
• Confirm that the oil quantity of the hydraulic oil tank is normal before troubleshooting.
Related • Confirm whether the blade is remodeled.
information • When the hydraulic drift rate of the blade lift is also high, carry out troubleshooting “H-18 High
Hydraulic Drift Rate of Blade Lift.”

Possible causes 1 Defective PPC valve function Blade lever PPC valve output pressure
and standard Min. 3.1 MPa
value in normal Lift stroke end
{Min. 32 kg/cm2}
state
Defective function of blade lift The spool function of the blade lift operation valve is assumed to be
2
operation valve (Spool) defective; directly check it.
The blade lift cylinder is assumed to be aired; carry out the air bleed
3 Aired blade lift cylinder
and observe how the phenomenon changes.
H-15 Blade tilt speed is slow or lacks power 1

Trouble • Blade tilt speed is slow or lacks power.
information • When the hydraulic drift rate of the blade tilt is also high, carry out troubleshooting “H-19 High
Hydraulic Drift Rate of Blade Tilt.”

Possible causes 1 Defective PPC valve function Blade lever PPC valve output pressure
{Min. 32 kg/cm2}
state
Defective function of blade tilt The spool function of the blade tilt operation valve is assumed to be
2
The blade tilt cylinder is assumed to be aired; carry out the air bleed
3 Aired blade tilt cylinder
20 D375A-5E0
H-16 Ripper lift speed is slow or lacks power 1

Trouble • Ripper lift speed is slow or lacks power.
Related • Confirm whether the ripper is remodeled.
information • When the hydraulic drift rate of the ripper lift is also high, carry out troubleshooting “H-20 High
Hydraulic Drift Rate of Ripper Lift.”

Possible causes 1 Defective PPC valve function Ripper lever PPC valve output pressure
{Min. 32 kg/cm2}
state
Defective function of ripper lift The spool function of the ripper lift operation valve is assumed to be
2
The ripper lift cylinder is assumed to be aired; carry out the air bleed
3 Aired ripper lift cylinder
H-17 Ripper tilt speed is slow or lacks power 1

Trouble • Ripper tile speed is slow or lacks power.
Related • Confirm that the oil quantity of the hydraulic oil tank is normal before troubleshooting.
information • Confirm whether the ripper is remodeled.

Possible causes 1 Defective PPC valve function Ripper lever PPC valve output pressure
and standard 3.1 MPa
value in normal Tilt stroke end
{32 kg/cm2}
state
Defective function of ripper tilt The spool function of the ripper tilt operation valve is assumed to be
2
The ripper tilt cylinder is assumed to be aired; carry out the air bleed
3 Aired ripper tilt cylinder
D375A-5E0 21
H-18 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade lift 1

Trouble • Excessive hydraulic drift of blade lift.
information • Confirm that no oil leaks the circuits in the work equipment before troubleshooting.

a Prepare with starting the engine, then stop the engine for trou-
bleshooting.
Follow the procedure below for troubleshooting. If the hydraulic drift
speed becomes high, the spool seal of the blade lift operation valve
Defective seal of blade lift is assumed to be defective.
1
Possible causes operation valve (Spool) 1) Prop up the machine using the blade lift, and lift the front of the
and standard machine.
value in normal 2) Stop the engine, and release the lock lever.
state 3) Set the blade lever to the lift lowering side, and confirm how the
phenomenon changes.
Defective seal of blade lift cyl- The seal of the blade lift cylinder is assumed to be defective; directly
2
inder check it.
Raise blade about 100 mm and check hydraulic drift of its cutting
Defective fitting of quick drop
3 edge.
valve
• 400 mm/15 min
22 D375A-5E0
H-19 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade tilt 1

Trouble • Excessive hydraulic drift of blade tilt.

bleshooting.
speed becomes high, the spool seal of the blade tilt operation valve
Defective seal of blade tilt is assumed to be defective.
Possible causes 1
operation valve (Spool) 1) Prop up the machine using the blade tilt, and lift the right of the
state 3) Set the blade lever to the right tilt side, and confirm how the phe-
nomenon changes.
Defective seal of blade tilt cyl- idle mode for troubleshooting.
2
inder Blade tilt cylinder Cylinder leak quantity
Right tilt stroke end 12 cc/min
D375A-5E0 23
H-20 Excessive hydraulic drift of ripper lift 1

Trouble • Excessive hydraulic drift of ripper lift.
Related • Confirm whether the ripper is remodeled.

bleshooting.
speed becomes high, the spool seal of the ripper lift operation valve
Defective seal of ripper lift (Hi) is assumed to be defective.
Possible causes 1
operation valve (Spool) 1) Prop up the machine using the blade tilt, and lift the rear of the
state 3) Set the blade lever to the lift lowering side, and confirm how the
phenomenon changes.
Defective seal of ripper lift idle mode for troubleshooting.
2
cylinder Ripper lift cylinder Cylinder leak quantity
Lowering stroke end 12 cc/min
24 D375A-5E0
H-21 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not work (giant ripper attachment
machine) 1
Trouble • The ripper pin puller cylinder does not work.
Related
• Confirm that the main relief pressure for transmission is normal before troubleshooting.
information

Defective function of pin Measurement posi- Pin puller working
1 Pin puller switch
Possible causes puller solenoid tion pressure
and standard Push-in Cylinder bottom side Min. 2.2 MPa
value in normal Pull-in Cylinder head side {Min. 22 kg/cm2}
state
Internally defective pin puller The pin puller cylinder is assumed to be defective internally; directly
2
cylinder check it.
Check fuse for breakage. If it is broken, short circuit has probably
Defective pin puller fuse FS2-
3 occurred.
2 (20 A)
Check wiring harness of related circuit.
D375A-5E0 25
H-22 Blade pitch does not work (dual tilt attachment machine) 1
Trouble • The blade pitch does not work.
Related
information

Defective function of blade The spool of the blade pitch operation valve is assumed to be defec-
1
pitch selection solenoid valve tive; directly check it.
Possible causes
Defective function of blade The function of the blade pitch cylinder is assumed to be defective;
and standard 2
pitch operation valve (Spool) directly check it.
value in normal
state Defective function of blade The function of the blade pitch selection solenoid valve is assumed
3
pitch cylinder to be defective; directly check it.
Malfunction of blade pitch Carry out troubleshooting related to blade pitch switch. Even if fail-
4
switch ure code is not displayed, check that switch operates normally.
26 D375A-5E0
H-23 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump 1
Trouble • Abnormal noise from around work equipment pump.
Related
information

1 Inappropriate oil The oil used is assumed to be inappropriate; directly check it.
Possible causes Clogged hydraulic oil tank The strainer of the hydraulic oil tank is assumed to be clogged;
2
and standard strainer directly check it.
value in normal Air is assumed to be inhaled in the suction circuit of the work
state 3 Air inhaled in suction circuit
machine pump; directly check the pipes.
Internally defective work The work equipment pump is assumed to be defective internally;
4
equipment pump directly check it.
D375A-5E0 27
H-24 Fan speed is abnormal (Sound and/or vibration are abnormally

large or engine over heats) 1
Trouble • Fan speed is abnormal (Sound and/or vibration are abnormally large or engine over heats).
Related
• Before starting troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal.
information

a Start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Measurement conditions Engine speed
Engine at low idle 750 rpm
1 Defective engine speed
Engine at high idle 1,900 rpm
If engine speed is not increased to specification, carry out trouble-
shooting for "S-5 Engine hunts".
Defective PTO (fan pump
2 Fan pump drive of PTO may be defective. Check it directly.
drive)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then run engine at high idle
Possible causes Fan pump EPC circuit basic
Measurement conditions
and standard pressure
value in normal Min. 3.1 MPa
state —
{Min. 32 kg/cm2}
Defect in fan pump or fan and carry out troubleshooting.
3
motor
Measurement conditions Fan drive circuit pressure
15.7 ± 2.5 MPa
Fan 100% mode
{160 ± 25 kg/cm2}
Measurement conditions Fan speed
Fan 100% mode 1,160 – 1,260 rpm
Fan may be broken or may be installed defectively. Check it
4 Defective fan
directly.
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
30 D375A-5E0
SEN01877-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 50001 and up
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)
Method of using troubleshooting chart............................................................................................................ 3
S-1 Engine does not start easily ..................................................................................................................... 6
S-2 Engine does not start ............................................................................................................................... 8
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor) ............................................................................ 12
S-4 Engine stops during operation................................................................................................................ 13
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting)............................................................................................. 14
S-6 Engine lacks output (or lacks power) ..................................................................................................... 15
S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (Incomplete combustion) ................................................................................. 17
S-8 Oil is consumed much (or exhaust gas color is blue)............................................................................. 19
S-9 Engine oil becomes contaminated quickly ............................................................................................. 20
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive............................................................................................................. 21
S-11 Coolant contains oil (blows back or reduces)....................................................................................... 22
S-12 Oil pressure lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure)................................................................................. 23
S-13 Oil level rises (Water, fuel in oil)........................................................................................................... 24
S-14 Coolant temperature rises too high (Overheating) ............................................................................... 26
S-15 Abnormal noise is made....................................................................................................................... 27
D375A-5E0 1
S-16 Vibration is excessive ........................................................................................................................... 28
2 D375A-5E0
Method of using troubleshooting chart 1
This troubleshooting chart is divided into three sections: questions, check items, and troubleshooting.
The questions and check items are used to pinpoint high probability causes that can be located from the fail-
ure symptoms or simple inspection without using troubleshooting tools.
Next, troubleshooting tools or direct inspection are used to check the high probability causes to make final
confirmation.
Questions:
Sections A + B in the right corresponds to the items
were answers can be obtained from the user or
operator.
A is the basic content. B is the items that can be
obtained from the user or operator depending on
their level.
Check items:
Simple items checked by the serviceman to deter-
mine the causes. C in the chart to the right corre-
sponds to them.
Causes:
The contents to be determined after asking ques-
tions and checking items.
The serviceman determines causes of high proba-
bility from A, B, and C.
Troubleshooting:
The content for ultimately verifying whether the
determined causes are truly the defective factors
by using troubleshooting tools or making direct
checking starting with probable causes of higher
order.
This troubleshooting chart marks the content of the

questions and check items with E, Q or w accord-
ing to their closer relationship with the causes.
E: A cause that can be referred to in relation to
the question or check item.
Q : A cause that is related the question or check
item.
w : A cause particularly probable among those
marked with Q above.
a Count the priority level of each marking as w >
Q when determining the cause.
Don't count E when determining the cause.
The item with this marking may be counted,
however, if no difference is present than this
and the cause cannot be determined.
D375A-5E0 3
<Example of troubleshooting> Exhaust gas is black(Incomplete combustion)

Let us assume that a trouble of "Exhaust gas is black" occurred and we checked the [Questions] and [Check
items] and found the following 3 items to be the causal symptoms; "Exhaust gas slowly became black",
"Power slowly became weaker", and "Dust indicator is lighting red".
4 D375A-5E0
There is a causal relationship between 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and 6 items in
the [Causes] section.
The method of pinpointing the [Causes] from the causal relationship and approaching the [troubleshooting] is
explained according to Step 1 - Step 3 shown below.
D375A-5E0 5
S-1 Engine does not start easily 1

General causes for poor startability include the follow- Cause
ing
Clogged air breather hole in fuel tank cap

q Electrical system is not normal
Defective contact of valve, valve seat
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger

Leakage, clogging, air in fuel piping
q Fuel level is low
Clogging of feed pump gauze filter
Defective intake air heater system
Defective or deteriorated battery

Air intake is in short
Defective alternator (generator)

q
(coolant mixing in the exhaust)
Defective alternator (regulator)

Wrong fuel selection
Clogged air cleaner element
Wear of piston ring, cylinder

q
Clogged fuel filter, element

q Coolant mixing in the exhaust pipe
a Common rail type fuel injection system (CRI) rec-
Cracked EGR cooler

ognizes the fuel injection timing electrically. There-
Defective injector
fore, there are cases where the engine does not
start before the crankshaft makes two revolutions
maximum after starting operation. This is not an
abnormal state, however.
Confirm recent repair history
Degree of use
of machine Operated for long period E E E E E
Gradually became worse Q Q w w Q Q

Ease of starting
Starts when warm w w
Questions
Non-specified fuel is being used Q Q Q Q

Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Maintenance w w w Q Q
Manual
Engine oil must be added more frequently w
Preheat monitor does not indicate normal operation during preheating or at w
low temperature (With monitor installed)
Charge level monitor indicates abnormal charging during operation (with
w w
monitor installed)
Dust indicator lamp is red (with indicator installed) w
Clogged air breather hole in fuel tank cap w
Leakage from fuel piping w Q
No response or heavy resistance felt when operating priming pump w Q Q
Starting motor cranks engine slowly Q w
When engine is and air breathing plug is removed from fuel filter, fuel fails to w w
cranked with be discharged
starting motor, When spill hose is separated from injector, spill flow drops w
Check items
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, temper-

ature of some cylinders is low w
Engine does not pick up smoothly, and combustion is irregular Q Q w

There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular) Q w Q Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w
Inspect air cleaner directly q

Removing EGR cooler inlet gas piping causes coolant containing antifreeze q
to flow out (*1)
When compression pressure is measured, the oil pressure is low. q q
Air is discharged when air is bled from fuel system q
Troubleshooting
Inspect fuel filter, strainer directly q

Inspect fuel feed pump gauze filter directly q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Rail Press Very Low Error (*2)" q
Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylin-
der mode q
Intake air heater mount does not warm up during preheating operation q
Is voltage 20 – 30V between alternator terminal B and terminal E Yes q
with engine at low idle? No q
Specific gravity of electrolyte and voltage of battery are low q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
For *1 and *2, see the next page
6 D375A-5E0
*1: EGR cooler inlet gas piping

Loosen 4 mount bolts (1) of gas piping to EGR cooler inlet and check the flowout of coolant.
Condensed water from cooled exhaust gas may come out in small quantity but it poses no problem if
colorless and transparent.
*2: Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Code [CA559], and Code [CA2249]
D375A-5E0 7
S-2 Engine does not start 1

a) Engine does not crank Cause
Cracked EGR cooler (coolant mixing in the exhaust)

General causes why engine does not turn
Defective starting motor (Safety relay section)

q Seizure inside engine:
See the troubleshooting for "S-4 Engine stops during opera-
Defective starting motor (Motor section)

tions".
Defective battery terminal connection

q Coolant mixing inside cylinder causing water hammer
Defective wiring of starting circuit

q Electrical system is not normal
Defective drive unit on applicable machine side:
Damaged flywheel ring gear

q
Carry out troubleshooting on applicable machine side
Defective starting switch

Questions
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E E

Condition of horn when starting Does not sound. Q Q w
switch is turned ON Horn volume is low w
Battery electrolyte level is low w
Battery terminal is loose w
No operating sound from battery relay when starting switch is turned ON Q w
When starting switch is turned to START, pinion does not move out Q Q w
Check items
Speed of rotation is low Q w

When starting switch is set to Makes grating noise w w
START, the starting pinion
comes out, but Soon disengages pinion again w
Makes rattling noise and does not turn w Q Q w
Removing EGR cooler outlet gas piping causes coolant containing antifreeze to flow out(*1) q
Carry out troubleshooting on

Inspect flywheel ring gear directly q
applicable machine side

Troubleshooting
There is no voltage (20 – 30V) between battery relay terminal

B and terminal E q
Turn the starting switch OFF, When terminal B and terminal C of starting switch are con- q
connect the cord, then turn nected, engine starts
starting switch ON and carry When the safety relay outlet terminal B and terminal C are
out troubleshooting q
connected, engine starts
When the safety relay outlet terminal B and terminal C are
connected, engine does not start q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
—
For *1, see the next page
8 D375A-5E0

Loosen 4 mount bolts (1) of gas piping to EGR cooler inlet and check the flowout of coolant.
D375A-5E0 9
b) Engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes out Cause

(fuel is not being injected)
Defective operation of overflow valve (not closing)

General causes why engine turns but no exhaust smoke
Seizure or abnormal wear of feed pump
Wrong connection of supply pump PCV

comes out

Fuel is not being supplied

q
Defective operation of flow damper

q Supply of fuel extremely small
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
Broken supply pump shaft, key

q Improper selection of fuel (particularly in winter)
Defective supply pump PCV

Clogged fuel filter element
Insufficient fuel in tank
Defective fuel injector

Improper fuel used
Questions

Exhaust smoke suddenly stops coming out (when starting again) w Q w w w E E
Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Maintenance
w w E Q
Manual
Fuel tank is found to be empty w
Clogged air breather hole in fuel tank cap Q w
Rust and water are detected when fuel tank is drained Q Q Q Q Q
When fuel filter is removed, no fuel is inside the fuel filter w w
Check items
Leakage from fuel piping w

and the air breathing plug is removed from the fuel Q Q w Q
When engine is cranked filter, fuel fails to discharge
with starting motor, When spill hose is separated from injector, spill
Q w w w w Q
flow drops
Air is discharged when the air is bled from the fuel system q
Inspect the fuel filter directly q
Troubleshooting
Inspect the fuel feed pump gauze filter directly q

Inspect feed pump directly q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Rail Press Very Low Error (*1)" q q q
Carry out troubleshoot by "PCV1 Error (:2) or PCV2 Error (*3)" q
Inspect overflow valve directly q
Engine can start when operated in reduced cylinder mode q q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Add
Remedy
10 D375A-5E0
c) Exhaust smoke comes out but engine does not start Cause
(Fuel is being injected)
Defective coolant temperature sensor or defective wiring harness

General causes why exhaust smoke comes out but engine
does not start
q Rotating force in short due to defective electrical system
q Supply of fuel small
Wear of valve system (valve, rocker lever, etc.)

q Small air intake

Improper selection of fuel
Clogged injection nozzle, defective spray

q

Defective intake air heater system

Worn piston ring, cylinder liner
Clogged fuel filter, strainer

Improper fuel used
Check recent repair history
Degree of machine operation Machine operated for long period E E E E
Suddenly failed to start w w Q
Questions
Non-specified fuel is being used Q Q

Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Maintenance Manual w w w
Engine oil replenishment increasing w
Preheat monitor not indicating normal operation during preheating or at low temper-
w
ature (when monitor installed)
Dust indicator turned red (with indicator installed) w
Clogged air breather hole in fuel tank cap Q
Rust and water are detected when fuel tank is drained w w
When removed, no fuel is inside the fuel filter w
Starting motor cranks engine slowly w
When engine is cranked, abnormal noise is heard from around cylinder head w
Check items
Fuel fails to discharge, when bleeding air plug of the Q w w

When engine is cranked with fuel filter is removed
starting motor, Spill flow drops, when spill hose is separated from
w
injector
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, temperature of
some cylinders is low w

Inspect valve system directly q
When compression pressure is measured, the oil pressure is low. q
Troubleshooting
Inspect the fuel filter, strainer directly q
Testing a single unit injector indicates defective spraying q
Coolant temperature gauge indication is not normal (when the gauge is installed) q
Intake air heater mount does not warm up during preheating operation q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
D375A-5E0 11
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor) 1

General causes why engine does not pick up smoothly Cause
q Insufficient intake of air
Clogged injection nozzle, defective spray

Defective contact of valve and valve seat
Seizure and interference of turbocharger

q Insufficient supply of fuel
Defective EGR valve or bypass valve

Fuel injection condition not normal
Defective operation of flow damper

q
Improper selection of fuel

q

Controller in derate control mode

q
(excessive injector leakage)

Improper valve clearance
(Controlling injection capacity (output) due to an error
in the electrical system)
q EGR valve is stuck in open state
(Shortage of air intake due to excessive EGR gas)

Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E E E E E
Questions
Engine pick-up suddenly became poor Q w Q Q Q

Non-specified fuel is being used w w w w
Replacement of filters has not been carried out according to Operation & w w w
Maintenance Manual
Dust indicator is red (with indicator installed) w
No response or heavy resistance felt when operating priming pump w Q Q
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, tempera-
Q w
ture of some cylinders is low
Blue under light load w
Color of exhaust gas
Black w Q w w
Check items
When engine is cranked, abnormal noise is heard from around turbocharger w
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is Q w w
applied
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular) Q Q w Q

Carry out troubleshooting for "EGR valve abnormality (*1)" or "Bypass valve
abnormality (*1)". q

Troubleshooting
Inspect valve clearance directly q

When turbocharger is rotated by hand, it is found to be heavy q
Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylinder
mode q q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
*1: Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Codes [CA1228] and [CA1625] or Codes [CA1628]
and [CA1629]
12 D375A-5E0
S-4 Engine stops during operation 1

General causes why engine stops during operations Cause
q Seizure inside engine
Broken auxiliary equipment (pump, compressor, etc.)

Breakage of valve system (valve, rocker lever, etc.)
Failure of drive units on applicable machine side
Defective engine controller power supply wiring

q Overheating
q Defective drive unit on applicable machine side:

Carry out troubleshooting on applicable
Broken, seized piston or connecting rod

machine side.
Broken, seized crankshaft metal
Leakage, clogging in fuel piping
Broken supply pump shaft, key
Defective starting switch wiring

Broken, seized feed pump
Broken, seized gear train
Degree of use of
machine Operated for long period E E
Abnormal noise was heard and engine w w w w Q w Q w w

stopped suddenly
Questions
Condition when engine Engine overheated and stopped w Q Q

stopped
Engine stopped slowly w Q Q Q Q
There was hunting and engine stopped w Q Q Q Q Q Q
Non-specified fuel is being used Q Q Q Q
Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Main- w w
tenance Manual
Fuel level monitor indicates low fuel level (with monitor installed) w
Metal particles are found when oil pan is drained w w Q Q
Check items
Does not turn at all w w

When engine is cranked Turns in opposite direction w
manually Moves by the amount of gear backlash w w
Supply pump shaft does not turn w
Engine rotates, but stops when loaded on the machine side w

Carry out troubleshooting on
Inspect piston and connecting rod directly. q

Inspect crankshaft metal directly q

Inspect gear train directly q
Troubleshooting

Inspect feed pump directly q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Rail Press Very Low Error (*1)" q q
Engine rotates when auxiliary equipment (pump, compressor) is
removed q
Inspect controller power supply wiring q

Inspect starting switch wiring q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Add
Remedy
—
D375A-5E0 13
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting) 1

General causes why engine does not rotate smoothly Cause
q Mixing of air in the fuel system
Defective operation of flow damper (excessive injector leakage)

q Rotation sensor is not normal
(abnormality where it fails to make error indication)
Defective Bkup speed sensor or defective wiring harness

Defective Ne speed sensor or defective wiring harness
q EGR valve is not normal
q Bypass valve is not normal
Clogged fuel injector, defective injection

Defective operation of bypass valve

Defective operation of EGR valve
Low idle speed setting is too low

Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E E E
Questions
Occurs at a certain speed range Q Q Q Q Q

Occurs at low idle w Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Condition of hunting
Occurs even when speed is raised Q Q Q Q Q
Occurs on slope w Q Q
Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Maintenance Manual w w
Check
item
Rust and water are detected when fuel tank is drained Q Q

Leakage from fuel pipe w
Carry out troubleshoot by "EGR Valve Servo Error (*1)" q

Carry out troubleshoot by "Bypass Valve Servo Error (*2)" q
Troubleshooting
Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylinder mode q q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error (*3)" q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error (*4)" q
Correct or replace
Correct or replace
Replace or clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Add
Remedy
*3: Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Code [CA689]
*4: Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Code [CA778]
14 D375A-5E0
S-6 Engine lacks output (or lacks power) 1

General causes why engine lacks output Cause
Insufficient intake of air
Defective fuel temperature sensor or defective wiring harness

q
Defective charge pressure sensor or defective wiring harness

Defective mounting of charge pressure sensor (air leak)

q Fuel injection condition not normal
q Improper selection of fuel
q Overheating
Defective drive of injector (signal or solenoid)

See the troubleshooting for "S-14 Coolant Tem-

Defective contact of valve and valve seat
Clogged fuel injector, defective injection

Seizure or interference of turbocharger
perature too High (Overheat)"

q Controller in derate control mode
Leakage, clogging in fuel piping

Air leakage from air intake pipe
(Controlling injection capacity (output) due to an

error in the electrical system)

Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E E E E
Questions
Suddenly Q Q Q Q
Power was lost
Gradually Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Maintenance Manual w
Engine oil must be added more frequently Q Q Q
Output reduces after a break w
Black w w
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, temperature of
w
some cylinders is low
When engine is cranked, interfering noise is heard from around turbocharger w
Check items
High idle speed of engine is low Q
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is w w Q
applied
Engine does not pick up smoothly, and combustion is irregular w Q Q w
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular) Q Q Q Q

Inspect intake air piping directly q
When boost pressure is measured, the oil pressure is low q q q
When compression pressure is measured, the oil pressure is low q q
Troubleshooting

Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylinder mode q q
Check the mount of boost pressure sensor directly q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Chg Air Press Sensor Error (*2)" q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Fuel Temp Press Sensor Error (*3)" q
Replace or clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
For *1, *2 and *3, see the next page
D375A-5E0 15
16 D375A-5E0
S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (Incomplete combustion) 1

General causes why exhaust smoke is black Cause
q Insufficient intake of air
Air leakage between turbocharger and cylinder head
Clogged fuel spill piping (on the cylinder head side)
Defective coolant temperature sensor or defective

q Fuel injection condition not normal
q Improper selection of fuel
Overheating
Defective contact of valve or valve seat

q

Defective EGR valve or bypass valve

See the troubleshooting for "S-14 Coolant Tem-
perature too High (Overheat)"

q Controller in derate control mode
Improper injection pressure

(Controlling injection capacity (output) due to an
Abnormal wear of injector

Crushed, clogged muffler
Improper injection timing

Clogged, seized injector
error in the electrical system)
q EGR valve is stuck in open state
(Shortage of air intake due to excessive EGR gas)
wiring harness
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E EE E E
Suddenly became black w Q Q Q
Questions
Color of exhaust gas Gradually became black w Q Q Q

Suddenly w Q Q Q
Power was lost
Gradually Q Q Q Q
Muffler is crushed w
Leakage of air between turbocharger and cylinder head, loose clamp w
Operated in low-temperature mode during normal temperature Q Q Q
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, temper-
ature of some cylinders is low Q w

Check items
Torque converter stall or high pump relief speed (excessive fuel injection) Q Q
Exhaust noise is abnormal Q w Q
Engine does not pick up smoothly, and combustion is irregular Q Q Q Q Q Q w
Spill flow is excessive when spill hose is separated from injector w

Carry out troubleshooting for "EGR valve abnormality (*1)" or "Bypass valve
q
abnormality (*1)"
Troubleshooting

When muffler is removed, exhaust color returns to normal q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Rail Press Very Low Error (*2)" q q
Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylin-
q
der mode
Inspect fuel spill piping (on the cylinder head side) directly q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Coolant Temp Sensor Error (*3)" q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Remedy
For *1, *2 and *3, see the next page
D375A-5E0 17
*1: Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Codes [CA1228] and [CA1625] or Codes [CA1628]
and [CA1629]
18 D375A-5E0
S-8 Oil is consumed much (or exhaust gas color is blue) 1

General causes why oil consumption is excessive Cause
q Abnormal oil combustion
Turbocharger
Worn or damaged valve (stem, guide, and seal)
q Extended operation for long hours in low or high
idle (continuous no load operation for 20 minutes
Leakage from oil pan, cylinder head, etc.

and longer inhibited)
Oil leakage to outside
Clogged breather or breather hose

Dust sucked in from intake system
q
Worn, damaged rear seal surface

Oil leakage from EGR valve stem
q Wear of lubricating system
Leakage from oil drain plug

Wear of seal at blower end
Worn seal at turbine end
Leakage from oil cooler
Leakage from oil piping

Leakage from oil filter
Broken piston ring
Broken oil cooler

Questions

Oil consumption suddenly increased w Q
Engine oil must be added more frequently Q w Q
Engine oil becomes contaminated quickly Q Q w
Outside of engine is dirty with oil w w w w w
Pipe clamps for intake system are loose w
Inside of turbocharger air intake outlet pipe is contaminated with oil w
Inside of turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe is contaminated with oil Q w
Check items
There is oil in the coolant w

Oil level in clutch or damper chambers on applicable machine side increas-
w
ing
Color of exhaust gas blue under light load Q w w
Excessive Q Q w w
Amount of blow-by gas
None w
When intake manifold is removed, dust is found inside q

When intake manifold is removed, inside is contaminated abnormally q
Troubleshooting
Excessive play of turbocharger shaft q q

When EGR valve is removed, exhaust port is contaminated with oil q
Inspect breather, breather hose directly q
Inspect rear oil seal directly q
Pressure-tightness test of oil cooler shows there is leakage q q
There is external leakage of oil from engine q q q q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
D375A-5E0 19
S-9 Engine oil becomes contaminated quickly 1

General causes why oil becomes contaminated quickly Cause
q Entry of exhaust gas due to internal wear
Clogged lubricating drain tube of turbocharger

q Clogging of lubrication route
Defective seal at turbocharger turbine end

q Improper fuel is being used
q Improper oil is being used
Operated under excessive load
Clogged breather, breather hose

q
Defective oil filter safety valve

Worn valve, valve guide
Exhaust smoke is black

Worn EGR valve guide
Clogged oil cooler

Clogged oil filter
Questions
Non-specified fuel is being used Q

Engine oil must be added more frequently Q w
Oil filter clogging monitor indicates clogging when the oil temperature rises (with the monitor
w Q
installed)
Metal particles are found when oil is drained in oil filter Q Q w
Inside of exhaust pipe is contaminated with oil w
Engine oil temperature rises quickly w
Check item

Black w
Excessive Q Q w Q
Amount of blow-by gas
None w
Excessive play of turbocharger shaft q

When EGR valve is removed, exhaust port is contaminated with oil q
Troubleshooting
(See S-7)
Inspect breather, breather tube directly q
Inspect oil cooler directly q
Inspect oil filter directly q
There is catching or breakage to the oil filter safety valve spring q
Inspect turbocharger lubricating drain tube directly q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
20 D375A-5E0
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive 1

General causes why fuel consumption is excessive Cause
q Leakage of fuel
Defective coolant temperature sensor or defective wiring harness

q Fuel injection condition (fuel pressure and injection timing) not normal
q Excessive fuel injection
Fuel leakage from fuel filter, piping, etc.
Defective common rail fuel pressure

Leakage of fuel inside head cover
Defective supply pump plunger

Defective feed pump oil seal
Defective injector operation

Defective injector spray
Questions

More than for other machines of same model Q Q Q
Condition of fuel consumption Gradually increased Q Q
Suddenly increased Q Q
Fuel leakage to outside w
There is irregular combustion w
Oil increasing, smelling of diesel oil w w
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is
low w
Check items
Low idle speed is too high Q

Torque converter stall or hydraulic pump relief speed is high Q
Black Q Q Q
White Q
Remove head cover and inspect directly q

Troubleshooting
Inspect feed pump oil seal directly q

Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylinder mode q
Spill flow is excessive when spill hose is separated from injector q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Coolant Temp Sensor Error (*2)" q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Remedy
D375A-5E0 21
S-11 Coolant contains oil (blows back or reduces) 1

General causes why oil in coolant Cause
q Internal leakage of lubricating system
Hole drilled by damages or pitching of cylinder liner O-ring

q Internal leakage of cooling system
Broken hydraulic oil cooler, power train oil cooler

Insufficient protrusion of cylinder liner
Broken cylinder head, head gasket
Internal cracks in cylinder block
Broken oil cooler core, O-ring

Questions
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E

Suddenly increased Q Q Q
Oil level
Gradually increased Q Q
Hard water is being used as coolant Q Q
Oil level has risen, oil is milky Q Q w
Excessive air bubbles inside radiator, coolant spurts back w w
Check
item
Hydraulic oil or power train oil on applicable machine side is milky w

When hydraulic oil or power train oil on applicable machine side is drained, water is discharged w
Pressure-tightness test of cylinder head shows there is leakage q

Carry out trou-
shooting
q q
Trouble-
Inspect cylinder block, liner directly bleshooting on

Inspect cylinder liner directly. q applicable
machine side
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
—
22 D375A-5E0
S-12 Oil pressure lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure) 1

General causes why oil pressure drops Cause
q Leakage, clogging, wear of lubrication system
Defective hydraulic sensor or defective wiring harness

q Hydraulic control is not normal
q Wrong fuel selection (viscosity not appropriate)
Leakage, crushing or clogging of hydraulic pipe

q Oil deteriorated by overheating
Clogging or breakage of pipe inside oil pan
Leakage from EGR hydraulic piping

Clogged strainer inside oil pan
Defective oil pump relief valve
Defective EGR oil pump

Wear of metal journal
Lack of oil in oil pan
Defective oil pump
Clogged oil filter

Water, fuel in oil
Questions

Oil pressure monitor indicates low pressure level (with monitor installed) Q w
Replacement of filters not carried out according to Operation & Maintenance Manual w
Indicates a drop of hydraulic pressure during low idle w Q Q
Oil pressure monitor Indicates a drop of oil pressure during low and high idle Q w w w Q Q Q
(With monitor installed) Indicates a drop of oil pressure on a slope w
Indicates a drop of oil pressure occasionally w Q
Oil level monitor indicates low level (with monitor installed) w
Oil pan oil level is in short w
Leakage or crushing with external hydraulic pipe w w
Check items
Oil is cloudy white or smells of diesel oil w

Metal particles are found when oil pan is drained w
Metal particles are found when oil is drained from oil filter w Q Q
Metal particles are detected in oil filter q

Inspect oil pan strainer, pipe directly q q
Troubleshooting
Oil pump rotation is heavy, there is play q

See S-13
Oil pump relief valve, spring is fatigued or damaged q

Inspect oil filter directly q
Relief valve of EGR oil pump is damaged or has oil leak q
Inspect EGR hydraulic piping directly q
Carry out troubleshoot by "Eng. Oil Press. Sensor Error (*1)" q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Add
Remedy
—
D375A-5E0 23
S-13 Oil level rises (Water, fuel in oil) 1

General causes why oil level rises Cause
q Coolant mixing in the oil (oil turns cloudy)
Clogging of water pump drain hole (breather hole) or defective seal

q Fuel in oil (smells diluted diesel fuel)
a If oil mixes with the coolant, carry out troubleshooting by "S-11
Defective seal of auxiliary equipment (pump or compressor)

Hole drilled by damages or pitching of cylinder liner O-ring
Coolant contains oil"
Cracked EGR cooler (mixing of coolant)

Leakage of fuel inside head cover
Worn, damaged rear seal surface

Internal cracks in cylinder block
Broken oil cooler core, O-ring
Defect inside supply pump

Questions

Fuel must be added more frequently w w
Coolant must be added more frequently Q Q
There is oil in the coolant Q Q Q w
Engine oil smells of diesel fuel w w
Oil is milky Q Q
After starting engine, drops of water come from muffler Q Q
Leave radiator cap open. When engine is run at idle, an abnormal number of bubbles appear
w Q
or water spurts back
Check items
Exhaust gas is white Q

Clogged water pump drain hole (breather hole) w
Water comes out when water pump drain hole (breather hole) is cleaned w
Oil level in clutch or damper chambers on applicable machine side decreasing w
Hydraulic tank oil level is decreasing on applicable machine side w
Removing EGR cooler inlet gas piping causes coolant containing antifreeze to flow out (*1) q
When compression pressure is measured, the oil pressure is low q
Troubleshooting
Remove head cover and inspect directly q

Inspect cylinder block, liner directly q q
Inspect rear oil seal directly q
Remove water pump and inspect directly q
Remove supply pump and inspect directly q
Inspect the seal of auxiliary machine directly q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
For *1, see the next page
24 D375A-5E0

Loosen 4 mounting bolts (1) of gas piping to EGR cooler inlet and check the flowout of coolant.
D375A-5E0 25
S-14 Coolant temperature rises too high (Overheating) 1

General causes why coolant temperature becomes too Cause
high
Defective radiator cap (pressure valve)

Water leakage to outside EGR cooler
Defective coolant temperature gauge

q Lack of cooling air (deformation, damages of fan)
Hole drilled by damages or pitching

Rise of power train oil temperature

Defective operation of thermostat
q Drop in heat dissipation efficiency
Clogged, crushed radiator fins

q Defect in the coolant circulation system
Clogged, broken oil cooler

q Power train oil temperature on applicable machine
side is rising:
of cylinder liner O-ring
Clogged radiator core

Broken water pump
Carry out troubleshoot on applicable machine
Wear of fan pulley

side
Lack of coolant
Questions
Suddenly increased Q Q w Q
Condition of overheating
Always tends to overheat Q w w Q
Rises quickly Q w
Coolant temperature gauge
(when installed) Does not go down from red
range w
Radiator coolant level monitor indicates low level (with monitor installed) Q w
Engine oil level has risen, oil is cloudy white w Q
Cloudy white oil is floating on coolant w
Excessive air bubbles inside radiator, coolant spurts back w
When light bulb is held behind radiator, no light passes through w
Check items
Radiator shroud and inside of underguard on applicable machine side are

w w
clogged with dirt or mud
Coolant leakage from cracks in the radiator hose or loose clamps w
Coolant flows out from radiator overflow hose w
Power train oil temperature gauge on applicable machine side enters red
range faster than engine coolant temperature gauge (when oil temperature w
and coolant temperature gauge are installed)
Inspect coolant leakage from EGR cooler directly q

Inspect cylinder liner directly q Carry out troubleshooting on
Inspect oil cooler directly q
Troubleshooting
Temperature difference between top and bottom radiator tanks is excessive q

When function test is carried out on thermostat, it does not open even at
q
cracking temperature
Temperature difference between top and bottom radiator tanks is slight q
Inspect radiator core directly q
When function test is carried out on the radiator cap, cracking pressure is low q
Inspect fan pulley directly q
When coolant temperature is measured, it is found to be normal q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Add
Remedy
—
26 D375A-5E0
S-15 Abnormal noise is made 1

General causes why abnormal noise is made Cause
q Abnormality due to defective parts
Air leakage between turbocharger and cylinder head
Defective fuel injection timing (abnormal low coolant

Defect inside muffler (dividing board out of position)
Breakage of valve system (valve, rocker lever, etc.)
q Abnormal combustion
q Air sucked in from intake system
Cracks or gas leakage from EGR gas piping

a Judge if noise is from inside or outside before pro-
Excessive wear of piston ring, cylinder liner

ceeding with troubleshooting

a When engine is not fully warmed up, engine noise
Missing, seized gear train bushing

rises slightly because of operation in the low tempera-
ture mode. This is not abnormal, however.
Improper gear train backlash

a When engine is accelerated, it enters acceleration
Dirt caught in the injector

Clogged, seized injector
mode, where engine noise remains slightly higher for
temperature sensor)
about 5 seconds maximum. This is not abnormal,
however.
Deformed fan
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E
Questions
Gradually increased Q Q Q
Condition of abnormal noise
Suddenly increased Q Q Q Q
Non-specified fuel is being used Q
Metal particles are found when oil is drained in oil filter Q w w
Leakage of air between turbocharger and cylinder head w
When engine is cranked, abnormal noise is heard from around EGR gas piping w
When engine is cranked, abnormal noise is heard from around cylinder head w w
When engine is cranked, abnormal noise is heard from around muffler w
Check items
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after starting engine, tempera-

ture of some cylinders is low w Q

Black Q w Q
Engine pickup is poor and combustion is abnormal w
Abnormal noise is loud when accelerating engine Q Q Q Q

Inspect EGR gas piping directly q
When muffler is removed, abnormal noise disappears q
Troubleshooting

Inspect gear train directly q q
Inspect fan directly q
Speed of some cylinders does not change when operated in reduced cylinder
mode q q
Abnormal noise is emitted only when starting engine q

Check by the real-time monitoring mode q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Remedy
D375A-5E0 27
S-16 Vibration is excessive 1

General causes why vibration is excessive Cause
q Defective parts (abnormal wear, breakage, etc.)
Broken part inside output shaft damper on applicable machine side

q Alignment with applicable machine side is not normal
q Abnormal combustion
Center of engine and equipment of applicable machine side

a If there is abnormal noise together with the vibration, carry out trouble-
shooting also for "S-15 Abnormal noise is made".
Loose engine mounting bolts, broken cushion

Stuck valve system (valve, rocker lever, etc.)
Wear of front support spigot joint portion

Worn main metal, connecting rod metal
Improper gear train backlash
Worn camshaft bushing
Questions

Suddenly increased Q Q
Condition of vibration
Gradually increased Q Q Q Q
Metal particles are found when oil is drained in oil filter w w
Metal particles are found when oil pan is drained w w
Oil pressure is low at low idle Q Q
Check items
Vibration occurs at mid-range speed Q Q

Vibration follows engine speed Q Q Q Q Q
Exhaust smoke color is black w

Inspect main metal, connecting rod metal directly q
Troubleshooting
Inspect gear train directly q

Inspect camshaft bushing directly q
Inspect engine mount bolt, cushion directly. q
When face runout and radial runout are inspected, they are found to be incorrect q
Inspect front support spigot directly q
Inspect inside of output shaft or damper directly q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Adjust
Remedy
28 D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
30 D375A-5E0
SEN01007-00
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 19001 and up
90 Diagrams and drawings 1

Hydraulic circuit diagram
Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2) ........................................................................................................................ 3
Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2) ........................................................................................................................ 5
Power train hydraulic circuit diagram .............................................................................................................. 7
D375A-5E0 1
Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2) Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2) 1
D375A-5E0
SEN01007-00
D375A-5E0 3
Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2) Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2) 1
D375A-5E0
SEN01007-00
D375A-5E0 5
Power train hydraulic circuit diagram Power train hydraulic circuit diagram
D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 7
SEN01007-00 90 Diagrams and drawings
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
10 D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0

D375A-5E0 19001 and up
90 Diagrams and drawings 1

Electrical circuit diagram
Electrical circuit diagram (1/13)....................................................................................................................... 3
Electrical circuit diagram (5/13)......................................................................................................................11
Electrical circuit diagram (6/13)..................................................................................................................... 13
Electrical circuit diagram (10/13)................................................................................................................... 21
Electrical circuit diagram (11/13) ................................................................................................................... 23
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab......................................................................................................... 29
Air conditioner unit electrical circuit diagram................................................................................................. 31
Connectors table and arrangement drawing ................................................................................................. 33
D375A-5E0 1
Electrical circuit diagram (1/13) Electrical circuit diagram (1/13) 1
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 3
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 5
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 7
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 9
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 11
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 13
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 15
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 17
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 19
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 21
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 23
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 25
D375A-5E0
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 27
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab
D375A-5E0
D375A-5E0 29
Air conditioner unit electrical circuit diagram 1
D375A-5E0 31
Connectors table and arrangement drawing
Connectors table and arrangement drawing D375A-5E0 D375A-5E0
Connector Type of Number Connector Type of Number Connector Type of Number Connector Type of Number
No. connector of pin Location Address No. connector of pin Location Address No. connector of pin Location Address No. connector of pin Location Address
1 Plug connector 1 Provision for lamp connection I-9 CN3 DT 2 Injector #3 AK-5 H02 Plug connector 1 Additional heater PW2 U-9 S01 AMP040 12 Machine monitor R-7
2 Terminal 1 Rear speaker (right ) [cab] H-9 CN4 DT 2 Injector #4 AL-5 HDT DT 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor AC-5 S02 M 2 Machine monitor Q-6
3 Terminal 1 Rear speaker (right ) [cab] H-9 CN5 DT 2 Injector #5 AM-5 HNSW DT 2 Horn switch T-8 S03 070 20 Machine monitor Q-6
4 - 4 Rear wiper motor [cab] G-9 CN6 DT 2 Injector #6 AM-5 HRN - 1 Horn B-3 S04 070 12 Machine monitor Q-6
5 Terminal 1 Rear speaker (left ) [cab] G-9 CONV DT 6 Converter V-1 HT Terminal 1 Heater relay G-2 S1T DT 2 1st clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AD-6
6 - 1 Rear speaker (left ) [cab] G-9 CT1 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance Q-6 HT/A Terminal 1 Heater relay (A terminal) G-1 S2T DT 2 2st clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AE-7
9 - 6 Front wiper motor [cab] E-8 CT2 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance AN-2 HT/B Terminal 1 Heater relay (B terminal) H-2 S3T DT 2 3st clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AD-6
10 - 9 Radio [cab] J-9 CTV DT 3 CAN terminal resistance AA-2 HTD DT 2 Diode (surge killer) AN-4 S24 Terminal 6 Service switch R-1
11 - 5 Left wiper switch [cab] E-8 CUR - 3 Informetion switch P-5 INJ DT-B 12 Intermediate connector (injecter) AN-5 SBP DT 4 Bypass valve lift sensor AJ-2
12 - 5 Front wiper switch [cab] F-9 D - 2 Accessory soket [cab] K-6 INT DT 2 Intake temperature sensor C-2 SEGR DT 4 EGR valve lift sensor AJ-3
12S1 YAZAKI 2 12V soket X-7 DEC DT 3 Decelerator potention meter T-1 J1939 DT 3 Service connector (engine) AK-4 SFT DT 2 Forwerd clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AF-3
12S2 YAZAKI 2 12V soket Y-7 DIAL M 3 Fuel control dial Y-4 JB1 - 8 Junction connector AK-4 SFTD - 3 Shift-down switch Y-5
12V DT 3 Intermediate connector (cab) X-2 DL1 BENDIX 5 VHMS Download connector ( if equipped ) M-9 JB2 - 11 Junction connector AK-5 SFTU - 3 Shift-up switch Y-5
13 - 5 Right wiper switch [cab] F-9 DLSW DT-D 4 VHMS Download switch ( if equipped ) M-7 KEY DT 6 Starting switch Q-6 SLB DT 2 Left steering brake ECMV (solenoid valve) AH-5
14 - 5 Rear wiper switch [cab] F-9 DLT DT 2 VHMS Download light ( if equipped ) M-8 KOM1 DRC 40 Orbcomm modem ( if equipped ) AA-4 SLC DT 2 Left steering clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AG-7
15 - 2 Lamp switch [cab] F-9 DPNL DT 2 Emergency escape system (C/B spec) - KOM2 - 1 GPS antenna ( if equipped ) AA-4 SOL1 DT 2 For pitch solenoid valve B-6
17 - 4 Right door wiper motor [cab] E-8 DS1 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector (machine monitor) P-3 KOM3 - 1 Orbcomm antenna ( if equipped ) AA-4 SOL2 DT 2 For dual solenoid valve C-7
18 - 4 Left door wiper motor [cab] K-7 DS2 DT-C 12 Intermediate connector (machine monitor) P-2 LHD DT 2 Intermediate connector (left, right, head lamp) C-2 SPP DT 3 Work equipment small pump pressure sensor D-8
19 DT 4 Intermediate connector (washer) I-2 DS3 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector (key switch, machine panel) P-2 LHDL DT 2 Left head lamp C-2 SRB DT 2 Right steering brake ECMV (solenoid valve) AH-6
20 DTHD#8 1 Intermediate connector (BATT Power) V-1 DS4 DT-D 12 Intermediate connector (switch) P-3 LHDL1 DT 2 Left head lamp [additional head lamp specification] - SRC DT 2 Right steering clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AF-7
(if equipped)
21 DTHD#12 1 Intermediate connector (ACC Power) V-1 DS5 DT-D 12 Intermediate connector (air conditioner) (cab specitication) Q-1 Additional left head lamp [additional head lamp specification] SRT DT 2 Rear clutch ECMV (solenoid valve) AE-6
LHDL2 DT 2 -
(if equipped)
22 - 1 Cigarette lighter [cab] K-6 E22 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector (engine harness) E-1 SRV DT-A 12 KOMNET service connector S-1
LHDR DT 2 Right head lamp A-5
23 Terminal 4 Converter [cab] H-9 EFP DT 2 Electrical power priming pump AM-1 SSA DT 4 Acceleration sensor (SSC spec only ) (if equipped) F-1
Right head lamp [additional head lamp specification]
24 - 2 Intermediate connector (Accessory soket) [cab] K-5 EG1 DTP 2 Intermediate connector (engine controller) E-1 LHDR1 DT 2 (if equipped) - ST1 DT 2 Starting motor A (upper) AK-5
25 Plug connector 1 Ture for lamp connection [cab] I-9 EG2 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector (engine controller) D-1 Additional Right head lamp [additional head lamp ST2 DT 2 Starting motor B (under) AK-5
LHDR2 DT 2 specification] (if equipped) -
26 - 2 Rotary lamp switch [cab] F-9 EG3 DT 2 Intermediate connector - LMFL Relay 5 Left head lamp relay O-8 ST/B1 Terminal 1 Starting motor (B terminal) AI-6
81 - 2 Loom lamp [cab] E-8 EG4 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector A-5 LMFR Relay 5 Right head lamp relay O-7 ST/B2 Terminal 1 Starting motor (B terminal) AI-5
217 DT 2 Alarm buzzer R-1 EG5 DT 4 Intermediate connector (electrical power priming pump timer) A-6 LMW Relay 5 Worke lamp relay O-8 STB DT 2 Sudden stop prevent valve AG-7
241 DT 6 Intermediate connector (work lamp, pitch / dual tilt solenoid) C-7 EGC1 DRC-60 60 Engine controller AN-2 LPP DT 3 Work equipment large pump pressure sensor D-8 STCN1 DRC26 24 Steering controller Y-5
245 DT 2 Intermediate connector (backup alarm, rear lamp) K-8 EGC2 DRC-50 50 Engine controller AN-3 LREL DT 2 Left rear lamp (70W) K-4 STCN2 DRC26 40 Steering controller Y-7
250 Terminal 1 Starting switch (terminal B) Z-9 EGC3 DTP 4 Engine controller AN-2 LRER DT 2 Right rear lamp (70W) K-9 STCN3 DRC26 40 Steering controller X-8
255 Terminal 1 Starting switch (terminal R1) Z-8 EGR DT 2 EGR valve AJ-3 LWKL DT 2 Left work lamp (70W) H-2 STF X 4 Flash S/T controller W-8
256 Terminal 1 Starting switch (terminal R2) Z-8 EHL Relay 5 Engine hold relay P-7 LWKR DT 2 Right work lamp (70W) A-6 SW Terminal 1 Battery relay L-2 M-1
260 Terminal 1 Starting switch (terminal BR) Y-8 ENBP DT 3 Blow-by pressure sensor AM-1 M26 - 6 Air conditoner controller (cab specitication) Q-1 SX8 Terminal 1 Ground (left fender) I-3
270 Terminal 1 Starting switch (terminal ACC) Y-9 EPP DT 6 Electrical power priming pump timer C-2 MMS DT-C 12 Intermediate connector (MMS device) (if equipped) AA-4 TC1 DT 2 Torque converter outlet sensor (if equipped) AH-7
280 Terminal 1 Starting switch (terminal C) Z-9 ESD DT 3 Service connector (for if equipped engine) Q-7 NE FRAMATOME 3 Engine Ne speed sensor AN-3 TFUEL PACKARD 2 Fuel temperature sensor AK-1
360 DT 6 Window washer motoer (rear-left) K-4 EXAF DT 3 Exhaust gas temperature front AMP ( if equipped ) AA-3 NSF Relay 5 Neutral safety relay O-7 TIM PACKARD 2 Boost temperature sensor AM-5
369 DT 6 Window washer motoer (front-right) J-3 EXAR DT 3 Exhaust gas temperature rear AMP ( if equipped ) Z-2 NSW DT 3 Parking brake lever switch P-7 TL1 HD-24 23 Intermediate connector (console harness) U-1
453 DT 2 Power train temperature sensor AF-3 EXHF DT 2 Exhaust temperature (front) AJ-9 OBC DT-A 12 Intermediate connector ( orbcomm modem ) ( if equipped ) U-9 TL2 DT-B 8 Steering, F-R and gear shift lever Y-4
653 DT 2 Torque converter rockup solenoid valve AC-5 EXHR DT 2 Exhaust temperature (rear) AI-8 OLV DT 2 Service connector ( if equipped ) - TL3 DT 6 Intermediate connector (lever switch) Y-4
800 Plug connector 1 Spare power source 1 W-1 EXTF DT 2 Exhaust gas temperature front AMP ( if equipped ) AA-3 P03 DT 6 Work equipment knob switch S-8 TLS DT 2 Blade tilt left oil pressure switch S-7
801 Plug connector 1 Spare power source 2 W-1 EXTR DT 2 Exhaust gas temperature rear AMP ( if equipped ) Z-2 PAMB AMP 3 Ambient pressure sensor AN-3 TM1 DT 2 Transmission outlet speed sensor AH-7
810 Plug connector 1 Spare power source 3 W-2 F1T DT 2 1st clutch ECMV (fill switch) AE-7 PCV1 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump #1 AN-4 TMCN1 DRC26 24 Transmission controller W-8
811 Plug connector 1 Spare power source 4 X-2 F2T DT 2 2st clutch ECMV (fill switch) AE-6 PCV2 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump #2 AN-3 TMCN2 DRC26 40 Transmission controller V-9
ACT Relay 5 Engine ACC signal cut relay O-7 F3T DT 2 3st clutch ECMV (fill switch) AD-6 PFUEL AMP 3 Common rail pressure sensor AL-5 TMCN3 DRC26 40 Transmission controller V-9
ADH - 4 Additional heater switch ( if equipped ) - FA1 DT 2 Fan pump (LPV90) G-1 PHR Relay 5 Preheat relay P-7 TMF X 4 Flash T/M controller X-8
AF1 DT 2 Air cleoner clogging sensor (if equipped) E-1 FA2 DT 2 Fan pump (LPV30) A-5 PIM SUMITOMO 3 Boost pressure sensor AN-4 TMMD - 3 T/M main oil pressure (if equipped) B-6
AL/B Terminal 1 Alternator (terminal B) AK-1 FAN1 - 3 Fan clean mode switch P-5 PL1 HD-24 23 Intermediate connector (floor harness) Y-2 TMV HD-24 23 Intermediate connector (T/M cultch ECMV) AE-7
AL/R Terminal 1 Alternator (terminal R) AL-1 FAN2 - 4 Fan reverse switch (if equipped) - PL1F HD-24 23 Emergency escape system (C/B spec) - TOIL PACKARD 2 Engine oil temperature sensor AN-2
ASD - 4 Auto shift down switch P-5 FAR2 DT 2 Fan reverse solenoid valve B-2 PL1M HD-24 23 Emergency escape system (C/B spec) - TR1L Terminal 1 Main power supply terminal 1 M-3
ASUS DT 2 Service connector( for air suspension seat ) ( if equipped ) W-8 FD1 HD-24 31 Intermediate connector Y-3 PL2 HD-24 31 Intermediate connector (floor harness) Y-3 TR1S Terminal 1 Main power supply terminal 1 L-3
B7L Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) L-6 FD5 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector (fuse box harness) W-1 Intermediate connector (wark equipment oil pressure - TR2L Terminal 1 Main power supply terminal 2 (if equipped) N-3
PL3 DT-A 12 X-2
hydraulic oil temperature sensor)
B7S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) L-5 FEN DT 2 Air conditioner compressor AM-1 TR2S Terminal 1 Main power supply terminal 2 (if equipped) M-3
PL4 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector (floor harness) Y-2
B30L Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) M-6 FFT DT 2 Forwerd clutch ECMV (fill switch) AG-3 TRS DT 2 Blade tilt right oil pressure switch S-7
PLB DT 2 Intermediate connector (pre lublication system) F-1
B30S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) N-5 FGS DT 2 Fuel level gauge J-3 TWTR PACKARD 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor AL-5
PLSW DT 2 Pin puller switch T-8
B105L Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) N-6 FLB DT 2 Left steering brake ECMV (fill switch) AH-6 USB DTHD#8 1 Intermediate connector ( unswitched power ) W-1
PLUB Relay 5 Pre lublication relay O-8
B105S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) N-5 FLC DT 2 Left steering clutch ECMV (fill switch) AF-7 V1 070 20 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) Z-2
PM1 Terminal 1 Pre lublication system (if equipped) -
BH1L Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) M-6 FLV DT 3 Intermediate connector (fuel level gauge) K-5 V2A 070 18 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) AB-2
PNL HD-24 31 Emergency escape system (C/B spec) -
BH1S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) M-5 FRB DT 2 Right steering brake ECMV (fill switch) AH-7 V2B 070 12 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) AB-2
POIL FRAMATOME 3 Engine oil pressure sensor AM-1
BKA Relay 5 Backup alarm relay O-8 FRC DT 2 Right steering clutch ECMV (fill switch) AF-7 V3A 070 18 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) Z-1
POP Terminal 1 Pre-lubrication oil pressure switch ( if equipped ) -
BKAL DT 2 Backup alarm K-8 FRT DT 2 Rear clutch ECMV (fill switch) AE-7 V3B 070 12 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) Z-1
PPL DT 2 Pin puller solenoid valve J-3
BLD DT 2 Blade lift lower oil pressure switch R-7 FS11 - 5 Fuse box ( IN ) P-9 V4A 070 14 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) AB-3
PR1 Terminal 1 Pre lublication system (if equipped) -
BLU DT 2 Blade lift raise oil pressure switch R-7 FS12 - 5 Fuse box ( OUT ) P-9 V4B 070 10 VHMS controller ( if equipped ) AB-3
BP DT 2 Bypass valve AJ-2 FS21 - 5 Fuse box ( IN ) Q-9 VDA DT-D 12 Intermediate connector ( download harness ) ( if equipped ) N-8
BRB Terminal 1 Battery relay (contact input terminal) L-3 N-2 FS22 - 5 Fuse box ( OUT ) Q-9 VDB DT-D 12 Intermediate connector ( if equipped ) Y-3
BRC Terminal 1 Battery relay (contact output terminal) L-2 N-2 FS31 - 5 Fuse box ( IN ) Q-8 VDW BENDIX 5 VHMS download connector ( if equipped ) U-1
PRE DT 2 Pre lublication connector (female) Q-7
BRE Terminal 1 Battery relay (coil ground terminal) M-2 M-1 FS32 - 5 Fuse box ( OUT ) R-8 VED DT-B 12 Intermediate connector ( if equipped ) Y-3
PRS DT 2 Pre lublication connector (male) Q-8
BRK DT 3 Brake pedal potentioner meter S-1 FSB HD-24 31 Intermediate connector (fuse box harness) U-1 Intermediate connector ( exhaust temperature sensor , bloeby
VEG DT-C 12 pressure sensor ) ( if equipped ) AN-3
PRT1 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector (floor harness) P-2
BUZ - 3 Buzzer cansell switch P-6 FWL - 4 Head lamp - work lamp switch P-4
PRT2 DT 4 Intermediate connector - VF1 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector ( VHMS ) ( if equipped ) Z-3
CB1 - 1 Circuit breaker (20A) O-9 G DT 3 Engine G rotary sensor AN-4
PT1 DT 3 Pitch angle sensor F-1 VF2 HD-24 31 Intermediate connector ( VHMS ) ( if equipped ) Z-1
CB2 - 1 Circuit breaker (20A) O-9 GND01 Terminal 1 Ground (floor) X-2
PWR DTHD#4 1 Intermediate connector (fuse box) W-1 WLD DT 2 Radiator coolant level sensor B-3
CB3 - 1 Circuit breaker (20A) O-9 GND02 Terminal 1 Ground (floor) X-2
RDG DT-A 12 Intermediate connector (radiator guard harness) A-4
CB4 - 1 Circuit breaker (20A) O-9 GND03 Terminal 1 Ground Y-4
RES DT 2 Service connector AL-1
CB5 - 1 Circuit breaker (20A) O-8 GND05 Terminal 1 Ground (fender) H-2
RHT Terminal 1 Ribbon heater C-2
CB6 - 1 Circuit breaker (20A) O-8 GND07 Terminal 1 Ground (dash) P-3
RPD DT 2 Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch T-8
CB7 - 1 Circuit breaker (30A) L-5 GND08 Terminal 1 Ground ( guard ) [additional head lamp specification] A-3
( if equipped ) RPNL - 2 Emergency escape system (C/B spec) -
CB30 - 1 Circuit breaker (30A) N-6
GND1 Terminal 1 Ground [cab] - RPU DT 2 Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch T-8
CB105 - 1 Circuit breaker (105A) N-5
GND2 Terminal 1 Ground [cab] - RSD DT 2 Diode (BR hold) (back up) Y-3
CBH1 - 1 Circuit breaker (105A) M-5
GND6 Terminal 1 Ground (floor) - RTB DT 2 Ripper tilt back oil pressure switch S-8
CN1 DT 2 Injector #1 AJ-4
GND11 Terminal 1 Ground (engine) AN-1 RTI DT 2 Ripper tilt in oil pressure switch T-8
CN2 DT 2 Injector #2 AJ-4
H01 Plug connector 1 Additional heater PW1 U-9 RWL - 4 Rear lamp switch P-4
SEN01008-01
D375A-5E0 33
SEN01008-01 90 Diagrams and drawings
D375A-5E0 Bulldozer
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
36 D375A-5E0

D375A-5-5001-Up TIER 3 SEN00986-01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

D375A-5-5001-Up TIER 3 SEN00986-01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

D375A-5-5001-Up TIER 3 SEN00986-01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SEN00986-01

BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL

Machine model Serial number

00 Index and foreword 1

Composition of shop manual................................................................................................................ 2

Composition of shop manual 1

Section Title Form Number

Shop Manual, contents binder, binder label and tabs SEN00986-01

00 Index and foreword SEN00987-01

10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00992-00

20 Standard value table SEN01002-00

30 Testing and adjusting SEN01003-00

Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 5 SEN01873-00 Q

90 Diagrams and drawings SEN01006-00

Foreword and general information SEN00989-00

10 Structure, function and maintenance standard

Track roller bogie ..................................................................................................................... 11

20 Standard value table

30 Testing and adjusting

Testing intake air pressure (boost pressure) ............................................................................... 9

Failure code [AA10NX] Air cleaner clogging ............................................................................... 50

Failure code [CA559] Supply pump low pressure 1 .................................................................... 81

Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV disconnection............................................................. 10

E-17 Indication of the shift mode service meter is abnormal ...................................................... 34

90 Diagrams and drawings

BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL

Machine model Serial number

00 Index and foreword 1

Foreword and general information (Rev. 2005/11)

1. General precautions 7) If welding repairs are needed, always

4. Precautions for sling work and making

How to read the shop manual 1

1. Composition of shop manual

00. Index and foreword

10. Structure, function and maintenance standard

20. Standard value table

30. Testing and adjusting

50. Disassembly and assembly

2. Revision and distribution

q Revised edition mark

Symbol Item Remarks

k Safety Special safety precautions are necessary when performing work.

Special technical precautions or other precautions for preserving stan-

2 Coat Places to be coated with adhesives, etc. during assembly.

Explanation of terms for maintenance standard 1

1. Standard size and tolerance

a The tolerance may be indicated in the text

q Usually, the size of a hole and the size of

2. Standard clearance and standard value 5. Clearance limit

4. Repair limit and allowable value

Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component 1

Points to remember when handling electric

2. Main failures occurring in wiring harness

2) Defective crimping or soldering of connec-

4) High-pressure water entering connector

5) Oil or dirt stuck to connector

3. Removing, installing, and drying connec-

2] When removing from clips

q When removing a connector from a

3] Action to take after removing connec-